Association for Behavior Analysis International

The Association for Behavior Analysis International® (ABAI) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice.

Search

46th Annual Convention; Washington DC; 2020

Program by Day for Monday, May 25, 2020


 

Noteworthy Activity #424
Morning Power Yoga with the Health, Sport and Fitness SIG
Monday, May 25, 2020
7:00 AM–7:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 3, South Pre-Function
Chair: Rachel Nicole Sobol Foster (University of Kansas)

Join us for an early morning 60-minuteBaptiste power vinyasa flow, an energizing classfocused on facilitatingmovement and controlled breathing. This vigoroussequence is designed toelevate heart rate and increase blood flow,promotingstrengthandflexibility through seated and standing postures, balancing, and back bends. We hope to see you there!

 
 
Special Event #425
ABAI Annual Business Meeting
Monday, May 25, 2020
7:00 AM–7:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 5
Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Peter R. Killeen (President)
Panelists: MARIA MALOTT (Chief Executive Officer), MICHAEL PERONE (Accreditation Board Coordinator), DEREK D. REED (Science Board Coordinator), DONALD A. HANTULA (Publication Board Coordinator), FEDERICO SANABRIA (Program Board Coordinator), MARK D. SHRIVER (Practice Board Coordinator), WENDY DONLIN WASHINGTON (Membership Board Coordinator), MICHAEL F. DORSEY (VCS Board Coordinator; Affiliated Chapters Board Coordinator)
Abstract:

The purpose of the annual meeting of members is for ABAI leadership to provide an update on the ongoing activities of and major developments in the association.

MARIA MALOTT (Chief Executive Officer)
MICHAEL PERONE (Accreditation Board Coordinator)
DEREK D. REED (Science Board Coordinator)
DONALD A. HANTULA (Publication Board Coordinator)
FEDERICO SANABRIA (Program Board Coordinator)
MARK D. SHRIVER (Practice Board Coordinator)
WENDY DONLIN WASHINGTON (Membership Board Coordinator)
MICHAEL F. DORSEY (VCS Board Coordinator; Affiliated Chapters Board Coordinator)
 
 
Symposium #426
CE Offered: BACB
Advances in Functional Communication Training to Treat Challenging Behavior in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders
Monday, May 25, 2020
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Room 102
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Beth Pokorski (STAR Inititative, University of Virginia)
CE Instructor: Beth Pokorski, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Functional communication training is one of the most popular treatment approaches for challenging behavior among children with autism spectrum disorder. However, challenges pertaining to response variability, resurgence of challenging behavior, and overuse of a single mand may inhibit sustained implementation of FCT. This symposium presents three single case design studies on adaptations and extensions of FCT to address these challenges. The first paper evaluates FCT with lag schedules of reinforcement with preschool aged children on persistence and generalization of mands and the reduction of challenging behavior resurgence. The second paper illustrates a procedure for mand discrimination training for children with autism who communicate using augmentative and alternative communication. The third paper demonstrates the utility of comparing different function-based mands, not only in treating challenging behavior, but also in evaluating the validity of synthesized trial-based functional analysis results. Suggestions for further extending FCT in research and implications for practice are discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board Certified Behavior Analysts and practitioners who design and implement function-based interventions for challenging behavior in applied settings.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this symposium, participants will be able to (1) describe methods for promoting response variability following functional communication training, (2) identify instructional procedures for teaching discrimination training within functional communication training, and (3) state how FCT can be used to evaluate the accuracy of functional analysis results.
 

Functional Communication Training With Lag Reinforcement: A Systematic Replication

BETH POKORSKI (STAR Inititative, University of Virginia), Erin E. Barton (Vanderbilt University), Blair Lloyd (Vanderbilt University), Ana Paula Martinez (Vanderbilt University), Kelly Willard (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract:

Functional communication training (FCT) is an evidence-based intervention that while often effective, can result in rote responding, reduced generalizability of target behavior, and resurgence of challenging behavior (CB) during treatment lapses. Lag schedules of reinforcement have been successfully used to address these concerns. This study is a systematic, conceptual replication of Falcomata and colleagues’ (2018) single case analysis, in which an increasing lag schedule was applied within FCT to increase the variability and persistence of appropriate responding while maintaining low levels of CB during treatment. We replicated and extended this research by including participants aged 3-5, retaining mand materials during baseline, comparing contingency strength between unreinforced mands and subsequent mands or CB across conditions, assessing generalization to new communication partners, and assessing social validity. Our replication provides evidence regarding the effects of the intervention on appropriate communication and CB during treatment and lapses in treatment with young children with autism.

 

Adding Nuance to Discrimination Training for a Child With Complex Communication Needs and Challenging Behavior

MALLORY LAMERS (Vanderbilt University), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University), Bailey Copeland (Vanderbilt University), Ipshita` Banerjee (Peabody College, Vanderbilt University), Kate Bailey (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract:

Children with autism and complex communication needs often use augmentative and alternative communication systems (AAC) to express wants and needs. When children request something that is unavailable, the denied request can lead to problem behavior. Teaching children to discriminate the availability of reinforcers can decrease the risk of appropriate communication leading to problem behavior. One potential solution is to introduce discrimination training, a strategy frequently used to reduce challenging behavior, within a child’s AAC system. This study adds nuance to discrimination training by signaling the availability of reinforcement within an AAC system. We used a multiple probe across behaviors design to examine the effects of implementing discrimination training through visual cues into a low tech AAC device. Results revealed a functional relation between the use of discrimination training and the child’s contextually appropriate mands for preferred items.

 
FCT to Evaluate Incongruent Results of Synthesized Versus Isolated Contingencies in Trial-Based Functional Analysis
CATHARINE LORY (Purdue University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University), Emily Gregori (University of Illinois-Chicago), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University), So Yeon Kim (Purdue University)
Abstract: Synthesized functional analysis models have gained attention in recent years as a means of enhancing the efficiency of functional assessment and function-based intervention development. Yet most of the research has evaluated the results of synthesized functional analysis approaches by comparing results to traditional functional analysis models. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the accuracy of synthesized versus isolated contingencies in a trial-based functional analysis protocol with three young children with autism. The accuracy of the isolated and synthesized trial-based functional analysis results were evaluated in a concurrent operants arrangement of mands taught using FCT. Results showed that most often selected the mand corresponding to isolated rather than synthesized contingencies.
 
 
Symposium #427
CE Offered: BACB
A Behavioral-Developmental Approach to Autism Assessment, Intervention, and Curriculum
Monday, May 25, 2020
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 201
Area: AUT/DEV; Domain: Theory
Chair: Patrice Marie Miller (Salem State University)
CE Instructor: Patrice Marie Miller, Ed.D.
Abstract:

Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is a developmental disability that can cause significant social, nonverbal communication and behavioral challenges. There is often nothing about how people with ASD look that sets them apart from other people. They may, however, communicate, interact, behave, and learn in ways that are different from most other people. Because there is no definitive medical test, diagnosing ASD can be difficult. Research has shown that intervention can improve a child’s overall development and the earlier it occurs, the more effective it may be. In this symposium, we introduce a diagnostic tool designed to improve a very early diagnosis of autism. The tool is informed by extensive research on the Model of Hierarchical Complexity, a behavioral developmental model of tasks. The Model allows for the scaling of behaviors, tasks, reinforcers, stimuli, etc. in terms of their Hierarchical Complexity, a form of difficulty. This kind of scaling explains developmental sequences. The symposium first describes the Behavioral Developmental Autism Instrument, including how it was devised and comparing it to other assessments. The second paper illustrates how the Model of Hierarchical Complexity can be used to generate a developmental sequence of reinforcers. The third paper applies the model to curriculum development.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Behavioral Tasks, Hierarchical Complexity, Mapping interventions, Teaching curriculum
Target Audience:

People who are interested in knowing how the interventions work for instance when to know where to stop, which behavioral developmental stage to intervene at and what behavioral stage the child is functioning.

Learning Objectives: People who are interested in learning about how to develop an intervention based out of teaching curricula, developing the level of difficulty for a behavioral developmental task and understand at what level the interventions are appropriate.
 
Behavioral Developmental Autism Instrument
PATRICE MARIE MILLER (Salem State University)
Abstract: The purpose of the study was to generate a behavioral-developmental scale and see how well it predicted performance in participants diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorders. Some items were created from our experience with children with an ASD diagnosis, some based on experience with the development with “normal” children. Some items were adapted from existing developmental scales. Each item consists of a task that the child is asked to perform. It starts with behaviors that occur in very early infancy. The aim was to allow for possible earlier diagnoses of autism and also to provide a basis for intervention. The items in the instrument are developmentally ordered, based on the Model of Hierarchical Complexity. If a child is shown to successfully perform these items, the instrument moves to more complex items. Because it assesses specific behaviors it is easier to use, providing face valid results. A brief comparison of this assessment to two others that are commonly used will be included.
 

An Instrument Measuring Reinforcer Preferences in Children

MANSI J SHAH (Dare Association, Inc.)
Abstract:

Operant conditioning procedures are used to investigate various developmental phenomena in infants, including attention, perception, memory, language, and emotional and socialization processes (e.g., Gewirtz & Pelaez-Nogueras, 1992). The choice of what reinforcers to use has been conducted in somewhat of an ad hoc manner. This presentation introduces a way to scale reinforcers in terms of their likely effectiveness for children at different behavioral stages of development. Reinforcers are scaled in terms of their complexity using the Model of Hierarchical Complexity. This model applies a mathematically based scale to different tasks and behaviors (including reinforcing events). A brief example would be that for some children perhaps only a food-based reinforcer would work. For another saying “Good job” would work. Using this model, we have generated an ordered list of reinforcers. This can be used with individual children to ascertain which specific reinforcers are effective for each particular child. Ultimately it will provide a list of a large number of reinforcing events that may be effective when working with a wide range of children.

 
Mapping a Teaching Curriculum Based on the Autism Developmental Instrument
PATRICE MARIE MILLER (Salem State University)
Abstract: A teaching curriculum is described that is based on the Behavioral Developmental Autism Instrument. Each item in the instrument is both a behavior that is assessed and behavior that can then be trained if the child does not pass the item. Children with developmental delays or with Autism Spectrum disorders are trained bottom up, starting with items of less difficulty and moving to those with higher difficulty. Currently, there are 121 items in the curriculum. Creating teaching curricula from the instrument will facilitate interventions since the child will be placed at the right level of difficulty to learn. That is, the item will not be too easy and will also not be too difficult. More items may also be added at each level of difficulty (called the Order of Hierarchical Complexity of the task). This curriculum can be beneficial for both typically developing children and children with developmental disabilities across a variety of cultural settings.
 
 
Panel #428
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
You Gotta Be Flexible to Save the World With Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 25, 2020
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 207B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Beth McKee, M.Ed.
Chair: Beth McKee (Guangxiu International Children's Center; Emergent Learning Academy )
BETH MCKEE (Guangxiu International Children's Center)
ANESA DOYLE (8 the Plate)
LI YING (Guangxiu International Children's Center)
Abstract:

In attempting to “Save the Word with Behavior Analysis” behavior analysts are tasked with implementation of evidence-based interventions across a variety of populations. One quickly finds them selves struggling between decisions regarding treatment fidelity vs. the need to respond to client preference and cultural needs and differences. Responding to environmental contexts of learners and families is crucial for success. An example, from an ABA clinic in China, of a reinforcement based feeding procedure that used a commercially available resource from the West will be presented. A review of research - backed treatment focused on reinforcement - based procedures will be presented.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Behavior Analysts

Learning Objectives: 3 objectives: 1) State at least 2 code of ethics which support the use of flexibility (BACB Code of Ethics eg. 2.0, 2.03, 2.09, 4.02) 2) Identify how a reliance on scientific knowledge supports thinking outside the box (BACB Code of Ethics 2.0) 3) Identify 2 food programs that can be implemented without the use of escape extinction
 
 
Panel #429
CE Offered: BACB
ABA, Autism, and Value-Based Care: A Pilot Project
Monday, May 25, 2020
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 202B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Hanna C. Rue, Ph.D.
Chair: Hanna C. Rue (LEARN Behavioral)
SANTINO LOVULLO (LEARN Behavioral)
KRISTEN M TREULICH (LEARN Behavioral)
CHRISTINE SEUBERT (LEARN Behavioral)
Abstract:

This panel provides an overview of value-based healthcare and the rationale for using norm-referenced and criterion- referenced assessments in ABA. All panelists are involved in a pilot project to measure the impact of applied behavior analytic treatment for individuals with autism. During the last two decades, heated debates have erupted among professionals within applied behavior analysis (ABA) regarding how to appropriately measure a client’s response to treatment. There remains a lack of consensus among behavior analysts regarding the use of norm-referenced and criterion-referenced measures. However, much of the healthcare industry is moving toward a value-based care approach. Behavior analysts working with healthcare funders are in a position to lead the discussion regarding outcome measures. Panelists will discuss the use of a battery of assessments implemented over a two-year span in a community-based setting. Finally, panelists will highlight the rationale for assessments included in the pilot project, challenges regarding staff training, development of systems to manage data collection, and analysis of the impact on service delivery.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

The target audience is BCBAs providing services or overseeing the provision of services to individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities.

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to discuss the rationale for using norm-referenced and criterion-referenced assessments in ABA service delivery for individuals with autism. 2. Participants will be able to describe elements of BCBA training required to effectively utilize norm-referenced assessments when working in a community-based setting. 3. Participants will be able to describe how outcomes from assessments not traditionally used in ABA service delivery can improve the quality of treatment plans.
Keyword(s): outcome measures, value-based care
 
 
Symposium #430
CE Offered: BACB
Medication Reduction: An Organizational Approach to Psychopharmacology in a Behavior Analytic Residential Treatment Program
Monday, May 25, 2020
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 5
Area: BPN/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Dawn O'Neill (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center; Contextual Behavioral Science Institute)
Discussant: R. Nicolle Nicolle Carr (The University of Oklahoma)
CE Instructor: Dawn O'Neill, Ph.D.
Abstract:

An organizational approach to psychopharmacology in a behavior analytic residential treatment program is discussed. Our treatment teams and psychiatrist collaborate to reduce psychotropic medications, when clinically appropriate, for individuals with severe problem behavior. Our clients have typically attended previous residential treatment facilities, have been rejected from other placements, and are admitted to our program on a variety of psychotropic medications. We discuss changes in major problem behaviors following medication reduction and discontinuation. In many cases, we are able to successfully discontinue the use of psychotropic medications while concurrently implementing a comprehensive and intensive behavioral treatment program. Effective, program-wide behavioral interventions are reviewed. Several case studies highlight various level and trend changes observed when titrating psychotropic medications. Subsequently, a retrospective analysis examines the impact of clonidine withdrawal or discontinuation on the frequency of aggressive and self-injurious behavior. Aggressive and self-injurious behavior decelerates following clonidine discontinuation for the majority of the sample. Treatment providers should also be aware of temporary increases (i.e., agitation withdrawal) in problem behavior following medication reduction. Ethical considerations surrounding boundaries of competence, consultation, treatment efficacy, and least restrictive procedures are discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): inter-disciplinary collaboration, medication reduction, psychopharmacology, treatment efficacy
Target Audience:

behavior analysts, psychologists, behavioral scientists

Learning Objectives: 1. Understand an organizational approach to medication reduction. 2. Understand the possible impact of psychotropic medication changes on overt problem behavior, including agitation withdrawal. 3. Be familiar with ethical considerations surrounding multiple treatments and inter-disciplinary collaboration in reaching treatment decisions.
 
Changes in Major Problem Behaviors following Psychotropic Medication Reduction
KAREN STUFFLEBEAM (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Dawn O'Neill (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center; Contextual Behavioral Science Institute), Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Anthony Joseph (McLean Hospital; Harvard Medical School)
Abstract: An organizational approach to psychopharmacology within an intensive in-patient behavior analytic treatment facility is discussed. Medication changes are based on collaboration between psychiatry and clinical services. Several case studies are highlighted to demonstrate the impact of psychotropic medication reduction and discontinuation during intensive in-patient behavior analytic programming on aggressive, self-injurious, health dangerous, and major disruptive behavior. A variety of medications are titrated, including antipsychotics, mood stabilizers, and benzodiazepines. Generally, successful fading and discontinuation of psychotropic medications while concurrently implementing a comprehensive behavioral treatment program comprised of antecedent-based interventions, behavioral contracts and reminders, multiple schedules of reinforcement, differential reinforcement procedures, token systems and fines, and functional communication training is observed. Examples of various level and trend changes for major problem behaviors following psychotropic medication changes are explored. Examples of deceleration, temporary acceleration followed by deceleration (e.g., agitation withdrawal), and continued acceleration following medication changes are highlighted. The treatment utility of a clinical collaboration between psychiatry and behavior analysis is discussed. Ethical considerations for boundaries of competence, consultation, effective and least restrictive treatment are reviewed.
 
Retrospective Analysis of Clonidine Efficacy for Aggressive and Self-Injurious Behavior
(Service Delivery)
DAWN O'NEILL (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center; Contextual Behavioral Science Institute), Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Anthony Joseph (McLean Hospital; Harvard Medical School)
Abstract: Clonidine, an autonomically active drug, is frequently prescribed in an effort to reduce different forms of aggressive and self-injurious behavior in people with various psychiatric diagnoses including attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, autism spectrum disorder, delirium, encephalopathy, mood disorders, and psychosis. Problematically, research cited to support the use of clonidine for aggressive behavior involves poor assessment methods (i.e., a line item for aggression on an indirect assessment). Furthermore, non-human animal research found that clonidine evokes aggressive and self-injurious behavior in mice. A retrospective analysis was conducted to examine the impact of clonidine withdrawal or discontinuation on the frequency of aggressive and self-injurious behavior for an intensive in-patient sample. Reduction of clonidine strongly correlated with clinically significant reductions of all forms of aggressive behavior in almost all patients. However, some patients temporarily engaged in an increase in aggressive behavior prior to maintaining lower levels of aggressive behavior. Clonidine discontinuation in patients with violent and self-injurious behavior may be an important approach to reducing such behavior, and treatment providers should be aware of the possibility of an initial increase in aggressive behavior while titrating medication. Effective, least restrictive, and multiple treatment ethical considerations are reviewed.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #431
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Expanding Behavior Analysis to Promote Better Outcomes for Persons With Disabilities
Monday, May 25, 2020
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon C
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University)
CE Instructor: Alison Cox, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: ALISON COX (Brock University)
Abstract:

Objectivity, accountability, replicability, verifiability: these are a sample of the cornerstones of the science of behaviour analysis. As a field, we emphasize developing direct measurement systems to promote accountability. These systems may add value across client services and service delivery models that may not always incorporate direct measurement protocols. For example, my co-investigator and I developed a program evaluation tool, guided by behavior analytic measurement practices, to examine how well services align with respective best-practice recommendations in a government-funded service supporting adults with acquired brain injury. Direct measurement systems may also add substantial value to psychopharmacology in treating challenging behavior in individuals with disabilities (e.g., intellectual and developmental disabilities; acquired brain injury). In fact, recent literature has concluded medication monitoring processes in this context are poor or non-existent. Clients often receive concurrent, but separate, psychopharmacological and behavioural interventions. In some cases, psychiatry and behaviour analysts working together. These relatively rare arrangements present behavior analysts with an opportunity to promote systematic data collection to efficiently identify medication impact on behavior (e.g., adaptive, maladaptive), including side effects. Unfortunately, behavior analysts do not often receive formal training relevant to psychotropic medications. Promoting behavior analysis as a valuable component in the context of psychopharmacological intervention means having behavior analysts well-trained in this area. One step towards this goal may be to establish an evidence-based training protocol enabling behavior analysts to perform effectively when collaboration opportunities arises. I will describe a research project exploring the clinical utility and feasibility of a Medications Guidelines Tool and training for behavior analysts.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavioral practitioners; applied researchers

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) summarize the current status of the intersection between applied behavior analysis and psychotropic medication; (2) discuss how and where to start in developing program evaluation systems, guided by behavior analytic principles, in a treatment context; (3) discuss how and where to start in developing data collection systems in relation to psychotropic medication effects in the context of medication monitoring.
 
ALISON COX (Brock University)

Dr. Alison Cox received her Ph.D. in Psychology from the University of Manitoba. She is also a Board Certified Behavior Analyst – Doctoral. Throughout her Ph.D., Dr. Cox was involved in a variety of research initiatives ranging from developing measures to reliably identify preference in individuals with profound multiple disabilities to teaching children and adolescents with autism to successfully undergo MRI procedures. As an Assistant Professor in the Applied Disability Studies program at Brock University her research interests continue to be diverse. However, her primary interests lay in behavioral medicine, including examining the effects of psychotropic medication on behaviour. Through her current and past research and clinical experiences Dr. Cox has developed specific expertise in assessing and treating severe challenging behaviour in individuals with dual diagnosis and acquired brain injury, supporting skill acquisition in individuals with dual diagnosis and autism, and supervising early intensive behavioural intervention programs. Dr. Cox has presented her work at international and national conferences, is published in several prominent behaviour analytic journals, and serves as a peer-reviewer across a range of journals in the disabilities field. Finally, Dr. Cox currently serves on the Ontario Association for Behaviour Analysis (ONTABA) Adult Task Force and recently co-authored a best-practice guidelines document entitled Evidence-based Practices for Individuals with Challenging Behaviour: Recommendations for Caregiver, Practitioners, and Policy Makers.

 
 
Panel #432
PDS: How to Approach Social and Systemic Change
Monday, May 25, 2020
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence D
Area: CSS/OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Edward Brandon Amezquita (University of North Texas)
TRACI M. CIHON (University of North Texas)
RAMONA HOUMANFAR (University of Nevada, Reno)
JOMELLA WATSON-THOMPSON (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Behavior Analysis has enjoyed a long tradition of successful demonstrations of individual behavior change as evidenced by the now 50+ year history of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, the number of new publication outlets for applied research, and the demand for services (particularly for individuals with autism spectrum disorder). However, the individuals we support are also a part of a culture or social environment(e.g., families, schools, organizations, communities). Social environments serve as the networks of contingencies that maintain much of our individual behavior. Culturo-behavior science adds to our understanding of individual behavior change, explores the contingencies that arise when one or more individuals are engaging in behaviors dependent upon one another (e.g., interlocking behavioral contingencies or socio-interlocked behaviors), and seeks to understand how to bring about social and systemic change. The goal of this Professional Development Series Panel is to introduce attendees to the types of research and the range of applications - organizational, social, and community systems - representative of culturo-behavior science.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Community-based approach, Cultural analysis, Culturo-behavior science, Social issues
 
 
Panel #433
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Behavior Analysis in Service of Gender and Sexual Minorities: State of the Field
Monday, May 25, 2020
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty M
Area: CSS/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Karen Kate Kellum, M.Ed.
Chair: Patrick Wade Richardson (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
KAREN KATE KELLUM (University of Mississippi)
MARIA LOUDERMILK (LittleStar ABA Therapy)
JEFFREY BOLIN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

Gender and sexual minorities (GSM) are estimated to comprise between 4% and 10% of the population, but are twice as likely to experience mental health problems. Social stigma and a lack of laws to protect their rights are some of the major contributors of increased stress, anxiety, depression, substance abuse, and suicidal ideation for the LGBTQIA+ population. GSM can also be reluctant to seek treatment, as there is a mistrust of healthcare providers that has built up due to a history of discrimination, a lack of training, and shortage of understanding of the experiences of GSM. Behavior analytic and behaviorally-inspired interventions are amongst the most effective for treating depression, substance abuse, anxiety, and other psychological difficulties. Behavior analysis has only recently, however, begun to make a unique contribution to conceptualizing and addressing LGBTQIA+ issues. The purpose of this panel is to offer perspectives on the status of behavior analytic contributions to promoting GSM well-being, in terms of building a robust body of behavior analytic research and developing and making available behavior analytic services. Discussants will also address the contingencies that have slowed the progress of behavior analysis in this domain as well as ethical matters involving GSM.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

ABAI members interested in learning more about gender and sexual minorities' issues.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe perspectives on the status of behavior analytic contributions promoting GSM well-being; (2) Discuss the barriers that have slowed down progress of behavior analysis addressing GSM concerns; (3) Describe ethical issues involving GSM.
Keyword(s): diversity, gender minorities, LGBTQIA+, sexual minorities
 
 
Paper Session #434
Diversity submission Cultural Considerations in Service Delivery
Monday, May 25, 2020
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty N-P
Area: CSS
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Shariffah Azzaam (Florida Institute of Technology)
 
Diversity submission 

Guidelines for Providing Residential and In-Home Services for Muslim Clients

Domain: Service Delivery
SHARIFFAH AZZAAM (Qatar Foundation)
 
Abstract:

Why isn't my Muslim client eating? Should I continue to work with my client while their caregiver prays? Do I have to change the way I teach toileting for my Muslim clients? With Islam being the second largest religion in the world and the third largest religion in America, these are questions that many service providers may find themselves asking. Service providers who will provide home-based or residential treatment to Muslim clients should be aware of common daily living practices, social expectations, dietary, and hygienic requirements of their clients who are practicing Muslims. Practicing Muslims pray 5 times a day, fast during the month of Ramadhan, may dress differently from other clients, and adhere to specific hygiene routines after using the bathroom. In order to provide ethical and culturally appropriate treatment, service providers should be aware of the practices of the practicing Muslim. In this paper the author will review basic guidelines for working with Muslim clients as well as review specific intake questions that service providers should consider asking when working with Muslim clients.

 
Diversity submission 

Overlooked and Forgotten: Using an Intersectional Lens to Address Disparities for Black Girls With Autism

Domain: Theory
Temple S Lovelace (Duquesne University), JOVONNE TABB (Duquesne University), Olajumoke Oshokoya (Duquesne University), Mary Comis (Duquesne University), Angela Estrada (Duquesne University)
 
Abstract:

Intersectionality is defined as the complex, interconnected way that the cumulative effects of having multiple marginalized identities present an “overlapping discrimination” that is unique and cannot be accounted for as separate identities (Crenshaw, 1989). It is at this intersection that any singular analysis of what it means to be Black or a girl or a person with Autism Spectrum Disorder is insufficient. As autism disparity rates for diagnosis are reduced (Centers for Disease Control, 2018), it is increasingly clear that we must begin to examine the extent of the disparity seen in other areas, such as service delivery and research (National Center for Education Statistics, 2019; National Institutes of Health, 2019). The purpose of this study is to present a scoping review of the current literature on the intersectional examination of Black girls with Autism Spectrum Disorder (Figures 1, 2). The authors will present the current disparities in funding, service delivery, and educational placement (Figure 3). Lastly, the authors will present why there must be a call to action for how we consider intersectionality in order to improve the global behavior analytic support we must offer for Black, Indigenous, and People of Color with Autism Spectrum Disorder.

 
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #435
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Improving Observed Parenting and Enhancing Well-Being in Parents of Young Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Monday, May 25, 2020
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 3, Ballroom AB
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University)
CE Instructor: Jessica Singer-Dudek, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: MARLA BRASSARD (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

Research has shown that parents of children with ASD are among the most stressed as compared to all other parents, including those who have children with other psychiatric conditions and developmental disabilities (Hayes & Watson, 2013). Parents of children with ASD are chronically stressed because the demands of the family environment often exceed the parent’s ability to cope. There are few evidence-based interventions available for professionals to use with parents of a child with ASD: some use cognitive therapies, such as meditation, some use social support to reduce stress and mental health problems, and others use implement parent training to improve child behavior. Few if any combine both mental health and behavioral approaches, and none of these are designed for implementation by school personnel. This presentation describes findings from a multi-year transdisciplinary investigation into the most common stressors for parents of preschool children with ASD attending a CABAS® model school. Specifically, in two studies we surveyed parents to determine their reported levels of stress and common stressors, as well as parents’ mental and physical wellbeing, self-care, and self-efficacy skills. In the first study we also examined mother-child interactions during free-play and demand situations in order to determine possible target behaviors for intervention. Implications of the findings and suggestions for interventions will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Those interested in parent education and interventions to help parents cope with the stresses of parenting a child with ASD. These may include practitioners, educators, researchers, or parents themselves.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the evidence as to whether a child’s negative behaviors are manipulative (and thus should be ignored) OR important signals of a child’s needs (and thus should be attended to); (2) describe how child characteristics (e.g., temperament, verbal behavior developmental level, rate of learning in the ABA school, co-morbid diagnoses, severity of ASD) relate to the quality of observed parenting and the implications of these findings for interventions; (3) describe the stressors and mental health of mothers and fathers and the implications for intervention; (4) list the self-care practices that are related to lower stress and better observed quality of parenting.
 
MARLA BRASSARD (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Marla R. Brassard, Ph.D., is a Professor in the School Psychology Program at Teachers College, Columbia University. For 37 years her research has focused on parenting, especially psychological maltreatment (PM) of children by parents, a non-physical form of abuse and neglect, that research shows is the equivalent in adverse causal impact to other forms of maltreatment and the most related to depression and suicidal behavior. Recently her work has expanded to include parenting in other high stress contexts, specifically parenting a young child with autistic spectrum disorder, with a focus on interventions that enhance parental wellbeing and increase quality of parenting. She is a fellow of the American Psychological Association and past president of the Council of Directors of School Psychology Programs.
 
 
Symposium #436
CE Offered: BACB
Multiple Exemplar Instruction and its Implications on Rate of Acquisition of Textual, Vocal, and Written Responses and Joint Stimulus Control
Monday, May 25, 2020
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence F-H
Area: EDC/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Susan Buttigieg (Teachers College, Columbia University; Manhattanville College)
Discussant: Jennifer Longano (Fred S. Keller School)
CE Instructor: Jennifer Longano, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The first study tested the efficacy of an intensive blending intervention on the acquisition of blending and segmenting skills as well as the rate of acquisition of new textual response targets. Using a multiple probe design, Hwang-Nesbit & Greer found that the rate of acquisition of new textual responses increased as a function of this intervention, as well as mastery of new blending and segmenting skills. In the second study, Mellon, Greer, Bakaev, and Pedrero-Davila tested the effects of a multiple exemplar instruction across vocal and written response topographies for transparent words. The participants were selected because they did not emit correct responses in one response topography when transparent words were taught in a different response topography. Results indicated that multiple exemplar instruction was functionally related to establishing joint stimulus control across these topographies. These studies have implications for struggling readers as well as different educational methodologies utilized in American education.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): blending, CVC words, segmenting, spelling responses
Target Audience:

BCBAs BCaBAs Educators Administrators

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define multiple exemplar instruction (2) define response topography (3) define joint stimulus control and give an example in relation to reading
 

The Effect of Multiple Exemplar Instruction on The Emergence of Joint Stimulus Control for Writing and Vocally Spelling Transparent Words in Kindergarten Students With and Without Disabilities

LEANNA MELLON (SUNY New Paltz), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), Gabriela Pedrero-Davila (Teachers College, Columbia University), Esther Bakaev (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

We tested the effects of multiple exemplar instruction (MEI) on the transformation of stimulus function across written and vocal spelling responses for transparent words. Participants were chosen because they demonstrated joint stimulus control for vocal and written spelling with nontransparent words. These participants emitted correct vocal spelling responses for nontransparent words after learning those responses in a written topography, but did not demonstrate correct responses for transparent words from the same instructional practice. A multiple probe design was used to test the effects of the intervention on the spelling behavior of 6 kindergarten students with and without disabilities. During the intervention the participants were taught vocal and written spelling responses for a novel set of 5 transparent words using MEI. The dependent variable was the number of correct untaught vocal spelling responses for a set of 20 consonant-vowel-consonant (CVC) words. All participants emitted correct untaught vocal spelling responses after the intervention and performed the behavior with the same accuracy as written spelling responses before the intervention. Results of this study are discussed in terms of its implications in the different self-dictation responses in spelling transparent and non-transparent words and the application of MEI as an instructional tool to establishing joint stimulus control.

 
The Effects of Intensive Blending Instruction on the Acquisition of Blending and Segmenting Skills and Rate of Acquisition of Textual Operants
FRANCIS HWANG-NESBIT (Teacher College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract: Despite many efforts for reading remediation, students in United States continue to perform poorly in reading achievement in comparison to other developed countries. In 2 experiments, the current study tested the effects of an intensive blending instruction on the acquisition of blending and segmenting skills and the rate of acquisition of reading instruction. The dependent variables of the studies were blending and segmenting syllabic, onset-rime, and phonemic components of a given word. Experiment 1 used a multiple probe design across 6 pre-K students who had high learn units to criterion for reading instruction. They did not have blending and segmenting component sounds in a given word in their repertoire. The independent variable of the study was an intensive blending instruction in which the participants received instruction on blending syllables, onset-rime, and phonemes to produce words. Following the intervention, all participants had lower learn units to criterion in reading, demonstrating a faster rate of acquisition. The participants also acquired blending and segmenting skills that were not present during the pre-intervention probes. In Experiment 2, the researcher used a modified intensive blending instruction in a multiple probe design across groups. There were 17 participants who did not demonstrate blending and segmenting components of a given composite word prior to the intervention. In the second experiment, the independent variable was condensed into 3 lessons adapted from the instructional sequence used in the first experiment. The second experiment is currently ongoing.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #437
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
A Behavior Analytic Theory of Complex Behavior
Monday, May 25, 2020
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 6
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Henry Schlinger, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: HENRY SCHLINGER (California State University, LA)
Abstract:

In 1950, Skinner published an article titled “Are Theories of Learning Necessary?” which was widely misunderstood and misrepresented as arguing that theories in science were not necessary. In fact, he was arguing that explanations of behavior consisting of explanatory fictions were not only not necessary, but faulty. Skinner’s choice of the term “theory” in that context was unfortunate. Elsewhere (e.g., Skinner, 1957), Skinner has used the term “interpretation” to refer to his extrapolation of the basic principles of operant behavior from the experimental laboratory to the understanding of complex behavior, including behavior he called verbal. This was also an unfortunate choice because what he called interpretation was nothing less than a theoretical analysis. In this instance, the standard term “theory” would have been more appropriate. In the present talk, I offer one view of what theories in science are and how they originate, and then I discuss what a behavior-analytic theory is and how it has been, and continues to be, applied to understanding complex human behavior. As with theories in the natural sciences, behavior-analytic theory does not posit circular explanations, does not commit the nominal fallacy or the reification fallacy, and is parsimonious. In other words, the statements comprising the theory point to observable or potentially observable and testable events.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define and describe theory in the natural sciences and in behavior analysis; (2) define and describe with examples the critical thinking strategies of nominal fallacy, reification, circular reasoning (explanatory fictions), and parsimony; (3) describe what the basic unit of analysis in behavior analysis is and how behavior-analytic theory can be used to explain some examples of complex human behavior; (4) describe how a behavior-analytic theory of complex behavior is parsimonious.
 
HENRY SCHLINGER (California State University, LA)

Henry D. (Hank) Schlinger Jr. received his Ph.D. in psychology (applied behavior analysis) from Western Michigan University (WMU) under the supervision of Jack Michael. He then completed a two-year National Institutes of Health-funded post-doctoral fellowship in behavioral pharmacology also at WMU with Alan Poling. Dr. Schlinger was a full tenured professor of psychology at Western New England University in Springfield, MA, before moving to Los Angeles in 1998. He is now professor of psychology and former director of the M. S. Program in Applied Behavior Analysis in the Department of Psychology at California State University, Los Angeles. Dr. Schlinger has published 80 scholarly articles, chapters, and commentaries in more than 30 different journals. He also has authored or co-authored three books, Psychology: A Behavioral Overview (1990), A Behavior-Analytic View of Child Development (1995) (which was translated into Japanese), and Introduction to Scientific Psychology (1998). He is past editor of The Analysis of Verbal Behavior and The Behavior Analyst and sits on the editorial boards of several other journals. He also serves on the Board of Trustees of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies and on the Advisory Board of The Venus Project (https://www.resourcebasedeconomy.org/advisory-board/). He received the Distinguished Alumni Award from the Department of Psychology at Western Michigan University in 2012, and the Jack Michael Award for Outstanding Contributions in Verbal Behavior from the Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group of the Association for Behavior Analysis International in 2015.

 
 
Symposium #439
CE Offered: BACB
Creating Opportunities for Dissemination Through Collaboration: Behavior Analysis Across Educational Settings
Monday, May 25, 2020
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence A-C
Area: TBA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Valerie R. Rogers (ABRITE)
CE Instructor: Valerie R. Rogers, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The dissemination of behavior analysis is an essential albeit often challenging piece of practice for a behavior analyst. Successful dissemination of behavior analysis can result in significant gains for the science in research, practice, and beyond. One such benefit is the increased access to behavior analytic services to individuals in need. Several avenues toward dissemination have been suggested, one of which includes collaboration with professionals outside of behavior analysis and those within behavior analysis, yet in varying industries. The current symposium describes three projects that undertook the challenging task of dissemination through collaboration to create something missing from the current environment, yet desperately needed to better serve those requiring applied behavior analysis services. The first paper describes the collaboration with local and county school districts resulting in the creation of behavior analytic non-public school intended to create a learning environment for those unable at access education in their local public schools. The second paper describes the impact of collaboration and dissemination on the creation of a behavior analytic support program within general and special education public classrooms. The final paper discusses how dissemination and subsequent collaboration can address hiring difficulties and access to care when working with local universities.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Collaboration, Dissemination, Education
Target Audience:

BCBA's, Administrators in behavior analytic practice, Administrators within public education settings, University professors

Learning Objectives: 1- Participants will be able describe how collaboration can result in the creation of a nonpublic school and 3 outcomes related to nonpublic school placements 2- Participants will be able to describe various steps involved toward the creation of a collaborative program between an ABA agency and public school district and subsequent student outcomes. 3- Participants will be able to state potential barriers to access ABA treatment and identify at least 2 meaningful ways to break those barriers through collaboration.
 
This School Belongs to All of Us: Outcomes for Students Enrolled in Nonpublic School Developed Through Collaborative Initiatives
JANICE FREDERICK (Brite Horizons), Ginger R. Raabe (Brite Horizons), Kinga Wolos-Zachmeier (Brite Horizons)
Abstract: Federal law mandates that students with disabilities receive their education in the least restrictive environment (LRE). As behavior analysts we support the inclusion of all students in the LRE that maximizes the student’s potential for skill acquisition and growth in all areas of their development. At times, a student's educational and/or behavioral goals may not be adequately addressed and met in a public education setting. In the absence of an appropriate placement within the student’s immediate local area, school districts must consider alternatives at greater distances, which in turn further removes the student from their local community and may impact successful reentry. The present paper describes a collaborative initiative between a special education local planning area (SELPA) and a behavioral health organization to develop a nonpublic school to serve local students in need. Description and data related to the collaboration and training of team members across disciplines will be discussed. Student outcome data on responses that support transition back to the public school setting will be presented.
 
Breaking Barriers through Collaboration: A Interagency Model for Providing Students with Applied Behavior Analytic Support
JESSICA PIZZICA (Santa Cruz City School District), Janice Frederick (Brite Horizons)
Abstract: Student access to behavior analytic services and staff trained to implement function based behavior plans can lead to improved outcomes across grade spans in the public school setting. Access to such services can change the trajectory of student outcomes and their overall level of independence. Barriers to access include lack of school district Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) and a shortage of trained aides to support implementation of function based behavior plans. The obstacles related to training and treatment fidelity can seem small in the presence of funding constraints and a culture that may not embrace a behavior analytic approach. The development of a strong interagency collaborative relationship, between which key team members share goals and values, can break down such barriers. This paper outlines the development of a collaborative program between a school district and a nonpublic agency and the methods utilized to address and overcome barriers to applied behavior analysis treatment. Individualized student outcomes as well as more global measures such as referrals to and enrollment in the program will also be reviewed.
 
Agency and University Collaborations to Disseminate Behavior Analysis and Provide Greater Access to Care
VALERIE R. ROGERS (ABRITE), Janice Frederick (ABRITE), Ginger R. Raabe (The ABRITE Organization)
Abstract: The dissemination of behavior analysis is a lofty yet necessary goal that can result in significant gains for the behavior analytic community and those served by it. The dissemination of our science has the potential to address many needs within the applied behavior analysis community, one of which includes locating and hiring motivated individuals to work with those receiving behavior analytic services. Meeting hiring needs can be even more challenging when located in an area lacking an established behavior analysis program filtering applicants toward organizations providing experience opportunities. This poses the question of how can we reach the goals of hiring qualified motivated technicians creating a larger workforce to meet the needs of our clients while simultaneously disseminating behavior analysis into a community where this knowledge is scarce? The current paper outlines the steps taken and subsequent outcomes toward answering this question. Collaborating with external entities, particularly in the creation of a university based student internship program, yielded the most promising results. Data regarding hiring rates, retention, treatment hours provided, and post employment activities will be shared. Specific obstacles, successes, failures, and overall recommendations will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #440
CE Offered: BACB/NASP
Can Behavioral and Developmental Science Live Happily Ever After? An Overview and Application of Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Intervention
Monday, May 25, 2020
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 206
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Melanie Pellecchia (University of Pennsylvania)
Discussant: Sophia R D'Agostino (Hope College)
CE Instructor: Melanie Pellecchia, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Early intervention for young children with autism spectrum disorder has historically been rooted within two distinct theoretical foundations: behavioral and developmental sciences. Proponents of each discipline have traditionally held opposing views toward treatment, with little collaboration. A recent shift in autism intervention has led to the emergence of a group of interventions that incorporate elements from both developmental and behavioral science. These naturalistic developmental behavioral interventions (NDBI) have been used effectively in a variety of settings with improvements in child and family outcomes. This symposium includes a series of presentations describing the application of naturalistic developmental behavioral interventions across a range of settings, with a focus on describing the integration of developmental and behavioral science in each. The first presentation will provide a broad overview of naturalistic developmental behavioral interventions, including a description of its core components. The second presentation will describe the implementation of naturalistic developmental behavioral interventions in a hospital-based clinic setting, including data related to the characteristics of children enrolled in the program. The third will describe child outcomes from a group-based delivery of naturalistic developmental behavioral intervention for preschool-aged children. The final presentation will shed light on the actual use of naturalistic developmental behavioral intervention strategies within community settings by describing the self-reported utilization of developmental and behavioral strategies from a large sample of applied behavior analysis providers.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts, behavior therapists, early intervention providers

Learning Objectives: 1) Understand the theoretical background of naturalistic developmental behavioral interventions. 2) Discuss the application of NDBI across a range of service settings. 3) Discuss strategies for incorporating NDBI into ABA treatment programs.
 
Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Intervention: The next frontier for early autism treatment
(Theory)
MELANIE PELLECCHIA (University of Pennsylvania)
Abstract: A recent trend in early intervention for young children with autism spectrum disorder is the development of interventions that bridge both developmental and behavioral sciences. This new breed of interventions, Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Interventions (NDBI), merge best practices in these two previously opposing approaches to intervention. Naturalistic developmental behavioral interventions integrate behavioral learning theory and developmentally-focused strategies within natural environments. Several efficacious naturalistic developmental behavioral intervention treatment models have been successfully implemented across a variety of settings with improved child and family outcomes. Yet, this approach has yet to be disseminated widely among behavior analysts. This presentation will provide an in-depth overview of Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Interventions, with an emphasis on how this approach can be incorporated into existing applied behavior analysis programs for young children with autism spectrum disorders. The presentation will include: a description of the theoretical background underlying the approach, the core components of naturalistic developmental behavioral intervention, and examples illustrating its application. A summary of the evidence supporting the effectiveness of naturalistic developmental behavioral intervention and recommendations for incorporating its strategies into existing programs will be provided.
 
The Application of Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Interventions in a hospital-based autism center
(Service Delivery)
ASHLEY DUBIN (Nemours/AI duPont Hospital for Children), Emily Bernabe (Nemours/Alfred I duPont Hospital for Children), Meena Khowaja (Nemours/Alfred I Dupont Hospital for Children)
Abstract: This presentation describes the clinical implementation of Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Interventions (NDBIs; Schreibman et al., 2015) in a hospital-based autism center. Parents of young children recently diagnosed with autism are coached on strategies to promote social communication. Different service delivery models and the strategies comprising the parent-mediated naturalistic developmental behavioral interventions will be discussed. Data will be presented about characteristics of the parents and children referred for, enrolled in, and who have completed one of the center’s naturalistic developmental behavioral intervention programs. As enrollment in the program is ongoing, we anticipate including additional data related to systems-level processes (e.g., triage to different programs), child social communication and other behaviors over time, and other factors potentially related to enrollment and completion of naturalistic developmental behavioral intervention programs. Important considerations for implementation of parent-mediated naturalistic developmental behavioral interventions in a hospital-based clinic setting will be discussed, including advantages, possible barriers, need for modifications, and future directions for research and practice.
 

Follow the Children: A Group-Based Application of Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Intervention for Preschool Children With Autism

(Service Delivery)
MEGHAN KANE (University of Pennsylvania), Melanie Pellecchia (University of Pennsylvania), David Mandell (University of Pennsylvania)
Abstract:

Group-learning models for young children with autism provide environments rich with opportunities for teaching social communication and interaction skills. Comprehensive preschool programs that incorporate naturalistic developmental behavioral intervention (NDBI) strategies have produced improvements in children’s social communication skills, social engagement, and core ASD symptoms (Stahmer & Ingersoll, 2004; Strain & Bovey, 2011). This presentation will provide an overview of an NDBI treatment model delivered within a group program for preschool-aged children with autism. A description of the treatment model and subsequent changes in children’s social communication skills for 20 preschool-aged children enrolled in the program will be discussed. Staff fidelity was measured using a direct observation fidelity tool designed to measure the core components of a group-based NDBI model. Fidelity was high and averaged over 87% accuracy across all NDBI components. Changes in children’s social communication were measured at baseline and following six months of intervention using the Social Communication Checklist, a curriculum-based measure of social communication. Improvements were observed across all domains, with significant improvements in the group’s overall social communication score (p < .05), social engagement (p <.01), and play skills (p <.05). Implications for research and practice incorporating naturalistic developmental behavioral interventions into group-based treatment programs will be discussed.

 

Self-Reported Utilization of Developmental and Behavioral Intervention Techniques by Applied Behavior Analysis Providers

(Service Delivery)
KYLE M FROST (Michigan State University), Brooke Ingersoll (Michigan State University)
Abstract:

Naturalistic developmental behavioral interventions (NDBIs; Schreibman et al., 2015) are a class of early interventions for autism spectrum disorder with growing empirical support, however, their similarity to Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) as delivered in the community is unknown. This online survey-based study characterized the self-reported utilization of developmental and behavioral intervention techniques in a large sample of ABA providers (n=368) and explored what aspects of provider background predict utilization. Respondents rated the extent to which they used each of a number of intervention techniques in a recent session with a specific child. ABA providers self-reported less use of developmental techniques than behavioral techniques, t(356)=-26.35, p<0.001. Providers with greater self-reported competency in NDBIs reported more frequent use of developmental techniques (Table 1); NDBI competency was not related to use of behavioral techniques, which were reported at high levels across providers. Point-biserial correlations indicated some trending relationships with training background such that providers with a background in psychology reported greater use of developmental techniques and those with backgrounds in ABA and special education reported less use (Table 1). Results suggest that further research on the similarities and differences between NDBIs and ABA delivered in the community is warranted.

 
 
Symposium #441
CE Offered: BACB
To Vary or not to Vary: Advances in Behavioral Variability Research
Monday, May 25, 2020
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon G
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Clodagh Mary Murray (Emirates College for Advanced Education)
Discussant: Allen Neuringer (Reed College)
CE Instructor: Clodagh Mary Murray, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium presents some of the latest developments in behavioral variability research. The opening paper outlines a comparison of video-modelling (VM) and VM plus lag schedules to increase variability of intraverbal responses to social questions among adults with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Issues with generalization and maintenance of intervention outcomes and how to measure same will be discussed. The next study used lag schedules to increase variability in toy selections of children with ASD. There was an associated increase in appropriate play and decrease in stereotypy, while multiple generalization probes revealed generalization across people and settings but not stimuli. Next is a long-awaited investigation into the level of variability in activities of neurotypical preschoolers that details a novel measurement system. This study provides important information for those working on increasing variability in play and other activities in children with developmental disabilities; these are increasingly frequent topics of applied variability research. The final paper describes a basic study investigating generalization of reinforced variability in rats. In the applied field, researchers are striving to understand generalization effects of variation across multiple repertoires; this study adds to our understanding of these processes. This set of papers, together with our Discussant, the leading expert in this field, aims to address some of the many interesting questions that have been raised as more and more researchers identify behavioral variability as an important field of study.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Generalized Variability, Lag Schedules, Measuring Variability, Reinforced Variability
Target Audience:

BCBAs, BCBA-Ds, anyone interested in variability in basic or applied fields.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the symposium, attendees will be able to: 1. Explain the importance of variability as a dimension of behavior, particularly when working with people with developmental disabilities 2. Describe the factors associated with generalization of reinforced variability 3. Describe two different ways to measure behavioral variability
 

Increasing Variability of Intraverbal Responses to Social Questions in Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Applied Research)
Aibhin O'Neill (National University of Ireland Galway), CLODAGH MARY MURRAY (Emirates College for Advanced Education)
Abstract:

This study investigated the effects of video modelling alone (VM) and video modelling plus a lag 2 schedule of reinforcement (VM + lag 2) on the variability of intraverbal responses to social questions for two adults with autism. It used an alternating treatments design with embedded multiple baseline. The questions ‘How are you?’, ‘What do you like to do?’, and ‘Can you tell me something about you?’ were targeted in this study, with different questions being randomly allocated to either VM, VM + lag or best treatment conditions. Variability in responding was measured by calculating, for each session, the mean number of responses from which each one differed. For both participants, variability was higher in the VM + lag 2 condition, hence, this was used in the best treatment condition. Novel responses emerged in both treatment conditions so, while variability did not increase in the VM alone condition, participants did learn new responses from the video models. A one-month maintenance check revealed that responses to questions targeted with VM+ lag 2 were more variable than those targeted by VM alone. During generalization sessions in novel settings, variability was concordant with that observed in the training location for all questions.

 
Using Lag Schedules to Increase Variability in Toy Selections of Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder
(Applied Research)
Megan Davis (National University of Ireland Galway), KATHERINE MARISSA CLARKE (National University of Ireland Galway), Clodagh Mary Murray (Emirates College for Advanced Education)
Abstract: Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) have been shown to have lower variability in their play-related behaviors than their neurotypical peers and one way this is evident is in the limited number of toys they engage with. A multiple-baseline design across participants was used to examine the impact of lag 2 and lag 3 schedules on toy-selection variability and on stereotypical behaviors during play. Results showed that all three participants displayed an increase in toy-selection variability in addition to a decrease in stereotypical behaviors and an increase in appropriate play behaviors when interacting with the toys. Maintenance checks after 1-month showed that the increase in variability was maintained by all three participants while levels of stereotypical behaviors remained low. A series of generalization probes revealed that the skills generalized across settings and staff members and, to a far lesser extent, to novel toys, though this varied by session, according to the type of toys used. The impact of the type of toys introduced during generalization probes (preferred vs non-preferred) will be discussed along with the implications of this work for researchers and clinicians.
 
Examining Variability of Item Interaction and Activity Selection in Preschool Classrooms
(Applied Research)
JARED T ARMSHAW (University of North Texas), Joseph D. Dracobly (University of North Texas), Gabriela Arias (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Creativity is a core skill that schools target beginning in early pre-school settings. To have different patterns of responding that represent different ideas, interests, fantasies, etc., one must first have a variety of ideas, interests, fantasies, etc. There is a growing body of research on methods to produce response variability. Despite this promising research, it is not clear, however, how much alternation is socially appropriate. Therefore, the purpose of this study is to develop, across a larger number of children, an understanding of the different ways children interact with activities commonly found in pre-school environments. We measured children’s repeat item interactions, novel item interactions, and allocation of time across five concurrently available activity centers. Both within and across children, there was diversity in the number of items with which children interacted and some interaction between levels of repeat item interaction and levels of novel item interaction. Although the relations were predominantly correlated with centers, there were some differences across children within some activities. We will discuss the implications for our understanding of variability and creativity within school environments, including how everyday arrangements of preschool environments may support or hinder variable responding.
 
Generalization of Variability Training Across Responses in Rats
(Basic Research)
KAILEY MORRISSEY (Utah State University), Annie Galizio (Utah State University), Jeremy Haynes (Utah State University), Diana Michelle Perez (Utah State University), Caroline Towse (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract: Research has shown that variability is an operant. If so, reinforced variability should translate across contexts. This study was designed to see if variability training would generalize across response topographies. Phase 1 of this experiment included rats producing four-response patterns across two nosepokes (e.g.,LRLR, where L and R indicate left and right responses). Food was delivered probabilistically during this phase, so variability was not required, and low levels of variability were observed. In Phase 2, one group of rats earned food by producing varied response sequences. The control group was yoked, meaning these rats earned food at the same rate as the experimental rats but did not have to vary. This phase showed high levels of variability for Vary rats, and low levels for Yoke rats. Phase 3 included all rats pressing levers to earn probabilistic rewards, resulting in low levels of variability. In Phase 4, all rats earned food for variable lever pressing. If Vary rats acquire variable lever pressing more quickly than Yoke rats, it is possible that variability is generalized across topographies. If so, the hypothesis that behavioral variability is an operant is supported. The results suggest limited evidence of generalization of variability across responses in rats.
 
 
Symposium #442
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Ethics Under the Umbrella: Sexual Behavior Considerations for Client Intervention and Beyond
Monday, May 25, 2020
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Room 103
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Barbara Gross (Empowered: A Center for Sexuality; Special School District of St Louis County)
Discussant: Barbara Gross (Empowered: A Center for Sexuality; Special School District of St Louis County)
CE Instructor: Robin Moyher, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Sexual behavior is a complex and wide-reaching topic. And though sexual stimulation is considered to be a primary reinforcer for most, there is frequently shame and stigma associated with sexual behavior, leaving it under-discussed within our field. This symposium examines an array of ethical considerations pertaining to sexual behavior, from direct client interventions and supports around assent and noncompliance, to scholarship and theory on sex and risk, to legal considerations in sex education and censorship, to dissemination of behavior analytic analysis as it benefits pleasure-based sex education at large. Presenters will discuss resulting data and their implications as applicable, and will discuss recommendations for future research, instruction, and applied projects.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): ethics, sex education, sexual behavior, sexuality
Target Audience:

Practicing BCBAs and BCaBAs

Learning Objectives: Not required for BACB
 
What Is Sexual Behavior Anyway: A Biopsychosocial Account of Conceptualizing Sex and Risk
(Theory)
BRYANT ANTOINE (Empowered: A Center for Sexuality; Special School District of St Louis County), Worner Leland (Empowered: A Center for Sexuality; Upswing Advocates)
Abstract: Because of the complexity of potential sexual repertoires and beliefs about sex at both the ontogenic and cultural level, it can be difficult to tact what “counts” as sexual behavior. Additionally, multiple factors impact the labeling of sexual behavior as “high risk.” Relational Frame Theory (RFT) provides an account of language as operant behavior (Hayes, Barnes-Holmes, & Roche, 2001). This presentation will examine different possible response classes and consequences which may be labeled as “sex” and which may be described as “risky” and will examine both derived beliefs and transfer of stimulus function when considering potentially risky sexual behavior. Relying on scientific knowledge both within and outside the field (BACB, 2019, 1.01), sex and risk will be examined as a biopsychosocial phenomenon, and the acquisition of these labels will comparably be examined through a contextual examination of selectionism at the phylogenic, ontogenetic, and cultural levels (Skinner, 1953). Harm reduction modalities will be considered as the impact of this language is examined.
 
Censorship, the Right to Effective Treatment, and Avoiding Legal Risk
(Service Delivery)
ALEXANDRA ZHESTKOVA (Moscow Centre of Pedagogy and Psychology)
Abstract: Behavior analysts must conform to the legal and ethical codes of their social and professional communities, and must resolve any conflict in their ethical obligations and legal obligations in accordance with the law (BACB, 2019, 1.04 d & e). When considering the law regarding sexuality and sexual behavior education, behavior analysts must be especially mindful of potential conflicts between the ethical code and the law. While behavior analysts must advocate for the most effective interventions - keeping in mind cultural differences, resources and practices - legal considerations must not be forgotten. While most countries have direct laws regarding censorship and/or sexuality, the writing of these laws often leave room for loopholes or ambiguity. One must often look to legal precedent to examine actual consequence of the law in addition to the law’s written intention. This presentation will provide examples of sexual behavior related treatments that can result in legal proceedings in different countries, highlighting legal ambiguity regarding sexual education and, finally, will offer some steps that could be taken to avoid or minimize risk of legal proceedings while pursuing ethical and effective intervention.
 
The Use of Preference Assessments in the Selection of Sex Toys in Adult Retail Environments
(Service Delivery)
LANDA L. FOX (Positive Connections)
Abstract: The utility of preference assessments in the discovery of powerful reinforcers is a vitally important technology within the field of applied behavior analysis. While preference assessments have been researched and used extensively in the area of developmental disabilities and autism their application outside of this area is more limited (e.g., Organizational Behavior Management; Applied Animal Behavior). As ethical dissemination of our science to novel environments is of value (BACB, 2019, 6.02), this presentation will explore the potential for the use of preference assessments (free operant, paired-stimulus, multiple stimulus without replacement) in adult retail stores. We will review important considerations in the application of preference assessments in adult retail stores. Considerations include: determining the type or types of preference assessment that are most appropriate; the ethics of implementation of an assessment in this environment; barriers and ethics related to effectively identifying potential reinforcers when the items in arrays cannot be directly experienced; and the potential temporal stability or instability of preferences with reference to knowledge about shifting preferences in sexual stimulation across time. Effectively assisting customers in an adult retail store in the selection of sex toys/pleasure products that will ostensibly serve as a reinforcer after purchase is a novel application of this technology.
 
When Should or Shouldn’t an Individual be Compliant to an Instruction?
(Basic Research)
ROBIN MOYHER (George Mason University)
Abstract: Individuals with Intellectual and Developmental Delays (IDD) are victims, with alarmingly high rates, of sexual abuse and/or harassment (Sobsey & Varnhagen, 1989; Tyiska (1998). Compliance to instructions given to them from others, especially those in a position of authority, is often taught to individuals with IDD as part of their IEPs and home programming. However when considering our ethical obligation to our clients (BACB, 2019, 2.02, 2.05a) it is crucial to consider the benefit of direct noncompliance instruction, such in the case of a sexual harassment lure or sexual abuse lure. Presenting statistically significant data from a sexual harassment in the employment intervention to young adults with IDD (29 single subjects), the research will share data that demonstrates individuals are more likely to comply with instructions when presented from a person of authority versus a person of no authority. Data from this research study also shows that this population can be taught to recognize a sexual harassment lure, to respond appropriately, and report it accurately (Moyher, manuscript in progress). In the time of #metoo, it’s crucial to bring this topic to the IDD population. Instead of citing statistics of abuse that do not change decade after decade (Casteel, Martin, Smith, Gurka, and Kupper; 2008), this presentation will specifically discuss ways of teaching prevention skills to this population.
 
 
Symposium #443
CE Offered: BACB
Functional Analysis of Problem Behavior: A Context for Assessment and Treatment Innovation
Monday, May 25, 2020
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon H
Area: DDA/CBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Craig Strohmeier (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
CE Instructor: Craig Strohmeier, Psy.D.
Abstract:

Functional analyses (FAs) aim to identify reinforcers related to problem behavior and provide a baseline context for treatment evaluation. In this symposium, the first paper presents a review of the literature on compliance with mands, which is a behavior function sometimes demonstrated by individuals with moderate to advanced language repertoires. The second paper describes a controlled consecutive case series (CCCS) for the escape from attention function, which, while common as a possible behavioral phenotype in some genetic conditions, is not traditionally assessed in FAs. The third paper illuminates the heterogeneous nature of aggressive behavior (e.g. severity, topography, function), with an emphasis on response patterns that occur across FA test and control conditions. The final paper describes a CCCS analysis of two methods for thinning multiple schedules to derive more practical and efficient treatments. A terminal probe method, designed to minimize unnecessary steps in the schedule thinning process, is compared with the more traditional progressive thinning method. Across papers, we illustrate how FA provides context for innovation in the assessment and treatment of problem behavior. This context can inform a fined-tuned assessment approach that is generalizable across a wide range of populations and derives effective interventions.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Functional Analysis
 
Mand Compliance as a Contingency Controlling Problem Behavior
(Applied Research)
ADITHYAN RAJARAMAN (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University)
Abstract: Bowman, Fisher, Thompson, and Piazza (1997) described a dynamic environment-behavior relation in which a child’s problem behavior was evoked by adult noncompliance with a variety of child mands, which occurred at high rates, and reinforced by adult compliance with subsequent mands. They discovered this phenomenon with two children with autism for whom traditional functional analyses involving generic reinforcement contingencies yielded inconclusive results. In recent years, similar dynamic contingencies have been shown to influence problem behavior, but the manner in which they have been arranged and described has varied across studies. The purpose of this review is to (a) describe the various contingencies involving compliance with mands and their prevalence in the literature, (b) summarize procedural variations, and (c) discuss what is known and yet to be discovered about the contingency as it relates to the analysis and treatment of problem behavior. Future research focused on improving technology for functionally analyzing and treating individuals who engage in severe problem behavior suspected to be sensitive to mand compliance will be discussed.
 
Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior Maintained by Escape from Attention: A Summary of 29 Cases
(Applied Research)
MIRELA CENGHER (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Michelle D. Chin (The Kennedy Krieger Institute), Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: The purpose of this controlled consecutive case series analysis was to evaluate outcomes of functional analysis (FA) and treatment procedures for problem behavior maintained by escape from attention (EA). Twenty nine individuals who had received inpatient or outpatient services for severe problem behavior and whose FAs included an EA test condition participated. An EA function was identified for 24 of the 29 participants. Aggression, followed by SIB, were the most prevalent forms of problem behavior demonstrated by participants with an EA function. We analyzed the initial multielement FAs that did not include an EA condition in participants for whom this function was subsequently identified, in order to establish predictive markers for EA. The following predictive markers were identified: high rates of problem behavior in the escape from demands condition and low rates of problem behavior in the attention condition. Finally, function-based treatments were implemented for 13 participants with an EA function; 84% of cases demonstrated a reduction of problem behavior of 80% or more relative to baseline. The most effective interventions included extinction and reinforcement-based procedures. Implications for research and clinical practice are discussed.
 
Aggressive Behavior: What do We Know and Where Should We Go?
(Applied Research)
NICOLE LYNN HAUSMAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Molly K Bednar (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Madeleine Guell (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Elissa Spinks (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John Falligant (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Michael P. Kranak (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Jasmeen Kaur (Kennedy Krieger institute)
Abstract: Individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) are at increased risk for displaying aggression (Allen, 2000; McClintock, et al., 2003). Aggression is associated with social isolation, increased use of restrictive treatments, and restrictive placements (e.g., Hodgetts et al., 2013). Previous research suggests that aggression is a heterogeneous phenomenon that may vary across multiple dimensions such as severity, topography, and behavioral function, the latter of which has been the primary focus of behavior analytic research (e.g., Beavers, et al., 2003; Fitzpatrick et al., 2016). The purpose of this presentation is to review the existing literature on aggressive behavior and describe an ongoing project aimed at better understanding variables that may differentially impact risks associated with this behavior (e.g., severity, topography, function, temporal patterning). Preliminary data outlining response patterns of aggression evident by rate of responding during EO present and EO absent phases of FA test conditions will be presented.
 
Effective, Efficient, and Practical Use of Multiple Schedules in the Treatment of Problem Behavior: A Comparison of Progressive Schedule Thinning and a Terminal Probe Method
(Applied Research)
CRAIG STROHMEIER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Mirela Cengher (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Michelle D. Chin (The Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Several studies describe the use of multiple schedules to thin reinforcement schedules during the treatment of problem behavior. An empirically derived approach for adjusting the multiple schedule (i.e. discriminative stimulus and S-Delta components) can inform an efficient process of schedule thinning that omits unnecessary steps. In the current study, we used a controlled consecutive case series analysis to compare two methods of schedule thinning: a terminal probe method (n = 34) and the more traditional progressive schedule thinning process (n=25). Participants included 59 children who received services at an outpatient clinic for the functional analysis and treatment of problem behavior. Preliminary findings indicated that in 22/34 applications, the terminal probe method yielded terminal S-Delta times that met or exceeded 80% of session time, in comparison to 2/25 applications in the progressive schedule thinning group. Additionally, in 30/34 applications, the terminal probe method produced terminal S-Delta times that exceeded five minutes, in comparison to 2/25 applications in the progressive schedule thinning group. We describe the terminal probe method, between and within subject analyses, implications of findings, and recommendations for practice.
 
 
Symposium #444
Resistance to Change and Relapse: Effects of Schedules of Reinforcement, Operant Variability and Reinforcement Parameters
Monday, May 25, 2020
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 3/4
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Raquel Alo (Universidade de Brasília, Brazil)
Discussant: Andre Miguel (Washington State University)
Abstract:

The studies in this symposium represent current approaches to the experimental analysis of resistance to change and relapse. Specifically, the effects of different schedules of reinforcement, of operant-variability contingencies and of reinforcement parameters on these phenomena were assessed. Viegas and Cançado report the results of a within-subject parametric analysis of resistance to change of responding maintained by VR and yoked-VI schedules of reinforcement. Aló and colleagues assessed the effects of relative-reinforcement rates on response rate, choice, and relapse under a renewal procedure. Chaparini and Abreu-Rodrigues studied the relapse of patterns of operant variability by combining the procedures used to study resurgence, renewal and reinstatement effects. Hernandez and Flores report the effects of variations on several reinforcement parameters (frequency, delay and magnitude) for the target response during the second phase of a resurgence procedure. The method of each study exemplify approaches to further understanding the controlling variables of both resistance to change and relapse, and their results extend those of previous studies on both phenomena. Collectively, as the results of experimental analyses do, the results suggest a broader understanding of resistance to change and relapse that encompasses the effects of understudied variables (schedules of reinforcement, operant-variability levels and reinforcement parameters).

Instruction Level: Intermediate
 

Resistance to Change and Response Rates: A Parametric Analysis

Eduardo Walcacer Viegas (Universidade de Brasília), CARLOS RENATO XAVIER CANÇADO (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Resistance to change usually is greater in variable-interval (VI) than variable-ratio (VR) schedules under similar reinforcement rates. In this experiment, we are assessing how parametric manipulations of the response-rate difference between VI and VR schedules affect resistance to extinction. Rats are being exposed to each of six conditions. In each, a multiple VI VR is in effect in baseline and extinction in the test, and two tests are being conducted: one in which sessions start with the VI and another in which they start with the VR. In the first condition, baseline response rates were similar between components. Resistance was greater in the VR than in the VI in the VR-first test (in the VI-first test, resistance was similar between components). In the second condition, a differential-reinforcement-of-low-rate schedule was programmed in tandem with the VI and response rates were lower in the VI than in the VR schedule. For each rat, resistance was greater in the VI but only in the VI-first test (in the VR-first test, there were no systematic differences between components across rats). The results suggest that response-rate differences affect resistance to extinction and these results are modulated by the first component in effect during test sessions.

 

Reinforcement in Context: Preference, Resistance to Change, and Renewal

Raquel Alo (Universidade de Brasília, Brazil), CINTHIA HERNANDEZ (Universidad de Guadalajara (CEIC)), Edileth Guadalupe Yocupicio Campa (Universidad de Guadalajara CEIC), Karine Santana (Universidade de Brasília)
Abstract:

The effects of relative reinforcement on response rates, choice, resistance to change, and renewal is being studied. During baselines, pigeons were exposed to a multiple-concurrent schedule with a concurrent VI 80 s VI 40 s (VI40-Rich) on one component and a concurrent VI 20 s VI 40 s (VI40-Lean) on the other component. All schedules were presented in different keys and using different colors. During satiation tests, free food was delivered before sessions. During baselines, response rates were highest either on the VI-20 or on the VI-40 Rich schedule and lowest either on the VI-80 or on the VI-40 Lean schedule. Choice for the VI-40 was greater when it was presented with the VI-80 rather than the VI-20 schedule. During the tests, choice for the VI-40 schedule approached in both components. Proportion of baseline response rates were not consistent with either absolute or relative reinforcement rates, during test session. Thus, response rates and choice followed relative reinforcement rates. Decreasing the value of the reinforcers by satiation, however, decreased sensitivity to relative reinforcement rates and produced mixed effects on Resistance to change. The renewal test has not yet been conducted.

 

Recurrence of Variability: A Reinforcement History or anExtinction-Induced Effect?

Gabriela Chiaparini (Universidade de Brasília), JOSELE ABREU-RODRIGUES (Universidade de Brasilia)
Abstract:

Relapse has been defined as the recurrence of a response or pattern of responding, previously reinforced and later extinguished. Recurrence of behavioral variability was evaluated with a combination of three animal models of relapse: renewal, reinstatement, and resurgence. In the Training Phase (context A), rats were exposed to a multiple schedule. In the Lag 10 component, sequences that differed from the previous 10 sequences were reinforced; in the Yoke component, any sequence produced reinforcers such that variability was allowed, but not required. Reinforcer probability was equated between components. In the Elimination Phase (context B), a multiple Rep 3 Rep 3 schedule was in effect. In both components, a sequence was reinforced if it was equal to one of the three previous sequences (i.e., variability was extinguished). In the Test Phase (context A), extinction occurred in both components, and two response-independent reinforcers were delivered in each component. Relapse of recurrence time, a measure of sequence variability, was observed in the component previously correlated with Lag 10, but not in the one previously correlated with no variability requirements. The increase in variability in the Test phase indicated relapse of previously reinforced variability, rather than extinction induced variability.

 

Degrading Target Responding on Resurgence: Extinction, Magnitude, Frequency and Delay Reinforcement

Cinthia Hernandez (Universidad de Guadalajara (CEIC)), CARLOS FLORES AGUIRRE (Universidad de Guadalajara)
Abstract:

Problem behavior can be decreased by means of extinction and reinforcement of an alternative behavior. However, when both types of responses are placed under extinction conditions, previously-decreased behavior can reappear. Resurgence has been observed when alternative-reinforcement contingencies (e.g. extinction, magnitude, delay and frequency of reinforcement) are degraded during the test. Under such procedure, target responding is decreased during the second phase by means of extinction. Even when target behavior can be decreased by means of extinction, responding can also be reduced by varying different reinforcement parameters. Rats were exposed to a resurgence procedure, in which target responding during phase 2 was decreased by means of extinction, magnitude, delay and frequency of reinforcement between conditions. For all rats, target-responding decreased as a result of changes in reinforcement parameters; however, responding decreased to near-zero responses only under extinction conditions. Similarly, during the latter condition resurgence was observed for all rats; whereas, resurgence was partially observed in the rest of the conditions for some of the rats. Our results suggest resurgence can be observed after target-responding is decreased by changes on reinforcement parameters. However, near-zero responding seems to be required for resurgence to occur once target and alternative responding are placed under extinction.

 
 
Paper Session #445
Behavior Analysis and Comparative Psychology
Monday, May 25, 2020
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 1/2
Area: EAB
Instruction Level: Advanced
Chair: Alliston K. Reid (Wofford College)
 
Measuring Transfer of Stimulus Control as Pigeons Acquire New Skills
Domain: Basic Research
ALLISTON K. REID (Wofford College), Sara Futch (North Carolina State University), Vanessa Zarubin (University of California at Davis), Julia Smith (University of Michigan)
 
Abstract: Transfer of stimulus control is an essential feature of many acquisition procedures. Learning new behavioral skills often involves the transfer of stimulus control from discriminative stimuli present during training to new cues that gain control with extended practice, often leading to skill autonomy. We examined how simple behavioral skills (cued key-peck sequences) become autonomous by developing reliable cues during practice when the originally predictive cues were removed. Phase 1 established dual stimulus control in a two-alternative conditional-discrimination procedure implemented within a multiple schedule. As exteroceptive cues were degraded and eliminated over three successive phases, two groups of pigeons solved different discrimination problems by transferring stimulus control to other available exteroceptive or endogenous cues. By measuring conditional discriminations in signaled vs. unsignaled components, we measured the dynamics of stimulus control to initial cues and to those that replaced them. When the final phase eliminated all discriminative stimuli, pigeons achieved autonomy by developing a new behavioral unit that did not appear to involve the transfer of stimulus control. Transfer of stimulus control to other available exteroceptive and endogenous cues is one process that may lead to skill autonomy, but it may not be the only one.
 

Why Monkeys Boop: Social Tolerance, Over "Knowledge," Antecedes Muzzle Contact in Wild Vervet Monkeys

Domain: Basic Research
CHRISTINA NORD (University of Lethbridge), Tyler Bonnell (University of Lethbridge), Marcus Dostie (University of Lethbridge), S. Henzi (University of Lethbridge), Louise Barrett (University of Lethbridge)
 
Abstract:

Muzzle contact, where one animal brings its muzzle into close proximity of another, has often been hypothesized as a rather straight-forward means of socially-mediated food investigation. However, such a function has never been clearly demonstrated. Using 2,707 observations of muzzle contact occurring across three troops of wild vervet monkey (Chlorocebus pygerythrus), we tested this social learning hypothesis. While we found that muzzle contact can afford social learning, muzzle contact does not appear to be a behavior phylogenetically selected for a specialized social learning function, but rather a behavior mediated by operant learning which can then afford social learning. Rather than target specific individuals in order to gain information, we show that some animals serve as discriminative stimuli for approach for others, and that foraging animals serve as discriminative stimuli for food availability. We believe that animals engage in muzzle contact as a low-cost means of maintaining a baseline rate of information about their environment. We discuss these findings in light of the social learning literature, and highlight the need for similar analyses of behavioral function in the discussion of the evolution of social learning.

 
Bumble Bees as Model Organisms for Behavior Analysis and Comparative Psychology
Domain: Basic Research
CHRISTOPHER ALLEN VARNON (Converse College)
 
Abstract: This presentation discusses four experiments investigating bumble bees as model organisms for behavioral research. Recently, invertebrate research has become more common due to the inexpensive nature of maintaining invertebrate laboratories. Bumble bees are one such new model organism. The first two experiments that will be discussed are variations of a classical conditioning procedure where bumble bees learn to associate an odor or color with sucrose. The results showed that captive-bred bees had low rates of unconditioned responses that made conditioning difficult, while wild-caught bees showed robust unconditioned responses and subsequent conditioned responses. The second set of experiments investigated a novel behavior, the disturbance leg-lift response (DLR). The first experiment investigated how the DLR was affected by antecedents, and what sequences of behavior were elicited. The results showed that the DLR often precedes stinging, but not biting, and may function as a warning signal for stinging. A second experiment compared habituation of the DLR in captive and wild populations, and found that both showed a similar rate of habituation, but the initial response rate of captive bees was higher. Discussion will be made on these findings, as well as a comparison of bumble bees to other model organisms.
 

Testing and Practice Effects With Typically Developing Learners in Within-Subject Research Designs: A Preliminary Investigation

Domain: Basic Research
PAUL MAHONEY, II (Amego, Inc.), Bryan J. Blair (Long Island University), Michael F. Dorsey (Amego Inc.)
 
Abstract:

Within-subject designs are uniquely able to reduce threats to internal validity with repeated measurements of performances and measurement of effects of the repeated application of the independent variable. However, in some skill acquisition research with typically developing learners (e.g., college students) that use non-arbitrary stimuli (i.e., actual academic content) traditional experimental designs might be insufficient in mitigating threats to internal validity, particularly with regard to testing (i.e., practice or exposure) and history effects. An analysis of previously published research and preliminary data suggest that when identical tests are conducted on a single day, performances (measured as percent correct for a given test) for typically developing learners on computerized selection-based tests improve from the first test to the second test in the absence of experimenter/system provided reinforcement. We do not believe that any published studies have investigated this possible threat to research designs that are currently being used by experimenters (e.g., non-concurrent multiple baseline across participants designs with one or two pretests prior to intervention). In addition to the presentation of our findings, we discuss possible solutions and options available to researchers that might better control for threats to internal validity inherent in skill acquisition research.

 
 
 
Symposium #446
CE Offered: BACB
Improving Student and Client Outcomes: The Role of Feedback in Staff Training
Monday, May 25, 2020
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence E
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Nicole M. DeRosa (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Discussant: David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: David A. Wilder, Psy.D.
Abstract:

Development of effective strategies for modifying staff behavior can have a positive impact on the learning and behavioral outcomes for students and clients in a variety of settings. This symposium will describe four studies focused on the utilization of varying forms of feedback to improve staff training outcomes. In the first study, Austin and colleagues evaluate the use of graphic feedback and goal-setting on the number of learning opportunities staff present to classroom students during instructional time. The second presentation will include a study by Shuler and colleagues that focuses on the generalization of classroom-management strategies to therapeutic-riding lessons. More specifically, the study evaluates the effectiveness of written and graphical feedback, provided to instructors, on increases in labeled praise and rider opportunities to respond. In the third study, Kamana and colleagues evaluate the utility of behavioral skills training and on-the-job feedback for increasing the healthy behavioral practices of staff in a program for adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities. In the final study, Molony and Ringdahl evaluate the effects of in-service training and frequency of performance feedback on the maintenance of direct-care staffs’ appropriate interactions with clients. Each presentation will highlight unique considerations for staff training strategies. Finally, Dr. Dave Wilder will discuss the collective findings and areas for future research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Performance Feedback, Staff Training, Training Maintenance
Target Audience:

Advanced graduate students, BCaBA, BCBA, BCBA-D, Educators, Administrators

 
Using Graphic Feedback and Goal-Setting to Increase Learning Opportunities in the Classroom
AMANDA AUSTIN (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center; Rutgers Graduate School of Applied and Professional Psychology), Debra Paone (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Hyein Lee (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center; Rutgers Graduate School of Applied and Professional Psychology), Kate E. Fiske Massey (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract: Instructional time in the classroom is not always utilized effectively, leading to less learning opportunities and more time spent on non-meaningful activities. A non-concurrent multiple baseline design across classrooms was used to evaluate the extent to which graphic feedback and goal-setting resulted in an increase in learning opportunities presented by staff during instructional time. All students and staff in three classrooms in a center-based ABA program participated in the study. Data were recorded on staff behavior and student behavior. After baseline data were collected, staff were informed that the observers were recording data on how time is allocated during work sessions. After stable baselines were obtained, graphs that displayed the amount of time students were spending on work, functional routines, leisure, and waiting were reviewed with classroom staff. Staff were asked to set a goal, to be met within one month, to increase the delivery of learning opportunities presented during instructional time. Graphic feedback was shared with the teachers on a weekly basis. Initial results demonstrated an increase in learning opportunities following feedback sessions across two classrooms. This study provides evidence that graphic feedback and goal-setting may help maximize staff’s use of instructional time in the classroom.
 
Evaluating Feedback to Increase Opportunities to Respond During Therapeutic Riding
NATALIE RUTH SHULER (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University), Sydney Hull (West Virginia University), Bethany Smiley (On Eagles' Wings), Carol Petitto (On Eagles' Wings)
Abstract: Therapeutic-riding instructors may benefit from using classroom-management strategies, similar to school-based classrooms. Strategies that may be particularly useful include providing opportunities to respond (OTRs) and labeled praise. In school-based settings, frequent use of these strategies is associated with better student outcomes and use of these strategies may co-vary. It seems likely that use of these strategies may promote rider success, as well. Written and graphical feedback have been used to promote use of classroom-management strategies by traditional classroom instructors. These feedback types may be particularly useful for therapeutic-riding instructors, as time between lessons to receive verbal feedback is often limited. We evaluated a combination of written and graphical feedback to increase use of OTRs for three therapeutic-riding instructors. Written and graphical feedback were effective at increasing OTRs for two participants. Additionally, we monitored whether the frequency of praise statements provided by the instructor increased following feedback on OTRs. If the frequency of praise did not improve, we provided written and graphical feedback on labeled praise statements.
 

Increasing Staff Healthy Practices in Programs for Adults With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities: Individual Staff Performance

BERTILDE U KAMANA (The May Institute), Claudia L. Dozier (University of Kansas), Nicole Kanaman (University of Kansas), Stephanie M. Glaze (University of Kansas), Ali Markowitz Vickstrom (University of Kansas), Kelley Harrison (University of Kansas), ALEC BERNSTEIN (UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS), Marcella Hangen (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Decades of research on training staff to provide active treatment (e.g., Parsons, Rollyson, & Reid, 2004) has suggested (a) its importance for decreasing problem behavior and increasing appropriate behavior and (b) the efficacy of behavioral skills training (BST; Parsons, Rollyson, & Reid, 2012) and on-the-job feedback (Van OOrsouw, Embregts, Bosman, & Jahoda, 2009) for increasing important staff behaviors in programs for adults with IDD. Recently, discussion papers (e.g., Ala’i-Rosales et al., 2018) and a few research studies (e.g., St. Peter & Marsteller, 2017) have suggested the potential utility of using FBA and function-based interventions to derive preventive approaches for problem behavior. The purpose of the current study was to create a prevention approach based on common functions of problem behavior and effective function-based interventions to create four healthy behavioral practices. We used BST and on-the job feedback to increase implementation of these practices across over 150 staff. The current paper will present pre-post training analyses of individual staff performance as well as individual staff performance in observations following initial training versus subsequent observations in which on-the-job feedback was provided. Outcomes suggested increases in all practices for most staff but little consistent difference between BST alone and on-the-job feedback.

 
An Evaluation of Feedback Frequencies During Maintenance
MARGARET MOLONY (Advantage Behavioral Health Systems), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia)
Abstract: Researchers have demonstrated that several approaches, including feedback, self-generated feedback, and reinforcement-based programs, are effective approaches to change residential and day program direct-care staff (DCS) behavior. However, there is minimal information pertaining to the maintenance of these approaches. In the current study, the researcher evaluated the maintenance of an in-service training combined with a performance feedback (vocal and written) intervention related to increasing appropriate staff-client interactions. Researchers trained DCS in two targeted activities; lunchtime and PM small group time. The researcher then reduced the frequency of feedback to either following every third or sixth observation. An alternating treatments design was used to evaluate the effects of each feedback frequency of the maintenance of staffs’ appropriate interactions with clients across time periods. Results from this experiment did demonstrate that session performance feedback improved behavior. However, those improvements began to diminish with the thinning of feedback and there was no systematic difference in performance across feedback frequencies.
 
 
Symposium #447
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Behavior Systems Analysis to Address the Issues Arising from Our Quickly Expanding Field
Monday, May 25, 2020
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty I-L
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Jenna Marie Rabe (Capella University; CCBS)
Discussant: Jenna Marie Rabe (Capella University, CCBS)
CE Instructor: Jenna Marie Rabe, M.S.
Abstract:

As our professional numbers grow in size, it is imperative that we plan and support this growth and ask ourselves crucial questions pertaining to how to set up individuals and behavioral agencies for success. Specifically, what systems are necessary to be in place for all of these newly certified behavior analysts and registered behavior technicians? It’s a well-known fact that a large majority of Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) have been certified for two years or less. This creates a pyramid effect with a smaller number of more experienced BCBAs supervising and supporting a greater number of BCBAs with less experience. This symposium will explore various topics pertaining to this question including: 1) A mentorship system that agencies can duplicate; 2) A system of reinforcement aimed at clincians who exceed expectations, thus reducing turn-over and increasing employee satisfaction; 3) Competency based systems for reviewing performance and aligning salaries and bonuses based on competency achievements, and 4) How each component listed above integrates together to create a behavior system. Keywords: Organizational Behavior Management, Behavior Systems Analysis, Supervision, Mentorship

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Mentorship, OBM, supervision
Target Audience:

BCBAs

Learning Objectives: 1) Learn about and define a behavior systems analysis 2) Acquire tools and resources that are evidence-based to support the supervision of BCBAs, BCaBAs, and RBTs 3) Define key components of a behavior system as it relates to staff retention and quality of services
 
Mentorship: How to Build a Supportive System to Foster Clinical Growth
PAIGE MARIE RITARI (CAL ABA; CCBS)
Abstract: As the field of behavior analysis grows with more and more individuals becoming certified as Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs), we must ensure that systems are in place to support the continued skill development of BCBAs. Additionally, the expectation must not be that once certified you now are competent and fluent enough to be set off on your own. Of course there will be areas of strength, but what happens when the BCBA is tasked with doing a Functional Analysis they've never done before, or if they receive a client who engages in behaviors that they've never worked with before? Or, what if they have done the FA and treated the behaviors, but lack confidence in taking the lead? This symposium provides a system for setting new BCBAs up for success using structured and competency-based mentorship with practical strategies and resources offered to those supervising. Key Words: Mentorship, OBM, Supervision, BCBAs
 
Reinforcement and Incentives Work on Clinicians, Too: A Process for Implementing Reinforcement Systems
JAMMIE JONES (ASU; CCBS)
Abstract: Turnover, clinicians bouncing from agency to agency, poor morale and quality of treatment are all issues that can arise due to clinician burnout, ratio strain, and lack of support. Over and over again we see that we reserve reinforcement systems for our clients and forget about using the exact same science with our staff. Some barriers one may face once they do commit to setting up a system of reinforcement include, the bandwidth to monitor and collect data on every employee on a frequent (weekly to bi-weekly) basis, and ensuring that the system supports each individual’s motivations and reinforcers as these are idiosyncratic and may change. This symposium aims to offer attendees resources and tools to support clinical systems of reinforcement that can be easily monitored and implemented. Thus, increasing staff job satisfaction, achieving or even exceeding a company’s key performance indicators, and ultimately leading to higher rates of staff retention and lower rates of attrition.
 
Competency Based Assessments: A Process for Assessing Clinicians and Supporting Skill Development
ELISA YONJI KIM (CCBS)
Abstract: Salaries shouldn’t be solely dependent on the budget just as years of experience must not be the measurement for a clinician’s competency. That’s not to say that these two things shouldn’t be taken into account as well, but as behavior analysts we can do better. So, what is a person to do when in charge of assigning wages, awarding pay increases or bonuses, and ensuring that salaries align with one’s fluency in their role? Take data, of course! This symposium will offer a process and system for reviewing staff’s performance and assessing one’s competencies in their role, whether Registered Behavior Technician, Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analyst or Board Certified Behavior Analyst, both initially and ongoing. Case studies will be reviewed showing the effects of competency based assessments on performance and audience members will leave this symposium with both a system to replicate and resources to support the system. Key Words: Assessment, OBM, Supervision
 
Behavior Systems: How Reinforcement, Mentorship, and Competency Based Assessment Work Together
CHRISTINA M. COUNTIE (Simmons University; CCBS)
Abstract: As we know, behavior is complex. Therefore, we must not solely look at one potential variable to address issues such as staff retention and satisfaction, or increasing clinician skillset. It requires a system of integrated components
 
 
Symposium #448
CE Offered: BACB
Innovations in the Use Single-Case Methodology: Artificial Intelligence, Aids to Clinical Decision-Making, and Hybrid Designs
Monday, May 25, 2020
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M1, University of D.C. / Catholic University
Area: PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Marc J. Lanovaz (Université de Montréal)
Discussant: David Richman (Texas Tech University)
CE Instructor: Marc J. Lanovaz, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Single-case designs have been central to the development of a science of behavior analysis. However, other health and social sciences have not embraced their adoption as widely as behavior analysts. Potential explanations for this lack of adoption include the complexity of analyzing single-case data objectively as well as the limited consideration of group data. The purpose of our symposium is to present recent research that addresses the aforementioned limitations. The first presentation will describe a script designed to automatically analyze functional analysis data based on previously published rules. The second presentation will examine whether artificial intelligence can accurately make decisions using AB graphs. The third presentation will discuss the validity of using nonoverlap effect size measures to aid clinical decision-making. The final presentation will introduce hybrid designs, which involve a combination of single-case and group methodologies. As whole, the presentations will provide an overview of innovations in the use of single-case methodology for both practitioners and researchers.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Artificial intelligence, Clinical decision-making, Functional analysis, Single-case designs
Target Audience:

BCBAs BCBA-Ds

 
Automating Functional Analysis Interpretation
(Applied Research)
JONATHAN E. FRIEDEL (National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health), Alison Cox (Brock University)
Abstract: Functional analysis (FA) has been an important tool in behavior analysis. The goal of an FA is to determine problem behavior function (e.g., access to attention) so that treatments can be designed to target causal mechanisms (e.g., teaching a socially appropriate response for attention). Behavior analysts traditionally rely on visual inspection to interpret an FA. However, existing literature suggests interpretations can vary across clinicians (Danov & Symons, 2008). To increase objectivity and address interrater agreement across FA outcomes, Hagopian et al. (1997) created visual-inspection criteria to be used for FAs. Hagopian and colleagues reported improved agreement but limitations of the criteria were noted. Therefore, Roane, Fisher, Kelley, Mevers, and Bouxsein (2013) addressed these limitations when they created a modified version. Here, we describe a computer script designed to automatically interpret FAs based on the above-mentioned criteria. A computerized script may be beneficial because it requires objective criteria (e.g., 10% higher vs. ‘substantially’ higher) to make decisions and it is fully replicable (i.e., does not rely on interobserver agreement). We outline several areas where the published criteria required refinement for the script. We also identify some conditions in which the script provides interpretations that disagree with expert clinician interpretations.
 
Artificial Intelligence to Analyze Single-Case Data
(Applied Research)
MARC J. LANOVAZ (Université de Montréal), Antonia R. Giannakakos (Manhattanville College), Océane Destras (Polytechnique Montréal)
Abstract: Visual analysis is the most commonly used method for interpreting data from single-case designs, but levels of interrater agreement remain a concern. Although structured aids to visual analysis such as the dual-criteria (DC) method may increase interrater agreement, the accuracy of the analyses may still benefit from improvements. Thus, the purpose of our study was to (a) examine correspondence between visual analysis and models derived from different machine learning algorithms, and (b) compare the accuracy, Type I error rate and power of each of our models with those produced by the DC method. We trained our models on a previously published dataset and then conducted analyses on both nonsimulated and simulated graphs. All our models derived from machine learning algorithms matched the interpretation of the visual analysts more frequently than the DC method. Furthermore, the machine learning algorithms outperformed the DC method on accuracy, Type I error rate, and power. Our results support the somewhat unorthodox proposition that behavior analysts may use machine learning algorithms to supplement their visual analysis of single-case data, but more research is needed to examine the potential benefits and drawbacks of such an approach.
 

Using AB Designs With Nonoverlap Effect Size Measures to Support Clinical Decision Making: A Monte Carlo Validation

(Applied Research)
ANTONIA R. GIANNAKAKOS (Manhattanville College), Marc J. Lanovaz (Université de Montréal)
Abstract:

Single-case experimental designs often require extended baselines or the withdrawal of treatment, which may not be feasible or ethical in some practical settings. The quasi-experimental AB design is a potential alternative, but more research is needed on its validity. The purpose of our study was to examine the validity of using nonoverlap measures of effect size to detect changes in AB designs using simulated data. In our analyses, we determined thresholds for three effect size measures beyond which the type I error rate would remain below .05, and then examined if using these thresholds would provide sufficient power. Overall, our analyses show that some effect size measures may provide adequate control over type I error rate and sufficient power when analyzing data from AB designs. In sum, our results suggest that practitioners may use quasi-experimental AB designs in combination with effect size to rigorously assess progress in practice.

 
Unique Applications of Single-Case Experimental Designs: “Hybrid Designs” in Research and Practice
(Theory)
ODESSA LUNA (St. Cloud State University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University)
Abstract: The purpose of experimental designs is to determine the extent to which an independent variable is responsible for the observed changed in the dependent variable and to ensure the produced change is not due to extraneous variables. In behavior-analytic practice and research, we often use single-case experimental designs to evaluate the effect of a treatment with relatively few participants. As our field expands and extends beyond individualized assessment and treatment for individuals with disabilities, researchers and clinicians may need to consider alternative methods to evaluate functional control of the collective unit of behaving individuals. For example, behavior analysts may be tasked with changing a group of individuals’ behaviors in nontraditional settings such as detention centers or foster homes. Currently, the literature lacks any guidance in how we measure a group of behaving individuals within a single-subject framework. The purpose of this talk is to propose a term “hybrid designs” in which both modified single-case experimental and group designs are used to study group behavior. This talk will review different ways single-case experimental designs have been used in the literature when studying groups of individuals and applications for future research and practice. By proposing these hybrid designs, the talk aims to outline how we may (a) expand the range of experimental questions that behavior analysts can ask and (b) extend the utility of these designs to other disciplines with differing dependent variables.
 
 
Symposium #449
CE Offered: BACB
Efficacy Demonstrations for Training Caregivers, Professionals, and Students to Collect and Graph Data, Assess, and Treat Problem Behavior
Monday, May 25, 2020
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Archives
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Robert K. Lehardy (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Florence D. DiGennaro Reed, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Efficacious training procedures are critical for teaching new skills to caregivers, behavioral and non-behavioral professionals, and students. Each paper in this symposium uses applied research to evaluate and demonstrate the training of different skills to establish effective training procedures. Andersen, Haney, Hansen, and Peterson evaluated systematic fading and immediate verbal prompts to teach new staff to collect data on multiple behaviors simultaneously using an electronic data collection system. Ibañez, Peters, Bacotti, Lloveras, and Vollmer evaluated the effects of a training package consisting of instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback, to teach behavior analysts and occupational therapy providers to conduct a structured mealtime assessment. Lehardy, Luczynski, Hood, and McKeown made a video tutorial to teach Master’s students to create publication-quality multiple-baseline graphs using Microsoft Excel. Phillips, Fisher, and Hardee developed an e-learning computer module to train caregivers to implement functional communication training as an intervention for severe problem behavior. Dr. Florence DiGennaro Reed, an expert on training and performance management, will serve as the discussant for these papers.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Caregiver training, Staff training, Student training
Target Audience:

Master's and Doctoral students, behavioral and non-behavioral professionals.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify efficacious methods to train caregivers, professionals, or students; (2) use technology-enhanced procedures to collect data, graph data and treat problem behavior; and (3) apply these to engage in more effective practice.
 
An Evaluation of Observer Training Procedures to Promote Accurate Data Collection
ASHLEY ANDERSEN (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Sarah D Haney (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Bethany Hansen (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kathryn M. Peterson (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Measurement of behavior is foundational in applied behavior analytic research and practice. However, little is known about efficacious ways of training observers to record relevant behaviors. Electronic data collection systems have many advantages such as efficiency of calculation and graphing, but they may become complex when observers must record multiple behaviors simultaneously. Research has shown that instructions and feedback can introduce bias. In addition, practice alone may be time-consuming and increase opportunities to practice errors. We used a multiple baseline design to evaluate the efficacy and efficiency of systematic fading and immediate verbal prompts to teach new staff to collect data on multiple behaviors simultaneously using an electronic data collection system. Preliminary results showed that fading alone was insufficient and inefficient to teach new staff to accurately collect data. Accurate data collection increased after adding errorless prompting to our fading procedure and occurred in fewer sessions. We discuss challenges with developing efficient and effective data-collection training procedures, implications for supervisors, and directions for future research.
 

Teaching Professionals to Conduct a Structured Mealtime Assessment

Vivian F Ibanez (University of Florida), KERRI P. PETERS (University of Florida), Janelle Kirstie Bacotti (University of Florida), Lindsay Lloveras (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often display feeding problems such as consumption of a limited variety of foods (Schreck, Williams, & Smith, 2004). It is also common for these children to be enrolled in early and intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) services for comprehensive treatment (Roane, Fisher, & Carr, 2016. Combined, these factors make it possible that behavior analysts will have a role in a child’s clinical care related to feeding. In addition, children with ASD are often attending regular appointments for occupational therapy (OT) and on occasion those providers are targeting feeding problems. However, given that the etiology of pediatric feeding disorders is complex and multifactorial (Peterson & Ibanez, 2018), OT providers and BCBAs should ensure they have sufficient training and a setting that is appropriate for assessment and treatment. Therefore, we evaluated the effects of a training package, including instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback, for training BCBAs in an EIBI setting and OT providers to conduct a structured mealtime assessment. Training resulted in increases in their integrity of protocol implementation, and we observed replication of these effects for all participants.

 
Efficacy and Generality of a Video Tutorial to Create Publication-Quality, Single-Case Graphs in Microsoft Excel
ROBERT K. LEHARDY (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Stephanie A. Hood (California State University, Northridge), Ciobha Anne McKeown (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Graphs permit behavior analysts to explore, analyze, summarize, and communicate data (Tufte, 2001), and creating single-case design graphs is a requisite skill for behavior analysts. We systematically replicated the graphs and the GraphPad Prism video tutorial by Mitteer, Greer, Fisher, and Cohrs (2018) using Microsoft Excel 2016 with 24 master’s students in a pretest-posttest design. Students’ mean accuracy on the multiple-baseline graph was 25% in pretraining, 86% with the video, and 96% after adding a remedial checklist. We then assessed the accuracy of students using the same video to create multielement and reversal graphs. Students’ means on the multielement graph was 93% with the video, and 94% after adding a remedial checklist. Students’ means on the reversal graph was 82% with the video, and 94% after adding a remedial checklist. Most students reported moderate to high satisfaction with the video and with the remedial checklist and recommended using the video with the checklist. The results support scientist-practitioners using the freely available video tutorial with the remedial checklist to create three common graphs using Microsoft Excel.
 
Efficacy of Module Based Functional Communication Caregiver Training for Moderate to Severe Problem Behavior
LAUREN PHILLIPS (The Behavior Center), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Alexandra Hardee (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Intensive behavior-analytic services typically reduce problem behavior associated with autism spectrum disorder. Training caregivers to implement function-based interventions can address problem behavior and barriers to services (e.g., availability of behavior analysts to conduct the training). We developed an e-learning computer module to train caregivers to implement functional communication training, a function-based intervention. After caregivers conducted a functional analysis they completed a baseline assessment and responded as they typically would at home; we determined each caregiver’s percentage of correct responding. After completing the e-learning module, caregivers practiced implementing the training procedures in role-play scenarios. Lastly, caregivers completed a posttest with their child, and we evaluated improvements in their percentage of correct responding. All three caregivers demonstrated mastery of the procedures; one caregiver did not require feedback, two caregivers required feedback from a behavior analyst to meet mastery. We discuss these findings and their implications for teaching caregivers to implement behavior-analytic procedures.
 
 
Symposium #450
CE Offered: BACB
Advancements in Instructional Strategies for Undergraduate and Graduate Students in Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 25, 2020
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Capitol/Congress
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Rachel Scalzo (University of South Florida)
Discussant: Spencer Gauert (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Spencer Gauert, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Maximizing student learning outcomes is a goal at every level of instruction. For undergraduate and graduate students in behavior analysis, the stakes may be even higher given the clinical implications and leadership roles BCaBAs and BCBAs take on immediately following graduation and certification. Therefore, it is critical to identify evidence-based approaches to engage students with course content, not only to pass the certification exam, but also to enhance client outcomes. The four studies in this symposium describe ways in which to do just that. The first study evaluated the effects of active student responding and competition among on-campus undergraduate students. The remaining three studies were conducted with graduate students in a fully online asynchronous program. This included two intervention studies, one examining choice of practice activity and the second evaluating the effects of self-monitoring on quiz grades. The final study examined academic procrastination using a delay discounting task with the aim of identifying possible interventions to decrease procrastination. Taken together, these research findings expand the scope of effective instructional strategies in both the face-to-face and online classrooms.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): higher education, teaching strategies
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts who teach undergraduate and graduate students

 
Evaluating the Effect of Active Student Responding and Competition on Student Academic Performance
(Applied Research)
Hannah Lynn MacNaul (University of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida), KATHRYN WILLIAMS (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated a functional relation between high levels of active student responding (ASR) and acquisition of academic information (Bondy & Tincani, 2018). Furthermore, in-class competition among peers accelerates mastery of academic content (Chen, Law, & Wei-Yu Chen, 2018). Thus, the current study evaluated the effects of competition on student academic performance through an ASR modality, Kahoot. Kahoot is a free, online, game-like response application that can be accessed through any WiFi capable device, allowing students to respond to instructor-posed questions and immediately depicts aggregate class performance. Kahoot also includes a scoreboard component in which individual scores are ranked based on the accuracy and latency of responses. This feature can be activated (Kahoot + competition) and de-activated (Kahoot alone). Therefore, the purpose of this study was to evaluate the impact of Kahoot + competition, Kahoot alone, and a control condition on student academic performance based on student average exam scores across two sections of an undergraduate behavior analysis course. Results suggest that competition increases student academic outcomes compared to Kahoot alone and the control condition. Results will be discussed in relation to social validity.
 
Evaluating the Effect of Assignment Choice on Student Academic Performance in an Online Class
(Applied Research)
Hannah Lynn MacNaul (University of South Florida), Rachel Scalzo (University of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida), SHANNON WILSON (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Providing a choice between two activities may have advantageous effects such as improving on-task behavior (Bambara, Ager, & Koger, 1994) or reducing problem behavior (Vaughn & Horner, 1997). When evaluated in an academic context, choice may empower the learner, foster engagement, and promote an overall interest in the learning experience (Aiken et al., 2016). The current study evaluated the effect of a choice and no-choice condition compared to a control condition on student academic outcomes. Fifty graduate students in an online, asynchronous behavior analysis course completed modules in one of the three conditions across the semester. In the choice condition, students chose from two activities (i.e., flashcards, study guide) whereas in the no-choice condition, an activity was assigned by the instructor. The dependent variable was student academic outcomes as measured by scores on the end of module quiz. Student preference and duration of time spent in each activity was also measured. Results suggest an equal distribution across activities and higher performance in the choice condition. Tests of statistical significance across conditions will be discussed as well as implications for instructors.
 

Self-Monitoring in the Online Classroom: An Intervention to Increase Academic Performance

(Applied Research)
Rachel Scalzo (University of South Florida), Anthony Concepcion (University of South Florida), ZOE ISABELLA HAY (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Self-monitoring is an evidence-based intervention that has been shown to be widely effective in addressing a range of target behaviors (Weston et al., 2019; Wills & Mason, 2014). In the academic context, it has demonstrated increases in the performance of elementary, middle, and high school students both with and without disabilities (Graham-Day, Gardner, & Hsin, 2010; Wolfe, Heron, & Goddard, 2000), but there is limited information available regarding use of self-monitoring among graduate students. Graduate students struggle with time management given the many competing contingencies they are faced with (Hanshaw, Mason, & Loh, 2019). This study evaluated the effect of self-monitoring on quiz grades among graduate students in a fully online, asynchronous behavior analysis course. There were three conditions that were evaluated including instructions only, instructions with self-monitoring, and control wherein there were no expectations stated for daily engagement with the course content. Students allocated more time across days during the self-monitoring condition and performed better on quizzes in comparison to the instruction only condition. Results will be discussed with regard to social validity and implications for instructors.

 
At Last: An Application of Delay Discounting on Academic Procrastination
(Applied Research)
ANTHONY CONCEPCION (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Rachel Scalzo (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Are you reading this the day of the conference trying to decide which presentations to attend? Why did you and I wait to do something we should have done yesterday? While everyone tends to procrastinate at some point, it usually is not detrimental. However, college student’s academic procrastination is correlated with many adverse health effects (e.g., anxiety, depression, sleep hygiene) and poor academic performance (Akinsola, Tella, & Tella, 2007; Ferrari, Johnson, & McCown, 1995). Furthermore, the prevalence of academic procrastination is high, with reports of up to 95% of college students engaging in detrimental amounts of procrastination (Hussain & Sultan, 2010), with distance-learners having greater associated risks (Elvers, Polzella, & Graetz, 2003). Previous studies on procrastination have focused on labeling students as having an impulsive personality trait. The present study took a behavioral approach to assessing impulsivity via a discounting task and analysis of observable measures of procrastination. Potential benefits to instructors and students as well as possible interventions to decrease academic procrastination are discussed.
 
 
Symposium #451
CE Offered: BACB
Snack Talk: Implementation of an Embedded Visual Communication Support during Mealtimes
Monday, May 25, 2020
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 202B
Area: AUT/DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: William Therrien (University of Virginia)
Discussant: Shelly Huntington (University of Washington)
CE Instructor: Shelly Huntington, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Strong engagement in meaningful social skills is shown in research to impact inclusion in community settings for individuals diagnosed autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Yet, engagement in meaningful social skills is often challenging, as this is a defining characteristic of ASD. Extant literature indicates that social skills are most successfully acquired when taught through naturalistic and embedded instruction in established routines. A commonly occurring routine in most classroom, home, and community settings is mealtime. The symposium will present findings from three studies examining the effects of implementation of Snack Talk in a self-contained preschool classroom serving children specifically diagnosed with ASD, an inclusion preschool classroom, as well as an adult academy serving individuals with ASD and other related developmental disabilities. Results indicated increases in engagement in social communication across all populations of participants, demonstrating strong functional relationship and overall acceptability of intervention as a whole.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): autism, mealtimes, social skills, visual support
Target Audience:

Practitioners

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will gain concrete strategies for targeting social communication during meal times 2. Participants will learn about two recent studies targeting social communication 3. Participants will gain a thorough understanding of implications of this intervention on two different populations of individuals with ASD and other developmental disabilities
 

Snack Talks: Visual Supports to Increase Communication Engagement for Preschoolers With Autism

KATHERINE BATEMAN (University of Washington), Sarah Emily Wilson (University of Virginia), Ariane Gauvreau (University of Washington), Katherine M. Matthews (The Faison Center), William Therrien (University of Virginia), Rose Nevill (University of Virginia), Micah Mazurek (University of Virginia)
Abstract:

Early childhood classrooms are dramatically changing as education systems across the country push for more settings that are inclusive. For students to meaningfully engage in inclusive settings, strong repertoires of social skills are needed. Yet, for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), engagement in meaningful social skills is often challenging. The purpose of this study was to investigate the effectiveness of “Snack Talk”, a visual communication support, aimed at increasing the communication engagement of five preschool children with autism. A reversal design across participants was used to analyze the relation between implementation of “Snack Talk” and social engagement. Generalization probe results demonstrated conversation engagement increased across all participants. A functional relationship was established between the teaching phase (baseline and intervention data collection phases) and generalization, demonstrating a strong generalized effect of intervention.

 

Snack Talks: Effects of a Visual Communication Support on Increasing Conversation Engagement for Adults With Autism

SARAH EMILY WILSON (University of Virginia), Katherine Bateman (University of Washington), Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism), William Therrien (University of Virginia), Rose Nevill (University of Virginia), Micah Mazurek (University of Virginia)
Abstract:

As rates of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) diagnoses continue to rise, adult service providers are challenged to support a growing number of adults with autism. Indeed, outcomes for adults with ASD are typically poor, with individuals reporting lower levels of social support, relationships, gainful employment, and quality of life. Although there have been strides made in identifying evidence-based social interventions for individuals with autism, the preponderance of participants within studies are children. As such, targeted social skills and social communication interventions that are aligned with the needs of adults are warranted. The purpose of this presentation is to report findings from the implementation of “Snack Talk”, a naturalistic visual communication support, with five adults with ASD and other developmental disabilities. “Snack Talk” is implemented during mealtime and is designed to expand community membership and the social networks of adults with autism through increasing conversation engagement with peers. A reversal design across participants was employed to analyze the effectiveness of the intervention. Results demonstrate that conversation engagement increased across all participants in intervention and generalization phases compared to baseline.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #452
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Neurobehavioral Biomarkers of Autism Spectrum Disorder
Monday, May 25, 2020
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 207A
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University)
CE Instructor: Tiffany Kodak, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: GABRIELA ROSENBLAU (George Washington University)
Abstract:

Advances in genetics, molecular biology, and cognitive neuroscience offer hope for personalized treatment and improved outcomes in those with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). However, the promise of precision medicine is limited by a lack of mechanistic models that explain phenotypic and etiological heterogeneity; instead of using such models to identify subgroups likely to respond to specific treatments, the field relies on service availability, trial-and-error, and clinical judgment to make treatment decisions. In line with the computational psychiatry objective, my research integrates mathematical models of behavior and brain activity to establish neurocognitive models that can successfully predict individual social and nonsocial learning profiles. Specifically, I am formally comparing the suitability of various computational models to capture selective deficits in social learning of individuals with ASD, as well as variability in both social and nonsocial learning across typically developing youth and those with ASD. Identifying how these model-based predictions are implemented in the brain will allow us to identify neural architecture underlying learning in therapeutically relevant contexts. The long-term goal of this research line is to apply these computational models to inform, refine, and individualize diagnosis, education, and treatment of youth with ASD.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: PENDING
 
GABRIELA ROSENBLAU (George Washington University)

I am an Assistant Professor of cognitive neuroscience in the Psychology department at George Washington University (GWU). I am also affiliated with the Autism and Neurodevelopmental Disorders Institute at GWU. My research combines computational and neuroscientific methods to understand the neurobiological mechanisms underlying learning in neurotypical and clinical populations, especially autism spectrum disorder. I have expertise in designing naturalistic tasks to assess social decision making in behavior and brain function, conducting longitudinal clinical studies, computational modeling and developmental cognitive neuroscience. I have recently been awarded the Bridge to Independence Award by the Simons Foundation for Autism Research to study learning in autism with a computational neuroscientific approach and its implications for treatment.

 
 
Symposium #453
CE Offered: BACB
Comparing Methods to Maximize Teaching: Equivalence Based Instruction, Progressive and Conventional Discrete Trial Teaching
Monday, May 25, 2020
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Room 102
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College)
Discussant: Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Mary Jane Weiss, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Discrete trial teaching (DTT) is a commonly used approach to teach a variety of skills for individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Two studies will be presented within this symposium that involve comparisons of different approaches to DTT. The first study compared equivalence based instruction (EBI) to DTT using an adapted alternating treatments design with typically developing adult participants and children diagnosed with ASD. The second study utilized a group design to compare the effectiveness of conventional and progressive approaches to DTT when teaching tact relations (sometimes referred to as expressive labels) to children diagnosed with ASD. Both studies will be discussed with respect to their strengths, limitations, and potential future directions by the discussant.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): DTT, equivalence, progressive, verbal behavior
Target Audience:

This symposium will be beneficial to all behavior analysts especially those interested in maximizing teaching methodologies for individuals diagnosed with ASD.

 

Toward Efficiency and Effectiveness: Comparing Equivalence-Based Instruction to Discrete Trial Teaching

(Applied Research)
JULIA FERGUSON (Autism Partnership Foundation), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Christine Milne (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership)
Abstract:

Research has continually found equivalence-based instruction (EBI) to be effective and efficient, with recent research extending these findings to individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). EBI has also been compared to more traditional approaches to teaching, such as traditional lectures, reading assignments, and video lectures. However, the authors are unaware of any comparisons of EBI to other similar, behavior analytic approaches such as discrete trial teaching (DTT). The purpose of this study was to compare EBI to DTT using an adapted alternating treatments design with typically developing adults and children diagnosed with ASD. The two teaching approaches were evaluated with respect to mastery of trained relations, emergence of untrained relations, and participant preferences. The results will be discussed with respect to their implications for practice and research.

 

Comparing Conventional and Progressive Approaches of Discrete Trial Teaching When Teaching Tact Relations to Children Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Applied Research)
Christine Milne (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Julia Ferguson (Autism Partnership Foundation), JOSEPH H. CIHON (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership)
Abstract:

There are a variety of recommendations or guidelines for interventionists when implementing discrete trial teaching (DTT) for individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). These guidelines typically involve a protocol being the main source of control for the interventionist’s behavior that outlines what instruction to give, reinforcer to use, and when to use and fade prompting strategies. However, recent research has demonstrated strategies in which the main sources of control for the interventionist are relevant to the learner’s behavior and involves in-the-moment assessment, or clinical judgement, when making decisions to modify variables within intervention. The purpose of this study was to compare the effectiveness of conventional and progressive approaches to DTT when teaching tact relations (sometimes referred to as expressive labels) to children diagnosed with ASD. The effectiveness and efficiency of each approach was evaluated across several dependent variables. The results of a randomized clinical trial will be discussed with respect to implications for clinical practice and future research.

 
 
Panel #454
CE Offered: BACB
Practical Considerations and Applications of Behavior Analysis to Working With Children in Healthcare Settings
Monday, May 25, 2020
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon B
Area: CBM/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Alexis Constantin Pavlov, Ph.D.
Chair: Alexis Constantin Pavlov (Marcus Autism Center; Emory School of Medicine)
SETH B. CLARK (Marcus Autism Center)
COLIN S. MUETHING (Marcus Autism Center; Emory School of Medicine)
PATRICK ROMANI (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus)
Abstract:

Healthcare settings, emergency departments (ED), and inpatient units can often be associated with stressors and triggers that may ultimately lead to increased levels of challenging behavior and noncompliance with medical procedures. Problem behaviors directly produce many negative effects on the individual who exhibits them including physical harm, exclusion and stigmatization, as well as reduced access to routine/preventative care (Davis & Gavidia-Payne, 2009; Hall, Bouldin, Andresen, & Ali, 2012). Problem behaviors can also be a source of frustration for providers who deliver medical care due to lack of knowledge and training on how best to serve children with behavioral health needs. Although behavior analysts are often familiar with training other disciplines on the use of behavior intervention strategies to decrease challenging behavior, healthcare systems present unique experiences and challenges when trying to disseminate effective behavior analytic strategies. The invited panelists will present three perspectives on working with children in healthcare settings. Topics will include providing clinical care through a behavioral consultation model, transdisciplinary training approaches and policy development for crisis prevention, applying antecedent- and reinforcement-based programs appropriately to improve treatment outcomes, and challenges with establishing applied behavior analysis (ABA) within medical settings.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts, healthcare providers,

Learning Objectives: 1. Learners will discuss the potential barriers of providing behavior analytic services within healthcare settings. 2. Learners will be able to describe a trasdiscplinary approach to training for crisis management. 3. Attendees will be able to evaluate the use of antecedent- and reinforcement-based interventions for children in medical care settings.
Keyword(s): Behavioral Consultation, Crisis Intervention, Healthcare, Training
 
 
Paper Session #455
Applications of Behavior Science
Monday, May 25, 2020
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon A
Area: CBM
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Meme Hieneman (Positive Behavior Support Applications)
 
Overcoming Obstacles to Parent Engagement in ABA Education and Treatment
Domain: Service Delivery
MEME HIENEMAN (Positive Behavior Support Applications Purdue University Global Home and Community PBS Network)
 
Abstract: Engaging parents as active participants in their children’s behavioral intervention has been emphasized from the earliest research in ABA (Lovass, Koegel, Simmons, & Long, 1973), particularly as it pertains to enhancing generalization and maintenance. Numerous studies have therefore focused on behavioral parent training (Matson, Mahon, & Matson, 2009; Schultz & Stichter, 2011), resulting in commonly accepted practices. Unfortunately, even with effective training, parental adherence - and engagement in treatment in general - continue to be a challenge (Allen & Warzak, 2000; Moore & Symons, 2011). There are a variety of factors that have been identified as potential contributors to parent involvement, including: a) logistical issues such as competing priorities, practicality of interventions and b) parental stress and motivation (Raulston, Hieneman, Caraway, Pennefather, & Bhana, 2019; Solish & Perry, 2008). In this presentation, the author will summarize the research relevant to parent involvement, providing illustrations from recent studies (Durand, Hieneman, Clarke, & Zona, 2013; Hieneman, Raulston, Pennefather, & Caraway, in press) and provide practical guidance regarding how to more effectively engage parents and other family members in ABA.
 

Applied Behavior Analysis Applied to Marital Behavior Change: Behaviorally Sound Approaches to Marriage Counseling and Marital Therapy

Domain: Service Delivery
RICHARD COOK (Applied Behavior Medicine Associates of Hershey)
 
Abstract:

The habitual behaviors of spouses toward each other are arguably the most fundamental units of behavior within a marriage, and present the most readily observed and potentially most readily addressed foci for making improvements, including sometimes the so called "private behaviors" of attitudes, opinions, feelings, and the like. Most marriage counseling and therapy however currently uses a cognitive behavioral model, which is invariably far too heavily weighted on the "cognitive" often difficult to understand aspects, and far too light on specifically addressing the behaviors. Changing behavior can often be the most efficient, and effective, way to change attitudes and opinions (it is much easier to feel warmly toward a spouse who hasnt tracked mud over a freshly cleaned floor, over spent the checking account, or made lewd comments to one's boss or in-laws). This paper highlights components of a behaviorally based approach to effecting desired marital behavior change, including identification of desired behaviors, and use of behaviorally sound techniques to develop them into maintained and appropriately generalized habits. The topic and teaching can be helpful for conference attendees applying such behavior change professionally in their practices, as well as within the confines of their own marriages.

 
Descriptive Functional Assessment of Aberrant Behaviors in a Gaming Environment
Domain: Applied Research
YIYI WANG (University of Southern California), Zhen Lin (University of Southern California), Manwei Cao (University of Southern California), Andrew Hall (University of Southern California), David Ressa (University of Southern California), Robert Dunst (University of Southern California), Michael J. James Cameron (University of Southern California)
 
Abstract: Bullying is a common problem that not only influences children at school settings, but also happens to adults in various situations. Playing video games online is a large part of contemporary human interaction; in consequence, cyber-bullying is a socially significant problem. Similar to real life experience, many online collaborative games depend on teamwork. However, a majority of players often display aberrant behaviors during the match, which results in the corrosion of team effort and an unfavorable impact on the game environment. Toxic behavior is a common concern in online gaming, which usually refers to any behavior that negatively impacts other players’ game experience. Toxic behavior involves a large range of behaviors such as sending aggressive messages in chat box or intentionally supporting the enemy team. In this paper, we present an examination of toxic behaviors in a popular online game, League of Legends (LoL), through an online survey. Based on our results, a total of 830 people participated in the survey and 99.70% of them have witnessed toxic behavior in games. Using a large collection of game records and player feedback, the purpose of the current study is to analyze the most common antecedents that provoke players to become toxic in game and assess changes in their body and emotional states after they become toxic. We also propose metrics to analyze players’ performance when they witness toxic situations or are verbally abused by other players in game. Our analysis will contribute to propose some potential recommendations on decreasing players’ overall toxic with the use of self-monitoring and Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) and opens ways to provide a better ambience on the online video game community.
 
 
 
Panel #456
CE Offered: BACB
Expanding the Reach of Behavior Analysis: Practicing Behavior Analysis in Health, Sports, Fitness and Nutrition
Monday, May 25, 2020
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty N-P
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Janet Vasquez, M.S.
Chair: Janet Vasquez (Precision Chi)
BEVERLY KIRBY (Team ABA LLC)
MARK BRADLEY (Brett DiNovi & Associates)
KELLY KILLEN (KK Wellness Consulting)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts have made an enormous impact in the treatment of autism and related disabilities, but what about other areas? Behavior analysts are trained to understand behavior and the conditions under which is it governed. However, how does this repertoire position a behavior analyst to practice in other markets, such as health, sports, fitness and nutrition? This panel will explore several key questions related to entrepreneurship in health, sports and fitness; such as how to transition into new markets? What skill sets and/or certification are needed to practice? How to network and build relationships with professionals outside of behavior analysis? With a focus on building a business in health, sports, fitness and nutrition, each panelist will contribute their own unique experiences as it pertains to entrepreneurship, networking, education and self-management.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Board Certified Behavior Analysts and Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analysts

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will learn ways that behavior analysis can be used in health, sports and fitness 2. Attendees will learn which behavior analysis skills, as well as other professional skills, are necessary to practice in health, sports and fitness 3. Attendees will learn strategies for communicating the science of behavior analysis to individuals in other industries
Keyword(s): entrepreneurship, health, nutrition, service delivery
 
 
Panel #457
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Diversity submission Evaluating the Effects of Cultural Awareness and Sensitivity Within the BCBA/RBT Supervision Model
Monday, May 25, 2020
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty M
Area: CSS/TBA; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Mawule A. Sevon, Other
Chair: Shawn Capell (Covenant 15:16 LLC )
MAWULE A. SEVON (The Key Consulting Firm, LLC)
KIMBERLY EDWARDS (SIQS Educational Consulting, LLC)
SHANEERIA K PERSAUD (United Behavior Analysis Inc.)
Abstract:

The field of Applied Behavior Analysis has experienced tremendous growth since its inception. According to the Behavior Analyst Certification Board®, between the years 2016 and 2018, the total number of certified behavior analysts has increased by over 30%, and the total number of registered behavior technicians® has nearly doubled. An essential component for obtaining and maintaining these certifications include supervision hours. The Behavior Analyst Certification Board® has provided task lists regarding the items and topics required for adequate supervision; however, no components of cultural responsiveness and awareness are included. With the increase of behavior analysis within culturally diverse populations, it is imperative that our field develop new and innovative ways of including cultural competency into the Board Certified Behavior Analyst® and Registered Behavior Technician® supervision experience. Many behavior analysts have reported not receiving sufficient training within the areas of diversity and cultural responsiveness and feel unprepared to serve diverse clients and communities adequately. This workshop is designed to address the gap in formal training specific to the lack of diversity and cultural responsiveness across the supervision continuum.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Registered Behavior Technicians; Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analysts; Board Certified Behavior Analysts

Learning Objectives: 1. Define cultural responsive practice 2. Understand and apply the impact of cultural responsive practice on the supervision continuum 3. Apply cultural responsive practices to the BACB Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts and Task List
Keyword(s): Certification, Cultural Awareness, Cultural Sensitivity, Supervision
 
 
Symposium #458
CE Offered: BACB
Child Development: Recent Advancements in Theory, Basic, and Applied Research
Monday, May 25, 2020
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon C
Area: DEV/PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: Nicole Luke (Brock University)
CE Instructor: Genevieve M. DeBernardis, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analysts need to understand the process of child development in order to understand the development of atypical behavior. Behavior analysis has increasingly focused on treatment of problem behavior but seldom examines the process of development itself. Behavioral systems theory (BST) is a fundamentally behavioral approach to understanding the developmental process. BST combines dynamic systems and developmental systems theories with the principles of behavior analysis. This symposium identifies recent developments in the field of behavioral development since the publication of Child and Adolescent Development: A Behavioral Systems Approach by Novak and Pelaez. The talks will review the principles of behavioral systems theory and identify new trends in behavior analysis that have emerged in recent years. The first paper will outline BST’s principles. It will present some new concepts that have emerged in both behavior analysis and developmental psychology relevant to BST. The second paper will examine basic areas of research in child development, including cognitive, social learning, communication and language development and present relevant new research in these areas. The final paper will present a behavioral systems application to problem behaviors such as Autism Spectrum Disorder and ADHD. A review of research literature relevant to these areas will be covered.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): behavioral systems, child development, language, social learning
Target Audience:

Educators, practitioners, and researchers interested in the area of child development.

 
Behavioral Systems Theory: A Contextual Behavioral Model of Development
GARY D. NOVAK (California State University Stanislaus)
Abstract: In creating Child and Adolescent Development: A Behavioral Systems Theory, Novak and Pelaez fashioned a theory of child development that looked at traditional concepts in developmental psychology, such as cognition, language, social-emotional development, family dynamics, and education, but analyzed them from a contextual behavioral framework. To do this required the melding of behavioral principles with a compatible developmental perspective, which was found in dynamic systems theory and a contextualistic behavioral viewpoint that was emerging. We have called this approach Behavioral Systems Theory (BST). This paper will provide an overview of BST as it has emerged over the past 25 years. Concepts such as multiple determination, equifinality, nonlinearity, coalescent organization, behavioral cusps, and emergence will be presented. The role of ontogenetic and phylogenetic contingencies will be discussed. As will the behavioral significance of the unravelling of the human genome. Dynamic cascades, stimulus equivalence, relational framing, and the four-term contingency will be introduced as new extensions to BST.
 
Basic Research in Understanding Child Development Phenomena
MARTHA PELAEZ (Florida International University)
Abstract: Pelaez examines various areas of basic behavioral research in early child development. The phenomena studied and discussed in her textbook (with Novak) from a behavior systems approach (BST) include: the development of attachment patterns between caregiver and child and the emergence of separation “anxiety”; the acquisition of young children’s fears, including fear of the dark and fear of strangers; operant-learning procedures and conjugate/synchronized reinforcement in the study of infant perception and memory; the early development of infant vocalizations via contingent motherese speech and adult vocal imitation; tacting and manding as early verbal operants required for later language development; rule-governed behavior as higher order skill that explains child’s moral development. The main focus of this presentation will be on examining the developmental progression of basic early social communication skills that include: eye contact, joint attention, social referencing, naming, and perspective taking. In this effort, the presenter will discuss the relation between the emergence of these skills and stimulus-class formation and derived-relational responding in young children.
 
A Behavioral Systems Theory Approach to The Treatment of Childhood Behavior Disorders
GENEVIEVE M. DEBERNARDIS (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: This paper examines the emerging areas of application in child development and the critical role of a behavioral systems theory approach toward the comprehensive treatment of childhood behavior disorders. From this standpoint, behavior disorders are the result of the same developmental process as other behaviors, where genetic-constitutional, historical, physiological, environmental, and behavior dynamical interactions must be considered. In particular, common childhood behavior disorders including Autism Spectrum Disorder and Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder will be discussed, with emphasis on the importance of initial diagnosis and early behavioral interventions in preventing further maladaptive behavior patterns. The relationship between the person-environment interactions and efficacy of treatment will be outlined. A review of relevant research in these areas will be covered, highlighting the critical role of certain treatments such as social skills training and early language interventions. Further, implications and opportunities to incorporate behavioral systems theory within areas of applied child development will be discussed.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #459
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
The Influence of Social Synchrony and Social and Motor Context on Social Communication, Social Interaction, and Restricted and Repetitive Behaviors in Autism
Monday, May 25, 2020
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 6
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption College)
CE Instructor: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: PAULA FITZPATRICK (Assumption College)
Abstract:

Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is marked by social communication and interaction impairments and restricted and repetitive behaviors (RRBs), yet little is understood about the etiology of these impairments and there are few successful treatment interventions. The expression and severity of social impairments can vary widely across individuals, so more objective bio-behavioral markers that measure the process of how interactions unfold over time will greatly enhance our understanding and could lead to targeting of interventions to particular subgroups of patients. Engagement in restrictive and repetitive behaviors can compound the social communication and interaction difficulties, so a fuller understanding of the contextual factors that influence the expression of RRBs is also need. In this talk, I argue that social synchrony may be a useful dynamic bio-marker of social ability in children and adolescents with ASD. The relevance of social synchrony and coupled oscillator-based modeling of synchronization for understanding social impairment in ASD will be discussed and synchronization ability for spontaneous and intentional interpersonal coordination in children and adolescents with and without ASD will be compared. In addition, I will present data that evaluates the relationship between synchronization ability and more traditional clinical and social cognitive measures of social ability and evaluate the influence of social and motor context on the presentation of RRBs and language production during conversation. Finally, the promise of social synchronization ability for providing a measure with heightened resolution to identify the essential qualities of social performance in naturalistic situations and isolate underlying neural mechanisms that may be disrupted in ASD will be discussed and directions for future research and potential interventions outlined.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) illustrate the relevance of social synchrony and coupled oscillator-based modeling of synchronization for understanding social communication and interaction impairment in autism spectrum disorder; (2) Compare synchronization ability for spontaneous, intentional, interpersonal coordination during social-motor tasks and during conversation in children and adolescents with and without ASD using both behavioral and neural measures; (3) Explain the relationship between synchronization ability and traditional measures of social cognition; (4) Demonstrate the importance of social and motor context in influencing RRB presentation and language production and discuss its use for interventions; (5) Describe the application of social synchronization as a potential early biobehavioral marker and treatment intervention for ASD.
 
PAULA FITZPATRICK (Assumption College)
My research focuses on understanding how bodily movement tunes psychological development by exploring the impact of motor behavior on social, cognitive, and emotional developmental outcomes from infancy through adolescence. In particular, current projects focus on understanding the relationship between motor coordination and social skills, the contribution of social coordination to social problems in autism, the factors (at the level of the child and family) that influence the development of motor skill, and the relationship between motor skill and early learning and academic success. My research derives from dynamical systems theory that emphasizes self-organizing principles of stability, instability, and behavioral transitions to understand the emergence and progression of behavior. My approach involves measuring behavior across multiple domains (motor, social, cognitive, emotional) and at a number of scales—observable behavioral coding, micro-dynamical time-series measures, and, more recently, neurobiological measures. My research employs innovative, multi-method research designs and the formation of collaborative research teams with diverse backgrounds that cut across disciplinary expertise—developmental psychology, clinical psychology, social psychology, movement science, neuroscience, and education—and has important implications for translating new knowledge about social, cognitive, and motor development into treatments and interventions to help struggling children and families. 
 
 
Paper Session #460
Behavior Analysists in Schools: IEPs and Restorative Justice
Monday, May 25, 2020
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence F-H
Area: EDC
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Mary Comis (Duquesne University)
 

Family Perceptions of the Individualized Education Program Meeting Process for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

Domain: Service Delivery
ELIZABETH GOLINI (Hunter College; INCLUDEnyc)
 
Abstract:

Since placement and treatment are so important both to a student’s progress and educational growth and the school’s legal obligations, it is imperative that researchers and practitioners explore the factors that impact placement decisions and work to understand parent perceptions of Individualized Education Program meetings (Fish, 2006). Families choose the placement and treatment for their child diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder for a variety of reasons (Matson & Williams, 2015). This study expanded on the previous research by incorporating family perceptions of the process as well as their decisions related to placement and treatment. We explored why families of children with Autism Spectrum Disorder chose specific placement or treatment types for their child (e.g. Applied Behavior Analysis), as well as examined the family’s perceptions of the Individualized Education Program process and meeting for their child. The results included information related to why families chose a specific placement or treatment for their child, who influenced their decisions, and if a Board Certified Behavior Analyst was seen as the expert related to placement and/or treatment for their child. The results are discussed in terms of how they impact practice for Board Certified Behavior Analysts participating in the Individualized Education Program process.

 
Restorative Justice as Behavior Intervention in Schools: The Promises and Pitfalls for Behavior Analysts
Domain: Service Delivery
Temple S Lovelace (Duquesne University), MARY COMIS (Duquesne University), JoVonne Tabb (Duquesne University)
 
Abstract: In 2013-2014, 111,000 students were expelled from school (National Center for Education Statistics, 2019). Disproportionately, they were from marginalized populations. In response to this and its implication in the school-to-prison pipeline, restorative justice gained huge traction in schools. Restorative practices, a part of restorative justice, are defined as a way to “build healthy relationships and a sense of community to prevent and address conflict and wrongdoing,” (The Advancement Project, 2014). As school-based behavior analysts are consulting with schools, they are often in a multi-disciplinary team that is committed to implementing a multi-tiered system of support, but use restorative practices as Tier 1 support. Misuse of this can disproportionately push students to Tier 2 or higher placements. In this presentation, we will introduce the results of a scoping literature review on the use of restorative practices as a behavioral intervention. Next, we will discuss the promise and pitfalls of its use from a behavioral analytic lens. Lastly, we will introduce a behavior analytic approach to restorative practices grounded in Skinner’s examination of educational reinforcement, countercontrol and group control (Skinner, 1953). We will also highlight why Skinner’s thoughts on culture and control are the foundation for an effective restorative justice framework.
 
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #461
CE Offered: BACB/PSY/QABA
Experimental and Behavioral Psychology at Harvard From William James to B. F. Skinner
Monday, May 25, 2020
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 3, Ballroom AB
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University)
CE Instructor: Darlene E. Crone-Todd, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: SARA SCHECHNER (Harvard University)
Abstract:

In 1892, William James brought Hugo Münsterberg from Freiburg to direct the new, Harvard Psychological Laboratory that James had created in the Philosophy Department. Münsterberg had trained under William Wundt in Leipzig, who had pioneered an experimental method to explore the relationship between mental events and physical experience. The New Psychology banished the old method of introspection. Instead, it relied on highly controlled experiments with equipment borrowed from the domains of physics and physiology. Researchers studied the psychology of the senses, the timing of mental acts, judgement, memory, and attention. Starting with these “prism, pendulum, and chronograph philosophers,” as James called them, this talk will conclude with B. F. Skinner and his experiments on operant conditioning, reinforcement, and learning. Special attention will be paid to early apparatus such as reaction keys, prototype operant chambers, cumulative recorders, and teaching machines. The apparatus, laboratory records, memoranda, and correspondence of James, Munsterberg, and Skinner survive at Harvard University and can be accessed by scholars interested in the development of their thought.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the history of experimental psychology at Harvard University between 1875 and 1965; (2) list the types of research and teaching apparatus used by experimental psychologists William James, Hugo Munsterberg; BF Skinner, and others; (3) state how to gain access to historical scientific instruments and documents in the Harvard Collection of Historical Scientific Instruments and Harvard University Archives.
 
SARA SCHECHNER (Harvard University)

Sara Schechner, Ph.D. is the David P. Wheatland Curator of the Collection of Historical Scientific Instruments at Harvard University, where she is also on the faculty of the History of Science Department.  She has served as Secretary of the Scientific Instrument Commission of the International Union of History and Philosophy of Science and Technology.  She has published widely on the history of astronomy, scientific instruments, and material culture and has curated numerous exhibitions, including several on the history of psychology.

Schechner earned degrees in physics and the history and philosophy of science from Harvard and Cambridge.  Before returning to Harvard, she was chief curator at the Adler Planetarium in Chicago, and curated exhibits for the Smithsonian Institution, the American Astronomical Society, and the American Physical Society.  Schechner’s research, teaching, and exhibition work has earned her many awards.  She is the 2019 recipient of the Paul Bunge Prize from the German Chemical Society and the German Bunsen Society for Physical Chemistry, which is regarded worldwide as the most important honor in the history of scientific instruments.  She has also received the prestigious LeRoy E. Doggett Prize for Historical Astronomy from the American Astronomical Society, the Joseph H. Hazen Education Prize of the History of Science Society, and the Great Exhibitions Award of the British Society for the History of Science.

 
 
Symposium #462
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral Skills Training: Evaluations and Applications of Training Procedures Across Consumers
Monday, May 25, 2020
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence D
Area: TBA/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Elizabeth J. Preas (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute )
CE Instructor: Elizabeth J. Preas, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Previous research has demonstrated the effectiveness of behavioral skills training (BST) to train staff and caregivers to implement various behavioral interventions and to teach young children socially significant skills. Efficacious and efficient training and teaching procedures remain an essential focus of research for scientists and practitioners; especially, for special populations and complex skills. The purpose of this symposium is to discuss evaluations and applications of BST procedures across consumers of behavior analytic services. In the first presentation, Arthur assessed the effects of BST to teach safety skills to children with Williams Syndrome. The second presentation by Plattner, Van Boxel, and Proctor examined a BST protocol to train staff to implement pairing procedures with children with autism. The third paper by Preas and Mathews evaluated and compared the effects of BST versus feedback alone to train caregivers to implement activities of daily living skills teaching procedures with their child with autism. The presenters will include a discussion of future directions for research and applications of BST.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): BST, caregiver training, staff training
Target Audience:

BCBA-D, BCBA, BCaBA, RBT, LP, LBA (researchers, clinicians, and practitioners)

Learning Objectives: Participants will identify the components of behavioral skills training. Describe training strategies to teach staff and caregivers to implement behavioral interventions, as well as, strategies to teach children safety skills. Evaluate the implications for traditional, modified, or additional training components to BST packages to teach skills across consumers effectively.
 

Using Behavioral Skills Training to Teach Children With Williams Syndrome Safe Responding to Strangers

SHANNON ARTHUR (Endicott College)
Abstract:

Williams syndrome (WS) is a rare genetic disorder affecting 1in 7500 to 1 in 20,000 people. A trademark characteristic of Williams syndrome is hypersociability; being overly friendly and socially disinhibited which puts this population at risk for social vulnerability, exploitation, and abuse. This is a significant concern for parents of children with WS and warrants intervention. The current study used a multiple baseline probe design across participants to evaluate the effectiveness of behavioral skills training (BST) to teach safe responding to strangers in children with WS. The study consisted of three phases: 1) baseline in situ assessments in community settings, 2) BST in the home setting, and 3) in situ assessments in the community following mastery of BST. One participant responded with all four components taught during BST and post-BST in situ assessments by the second probe. The second participant scored low during initial post-BST in situ assessments and required a booster BST session. Following the booster session, the second participant responded appropriately to lures of strangers during in situ assessments. The results suggest that BST can be an effective procedure for teaching responding to strangers with this population.

 
Use of Behavioral Skills Training to Teach Staff Effective Pairing Strategies
CALANDRA E. PLATTNER (Endicott College), Kelsey Leigh Van Boxel (Access Family Services), Kaitlyn Proctor (Access Family Services)
Abstract: A critical component of effective applied behavior analysis (ABA) treatment includes training staff to adequately build rapport (i.e., pairing) with clients before implementing program goals. Parsons, Rollyson, and Reid (2012) identified an evidence-based behavioral skills training (BST) protocol for training human service staff that focuses on an effective, efficient, and acceptable approach to training staff. The purpose of the current study was to use a BST protocol including video models, role-play, and on-the-job training to train staff to effectively pair with clients. Participants included five behavior technicians at a behavioral health agency providing ABA services to children with autism. Data from baseline and post-training assessments were collected from participant’s interactions with two mock clients, in addition to generalization probes, which we assessed by observing each technician pair with one of their current clients. This study identified five key components for pairing with clients, which included responding to the child’s vocalizations, describing/narrating play, providing praise, and refraining from asking questions or placing demands. Data demonstrated that the use of BST successfully trained staff to implement each key component skill of pairing with generalized and lasting effects.
 
Evaluation of Caregiver Training Procedures to Teach Activities of Daily Living Skills
ELIZABETH J. PREAS (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Therese L. Mathews (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Caregivers of children with an autism spectrum disorder are often responsible for assisting their child to complete activities of daily living skills. Effective and efficient caregiver training methods are needed to train caregivers. The present study used two concurrent multiple-baseline across participants design to evaluate the effects of real-time feedback and behavioral skills training to train 8 caregivers to implement teaching procedures for activities of daily living skills with their child. We assessed caregivers’ accuracy and correct implementation of the 6-component teaching procedure after receiving either real-time feedback or behavioral skills training. Caregivers from both groups mastered and maintained correct implementation of the teaching procedures with their child. The overall results suggest that real-time feedback and behavioral skills training are efficacious to train caregivers to implement activity of daily living skills procedures with their child, and that real-time feedback may be an efficient alternative method to train caregivers.
 
 
Symposium #463
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Ethical Behavior Analysis: A Guide to Being an Evidence-Based Practitioner
Monday, May 25, 2020
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence A-C
Area: TBA/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Audrey N. Hoffmann (Northern Vermont University)
CE Instructor: Audrey N. Hoffmann, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Evidence-based practice (EBP) is a commonly used term in the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA); however, disagreement or misunderstanding regarding what EBP is and how to engage in evidence-based decision making persist. In this symposium, we will attempt to clarify the definition of EBP in ABA and we will discuss the role that EBP plays in different domains of ABA and ethical practice. First, Dr. Bethany Contreras will discuss the definition of EBP and will offer specific suggestions on how practitioners can use EBP to guide their decision making. Next, Dr. Audrey Hoffmann will discuss how EBP may be embedded within coursework and supervision in order to improve ethical decision-making in novice behavior analysts. Finally, Dr. Shanun Kunnavatana will discuss challenges to EBP in clinical practice, and potential solutions to promote EBP.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Practicing BCaBAs, BCBAs, supervising BCBAs, and behavior analysts involved in higher education and the training of BCBAs.

Learning Objectives: Attendees will be able to: 1. Define Evidence Based Practice (EBP) of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and describe the three components comprising EBP of ABA. 2. Identify ethical codes aligned with the EBP of ABA 3. Identify general strategies for engaging in EBP as part of ethical behavior analytic practice 4. Identify strategies for including EBP in teaching and training of novice behavior analysts 5. Identify barriers and potential solutions for engaging in EBP in clinical practice.
 
An Introduction to Engaging in Evidence-Based Practice
(Theory)
BETHANY P. CONTRERAS YOUNG (Middle Tennessee State University), Audrey N. Hoffmann (Northern Vermont University), Timothy A. Slocum (Utah State University)
Abstract: Evidence-based practice of ABA has been defined as “…a decision-making process that integrates (a) the best available evidence with (b) clinical expertise and (c) client values and context” (Slocum et al, 2014; p. 44). While several articles and books discuss the importance of EBP for ABA, there is limited information on how a practicing behavior analyst can purposefully engage in EBP. In this presentation, we will discuss the definition of EBP for ABA and will offer suggestions as to behaviors practitioners can engage in to ensure that they are engaging in EBP. We will present specific suggestions for how behavior analysts can ensure that they are using the best available evidence to guide decisions, how to build and maintain clinical expertise, and how to incorporate client values and context into the ethical decision-making process that is EBP.
 

Evidence-Based Practice as a Framework for Training Novice Behavior Analysts

(Theory)
AUDREY N. HOFFMANN (Northern Vermont University)
Abstract:

EBP provides a useful framework for teaching decision-making skills and ethical practice to novice behavior analysts. This presentation will provide a brief introduction to EBP and go over the importance of including EBP within training programs for behavior analysts (both in higher education and in supervised practice). Suggestions for embedding EBP into course sequences and supervision practices will be provided as well as discussing potential barriers to training a complex behavioral repertoire such as ethical evidence-based decision-making. The presentation will highlight the importance of novice behavior analysts basing decisions on the best available research evidence, considering the client values and context, and improving and appropriately utilizing their clinical expertise as behavior analysts.

 

Challenges of Evidence-Based Practice in Clinical Practice

(Service Delivery)
S. SHANUN KUNNAVATANA (Easterseals UCP of NC & VA)
Abstract:

Ethical and effective practice requires behavior analysts to be able to make complex decisions that evaluate not only the evidence for certain interventions but also determine whether critical components of the intervention will be possible given an individual’s context and values, as well as those of other stakeholders involved. This approach requires behavior analysts to be both analytical and flexible in their decision making. Although, EBP provides a framework for navigating these decisions, the process is often perceived as daunting and not utilized to its full potential. This presentation discusses the potential reasons why EBP is not yet common in clinical practice and how individuals and organizations may overcome some of the challenges to move toward EBP and better clinical decision making.

 
 
Symposium #464
CE Offered: BACB/NASP
Behavioral Economic Extensions to Assessments and Interventions for Individuals With Developmental Disabilities
Monday, May 25, 2020
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 201
Area: AUT/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Shawn Patrick Gilroy (Louisiana State University)
Discussant: Christopher E. Bullock (Francis Marion University)
CE Instructor: Shawn Patrick Gilroy, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavioral economic methods are increasingly applied in various disciplines and areas of human and non-human research. Although these approaches have good support across populations and disciplines, relatively few researchers have extended this approach and perspective to assessments and interventions for individuals with developmental disabilities (e.g., autism). Such extensions are both timely and warranted for Behavior Analysts, as behavioral economic approaches have been particularly suited to evaluating complex response-reinforcer relationships under complex, real-world conditions. The papers invited for this symposium have been selected to provide a broad, scoping review of the current state of applied behavioral economics in assessments and interventions developed for individuals with developmental disabilities. Particular emphasis is based on the behavioral economic concept of demand and novel extensions of token economy procedures. The behavioral economic concept of demand is presented here in the context of individualized reinforcer assessments and functional communication training undergoing schedule thinning. Novel extensions of the token economy are also reviewed, evaluating the effects of loss aversion on responding.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): behavioral economics, developmental disabilities, operant demand, token economy
Target Audience:

Master's level behavior analysts

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Explain basic behavioral economic concepts. 2. Describe elements of Behavioral Economics relevant to applied practice. 3. Describe novel extensions of Token Economies relevant to applied practice.
 

Systematic Review of Applied Behavioral Economics With Individuals With Developmental Disabilities

(Applied Research)
BRENT KAPLAN (University of Kentucky), Shawn Patrick Gilroy (Louisiana State University)
Abstract:

Methods for evaluating individual preference and choice are regularly included in Behavior Analytic research and practice. A variety of methods have been put forward to evaluate preference though these methods rarely evaluate choices under effortful, treatment-like conditions. A fundamental disconnect between these contexts invites the possibility that stimuli identified may not be preferred in treatment-like conditions and this can jeopardize the effectiveness of otherwise appropriate treatment. Recent attempts to address this disconnect have incorporated elements of Behavioral Economics. In this study, we systematically review the scope and range of Behavioral Economic procedures that have been formally evaluated in the literature. Studies were included in the review if Behavioral Economic elements were incorporated into assessments and interventions designed for individuals with developmental disabilities. Results indicated that the level of support for assessments and interventions incorporating Behavioral Economic elements is still emerging and additional research continues to be necessary.

 
Handling Costs Affect Preference for Accumulated and Distributed Response-Reinforcer Arrangements
(Applied Research)
JENNIFER N. HADDOCK (Johns Hopkins School of Medicine, Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Handling costs have been implicated as a determinant of preference for accumulated/distributed response-reinforcer arrangements. We evaluated three participants’ pre-session choice of accumulated vs distributed response-reinforcer arrangements. When the reinforcement parameters differed only with respect to their distribution (at the end of or during the session), all participants exhibited exclusive preference for the distributed arrangement. When a quality manipulation, in which the handling costs of reinforcer consumption in the distributed arrangement were increased, participants exhibited exclusive preference for the accumulated arrangement. These results are preliminary but suggest that increasing the handling costs associated with reinforcer consumption can produce shifts in preference.
 

Asymmetry of Token Gain and Loss in Individuals Diagnosed With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities

(Applied Research)
ELISSA SPINKS (Maryland Applied Behavior Analysis), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michael Kranak (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Jennifer N. Haddock (Johns Hopkins School of Medicine, Kennedy Krieger Institute), Ashley Nicole Carver (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Matching (Herrnstein, 1961) has been demonstrated with appetitive and aversive stimuli, including when appetitive and aversive stimuli are simultaneously presented (Farley & Fantino, 1978). Interestingly, in contexts where a single response produces both reinforcement and punishment, some research has demonstrated that a punisher subtracted more value than a reinforcer added (Rasmussen & Newland, 2008). We assessed the purported asymmetry of reinforcement and punishment for three individuals with intellectual disabilities (ID). We established tokens as reinforcers and evaluated the effects of simultaneous token gain and loss schedule in a progressive manner. Losses gradually became denser to identify a schedule at which the individual would not respond. Finally, we demonstrated that the loss contingency was directly responsible for the cessation of responding, as responding maintained when an equal density of reinforcement was available for gain without the loss contingency. Mixed findings were obtained; however, these results suggest that an asymmetry between punishment and reinforcement is present for some individuals with ID. Suggestions for future research and implications for practitioners will be discussed.

 
Operant Demand and Reinforcer Efficacy: Incorporating the Elasticity of Demand into Behavior Analytic Evaluations of Reinforcers
(Applied Research)
SHAWN PATRICK GILROY (Louisiana State University), Jodie Waits (Louisiana State University)
Abstract: Assessments of stimulus preference are regularly used to identify potentially efficacious reinforcers. Although stimuli rated highly on these assessments often function as reinforcers, the relative ranking of these stimuli offers minimal information regarding how strongly, and under what conditions, these stimuli function as reinforcers. Without a priori knowledge regarding the performance of reinforcers under real-world conditions, treatments might unintentionally rely on reinforcers that are efficacious only within a narrow window of conditions (i.e., FR1). Reinforcers that are efficacious within a narrow range limit opportunities for thinning the schedule of reinforcement and can result in more burdensome treatment packages for caregivers and educators to implement. This paper reviews an approach for evaluating reinforcers using concepts derived from Behavioral Economics, namely elasticity. We provide a review of the methods available to index the elasticity of demand for reinforcers as well as provide examples of how this approach can be used to inform which schedules of reinforcement to use in treatments (e.g., functional communication training).
 
 
Symposium #465
CE Offered: BACB
Further Evaluation of Telehealth Services: Parent-Implemented Functional Analyses and Functional Communication Training
Monday, May 25, 2020
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 202A
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
Discussant: Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota)
CE Instructor: Jennifer J. McComas, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analytic interventions delivered via telehealth have undergone a number of experimental evaluations with evidence supporting the use of telehealth to reduce problem behavior and increase functional communication. This symposium presents the results of four studies, conducted across three research groups, evaluating innovations in the assessment and treatment of problem behavior via telehealth. First, researchers will present advances in assessment including results from a brief functional analysis delivered via telehealth (Talk 1) and results from a randomized control trial comparing brief observations conducted via telehealth to functional analysis conducted via telehealth (Talk 2). Regarding functional communication treatment, researchers will present results from an intercontinental telehealth-mediated intervention with demonstrated results and acceptability (Talk 3). Researchers will also present on the generalizability of FCT beyond telehealth training contexts (Talk 4). Finally, as a leader in this area of Behavior Analysis, Dr. Jennifer McComas, will discuss the studies, findings, and implications for research and practice.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): autism, FCT, functional analysis, telehealth
Target Audience:

Practicing BCBAs and Researchers

Learning Objectives: 1. To identify advances in behavior assessment via telehealth 2. To identify advances in behavior intervention via telehealth. 3. To identify areas that may serve as lessons for utilization of telehealth in behavior analytic practice.
 

Conducting Brief Functional Analysis via Telehealth Technology

STEPHANIE GEROW (Baylor University), Supriya Radhakrishnan (Baylor University)
Abstract:

Many children have do not have access to ABA services due to geographic distance from a provider. Telehealth technology can increase children’s access to effective interventions. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the use of parent-implemented brief functional analysis and function-based intervention with coaching delivered via telehealth technology. Children with autism, age birth to 17 years old, and their parents were eligible to participate in the study. Parents conducted a brief functional analysis, with coaching provided by a researcher via telehealth technology. Following the brief functional analysis, the parent implemented a function-based intervention. The efficacy of the function-based intervention was evaluated using a reversal design. Data collection is ongoing. Implications for practice and directions for future research will be discussed.

 

A Randomized Controlled Trial of Functional Analysis Procedures for Young Children With Autism

MATTHEW O'BRIEN (The University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Loukia Tsami (University of Houston at Clear Lake), Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Scott D. Lindgren (The University of Iowa)
Abstract:

Randomized controlled trials (RCTs) are deemed the “gold standard” of scientific research. By contrast, research in applied behavior analysis rarely employs this type of study, which may limit the acceptance of many common and effective behavior analytic procedures. Recently, two large-N RCTs have been conducted using telehealth to provide scientific validation of both FA and FCT procedures (Lindgren & Wacker, 2011-2015; Lindgren & Wacker, 2015-2019). In the initial study, a multi-site RCT of FCT, Lindgren et al. (under review) found FCT superior to a delayed control. In the current study, an RCT of functional analysis (FA) procedures was conducted to determine whether FA procedures are superior to brief observations. A preliminary comparison of treatment outcomes suggests that treatment following an FA may not be more efficient or result in greater reduction in problem behavior than treatment following brief observations. Possible reasons for the findings, implications for practice and recommendations for future research will be discussed.

 

Treatment Acceptability and Effectiveness of Telehealth-Based Functional Communication Training in Asia

DIEU TRUONG (University of Houston), Loukia Tsami (University of Houston- Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract:

Interventions combining functional analysis (FA) and functional communication training (FCT) are effective in mitigating socially maintained problem behaviors. Recent studies evaluating the effectiveness of using telehealth to train caregivers across large geographical distances in the United States (Wacker et al., 2016) and internationally (Tsami & Lerman, 2019) indicate that this modality can increase families’ accessibility to evidence-based interventions for problem behavior, such as FCT. Additionally, the telehealth model reduces service costs while maintaining caregiver procedural integrity (Ferguson et al., 2018). Providing these services to international families might decrease barriers to effective treatment and promote parental well- being (e.g., reduce stress and depression; Frantz et al., 2018). In this study, practitioners and interpreters in the United States remotely coached six caregivers of children with autism residing in two developing countries in Asia (i.e., Pakistan and Vietnam) to implement FA and FCT. All children reached the 90% reduction of problem behavior criterion and acquired the communicative response. Additionally, all caregivers indicated that the procedures were acceptable. The impact of training on levels of parenting stress, psychological distress, and self- efficacy also will be discussed. Overall, our findings suggest telehealth is a feasible modality for service delivery in Asia

 

The Generalized Effects of Functional Communication Training for Young Children With Autism

KELLY M. SCHIELTZ (University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa), Nicole Hendrix (Emory University), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Loukia Tsami (University of Houston-Clear Lake), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa)
Abstract:

Functional communication training (FCT) is a well-established treatment for problem behavior in young children with autism (National Autism Center, 2015; Wong et al., 2014). Parent-mediated FCT delivered in the home, but facilitated by therapists through telehealth is an effective approach that extends the treatment model into a natural context (Lindgren et al., 2016). Despite an extensive literature base supporting FCT, little is known about the generalized effects of FCT outside of the training context. In this study, generalization of treatment effects were evaluated as part of a large multi-site study on parent-delivered FCT for children with autism using telehealth. To meet this purpose, data were collected from pre- and post-treatment parent ratings of targeted and non-targeted problem behavior in settings and contexts outside of the training conditions. Results suggest that the effects of FCT may extend beyond the behaviors and contexts targeted for treatment. Possible reasons for successful generalization, implications for practice, and suggestions for future research will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #466
CE Offered: BACB
Putting the "ACT" in ACTion: Behavior-Analytic Efforts to Improve Applications of Acceptance and Commitment Training
Monday, May 25, 2020
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 207B
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Lindsey Dennis (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University)
CE Instructor: Jordan Belisle, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Recent behavior-analytic efforts to the competent dissemination of acceptance and commitment training (ACT) have dramatically increased. The current symposium seeks to add to the ways in which practicing behavior analysts may more confidently-equipped to use ACT within their practices. The first presentation investigates the extent to which coherence between values and self-management strategies may improve treatment outcomes in a college population.We then empirically explore practical applications of ACT within an ASD population. Finally, we introduce evidence of the success of ACT via the AIM curriculum with a rather unique population. Implications to the overall successes and utility of ACT in daily practices, as well as ways to increase positive outcomes, are discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): ACT, AIM, Values
Target Audience:

beginner-intermediate behavior analyst

Learning Objectives: Attendees will be able to describe how to use ACT procedures to help children with autism engage in more adaptive behavior and less challenging behavior Attendees will be able to describe how to incorporate self-management and ACT techniques into interventions to increase values-consistent behavior. Attendees will be able to understand ACT procedures as they relate to basic behavior change interventions and how to incorporate them into regular ABA practice
 
Promoting Values-Behavior Coherence with Acceptance and Commitment Training and Self-Management Techniques
(Applied Research)
DANA PALILIUNAS (Missouri State University)
Abstract: "Values" have been defined as "verbally construed global desired life consequences," meaning that they describe ways of behaving that increase the meaning, purpose, or overall quality of one's life. For this reason, values are a central component of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy/Training (ACT) (Hayes et al., 1999, p.206). Coherence between a person’s identified values (abstract categories of preferred reinforcers) and daily behavior may increase his or her contact with reinforcement, producing increases in socially important, adaptive behavior in various contexts. Methods that seek to quantify values-behavior coherence may be useful in both the design and evaluation of interventions. The development of a measure of values-behavior coherence will be described as will additional methods to assess such responding. Evaluation of behavior analytic literature suggests interventions that include various ACT and self-management techniques have demonstrated utility in increasing socially-meaningful behavior. A potential synthesis of these approaches could lead to immediately impactful interventions for improving values-consistent outcomes across populations, and the presentation will explore college students as a case example for the measurement and promotion of values-behavior coherence.
 

Acceptance and Commitment Training for Kids: Developing Practical Approaches to Implementing Acceptance and Commitment Training in Your Daily ABA Practice With Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Applied Research)
ERIN SILVERMAN (FirstSteps for Kids), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract:

This presentation describes the development of a custom-made “ACT for Kids” workbook and the initial phases of testing its effectiveness for decreasing challenging behaviors and increasing self-management skills in children with Autism Spectrum Disorder. The study is still currently in the data collection phase and initial data suggest it is effective. In this presentation, we will describe in a practical manner the steps that were taken to transform the ACT Hexaflex and Matrix into stimuli that children with ASD would be able to consume and respond to independently. Results from the one participant completed thus far showed that the “ACT for Kids Workbook” decreased the participant’s maladaptive behaviors while consequently increasing his use of ACT-based self-management skills in his daily life. Findings from the social validity interview revealed that parents of this participant saw a significant increase in independent self-management skills across settings and environments, when ABA team members were not present.

 
AIMing to Scale Up: Efforts to Promote Psychological Flexibility and Decrease Maladaptive Behavior in a School Setting Impacts
(Applied Research)
MICHAEL DELAET (Arizona State University Department of Psychology), Adam DeLine Hahs (Arizona State University)
Abstract: The AIM curriculum (Dixon, 2017) was developed to facilitate social-emotional development in children. Given its novelty, little research of any scope has been conducted exploring the efficacy of the curriculum. To that end, the current study sought to explore the efficacy of the AIM program on student performance related to promoting psychological flexibility and increasing overall academic performance, while decreasing experiential avoidance and challenging behavior-related issues. All participants showed increased psychological flexibility, increased academic performance, and exhibited decreased maladaptive behaviors.
 
An Evaluation of Acceptance and Commitment Training on Changes in Psychological Flexibility and Language for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders
(Applied Research)
JESSICA M HINMAN (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often struggle with language deficits and restricted or repetitive behaviors. Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) can prove to be a helpful intervention for children with ASD as it works to increase psychological and behavioral flexibility by promoting value-driven behaviors while working to reduce the unworkable control of language. The current aims to evaluate changes in measures of psychological flexibility as well as changes in derived relational responding for children with ASD after attending two, one-hour ACT sessions a week for 14-weeks. After 7 weeks of receiving ACT, preliminary data show that participants have reduced levels of self-reported fusion, higher levels of psychological flexibility, and parents of those children are reporting reduced levels of stress. Additionally, caregiver reports of the child’s psychological flexibility showed statistically significant increases from pre- to post-test (t(6) = 3.105, p = 0.0210) which suggests that participants are becoming more psychologically flexible as reported by their parents. Changes in post-treatment measures will provide implications for implementing ACT techniques with children with ASD to increase psychological flexibility.
 
 
Symposium #467
CE Offered: BACB
Parent Training Across the World
Monday, May 25, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Room 102
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Setareh Moslemi (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Setareh Moslemi, M.Ed.
Abstract:

Many parents of children with Autism Spectrum Disorder around the world have limited or no access to behavior analytic knowledge or services leaving them without support or guidance. Training parents with behavior analytic knowledge or skills can potentially overcome this issue. The purpose of this symposium is to present two different parent training programs designed to provide skills and knowledge that parents need to improve the quality of life for their children and families. The first presentation will discuss a program in which parents of children with Autism Spectrum Disorder learned the steps necessary to implement an early intervention program. The project was conducted in India. The second presentation will discuss four barriers that get in the way of parents’ access to behavior analytic knowledge: time, place, money, and prerequisite skills, and will introduce a web-based parent training program designed to overcome these barriers.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Autism, EIBI, Parent Education, Parent Training
Target Audience:

BACB Certificants

 

Adapting Evidence-Based Parent Mediated Early Intervention for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder in India

GEETIKA AGARWAL (Ball State University), Jennifer M. Gillis (Binghamton University), Svetlana Iyer (Stepping Stones Center)
Abstract:

The effectiveness of Early Intervention (EI) program is widely documented to increase the behavioural outcomes of children diagnosed with Autism. Studies have demonstrated positive outcomes for parent-implemented EI approaches for skill development. The majority of these evidence-based interventions have been conducted in the US and Europe, there is increasing interest in adapting evidence-based interventions to different cultures. The current study will share outcome data from a 6-week, ABA-based parent-implemented EI program from Bangalore, India. 81 children (range 18 mo.- 60 mo.) and their caregivers enrolled in the program. The goals were adapted from ABLLS-R and included validated instructional procedures. The parents were trained to use errorless teaching for skill acquisition and behaviour management strategies. The result of the program demonstrated significant gains across all domains, supporting the existing literature. Parents reported high levels (M = 28.2 out of 30) of social validity for the program. Further, the outcome for parents demonstrated significant gains in the acquisition of training skills . These findings have implications for cultural adaptations of evidence-based interventions. These findings are timely as there is a growing recognition of the prevalence of ASD and need for EI services in India, yet a limited number of certified behaviour analysts.

 
Removing Barriers to Parents' Access to Behavior Analytic Knowledge
SETAREH MOSLEMI (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Access to behavior analytic skills is limited in many parts of the world (Figure.1). Parent training could be a potential solution to fill the gap. At least four different barriers get in the way of the parents to get access to useful behavior analytic knowledge: time, place, money, and prerequisite skills (Table.1).For example, parents don’t have the time to commit to behavior analytic training programs, they cannot easily travel to training locations, can’t afford costs of the trainings, and often familiarity with English or technical vocabulary is required to make the knowledge useful. The purpose of the current project is to create a web-based program which uses non-technical language to present short (2-3 minutes) modules in order to teach parents about the basic behavioral competencies. First, using short modules will allow the parents to easily find time to practice the lessons in order to achieve a positive outcome. Second, the web-based nature of the program will remove geographical constraints. Third, the content is available for free on the devices that they already own. Fourth, the use of non-technical language will remove the need for the presence of an expert to explain any technical terms.
 
 
Symposium #468
CE Offered: BACB
Advances in Behavioral Skills Training for Implementing Evidence-Based Practices
Monday, May 25, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 202B
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kimberly Sloman (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment/ Florida Institute of Technology )
CE Instructor: Kimberly Sloman, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium presents data from three studies that used behavioral skills training (BST) to teach staff members to implement behavioral assessment and treatment. The first study, presented by Kacie McGarry, trained staff members to conduct trial-based functional analyses via Telehealth. The second study, presented by Julia Iannaccone, evaluated a video-aided BST model to train staff members to conduct function-based treatments. The third study, presented by Catherine Kishel, evaluated the effects of professional development activities and BST on staff implementation and educators' perceptions of prompting procedures.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): BST, staff training, Telehealth, video models
Target Audience:

BCBAs

 
Training Technicians to Conduct Trial-Based Functional Analyses via Telehealth
KACIE M MCGARRY (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment and Florida Institute of Technology), Michael E. Kelley (University of Scranton), Kimberly Sloman (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment/ Florida Institute of Technology), Kristin M. Albert (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment and Florida Institute of Technology), Katherine Haggerty (Florida Institute of Technology), Ronald J. Clark (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Previous studies have supported the use of trial-based functional analysis performed by teachers in classroom settings. The purpose of this study was to determine the efficacy of training technicians to conduct trial-based functional analyses via telehealth. Telehealth-based training was effective for producing high-integrity implementation by technicians and that using Trial-Based Functional Analyses in classrooms resulted in an efficient means of conducting functional analysis in areas with limited resources.
 

Effectively and Efficiently Training Staff With Video Models and Video Critiques

MISBAH BIBI (Queens College), Julia Iannaccone (City University of New York Graduate Center; Queens College), Emily A. Jones (Queens College, The Graduate Center, City University of New York)
Abstract:

Adults with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) face significant challenges that are exacerbated by severe problematic behavior. Direct care staff are often not adequately trained to support adults with problem behavior, at least in part, due to limited funding for adult service providers. Whereas behavior analysts possess effective training tools, such as behavior skills training (BST), these training techniques can be time consuming, and thus, costly. The present study examined a video aided BST model using video models and critiques, to improve the efficiency of training without compromising effectiveness. Video models replaced the traditional live demonstration, and video critiques, in which errors were intentionally embedded, were used in combination with response cards to practice and provide feedback instead of the traditional individual role play practice. Results indicated that video aided BST effectively and efficiently trained direct care staff of adults with ASD to implement a function-based treatment of severe problem behavior with 100% accuracy following a standard, one session training lasting 1.5 hours. The current study provides evidence of an effective model of staff training when time and resources are limited.

 

Evaluating Perceptions and Adherence to Behaviorally Based Evidence Practices Amongst Staff Serving Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorders

CATHERINE KISHEL (The University of Florida), James Maraventano (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services), Jenna Budge (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

While research supports the use of evidence-based practices (EBPs) informed by applied behavior analysis for teaching individuals with ASD, several barriers exist towards regular implementation. EBPs are used infrequently in classrooms (Morrier, Hess, & Heflin, 2010) and are often perceived negatively by educators (Allen & Bowles, 2014). As a result, treatment integrity and adherence to EBPs in practice are adversely affected. The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of professional development (PD) activities that incorporated active learning with ongoing coaching and feedback on treatment integrity and adherence to most-to-least prompt fading strategies. Specifically, Behavioral Skills Training (BST; Parsons, Rollyson, Iverson, & Reid, 2012) and side-by-side coaching and feedback (Kretlow, Cooke, & Wood, 2012) were implemented with educators of adults with ASD. A multiple baseline across participants design was employed to evaluate the effects of BST. Further, statistical analyses (Pearson correlational coefficient, descriptive statistics) were employed to examine if educator perceptions of EBPs were affected by the proposed PD activities. Findings suggested PD activities applied in this study enhanced treatment integrity implementing most-to-least prompt fading with sustained adherence. Further, participants reported more positive perceptions of EBPs following the professional development activities.

 
 
Symposium #469
CE Offered: BACB
Psychotropic Drug Use in Children: Prescribing and Deprescribing
Monday, May 25, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 5
Area: BPN/CBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University)
CE Instructor: M. Christopher Newland, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Children receive psychotropic medications for many reasons, including the management of hyperactivity or attention deficits and the reduction of aggressive or destructive behavior. These problems are frequently amenable to behavioral interventions. Many children seen by applied behavior analysts are on psychotropic medications. Ideally, the behavior analyst can work closely with prescribers to balance behavioral and pharmacological interventions, to the child’s benefit, and terminate medications when they are no longer warranted. Often, however, psychotropics are overused and collaborations with prescribers are difficult to forge. In this symposium, we address psychotropic medication use for behavioral problems from three perspectives. Annette Griffith will discuss the ethical and practical considerations for behavior analysts who work with clients on psychotropic medication. Jennifer Zarcone will discuss the emergence of state and national policy surrounding the use of psychotropic medication. Chris Newland will examine the practice of “deprescribing,” namely, how long a prescription lasts once it is initiated. Together, these speakers will provide an in-depth view of psychotropic drug use in children that will be of value to the practitioner who works with individual clients as well as to the researcher interested in coupling behavioral and pharmacological interventions rationally.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Clinical psychopharmacology, Deprescribing, Medication policy, Psychotropic medication
Target Audience:

The target audience is applied researchers and practitioners who are interested in the relative contribution of behavioral and pharmacological approaches to managing clinical syndromes. Practitioners will learn practical guidelines when working with clients on medication, their ethical obligations, and the role of state policy guidelines. Applied researchers will learn about different kinds of psychotropic medications and how they might be used. All will learn about how long prescriptions can be active once they are initiated.

Learning Objectives: Learn practical guidelines and ethical obligations when working with clients taking psychotropic medication. Learn about the policies of governmental agencies regarding the use of psychotropic medication. Learn about deprescribing practices with different classes of psychotropic medications.
 
Psychotropic Medication Management: Ethical and Practical Considerations for Behavior Analysts
(Service Delivery)
ANNETTE GRIFFITH (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Chrystal Jansz Rieken (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: In the management of psychotropic medications, behavior analysts can contribute a unique set of skills to assist in the definition and measurement of target behavior and adverse effects. Specifically, they can develop systems to ensure data are relevant and informative, and they can present that data to physicians in clear and easy-to-interpret displays; this allows for behavioral responses to medications to be more easily identified (Zarcone, Griffith, & Jansz Reiken, 2019). Understanding behavioral effects of psychotropic treatments may reduce the likelihood that clients continue with ineffective or harmful medications and may increase the likelihood that they benefit from the medications they do take. Considering that the majority of behavior analysts, at some point in their careers, will work with individuals likely to be prescribed psychotropic medications (Association of Professional Behavior Analysts; 2014; Li & Poling, 2018), it follows that there is a need to discuss the role and possible contributions of the behavior analyst when working with such clients and their treatment teams. The current presentation will review the ethical and practical considerations required for effective interdisciplinary collaboration, with specific attention on the importance of practicing within our bounds of competence.
 

Prescription Practices: The Impact of National and State Policies

(Service Delivery)
JENNIFER R. ZARCONE (The May Institute), Sarah Weddle (May Institute)
Abstract:

There are many factors that influence policy at the state and national level when medication is prescribed for children and other vulnerable individuals. For these individuals, medications are often prescribed “off label” once approved by the FDA, before dosing and side effects profiles have been developed. Many professional groups have practice parameters that guide providers in their prescription practices as they relate to specific diagnoses and conditions (e.g., The Work Group on Quality Issues, American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 1997). Many states have begun to enact policies and regulations around prescription practices that result from legal issues. For example, Massachusetts has a policy for adults who are unable to consent to treatment called the Rogers Guardianship. The guardian can authorize “extraordinary” medical treatment for the adult, usually related to the use of antipsychotic medication. While the policy has the best of intentions, there are many factors that limit how effectively it is implemented. In this review, state and national policies related to prescription practices will be reviewed and the positive and negative impact of these policies will be discussed.

 
Psychotropic Medications: When Does a Prescription End?
(Applied Research)
M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University)
Abstract: A clear set of criteria for initiating and terminating drug use exists for many drugs, but for psychotropic medications the criteria for “deprescribing” is poorly defined, even in children. The scientific literature surrounding deprescribing is spotty, new, and largely qualitative. Using a database of about 10,000 children in the Alabama Foster Care system, we examined the determinants of prescription duration for drugs from different classes, including non-psychotropics. The median duration of a prescription was over one year longer for some psychotropics than nonpsychotropics and was especially long for drugs used to treat ADHD (stimulants and noradrenergic agonists) and problem behavior (second-generation antipsychotics). The median prescription duration differed across age group but even young children were prescribed some psychotropics for more than a year. Prescription duration tended to be longer for males and longer for children in urban settings, though these were also relatively weak influences. The ability to quantify prescription duration can help guide policy and raises the need to articulate criteria for terminating the use of powerful psychotropic medications.
 
 
Symposium #470
CE Offered: BACB
Addressing the Needs of Those With Traumatic Brain Injury and Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder
Monday, May 25, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon B
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kent A. Corso (NCR Behavioral Health, LLC)
Discussant: Kent A. Corso (NCR Behavioral Health, LLC)
CE Instructor: Kent A. Corso, Psy.D.
Abstract:

There are four areas of primary concern to the military when meeting the needs of their personnel, especially those who have been deployed to war zones and return with various kinds of problems not acceptable in continued military life or in civilian life. Traumatic brain Injury and post-traumatic stress disorder are the two topics addressed in this symposium. Not discussed will be bodily physical injuries and suicide. The presentation will view all branches of service but primarily the Air Force, Navy, Marines, and the Army. Within the topic of traumatic brain injuries will be a review of the important literature and an overview of the problem behaviors. When investigating traumatic brain injury’s problem behaviors, both public and private events of those recovering are important and relevant targets for examination and rehabilitation work. The presentation on post-traumatic stress disorder behaviors will look at the taxonomy of those behaviors. These are usually stated behaviorally but very broadly, for example, stressors, alterations in cognition or mood, or guilt. Each of these and many more behaviors can be defined much more specifically, then examined and researched behaviorally to help ameliorate the needs of returning veterans.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): military disabilities
Target Audience:

professionals in the field; BCBA at all levels including through BCBA-D

Learning Objectives: 1. State why it is critical to define, analyze and develop therapy plans for the behaviors of traumatic brain injured military veterans. 2. Name three authors and studies in the area of traumatic brain injury. 3. State why it is critical to define, analyze and develop therapy plans for the behaviors of military veterans with post-traumatic stress disorders. 4. Name three definable taxonomies and at least two of the specific behaviors to work on within those three taxonomies. .
 
Review of problem behaviors in the military and veterans with traumatic brain injury (TBI)
KOMLANTSE GOSSOU (Quebec Association for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract: Traumatic brain injury (TBI) is an important public health matter that accounts annually for 2.5 million emergency room visits, hospitalizations, and deaths in the United States (Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2015). The military service members are at a significant risk for TBI, and it is estimated 4.2% of veterans from the Army, Air Force, Navy, or Marine Corps have been diagnosed with TBI. TBI is associated with other health problems including behavioral disorders. Yet, it is difficult to find an evidence-based intervention for the treatment of the problem behaviors associated with TBI in the military and the veterans. However, knowing more about the problem behaviors associated with TBI would encourage the behavioral research in the treatment of problem behaviors associated with TBI. To our knowledge, no study has summarized the problem behaviors associated with TBI. Thus, the goal of this presentation is to summarize the problem behaviors associated with TBI.
 
Taxonomy of Post-traumatic Stress Disorder Behaviors
ABIGAIL B. CALKIN (Calkin Consulting Center)
Abstract: The American Psychiatric Association identified post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) in 1980. For over 2,000 years, people came home from wars showing signs of trauma with no physical injury. Until 1980, they received little help to ameliorate these behaviors. Attitudes changed as veterans came home from Vietnam. The facts also changed and PTSD became a diagnosis. How do behavior analysts treat those with PTSD? Cognitive behavior therapy has done a much better job at this than behavior analysis. We can lend a hand here too. Given that we look at specific behaviors for autism, behavior management problems, learning, perhaps it is time we took a specific look at the specific behaviors of people with PTSD. We have categories—efforts to avoid feelings, hypervigilance, irritability and anger for a few examples. However, we need to define these behaviors as specifically as we do reading behaviors—reads letter name, reads letter sound, reads 3-letter words, etc. We must look as specifically at the precursors to and elements of a temper explosion, flashbacks, concentration difficulties, and a myriad of other behaviors. What are the antecedents? What is the specific behavior? What are the postcedents? How can we look at those behaviors as stimuli, behaviors and consequences? First, we need taxonomy.
 
 
Symposium #471
CE Offered: BACB/NASP
ABA to the Rescue: Enhancing Implementation of Psychosocial Interventions in Medical and Educational Settings
Monday, May 25, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon A
Area: CBM/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
CE Instructor: Jeannie A. Golden, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Psychosocial interventions have much to offer youth in medical and educational settings. Administrators need to perceive costs of time and resources being outweighed by health benefits. Being specific and operationally defining terms can aid interdisciplinary understanding and cooperation. Reinforcement can help develop and maintain positive interactions. Feasibility may be enhanced by using a group format, a cost-effective and efficient way for youth to gain information, share common experiences, and learn from each other and from professionals. The benefits of a group format would not be realized unless a psychosocial intervention were accepted by the youth participating and implemented with fidelity. They must share their own experiences and respectfully listen as others share their experiences and be open to information about how they can improve their well-being. Positive reinforcement can make the experience more rewarding and strengthen specific behaviors such as sharing, listening and participating. Group cohesiveness can be increased by establishing and reinforcing clear expectations. Reinforcement can be helpful for motivating youth to participate in every aspect of the program (role playing, completing assignments). The presenters in this symposium will discuss ways in which the addition of behavior management strategies can enhance acceptability, feasibility and fidelity of psychosocial interventions.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): implementation strategies, psychosocial interventions, treatment acceptability, treatment fidelity
Learning Objectives:

At the completion of this symposium, participants will be able to:

  1. State the ways in which behavior management strategies can enhance acceptability, feasibility and fidelity of psychosocial interventions.
  2. Describe how behavioral strategies were used to facilitate implementation of a stress-management intervention at a camp for youth with Type 1 diabetes.
  3. Describe how behavioral strategies were used to facilitate implementation of a mindfulness intervention in high school physical education classes.
  4. Describe how behavioral strategies were used to facilitate implementation of an ACT-based intervention in high school physical education classes.
 
Behavioral Strategies Facilitating Implementation of a Psychosocial Intervention in a Diabetes Camp
ANA LEPAGE (East Carolina University)
Abstract: Youth with type 1 diabetes (T1D) can experience significant disease-related stressors due to the intense treatment regimen and limitations that are associated with diabetes. Stress and coping interventions designed to address the unique difficulties faced by youth with T1D have proven to be efficacious and beneficial. Although a stress and coping intervention delivered in a group setting (e.g. summer camp) can provide a safe and comfortable place for peers to discuss and share similar experiences, the research is limited. The present study evaluated the feasibility and acceptability of a brief, targeted, diabetes-specific stress and coping intervention. To facilitate program participation and minimize disruption, an interdependent group contingency plan was implemented, including setting brief, objectively-defined group rules and a token economy system. The sample included 83 campers, aged 8-17 (M=12.39), 82% White and 51% female, and 23 camp staff members. The intervention was implemented with 100% fidelity based on live observations by multiple raters. Qualitative and quantitative feedback on the utility and importance of the intervention were collected and the majority (i.e., 88% or greater) of the campers and camp staff found the intervention acceptable and stated that they would like for it to be offered next year.
 
Behavioral Strategies Facilitating Implementation of Mindfulness Interventions in High School Physical Education Classes
LEIGH CHANCEY (East Carolina University)
Abstract: Use of behavioral techniques can maximize student engagement with social and emotional learning (SEL) programs. However, they are often not included in program curriculums. During the first few weeks of implementation of a group-administered mindfulness-based SEL intervention with whole classrooms in a public high school, off topic comments and lack of participation disrupted program delivery. To facilitate program participation, beginning in the third week of the study, students were randomly assigned to sit in teams and teams were awarded points throughout the sessions for on task behavior and active participation. At the end of each session, each member from the team with the most points won for the day and was awarded a small prize. Fidelity ratings increased after addition of behavioral strategies yielding increased access to the program content for the students. Students and school staff also rated the program with the behavioral components as acceptable and likely to be implemented again the future. This study provides evidence that mindfulness interventions can be challenging to implement with adolescents in large groups in school settings and that applied behavioral techniques are essential in practical application of these programs in these circumstances.
 

Behavioral Strategies Facilitating Implementation of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy in High School Physical Education Classes

SAMUEL FAULKNER (Geisinger Bloomsburg Pediatrics)
Abstract:

Behavioral Strategies Facilitating Implementation of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy in High School Physical Education Classes Universal social and emotional learning curricula have demonstrated efficacy within a framework providing multi-tiered systems of support and represent promising methods for addressing youth mental health with a broad scope. Unfortunately, implementation of social emotional learning curricula presents multiple barriers to implementation and limited understanding of the processes of change, necessary procedures, relevant contextual variables, and differential impact of curricula on positive student functioning with high school students. Traditional models used to address mental health in adolescents often take a deficit-oriented approach. An emerging developmental model of behavior change incorporates principles of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT), Positive Psychology, Behaviorism, Relational Frame Theory, and Evolution Science to target functional classes of behavior and facilitate health-promoting behaviors in youth. Students (n = 118) were recruited from 6 Health/PE classes in a rural, underserved high school. Participants in the enhanced Health/PE condition received 6 weeks of a version of ACT as a universal preventive intervention targeting social and emotional learning skills, sleep hygiene, and physical activity. Behavior management strategies in the form of the Good Behavior Game were used to facilitate cooperation and participation of the high school students. The enhanced Health/PE curriculum was feasibly implemented with satisfaction from students and teachers.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #472
CE Offered: BACB/PSY/QABA
Scaling Up Behavioral Therapy for Public Health: The Case of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy for Stopping Cigarette Smoking
Monday, May 25, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty I-L
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Thomas G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: Thomas G. Szabo, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: JONATHAN BRICKER (University of Washington)
Abstract:

Despite the rise of nicotine vaping and its recent public scares, cigarette smoking remains the single most preventable cause of premature death in the USA and for many other parts of the world. Smoking kills over 7 million people a year. Smoking fits well with the principles of applied behavior analysis because it is a highly repetitious behavior maintained by its consequences. Early applications of functional analysis and conditioning led to promising treatments for helping people stop smoking but as group and individual face-to-face therapies they were hampered high intensity, cost, and low scalability. Fortunately, the rise of digital technologies and telehealth has a recreated the ability for provide behavioral therapies for smoking cessation on a broad scale at lower cost. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT), a contemporary form of clinical behavior analysis based on Skinner’s philosophy of Radical Behaviorism, is becoming a prominent therapeutic approach to digital and telehealth delivered smoking cessation. ACT teaches functional analysis, present moment awareness, and values-based living to help people cope with urges and stay committed to living smoke free. I will show how my research team translates ACT principles into concrete and highly accessible treatment programs on platforms including telephone-delivered behaviorial coaching, websites, smartphone apps, and chatbots for smoking cessation. This translational research is an iterative process of expert clinician input, user testing, and rapid prototyping. Once developed, we test each of these delivery platforms in both small and large-scale randomized controlled trials comparing the ACT program with standard cognitive behavioral programs. I will share the latest results of these trials and how our interventions have already reached over 50,000 people. I will close with highlighting the future directions of our research, including applications to treatment of obesity.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) is scaled up as a broad reaching public health technology intervention; (2) apply certain ACT and contextual behavioral principles for tobacco cessation and other addictive behaviors; (3) discuss latest research findings on ACT for tobacco cessation, and their impact on Washington State-level tobacco policy.
 
JONATHAN BRICKER (University of Washington)

Dr. Jonathan Bricker’s passion is to scale up behavioral therapies into high reach public health intervention programs.  He is an internationally recognized scientific leader in the behavioral therapy called Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT). He focuses ACT on skills for self-control, particularly for quitting smoking and other addictions. His programs have been developed and tested on many platforms, including apps, chatbots, websites, and telephone coaching that reach thousands of people daily. Rather than encouraging people to ignore cravings, his approach to ACT is to focus on becoming aware of triggers for cravings and choosing not to act on them. His smoking cessation programs have achieved success rates that are double that of other programs—cutting cigarette use by 75 percent. Dr. Bricker has over 85 scientific publication and has received $14 million in US Government NIH grants, predominantly for WebQuit, iCanQuit and the TALK study of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy for smoking cessation. His research and expert testimony was instrumental in Washington State passing a law to increase the minimum age of tobacco sales to 21.

He founded and leads the Health And Behavioral Innovations in Technology lab (which goes by the apt acronym: HABIT), which is part of the Public Health Sciences Division, at the Fred Hutch Cancer Research Center in Seattle, Washington. Dr. Bricker’s expertise in his field has led him to his current role of senior editor of the journal, Addiction. His TEDx talk, “The Secret to Self-Control” has been viewed nearly 5 million times, and has been translated into ten languages.

 
 
Panel #473
Diversity submission PDS: More Strategies for Empowering Women: Managing Professional and Personal Life
Monday, May 25, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty N-P
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Fernanda Suemi Oda (The University of Kansas)
SARAH A. LECHAGO (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
LAURA L. GROW (Garden Academy)
FLORENCE D. DIGENNARO REED (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Women face gender-related problems worldwide and are still underrepresented in important areas. Although female representation has increased substantially over time, women continue to face serious challenges. At the 2019 ABAI conference, three leaders in our field discussed gender inequality and shared their experiences. The purpose of this second panel is to empower women and continue discussing the gender gap and what can be done to close it. Three prominent behavior analysts will share their experiences as successful women and leaders in academia, clinical, and organizational settings. Panelists will discuss strategies to achieve goals and manage professional and personal life.

Instruction Level: Basic
 
 
Panel #474
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Honey I Analyzed the Kids: Being Both Professionals and Parents of Neurodiverse Children
Monday, May 25, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty M
Area: CSS/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Ann B Beirne, M.A.
Chair: Bobby Newman (Proud Moments)
ANN B BEIRNE (Proud Moments)
ANDREA KOTLER (Proud Moments)
CELIA HEYMAN (Capella University; Above and Beyond Learning Group)
Abstract:

Empathy is perhaps the most important skill that a behavior analyst can possess. Though many behavior analyst struggle with understanding families, there are many of us who have, to borrow a phrase, waled a mile in their shoes. This panel consists of participants who have been in two roles: behavior analysts and parent of neurodiverse children. We will discuss the effect that this has had on our families and professional lives, the challenges and joys of raising neurodiverse children, and how our experience has impacted us professionally.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

BCBAs in direct service with families

Learning Objectives: Identify challenges of avoiding multiple relationships when parenting neurodiverse children Identify tactics for working with families Describe learning history for families of neurodiverse children
Keyword(s): ADHD, ASD, ethics, parenting
 
 
Symposium #475
CE Offered: BACB
Increasing Compliance With Dental Examination Procedures
Monday, May 25, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon G
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Pamela L. Neidert, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Noncompliance with healthcare procedures is a widespread problem, especially for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Noncompliance and avoidant behavior during dental exams (and other healthcare procedures) is problematic because it may a) affect completion and quality of the procedure, b) limit access to necessary healthcare and lead to increased health risks, and/or c) pose risk of injury to the individual. The majority of research in this area has been single-case design studies that describe the use of treatment packages consisting of a variety of components. This symposium consists of three studies involving the use of similar treatment procedures to increase compliance with dental examinations. Two studies are large-N studies of noncompliance by adults with IDD, and one study is an analysis of the degree to which treatment effects from a simulated dental environment generalize and maintain in the actual dental setting.

Instruction Level: Basic
 

Community Based Intervention to Increase Compliance With Dental Exams

NATALIE BADGETT (University of Virginia), Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism), John Will (Children’s Dentistry of Charlottesville), William Therrien (University of Virginia)
Abstract:

Individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities, including autism spectrum disorders, experience significant barriers to medical care, including routine dental exams and procedures (e.g., x-rays). While existing research suggests several strategies for increasing patient compliance with dental exams and procedures, this body of literature is limited and provides minimal guidance for programming for generalization to dental clinics. In this presentation, we will share data from a pilot study in which we collaborated with a local dentist to evaluate the effects of a desensitization procedure with community-based probes for children diagnosed with autism in which results were mixed. We will also share findings from a recent systematic literature review investigating the effectiveness and sustainability of interventions intended to increase dental compliance. Finally, we will present considerations for conducting research related to increasing compliance to medical procedures for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities, as well as future directions for this work.

 

Assessment and Treatment of Noncompliance During Routine Dental Exams: Preliminary Findings of a Large-N Study With Adults With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities

MARISSA MATTEUCCI (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Loukia Tsami (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Dorothea Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract:

Many adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) are noncompliant during routine dental exams. Nonetheless, the majority of research in this area has been conducted with children (Kupzyk & Allen, 2019). In this study, we report the preliminary findings of a large-N study of noncompliance among adults with IDD who had a history of receiving sedation, general anesthesia, or restraint during dental exams. First, we evaluated compliance with a mock dental exam under a baseline condition consisting of several evidence-based procedures, including praise for compliance and frequent noncontingent breaks, in the absence of escape extinction. Participants who did not comply with all steps received increasingly more complex intervention components (e.g., noncontingent access to preferred items [NCR], gradual exposure) until they complied with all steps of the exam. Participants then received an exam by a dentist using the same intervention components. Of the 24 individuals who have participated thus far, 8 (33%) did not require additional intervention components beyond the baseline condition and 5 (20%) required less than three treatment sessions with NCR. These findings suggest that a noteworthy percentage of adults with IDD are unnecessarily exposed to risky procedures during routine dental exams.

 

Treatment of Noncompliance With Healthcare Procedures in Simulated Settings: Maintenance and Generalization of Acquisition

KELLEY L. HARRISON (The University of Kansas), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University), ALEC BERNSTEIN (UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Child noncompliance with healthcare routines is a widely reported problem. Recent research varies widely with respect to treatment strategies and inclusion of maintenance and generalizations strategies for increasing compliance during healthcare routines. Harrison, Zonneveld, Bernstein, and Neidert (in preparation) evaluated a reinforcement-based treatment procedure both with and without extinction in an analogue setting to increase child compliance during two healthcare routines: dental examinations and getting a haircut). Six children experienced treatment without extinction. Compliance increased for two children during baseline. Compliance increased for four children following treatment. However, treatment effects (acquisition of compliance) were slow, and the degree of overall generalization to the actual setting varied. Two children experienced treatment with extinction. Acquisition of compliance was drastically faster than those exhibited by children who experienced treatment without extinction, but the degree of overall generalization to the actual setting maintained variable. The current study involves a retrospective, more detailed examination of maintenance and generalization patterns across all participants to identify aspects of the treatment strategies that may lead to more consistent maintenance and generalization effects. Preliminary results suggest that programming for variance of steps presented, variance of order of steps, environmental specific stimuli, and removal of treatment procedures in the analogue setting may be necessary.

 
 
Symposium #476
CE Offered: BACB
Establishing Critical Observing Responses Through Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing Procedures
Monday, May 25, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon C
Area: DEV/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Amy J. Davies Lackey (Manhattan Childrens Center)
Discussant: Shahad Alsharif (Teacher College, Columbia University )
CE Instructor: Shahad Alsharif, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The papers in this symposium involve teaching foundational verbal behavior skills to individuals with pre-speaker and pre-listener verbal levels utilizing stimulus-stimulus pairing procedures derived from Greer, Pistoljevic, Cahill, and Du (2011). The first paper will examine the role of conditioned reinforcement in learning to attend to faces and voices as well as the role of conditioned reinforcement for tracking objects in the emergence of joint attention. The second paper describes the effects of identical procedures on attending to faces and voices. The discussant highlights the developmental sequencing of these early verbal skills as well as prerequisite repertoires for early learning of communication and other more complex social skills such as perspective taking.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Graduate students, current Master's or Doctoral level practitioners in the field of behavior analysis

 

Conditioned Reinforcement of Faces, Voices, and Object Tracking to Induce Joint Attention in Young Children With Autism

SUDHA RAMASWAMY (Mercy College), Christine O'Rourke Lang (Mercy College)
Abstract:

Two experiments were conducted to test the effectiveness of conditioned reinforcement on inducing observing and joint attention responses in two children with autism. The dependent variables were 3 probes: 1) attending to voices and faces, 2) general observing responses in the classroom, and 3) joint attention to teacher-initiated bids. The experimenter conducted two experiments in a non-concurrent multiple probe design across participants who functioned at pre-listener/pre-speaker levels of verbal behavior. In the first experiment, all pre-probes demonstrated that the participants did not have faces, voices, object tracking or joint attending as a conditioned reinforcer. The independent variable for the first experiment was a conjugate reinforcement procedure which was a systematic replication of Greer, Pistoljevic, Cahill, and Du (2011) for faces and voices only. The results demonstrated that after the face/voice conditioning protocol was implemented, observing responses to faces and voices and general observing responses in the classroom increased for both participants but not for joint attention. A second experiment was subsequently conducted in which a conjugate reinforcement procedure was implemented to teach object tracking and induce joint attention.

 

Examining the Acquisition of Observing Responses Through Conditioned Reinforcement for Faces and Voices and the Emergence of Joint Attention

CHRISTINE A. O'ROURKE-LANG (Mercy College), Sudha Ramaswamy (Mercy College)
Abstract:

The following study sought to investigate the prerequisite repertoires associated with the emergence of joint attention in children with autism spectrum disorder. A multiple baseline design across participants was utilized, in a replication with modifications of Greer, Pistoljevic, Cahill, and Du (2011). The experimental variables included instructional procedures designed to teach the acquisition of conditioned reinforcement of adult faces and voices. The dependent measure involved participants’ observing responses in the natural environment, which was assessed through pre and post experimental probes. Joint attention was also probed prior to, during, and following the implementation of the independent variables such that potential emergence could be examined and measured. Results showed an increase in joint attention responses in post intervention probes as compared to baseline levels for participants, suggesting that the skill may be been induced through the acquisition of conditioned reinforcement for faces, and voices. Additionally, a functional relationship was demonstrated between the increase in the emission of participants’ observing responses and the implementation of conditioning procedures for faces and voices The findings of the study provide information that can help support the development of joint attention in individuals with autism spectrum and the identification of the repertoires that may be essential in its emergence.

 
 
Panel #477
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Throwing Sand in the Sandbox: Potential Conflicts Between Ethical Codes in Multidisciplinary Work
Monday, May 25, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence F-H
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Jodie Soracco, M.Ed.
Chair: Jodie Soracco (University of Nevada, Reno)
ROSE IOVANNONE (University of South Florida/Florida Mental Health)
CHRISTIAN SABEY (Brigham Young University)
KACI FLEETWOOD (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Providing tiered positive behavioral supports for students often requires working with multidisciplinary teams (Brodhead, 2015). Multidisciplinary teams include individuals with a variety of professional identities, including board-certified behavior analysts, special/general educators, speech pathologists, school psychologists, counselors and more working collectively. Most of these professions have ethical codes or guidelines that practitioners are expected to adhere to and in some cases may conflict. The panel will discuss how individuals governed by differing and potentially conflicting ethical codes can work together to provide effective behavior supports for all students. We will examine different ethical codes across various disciplines on how they are alike, and where they might conflict. Several ethical dilemmas will be addressed by presenting scenarios often faced by professionals developing and implementing behavioral supports while talking through relevant ethical codes and contextual variables that ought to be considered. Issues such as scope of competence, certification and licensure, evidence-based practice, effective treatment, philosophical differences, coaching, and more will be discussed. A web-based polling platform will be used to solicit questions/scenarios from attendees. The panel will answer questions and discuss scenarios presented by the audience by addressing the relevant ethical issues and propose possible resolutions and encourage alternative solutions from attendees.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Individuals across disciplines that work in schools.

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will consider how multidisciplinary teams with multiple theoretical perspectives and ethical codes may encounter conflicts between professions and ethical codes. 2. Attendees will work through possible resolutions to potential conflicts in a way that promotes stakeholder participation. 3. Attendees will understand how a PBIS approach that promotes flexibility with respect to scientific practices can help multidisciplinary teams achieve meaningful outcomes for all students and those who work closely with them.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #478
CE Offered: BACB/PSY/QABA — 
Ethics
Countering Countability Culture: A Behavioral Systems Perspective on the Replication Crisis
Monday, May 25, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 3, Ballroom AB
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory
Chair: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center)
CE Instructor: Donald Hantula, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: DONALD HANTULA (Temple University)
Abstract:

In 2005 Ioannidis proclaimed “Why Most Published Research Findings Are False.” RetractionWatch has cataloged over 20,000 scientific papers that have been withdrawn since 2010. The “replication crisis” is not the result of a few bad actors but rather is a systems problem. This presentation reviews “replication crisis” from a behavioral systems analysis perspective, identifies the metatcontogencies of the “countability culture” in academia and research that maintain the problem, and proposes solutions based on open science practices, ethical standards and methodological pluralism, noting that OBM research has been a leader in this regard.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Researchers, scholars, scientists, and graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify the metacontingecies and system variables that contribute to the replication crisis; (2) create a plan for complying with Open Science recommendations in their own research; (3) identify characteristics of poorly reported behavioral research; (4) analyze published behavioral articles for signs of inappropriate reporting; (5) describe the advantages and disadvantages and ethical implications of several current online archiving tools.
 
DONALD HANTULA (Temple University)

Donald Hantula earned undergraduate degrees from Emory University and graduate degrees from University of Notre Dame and is currently with the Department of Psychology, Decision making Laboratory, and Interdisciplinary Program in Applied Behavior Analysis at Temple University. He has previously held academic positions in Occupational Health Promotion at the Johns Hopkins School of Medicine, Human Resource Management at King’s College and Management Information Systems at St. Joseph’s University, and also as Director of Decision, Risk and Management Sciences at the National Science Foundation. He is the immediate past editor of Perspectives on Behavior Science and presently serves as Coordinator of the ABAI Publications Board and on the ABAI VCS board. He has published over 100 articles and chapters and his research interests include finding rational explanations for seemingly irrational decisions, quantitative analysis of behavior, consumer choices for sustainable products and practices, integrating behavioral and digital technology and ethical implications of OBM.

 
 
Symposium #479
CE Offered: BACB
Improving Safety-Related Behavior of Employees and Caregivers During Episodes of Aggression
Monday, May 25, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Capitol/Congress
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
CE Instructor: Jennifer N. Fritz, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Aggressive behavior can pose serious risks, including bodily injury to others, hospitalizations, and encounters with law enforcement. Some risks can be reduced by responding in ways to keep others safe, such as wearing protective equipment or engaging in personal protective behaviors (e.g., blocking, evading, etc.). This symposium will address various strategies for improving safety-related behaviors of staff and caregivers during episodes of aggression. Specifically, employees were taught to wear protective equipment (study 1), caregivers were taught to respond in particular ways to situations in which precursors to aggression occur (study 2), and caregivers were taught personal protection skills (e.g., blocking and evading) during aggressive episodes (study 3).

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): aggression, BST, protective equipment, safety-related skills
Target Audience:

Researchers and practitioners (e.g., BCBAs)

 

Analysis and Treatment to Increase Adherence With Safety Guidelines for Employees Working in Human Services

SHANTEL PUGLIESE (The Faison Center), Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center), Christopher Morgan (The Faison Center), Trang Doan (The Faison Center), Jody Liesfeld (The Faison Center), Nicholas Vanderburg (The Faison Center), Eli T. Newcomb (The Faison Center)
Abstract:

Employees working in human service organizations serving individuals who engage in high intensity aggression are more susceptible to sustaining injuries throughout the course of their workday. These types of organizations often require employees to adhere to safety guidelines, which may include utilizing protective equipment to minimize the severity of injuries if client-to-staff contact does occur. Despite protective equipment being prescribed in clients’ treatment plans at a private day school, employees were often observed engaging in at-risk performance by working with clients without the prescribed protective equipment. To assess the variables maintaining at-risk performance demonstrated by direct care staff, we administered the Performance Diagnostic Checklist – Safety (PDC-S) across 3 classrooms. Results from the PDC-S varied by classroom and individualized treatment packages were implemented in each classroom utilizing a multiple baseline design. Results indicated increases in the use of prescribed protective equipment and will be discussed in tandem with lagging indicators and outcomes.

 
Teaching Caregivers to Respond Safely during Precursors to Aggression
YUHUI MICHELLE WANG (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Caitlyn Nichole Metoyer (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Justin Charles Hunt (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Victoria Fletcher (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: Individuals who engage in aggression often display precursors or agitated behavior, and it is important for caregivers to learn how to minimize risk of injury during these episodes in the event that aggression were to occur. In this study, behavioral skills training was used to teach caregivers of children who engage in aggression to position their body safely (shield others who enter the space and move out of reach of an aggressive individual) and prevent access to dangerous items during agitated states. All caregivers quickly learned these skills and minor feedback was necessary for all caregivers post-training following one or two sessions.
 
Personal Protection Skills Training for Caregivers during Aggressive Episodes
NING CHEN (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Victoria Fletcher (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Alexis Marcouex (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Justin Charles Hunt (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: Behavioral skills training (BST) has been effective in teaching caregivers and staff members a variety of different skills. There is a paucity of behavior analytic research examining the effects of BST to teach caregivers strategies to keep themselves safe during episodes of aggression. Using a multiple baseline design, the present study examined the effects of BST on teaching three caregivers of children who engage in aggression to block and evade hits and kicks, as well as maneuver out of situations in which they are pressed into a corner of the room or against a wall. The training was effective in teaching the skills, and only one caregiver required booster trainings for the target skills.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #480
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/NASP
Designing Effective Game-Based Instruction: A Tutorial
Monday, May 25, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 207A
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
PSY/BACB/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: Linda LeBlanc, Ph.D.
Chair: Susan Wilczynski (Ball State University)
Presenting Authors: : LINDA LEBLANC (LeBlanc Behavioral Consulting LLC)
Abstract:

Naturalistic teaching strategies involve incorporation of natural environments, natural change agents, and naturally occurring stimulus conditions and teaching contexts into instruction. One way to do this is to create instructional programs that are more game-like in design. These game-based programs can help to establish important social repertoires (e.g., taking turns, hiding eyes and waiting, being a good sport) as well as the primary skills that are targeted. This tutorial will review examples of game-based instruction and recommendations for modifying structured teaching to be more game-like and naturalistic.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify two characteristics of naturalistic teaching strategies; (2) describe the skill targeted in the game-based examples provided in the tutorial; (3) complete an activity that guides them through designing a game-based program.
 
LINDA LEBLANC (LeBlanc Behavioral Consulting LLC)

Linda A. LeBlanc, Ph.D., BCBA-D, Licensed Psychologist is the President of LeBlanc Behavioral Consulting. She is the Editor in Chief of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and is a former Associated Editor of Behavior Analysis in Practice, The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, and Education and Treatment of Children. She previously served as a professor at Claremont McKenna College, Western Michigan University and Auburn University and as the Executive Director of Trumpet Behavioral Health, leading the creation of large-scale systems for clinical standards, quality assurance, and research. She has over 110 publications in the areas of behavioral treatment of autism, technology-based behavioral interventions, supervision and mentorship, leadership, and systems development in human services. She is the 2016 recipient of the American Psychological Association Nathan H. Azrin Award for Distinguished Contribution in Applied Behavior Analysis.

 
 
Invited Tutorial #481
CE Offered: BACB/PSY/QABA
The Nurture Consilience: Evolving Societies That Work for Everyone
Monday, May 25, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 6
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory
BACB/PSY/QABA CE Offered. CE Instructor: Anthony Biglan, Ph.D.
Chair: Cynthia J. Pietras (Western Michigan University)
Presenting Authors: : ANTHONY BIGLAN (Oregon Research Institute)
Abstract:

This presentation will argue that what might be called “The Nurture Consilience” provides a framework for guiding the further evolution of our societies. E. O. Wilson describes consilience as “the linking of facts and fact-based theory across disciplines to create a common groundwork of explanation.” I will prevent evidence from evolutionary biology, behavior analysis, development, clinical, and social psychology, and medicine about the nurturing conditions that humans need to thrive and the toxic conditions that undermine wellbeing and promote the development of a constellation of psychological, behavioral, and health problems. Research has identified programs, policies, and practices that replace toxic conditions with environments that limit opportunities and influences for problem behavior, richly reinforce diverse forms of prosocial behavior, and cultivate psychological flexibility. However, advocacy for free market economics has corrupted virtually every sector of society; practices in business, health care, education, criminal justice, media, and government have been selected by their contribution to the wealth of a small segment of the population; the majority of people have been harmed. I will describe how we can evolve societies that foster general wellbeing, by creating contingencies that select practices that minimize harm and contribute to the general wellbeing.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) state the four key features of nurturing environments; (2) describe the consilience among the evidence from evolutionary theory and behavior analysis, including the role of selection by consequences in the development of prosocial and antisocial behavior; (3) describe at least three evidence-based school and/or family interventions that can prevent multiple psychological and behavioral problems; (4) describe the evolution of corporate practices and the way in which we might evolve a political and economic system that does a better job of ensuring the wellbeing of every person; (5) describe a public health framework for the regulation of business practices.
 
ANTHONY BIGLAN (Oregon Research Institute)
Anthony Biglan, Ph.D., is a Senior Scientist at Oregon Research Institute. He is the author of The Nurture Effect: How the Science of Human Behavior Can Improve our Lives and Our World.   Dr. Biglan has been conducting research on the development and prevention of child and adolescent problem behavior for the past 30 years. His work has included studies of the risk and protective factors associated with tobacco, alcohol, and other drug use; high-risk sexual behavior; and antisocial behavior. He has conducted numerous experimental evaluations of interventions to prevent tobacco use both through school-based programs and community-wide interventions. And, he has evaluated interventions to prevent high-risk sexual behavior, antisocial behavior, and reading failure.   In recent years, his work has shifted to more comprehensive interventions that have the potential to prevent the entire range of child and adolescent problems. He and colleagues at the Center for Advanced Study in the Behavioral Sciences published a book summarizing the epidemiology, cost, etiology, prevention, and treatment of youth with multiple problems (Biglan et al., 2004). He is a former president of the Society for Prevention Research. He was a member of the Institute of Medicine Committee on Prevention, which released its report in 2009 documenting numerous evidence-based preventive interventions that can prevent multiple problems. As a member of Oregon’s Alcohol and Drug Policy Commission, he is helping to develop a strategic plan for implementing comprehensive evidence-based interventions throughout Oregon.   Information about Dr. Biglan’s publications can be found at http://www.ori.org/scientists/anthony_biglan.
 
 
Symposium #482
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Training Pre-Service Behavior Analysts: A Review of Multiple Training Systems
Monday, May 25, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence D
Area: TBA/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Lloyd D. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Lloyd D. Peterson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Board Certified Behavior Analysts are credentialed through education, fieldwork, and an exam. The fieldwork portion is an opportunity to learn and utilize behavior analytic principles for future independent practice under the supervision of an already credentialed behavior analyst. Although fieldwork guidelines are provided by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board, the implementation of the fieldwork varies across organizations and behavior analysts. The latitude of implementation within the fieldwork guidelines is helpful for implementing quality pre service training in various different contexts and to meet the needs of the trainee. The purpose of this symposium is to provide a review of different organizational practices to training pre service behavior analysts. Each presentation will provide an overview of a training practice that is applicable to the entire fieldwork requirements or to a specific portion. Attention is given to training professionalism as part of the fieldwork requirements. Each presentation will also provide barriers to implementation to provide attendees complete information for evaluating context fit within their organizations or individual supervision practices.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Fieldwork, Supervision, Training
Target Audience:

This symposium is for practitioners supervising pre-service behavior analysts. Additionally, individuals seeking certification may benefit from learning different approaches to supervision.

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will state the definitions for scope of practice and scope of competence based upon Brodhead, Quigley, and Wylczynski (2018). 2. Attendees will describe how the Confidence and Competence Checklist (Brodhead, Quigley, & Wylcznski, 2018) can support a professional in defining personal scope of competence. 3. Attendees will describe the processes and outcomes of organizational BCBA supervision project. 4. Attendees will describe how to incorporate practices for teaching professionalism into supervision. 5. Attendees will describe a process for teaching visual analysis to pre-service behavior analysts.
 
Creating an Organizational Pre Service Supervision System: A Review of Melmark's Learning Series
JENNIFER RUANE (Melmark), Shawn P. Quigley (Melmark), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College)
Abstract: Scope of practice is a range of activities authorized for an entire profession based upon a credential or license (Brodhead, Quigley, & Wilczynski, 2018). Scope of competence is a subset of practice activities defined by a professional based upon education, training, and supervised experiences BACB, 2019a). As the number of and demand for behavior analysts continues to grow (BACB, 2019b; Carr & Nosik, 2017; Deochand & Fuqua, 2016) there is an increased need for discussion regarding scope of competence and its relationship to training new behavior analysts. As stated by Carr & Nosik (2017), two-thirds of all behavior analysts have obtained the BCBA credential since 2011, even though the credential has been available since 1999. Although much experience can be obtained prior to a credential (and likewise little experience might occur post credential), the recent growth of BCBAs indicates practitioners are young, with limited breadth and depth of clinical experiences. The purpose of this presentation is to describe an organizational approach to creating a fieldwork process for pre service behavior analysts. Data for evaluating scope of competence in relation to supervising behavior analytic trainees will be shared. Barriers to implementation will also be discussed.
 
Evaluating the Softer Side of Supervision: Recommendations When Teaching and Evaluating Behavior-Analytic Professionalism
MICHAEL KRANAK (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Natalie Andzik (Northern Illinois University)
Abstract: One welcomed addition to the Behavior Analyst Certification Board Fifth Edition Task List and Supervisor Curriculum (2.0) is the duty of supervisors to not only teach, but also evaluate “soft skills,” or rather, behavior-analytic professionalism. With this addition, supervisors must teach and evaluate the professional skills of their trainees. However, findings from surveys of supervisors in the field indicate that supervisors do not feel it is their job to train or evaluate these skills, and that they also do not know how. The presenter will discuss a recommended training model rooted in behavior skills training. The presenter will also provide recommendations for getting buy-in, operationally define these skills, provide examples, and how to ensure trainees have adequate practice so that timely and constructive feedback can be given.
 

Teaching Graduate ABA Students to Utilize Single Subject Design in Applied Settings

SUSAN AINSLEIGH (Bay Path University)
Abstract:

In the practice of ABA, the use of experimentation and hence, experimental analysis is often overlooked. Consequently, graduate students studying applied behavior analysis and working in applied settings have fewer opportunities to practice utilizing single subject/ single case designs during a supervised fieldwork experience. The implications for the practice of ABA are significant; less experimentation and experimental analysis results in clinical decisions that may incur more error and less effective treatments. This presentation overviews the use of behavioral skills training (BST) to teach graduate students the use of single-subject design for conducting experimental analyses. Two case examples conducted by graduate students are presented.

 
 
Panel #483
CE Offered: BACB
High-Contact, High-Quality Teaching Strategies for Distance Learning in Applied Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 25, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Archives
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Nicole M. Davis, Ph.D.
Chair: Nicole M. Davis (Northeastern University)
DIPTI MUDGAL (Ball State University)
LAURA L. DUDLEY (Northeastern University)
VERONICA J. HOWARD (University of Alaska Anchorage)
Abstract:

It is 2020 and we are hoping to get online teaching better than 20/20! We are a team of teachers who have one common goal: put good quality behavior analysts in the field. In our own unique way, we strive to create content that is not only best practices, but also tech-friendly. It has to transcend through the opaqueness of online teaching. Our students generally are full-time applied behavior analysis professionals who are preparing for their Behavior Analysis Certification Board's certification. So, we have to utilize teaching tools that only enhance and then sharpen their behavior analysis portfolio. This panel aims to dissect various layers of teaching tools we use to reach this goal. Specifically, tools such as discussion board, open licensing, assignment, and group projects will be featured.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Graduate students, instructors, University faculty

Learning Objectives: 1. Audience will understand the basic setup of an online master's in ABA class. 2. Audience will learn in-depth setup of at least 3 teaching tools. 3. Audience will learn about three online programs in ABA.
 
 
Symposium #484
CE Offered: BACB
Pushing Language Relations to the Edge: Advanced Investigations of Derived Relational Responding as a Generalized Operant
Monday, May 25, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon I
Area: VBC/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Amanda Chastain (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Discussant: Seth W. Whiting (Central Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Ryan C. Speelman, Ph.D.
Abstract:

An overwhelming evidence base exists in support of derived relational responding as an overarching generalized operant. To date, however, fewer investigations of the extent to which frames of coordination serve as a foundation upon which other relational responding occurs has not been thoroughly explored. Further, the degree to which relational training approaches catalyze derived relational responding across sensory modalities, frame types, and non-linear training approaches has yet to be explored. To that end, the present symposium sought to expand the reach of derived relational responding as a generalized operant to more complex relational frames and investigates the ways in which we might both train and test for derived relational responding across sensory modalities and frame types.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): DRR, PEAK, RFT
Target Audience:

intermediate-advanced

Learning Objectives: Attendees will be able to describe and utilize different testing procedures within relational instruction. Define and provide examples of derived stimulus relations. Attendees will be able to better understand stimulus equivalence procedures as they relate to derived stimulus relations
 
PEAK Establishes Derived Relational Responding as an Overarching Operant
(Applied Research)
RYAN C. SPEELMAN (Pittsburg State University)
Abstract: This talk explores the Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge (PEAK) curriculum’s capability in establishing derived relational responding as a generalized operant in young children. Training established frames of coordination, comparison, and distinction using non – arbitrary and arbitrary stimuli while emergent untrained mutual and combinatorial mutually entailed responses were observed within and across stimulus sets. Stimuli varied along both non-arbitrary (identity matching number of items/written numbers, identifying non-matching numbers of items/written numbers, sequencing amounts, identifying more/less given visual frequencies) and arbitrary (tacting written numbers/quantities, identifying non-matching written/spoken number combinations, matching quantities to written/spoken numbers, identifying more/less written/spoken numbers, sequencing written/spoken numbers) numerical quantitative dimensions. Preliminary results reveal acquisition of coordinated framing within a stimulus set facilitates coordinated framing in other unrelated arbitrary stimulus sets. Mastery of coordinated framing appeared to promote the emergence of more complex frames including distinction and comparison suggesting a commonality among relational frame families. The findings highlight the ubiquity of relational responding and broad potential application to math concepts and other general curriculum.
 
A Comparison of Embedded and Withheld Tests Derived Language Relations During the Acquisition Trained Relations in Children
(Applied Research)
CHANTAL RAINFORD (Autism Care West, LLC), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Charles Marriott (Autism Care West, LLC)
Abstract: This study sought to test the generality of previous findings that showed embedded entailed and transformation probes resulted in faster acquisition of train and test relations across a greater sample size, relational frames, sensory modalities, and a non-linear training approach. We compared the use of embedded and withheld test trials as methods of increasing relational responding in children with developmental disabilities using the PEAK-T curriculum across 16 participants. A first procedure presented test probes for combinatory entailment and transformation of function probes throughout the acquisition of directly trained relations. In the second procedure, test probes were withheld until the learner demonstrated the mastery criteria across all directly trained relations. The differential results across the participants can inform practitioners conducting PEAK or other programs emphasizing derived relational responding. Implication and results of this research are discussed specifically and broadly.
 
 
Symposium #485
CE Offered: BACB
Behaviour Analytic Research in a School for Children and Young Adults Diagnosed With Autism and a Learning Disability
Monday, May 25, 2020
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 206
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Mariann Szabo (Jigsaw CABAS School)
Discussant: Mariann Szabo (Jigsaw CABAS School)
CE Instructor: Mariann Szabo, M.Ed.
Abstract:

This symposium reviews four studies conducted in a school for children and young adults diagnosed with autism and a learning disability. Teachers within the school are encouraged to replicate research conducted in other settings (schools and clinics) and to evaluate the results of their work. They are encouraged to conduct basic research to determine the effectiveness of different tactics in the classroom and also advanced research in terms of inducing emergent behaviour. The first two studies in this symposium focused on rate of learning and observational learning. Comparisons were made between different stimuli used and teaching from peers versus teaching from teachers. The remaining two studies focused on generalised imitation and response variability during play. All studies required some level of systematic analysis of initial results with adaptations made to procedures in order to progress forwards. A school setting that encourages and reinforces research within its setting clearly results in positive outcomes for the student population.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Postgraduates, BCBAs, teachers

 

Peer Tutoring: A Comparison of the Rate of Tact Acquisition by Pupils Diagnosed With Autism When Taught by Peers or Teachers

ADRIANA BORZECKA (Jigsaw CABAS School), Kate Hewett (Jigsaw CABAS School)
Abstract:

The importance of high quality teaching is widely known; however many additional components will also affect the success criteria for a programme mastery; pupil’s motivation being one of them. There are many scientifically tested tactics to address it, such as increasing the ratio of reinforcement for a pupil, vicarious reinforcement or Premack Principle. However, despite pupils being so highly reinforced in ABA settings, sometimes implementation of an additional tactic such as peer tutoring can increase their motivation even further. This research tested the hypothesis that the pupils will meet objectives quicker when taught by peers than teachers due to the reinforcing aspects of peer interaction. Four participants diagnosed with autism took part in the study; the pupils were paired for the length of the research. The results showed that learning is highly individualised and many additional variables should be taken into consideration when analysing it, as peer tutoring resulted in the significant increase of tact acquisition for one pupil but not the other. After completion of the study, additional tests were conducted to determine if pupils acquired the cusp of Observational Learning.

 

The Effects of Discrimination Training of Known and Unknown Stimuli on the Acquisition of Observational Learning for Young People Diagnosed With Autism

BERNADETTE ALICE ALLCOCK (Jigsaw CABAS School), Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University)
Abstract:

This study evaluated the effects of discrimination training of known and unknown stimuli on the acquisition of observational learning for young people diagnosed with autism. Extending the research of DeQuinzio, Taylor and Tomasi (2018), the objective was to determine whether the results were generalisable to young adults by replicating the study. Four participants from an independent Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS?) school for children and young people diagnosed with autism were included in the study. The participants were aged between 16 and 17 years old. The study used a multiple baseline across participants design and included an initial pre-test to identify known and unknown stimuli for each participant. The dependent variable was the percentage of correct responses during tests sessions conducted 10-minutes post baseline, training and generalisation sessions. There were four trial types included in these sessions, known reinforced trials, known feedback trials, unknown reinforced trials and unknown feedback trials. The independent variable was the discrimination training; this consisted of teaching the participants to discriminate between reinforced responses of a confederate participant from the responses of a confederate participant that were followed by feedback in the presence of both known and unknown stimuli.

 

The Play Unit: Response Variability and Verbal Operants in Play Following Learn Unit Instruction

HAYLEY LOUISE LOCKE (Jigsaw CABAS School), Kate Hewett (Jigsaw CABAS School), Emma Hawkins (Jigsaw CABAS School)
Abstract:

It is common for children diagnosed with autism to exhibit limited pretend play skills due to delays in their social repertoire combined with the tendency to emit stereotypical and repetitive sequences. Neurotypical children learn to play and develop related verbal operants by watching and engaging with others. Children diagnosed with autism may have limited observational learning skills and if attending specialist settings may not access appropriate peer models. Previous research has evaluated video modelling, peer modelling and pivotal response training to increase play responses with varied degrees of success. The current study took place in a Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS®) setting with teaching primarily based on the learn unit; a three-term contingency used to teach skills across repertoires with generalisation and novel responding demonstrated as a result. A multiple probe design was used. Baseline observations suggested that although participants demonstrated some pretend play responses and related verbal operants, these were limited for all three participants. The study evaluated if the learn unit alone led to increased play responses and verbal operants or if a more intensive protocol was required. Implications of results are discussed with alternative approaches to further develop the impacts of the intervention highlighted.

 
Testing the Effects of Mirror Training on Generalized Imitation of Play Actions and Independent Play
MIRIAM DUDEK (Jigsaw CABAS School), Veronica Baroni (Jigsaw CABAS School)
Abstract: Although the mirror protocol is often used to induce generalized imitation as a developmental cusp, it is rarely used to teach play skills. Using delayed multiple baseline across participants design, this experiment implemented the mirror training protocol to test the emergence imitation of play actions and independent play in play settings. The participants were two males, 6 and 7 years old, both diagnosed with autism. The baseline data was collected prior to the intervention by testing for imitation of play actions by a model presenting 18 novel actions in play settings. Observational probe sessions were also collected prior to the intervention where data was collected on the number of intervals spent in independent play. Training sessions involved the mirror training where sets of actions were presented by a model in front of a mirror. The participants were taught to imitate the actions in blocks of 20 learn units. Probe sessions for imitation of novel actions were conducted following mastery of each training set. Post-intervention observational probes were also conducted after the sets of target actions were mastered. The results indicated the emergence of imitation of play actions and an increase of independent play in play settings.
 
 
Symposium #486
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Treating Dangerous Problem Behavior and Teaching Skills Without Physical Management: Enhanced Choice Model Extensions
Monday, May 25, 2020
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Room 103
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: John E. Staubitz (Vanderbilt University Medical Center, TRIAD)
Discussant: Nicole Heal (Margaret Murphy Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Nicole Heal, M.Ed.
Abstract:

The Practical Functional Assessment and Skill-Based Treatment process has been shown to reduce problem behavior by teaching individuals functional communication, toleration of delays to reinforcement, and contextually appropriate behavior during those delays. Teaching procedures typically involved some form of escape extinction. Some settings and circumstances, however, have necessitated the development of procedures that do not rely on escape extinction for their efficacy. One promising model, called the Enhanced Choice Model (ECM, Rajaraman, et al. 2019), involves the participant having the choice to (a) participate in treatment sessions, (b) leave the treatment sessions and access reinforcers noncontingently, or (c) leaving the treatment context altogether (e.g., going back to their regular classroom). This current symposium highlights extensions of this model to a public-school setting in which three educators learned and implemented treatment components as a means of generalizing treatment outcomes. The second presentation will examine specific mands as a generalized outcome of the public school application. The third presentation describes a distance-based telehealth case in which the caregivers implemented all assessment and treatment components. The final presentation will be a literature review on the tendency for individuals to prefer contingent reinforcement, a potential factor in the efficacy of the ECM model.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): choice, functional assessment, problem behavior
Target Audience:

The target audience for this session includes practicing behavior analysts who oversee behavior change programs that address severe problem and behavioral scientists who would like to learn more about the extent to which organisms will allocate their responding to contingent vs. non-contingent access to reinforcement when concurrent schedules of reinforcement are available.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe the Enhanced Choice Model of Skill-Based Treatment (ECM-SBT), with an improved understanding of the procedures that would reduce severe problem behavior in a client without escape extinction (2) Describe and discriminate between the different training steps and techniques used to teach ECM-SBT assessment and treatment procedures for the purpose of treating severe problem behavior to caregivers without formal training in behavior analysis through teleconferencing and behavior skills training (3) Describe the outcomes of the ECM-SBT treatment with respect to trained functional communication, tolerance of denials, and engagement with contextually appropriate behavior, as well as the pre- and post-treatment prevalence of untrained function-specific mands.
 
Evaluating a Behavior Skills Training Package for School-based Implementers of Skill-Based Treatment
MARNEY SQUIRES POLLACK (Vanderbilt University), Johanna Staubitz (Vanderbilt University), Blair Lloyd (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: Skill-Based Treatment (SBT) uses synthesized contingencies to teach alternative responses that will compete with problem behavior (Hanley et al., 2014). Though effectively implemented in home settings (e.g., Beaulieu et al., 2018), school-based application of these procedures has required modifications to mitigate the collateral effects of extinction (Taylor et al., 2018). One promising variation is the Enhanced Choice Model of SBT (ECM-SBT; Rajaraman et al., 2018), which involves programming two concurrently operating alternatives to problem behavior besides the trained responses. We present three school-based replications of ECM-SBT, in which the programmed alternatives include (a) entering a ‘hangout’ area where evocative conditions are suspended and the client may access all preferred items and activities as well as low-quality attention from the therapist and (b) leaving the session entirely to return to the classroom. We discuss methodological deviations from the Rajaraman study, as well as outcomes and implications of ECM-SBT in a public special day school for children who engage in severe and persistent problem behavior.
 

Specific Mands as a Generalized Outcome of an Enhanced Choice Model of Skill-Based Treatment

JOHANNA STAUBITZ (Vanderbilt University), John E. Staubitz (Vanderbilt University Medical Center, TRIAD), Michelle Mahoney Hopton (Vanderbilt University Medical Center, TRIAD), William P Martin (Vanderbilt University Medical Center, TRIAD)
Abstract:

Skill-based treatment (SBT) is a promising intervention package in which alternative responses to problem behavior, including an ‘omnibus’ mand (e.g., “excuse me, may I please have my way?”), are evoked and reinforced using synthesized contingencies (Hanley et al., 2014). A critical component of synthesized reinforcement in SBT is therapist compliance with (i.e., reinforcement of) all reasonable client mands. Thus, although specific mands are not explicitly trained via SBT, they may be strengthened as a byproduct of procedures for reinforcing explicitly taught alternatives to problem behavior. In this two-part study, 6 elementary students with emotional/behavioral disorders participated in an Enhanced Choice Model of SBT (Rajaraman et al., 2018). Novel therapists conducted specific mand assessments at baseline and post-treatment time points to evaluate the extent to which students emitted specific mands and problem behavior when single-contingency establishing operations were presented and the first response observed (i.e., specific mand or problem behavior) was reinforced. Results indicated problem behavior was more likely at baseline, while specific mands were more likely post-treatment. These preliminary data suggest specific mands may emerge or be strengthened over the course of ECM-SBT. Assessment and treatment procedures, proximal and generalized student outcomes, and implications for practice will be discussed.

 

Distance-Based Collaborations for Assessing and Treating Problem Behavior

RACHEL METRAS (Western New England University; FTF Behavioral Consulting), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University; FTF Behavioral Consulting)
Abstract:

Santiago, Hanley, Moore, and Jin (2016) showed that the interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA; see Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, & Hanratty, 2014) and skill-based treatment process can result in socially validated outcomes when caregivers serve as interventionists during treatment sessions. However, many families who would benefit from receiving similar functional analytic services do not have access to professionals trained to implement functional analyses or function-based treatments. Advancements in teleconferencing technology may allow families without access to local professional support to receive functional analytic services. For example, Suess et al. (2016) demonstrated that when a BCBA provides implementation support via teleconference, parents can assess and treat their children’s problem behavior in their homes. We taught parents of children with autism to implement the IISCA and skill-based treatment process in their homes exclusively through teleconference support. To address additional safety concerns in the home setting, the enhanced choice model of treatment (Rajaraman et al., 2019) was used with one participant. Parents achieved differentiated functional analyses and a 100% reduction in problem behavior relative to baseline.

 
On the Generality and Implications of the Tendency to Prefer the Contingent Aspect of Reinforcement
HOLLY GOVER (Western New England University; FTF Behavioral Consulting), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University; FTF Behavioral Consulting)
Abstract: Reinforcing events can be experienced either following responding (contingently) or independent of any particular response (noncontingently) in both the laboratory and in nature. Both human and non-human animals tend to prefer contexts involving contingent reinforcement, but the generality of this phenomenon and its implications have not yet been articulated. The purpose of this review is to summarize studies that have evaluated relative preference for contingent versus noncontingent reinforcement to provide a summary of the outcomes and then to (a) provide the details on the experimental subjects, reinforcer types, response topographies, and contexts included in these particular preference analyses, present implications for cross-disciplinary concerns regarding the use of reinforcement, (b) discuss the outcomes of the Enhanced Choice Model in light of the present studies, and (c) discuss implications of outcomes related to expanding behavior analyst’s ability to design preferred contexts involving programmed reinforcement.
 
 
Symposium #487
CE Offered: BACB
Automatic or Undifferentiated Functional Analysis Results for Individuals With Challenging Behavior: Digging Deeper
Monday, May 25, 2020
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon H
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: David R Donnelly (In Private Practice; Webster University)
Discussant: David R Donnelly (In Private Practice; Webster University)
CE Instructor: David R Donnelly, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Abstract: Since first published (Iwata et al., 1982), the process of Functional Analysis (FA) has profoundly changed the process and effectiveness of Applied Behavior Analytical (ABA) treatment for individuals with challenging behaviors. Across ages and diagnoses, ABA has provided empirically validated evidence based treatment for behaviors maintained by attention, escape from demand, or tangibles. Yet in the years that have followed, the identification of automatic (assumed to be sensory) or undifferentiated findings has not kept pace, and this has left Behavior Analysts without a clear approach to treatment. This often results in needing to rely on default technologies that are often controversial, and less effective. In this symposium, we will discuss the potential significance of behavioral history on understanding the individual’s idiosyncratic function(s) of behavior; Looking at biological variables as potential motivating operations in further clarification of the function(s) of behavior; and working toward moving to more environmentally mediated variables informed by fine grained analysis of automatic reinforcement maintaining the behavior. Practical suggestions regarding more effective practice and research to address challenging behavior will be included.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BCBAs and BCBA-Ds

Learning Objectives: Participants will: 1) increase awareness of biological antecedents of challenging behavior; 2) explore the contribution biological and physiological data to functional analysis; 3) become familiar with the application of Matching Law to development of treatment strategies for challenging behavior
 

What Does Toward a Functional Analysis of Problem Behavior Look Like Today?

(Service Delivery)
ELIZABETH ANDRESEN (Autism Learning Partners), David R Donnelly (In Private Practice; Webster University)
Abstract:

The field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) was dramatically influenced by Iwata and colleagues (1982/1994) when they established a systematic method to analyze and understand challenging behavior through standard functional analysis (FA). In the years that followed, the field of ABA has greatly progressed. With the hundreds of published studies demonstrating the value of FA in developing function-based treatment, has also come clarification of limitations and areas where the FA process as initially described was not as effective. Rather than an end in-and-of itself, FA as originally described was intended as a starting point. Dr. Michael Dorsey (2018) reminded us that the purpose of their seminal work was to go toward a functional analysis of self-injury, indicating that additional revision and contribution would be expected. Unfortunately, some behavior analysts have elevated the standard FA as the only and final method for assessing and treating challenging behaviors; the “gold standard”. As the field has progressed, FA results leading to inconclusive results, or not effectively conceptualizing establishing idiosyncratic evocative events in the individual’s natural environment have been identified. Additionally, despite a significant literature base supporting biological components of complex behaviors, little behavioral research has been done in this area in recent years, and little has been incorporated into functional analysis methodologies. This presentation will propose the synthesis of biological and environmental variables when analyzing function. Possible methods of incorporating diagnostic characteristics of developmental disorders and physiological correlates of problem behavior into the functional analysis process will be discussed.

 
Functional Analysis, Treatment Analysis, and Physiological Measures to Investigate the Role of Positive and Negative Automatic Reinforcement in the Treatment of Problem Behavior
(Applied Research)
NANCY I. SALINAS (Harmony Behavioral Health)
Abstract: The diagnostic severity of ASD is partly based on restrictive and repetitive patterns of behaviors, interests, and activities (APA, 2013). Automatic reinforcement function accounts for 16.9% of restrictive and repetitive behaviors and 25% of self-injurious behaviors (SIB) based on functional analyses (Beavers, Iwata, and Lerman, 2013; Hagopian, 2015). The types of behaviors within this category include 1) stereotyped or restrictive motor movements or vocalizations, 2) insistence in sameness, inflexibilities with routines, ritualized vocal or non-vocal behavior, 3) highly restricted/fixated interests, and 4) hyper-/hypo-reactivity to sensory factors (APA, 2013; CDC, 2013). Due to the nature of automatically reinforced behaviors, it is recommended that physiological assessments be used to determine relationships between physiological events and behavior (Romanczyk and Gillis, 2006). Tools that are sensitive to biological activity may help to discern sources of automatic reinforcement. The current investigation is a continuation of the utilization of functional analysis, treatment analysis, and physiological measures to investigate the role that positive and negative automatic reinforcement play in the treatment of problem behaviors. The results show an association between non-socially mediated behaviors and physiological events and adds to the empirical basis for differentiating operant psychology principles for operant and respondent conditioning.
 
A Habituation Protocol for Increasing Tolerance for Measuring Physiological Responses
(Applied Research)
SHAWN E. HAPPE (Harmony Behavioral Health)
Abstract: Some individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) manifest hyper- or hypo-reactivity to sensory input (Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 5th Edition [DSM-V], 2013). Due to this, physiological measures that require contact with the skin may present problems for individuals with atypical responses to tactile stimulation. In order to address this concern, a habituation protocol was used to assess participants’ tolerance to wearing a vest for the collection of physiological measures. Specifically, a repeated presentation procedure was conducted to decrease possible sensitivity to a vest (Thompson & Spencer, 1966). The results indicated that all six participants in this study successfully completed the habituation protocol and none required a lengthy fade in protocol for wearing the vest. Based on these results, apparatus using these types of physiological measures are feasible for conducting research. These findings should encourage other researchers interested in assessing physiological responses with individuals with possible sensory sensitivities.
 
Rethinking Automatic Reinforcement: Matching Law Contribution to Developing Effective Treatment
(Service Delivery)
ZHICHUN ZHOU (Webster University)
Abstract: The lack of immediate external socially-mediated consequences has led people to use cognitive structures or other mental processes in explaining complex behavior (e.g., self-injurious behavior, pica, rumination) observed in clinics, schools and/or homes. But how can behavior analysts not be compelled to accept hypothetical constructs as explanations? B.F. Skinner’s extensive use of automatic reinforcement and the perplexing undifferentiated result derived from functional analysis (FA) have provided good enough justifications for us to take a closer look at the concept of automatic reinforcement. Indeed, the concept of automatic reinforcement can provide us a parsimonious explanation to complex behavior. The current presentation discusses the parsimony featured in automatic reinforcement from an angle that has not yet been explored in the field of applied behavior analysis. That is, the matching law. More specifically, the presentation provides a nuanced understanding of the concept of matching law and explores how it can be integrated to the development of interventions for behavior that is maintained by automatic reinforcement. The presentation further examines how to program the schedule of socially-mediated reinforcement to compete and wane the effects of the schedule of automatic reinforcement produced by certain behavior.
 
 
Symposium #488
Neuroscientific Measures of Stimulus Equivalence
Monday, May 25, 2020
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 3/4
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Marcelo Vitor Silveira (Universidade Federal do ABC)
Discussant: Daniele Ortu (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Recent studies have employed neuroscientific techniques to measure for derived stimulus-stimulus relations produced by MTS procecures. This symposium is comprised of four talks describing some of the uses of such techniques for assessments of covert behavior evoked when participants are given to equivalence protocols. The fisrt presentation will report an investigation that aimed at verifying how different numbers of meaningful and abstract stimuli affects number of training trials, equivalence class responding and eye-movements. The other presentations will focus on the Event-Potential Techinique (ERP) for detection of measurable changes in the brain’s activity resulting from derived stimulus-stimulus relations established by different MTS protocols. Thus, the second study will describe how ERPs can be sensitive to word-like sample stimulus. The third presentation will demonstrate how stimulus familiarity and training stucture impact on the ERPs waveforms. Finally, the last presentation will show how the ERPs related to stimulus equivalence can be “delayed” by extensive experience with MTS trials testing for transitivity and equivalence relations. Overall, the data discussed here have direct implication for the experimental analysis of complex behavior.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Complex Behavior, Event-Related Potential, Eye Movements, Stimulus equivalence
 
Number of Meaningful Stimuli in Matching-to-Sample Procedure and Eye-Tracking
LIVE FAY BRAATEN (Oslo Metropolitan University), Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Abstract: Research has shown that including one meaningful stimulus among abstract stimuli in a class in matching-to-sample procedures increases the probability of responding in accordance with stimulus equivalence. The present experiment aims to investigate how different numbers of meaningful and abstract stimuli affects number of training trials, equivalence class responding and eye-movements. Participants were randomly assigned to three groups, varying the stimulus set. The stimulus set for Group 1 consisted of many meaningful stimuli and few abstract stimuli, the stimulus set for Group 2 consisted of few meaningful stimuli and many abstract stimuli. For Group 3, the stimulus set were all abstract stimuli. All groups were trained to respond to 12 conditional discriminations, learning three 5-member classes, in a one-to-many training structure. Preliminary results, with 23 participants, show that including a few meaningful stimuli are more efficient in establishing the conditional discriminations, compared to many meaningful stimuli and all abstract stimuli. In addition, once learning the conditional discriminations, participants trained with many meaningful stimuli had a higher probability of responding in accordance with stimulus equivalence than the other two groups. There were also differences in eye-movements between the groups.
 

An ERP Investigation of Stimulus Equivalence Based on "Name-Object" Relations

Gustavo Dias (Universidade Federal de Minas Gerais), Edson Massayuki Huziwara (Universidade de Federal de Minas Gerais), Renato Bortoloti (Universidade Federal de Minas Gerais), MARCELO VITOR SILVEIRA (Universidade Federal do ABC)
Abstract:

The N400 is an event-related brain potential sensitive to the semantic relations in naturally occurring language. To illustrate, when words are semantically related (e.g., butter-bread) the N400 will be more negative than N400 evoked by unrelated words (e.g., grease-bread). The the peak amplitudes can be used to differentiate the types of experimentally-defined stimulus relations established by Matching-to-Sample (MTS) procedures. That is, the N400 will be more negative for the “non-equivalent” than to the “equivalent” stimulus-stimulus relations. Research reported here concerns the impact of MTS training parameters, specifically, the explicit training of name-object relations, in the N400 waveforms.In this regard, a between groups design was used, in which both groups were exposed to the same experimental procedures, except for the stimuli used, so that Group 1 used only abstract figures, and Group 2 used both pseudowords and abstract figures, during MTS training. Waverforms obtained from participants shows a clear N400 effect for Group 2, but not for Group 1. These results are discussed considering the possibility that this effect reflects a difference between groups in the degree of relatedness between stimuli in equivalence classes.

 

N400 Compared Between Adults With and Without High Functioning Autism

GURO DUNVOLL (Oslo Metropolitan University), Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University), Torbjørn Elvsåshagen (Norwegian Centre for Mental Disorders Research), Christoffer Hatlestad-Hall (CHTD research, Division of Clinical Neuroscience, Oslo University Hospital), Eva Malt (Department of Adult Habilitation)
Abstract:

N400 is an event-related potential (ERP) measured approximately 400 ms after presentation of two incongruent stimuli compared with congruent stimuli. This also applies when the related stimuli are not directly trained. In the current experiment, six conditional discriminations were trained in a matching-to-sample procedure with the goal to form three 3-member classes with C stimuli as meaningful stimuli in a many-to-one training structure. The participants (one group with adults with high function autism and one group without such diagnosis) then were tested in a priming-procedure, with related and unrelated stimuli pair. N400 was measured in this phase. The results show a N400 response produced in both groups, similar to each other, but with a small difference between related and unrelated stimuli pairs in the ASD group.

 

Delayed Emergence of N400 Following Extensive Equivalence Testing

MARCELO VITOR SILVEIRA (Universidade Federal do ABC), Eduardo Vilela (Universidade de São Paulo), Gustavo Dias (Universidade Federal de Minas Gerais), Marcelo S. Caetano (Universidade Federal do ABC)
Abstract:

Haimson et al., (2009) reported that N400 waves for non-related and related pairs showed a clear and robust differentiation between participants who had been exposed to MTS test trials. On the other hand, a delayed emergence of the N400 was observed among participants given only to series of MTS baseline training trials. In our study we manipulated the nature of the sample stimuli using photographs of human faces expressing emotions. Adults were allocated to two groups. One group was submitted to AB, AC, AD and AE baseline conditional discrimination training procedures and then exposed to test trials that tested for the emergence of transitive relations (BC, BD and BE) and equivalence relations (CB, DB and EB). The other group was given only to MTS baseline training. Finally, both groups were exposed to semantic judgment trials while the brain activity of each participant was recorded continually. Contrary to Haimson et al., (2009)’s observation, our data showed delayed N400 among the participants given to transitivity and equivalence tests. Apparently, the ERPs were not affected by the emotional valances of the faces used as samples.

 
 
Symposium #489
CE Offered: BACB
Reading Interventions for Struggling Readers: Training and Instructional Procedures
Monday, May 25, 2020
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence E
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ariana D'Arms (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Denise Ross (Western Michigan University )
CE Instructor: Denise Ross, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Nationally, approximately 60% of fourth grade and eighth grade students read at or below a basic level (U.S. Department of Education, 2019), which places them at a greater risk for negative social and academic outcomes both during school and after completing school (Hernandez, 2012). The studies in this symposium present four interventions to improve reading outcomes for older students with reading delays and to deliver training procedures to the teachers who instruct struggling readers. Interventions include: 1) book conditioning procedures to increase the value of reading for middle school students, 2) self-monitoring procedures to increase reading comprehension for elementary school students, 3) video-observation procedures to train graduate student tutors to implement reading curricula , and 4) behavioral skills training to train adult education tutors to teach parents with low literacy. Results of each intervention are discussed in terms of their practical implications for reading instruction for struggling readers.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Graduate students, supervisors, teachers, BCBAs

 

The Effectiveness of Oral Retelling as a Reading Comprehension Strategy for Elementary Students With Reading Delays

BRANDI FONTENOT (Community Living Options Transitions of Kalamazoo)
Abstract:

Comprehension is an essential component of reading proficiency that produces long-term gains for learners. However, many upper elementary school-age children struggle with reading comprehension. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effects of a self-monitoring intervention on reading comprehension for three elementary school-age children with reading delays. Two studies were conducted. In Study 1, behavioral skills training was used to teach participants the elements of a story retell and how-to self-monitor their own story retells. In Study 2, a multiple baseline design across participants was used to evaluate the effects of self-monitoring on four dependent variables: a) oral retell accuracy, b) oral retell fluency, c) oral reading fluency, and d) responses to comprehension questions. Results of Study 1 suggest that behavioral skills training was used to effectively teach the elements of a story retell and self-monitoring to all three participants. Results of Study 2 suggest that self-monitoring increased oral retelling fluency, oral retelling accuracy, and reading comprehension. Few differences were observed for oral reading fluency. Results, limitations, and implications for reading instruction are discussed.  

 

A Comparison of the Effects of Sustained Silent Reading and Reciprocal Reading on Reading Motivation for Middle School Students With Reading Delays

MARGARET UWAYO (First Leap Pediatric Therapy)
Abstract:

Research suggests that secondary students with reading delays may lack reading motivation, which can be defined as the temporal reinforcement value of texts for an individual. However, reading motivation may be a critical component of their acquisition of reading proficiency. The purpose of the current study was to compare the effects of two research-based reading interventions - sustained silent reading and modified reciprocal reading - on the reading motivation of middle school students with reading delays. Participants were four 6th-grade students who were grouped into dyads in a reading intervention classroom. The primary dependent variable was book engagement under pairing and test conditions. Book engagement was defined as the percentage of time during which participants contacted or manipulated pages of books, made eye movements from left to right and top to bottom on pages of books, flipped pages, and talked about books. The secondary dependent variable was the number of correct responses on a written comprehension check. Reading interventions were 10 minutes of sustained silent reading and 10 minutes of a modified reciprocal reading procedure that included stimulus-stimulus pairing, a yoked contingency, and feedback from a teacher. An alternating treatment design with baseline and a final treatment phase was used to evaluate the effects of the two treatments. Results indicated that sustained silent reading increased reading engagement for two participants and that reciprocal reading increased reading engagement for two participants. Results are discussed in terms of existing research and extensions to reading instruction for middle school students with reading delays.

 

Behavioral Skills Training and Literacy: Supporting Reading Instructors in Adult Education Centers

MYA HERNANDEZ (Lake Michigan College)
Abstract:

The present study evaluated the effects of a behavioral skills training package (BST) on training adult literacy tutors to implement the steps of BST when teaching parents with low literacy. Four adult literacy tutors participated in the study along with one parent with low literacy. The primary dependent variable was the percentage of steps of the BST package implemented correctly during tutor training probe measures. Secondary measures were taken on the parents’ performance of each step of the literacy activities on which they were trained. In baseline, all tutors were provided with instructions for performing two literacy activities and tutors demonstrated how they would train each literacy activity with a parent or confederate researcher at their literacy site. During the BST session, tutors were trained on how to implement the BST package when training a parent on performing an Interactive Read Aloud literacy activity. Following the BST session, tutors again demonstrated how they would train each literacy activity as a maintenance measure. Their performance was probed in session with a parent when possible. Results suggested that following the BST session, tutor performance improved in implementing the steps of the BST package with parents and parent confederates during maintenance probes. Acceptability measures showed high approval ratings with the training package. Results are discussed with regard to practical considerations when training various populations.

 

The Effects of Self-Observation on Implementation of Direct Instruction Reading Curricula

KATHERINE MAHAFFY (Association for Behavior Analysis International)
Abstract:

The current study evaluates the effects of structured self-observations to record rate and accuracy of learn units on the participants’ subsequent implementation of reading curricula. Four graduate student participants were trained to implement reading curricula using instruction, modeling, and access to the written instructions accompanying each of the reading curricula. The dependent variables were the accuracy and rate of antecedents, consequences, and total learn units for the lesson. A secondary dependent variable was the rate of social praise and token delivery contingent on student behavior during the lesson aligned with the four rules established each session. During intervention, participants were trained to record learn units using the Teacher Performance Rate and Accuracy Scale (TPRA) and observed videos of their own reading sessions to score accuracy and rate of learn unit delivery. Following each observation, teachers presented a reading lesson and the dependent variables of accuracy and rate of learn units as well as token delivery were measured without feedback. Results suggest that structured self-observations of learn units improved the accuracy of consequences and total learn units as all four participants averaged a higher accuracy of both antecedents and consequences in intervention than baseline, with two participants showing significant improvement upon intervention. The rate of correct learn units also improved for two of the four participants during structured self-observation intervention. Implications of these findings for training teachers to use behavioral reading curricula are discussed as well as how these findings relate to existing research on structured self-observations and teaching training.

 
 
Symposium #490
Rethinking Reinforcement: Moving Beyond Response Strength
Monday, May 25, 2020
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M1, Georgetown
Area: PCH/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Carsta Simon (University of Agder, Norway)
Discussant: Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Behavior interacts with its environment both during an organism’s lifetime, through operant selection, and across generations, through natural selection. The radical behaviorist’s attempt to explain the former usually both depends upon and denies the implicit, hypothetical process of reinforcement by response strengthening. In this symposium, we discuss what is problematic about strengthening by reinforcement and suggest how the interaction between behavior and the environment is better described without this unfalsifiable concept. In our talks, we put forward an assembly of alternatives, all replacing response strengthening by approaches questioning the traditional distinction between consequences and antecedents. These alternative explanatory approaches, namely, induction, signaling, and selection, not only explain food-maintained behavior, but also shock-maintained behavior. They explicitly connect behavior analysis and evolutionary theory and do not rely on hypothetical constructs. We will show data supporting our conceptual arguments and indicating that our alternatives to strengthening by reinforcement might not only improve conceptual cohesiveness but might also benefit both our basic science and our technology of behavior.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): avoidance, induction, response strength, signaling
 
Reconsidering Reinforcement: Was It Induction all along?
(Theory)
CARSTA SIMON (University of Agder, Norway)
Abstract: Traditionally, behavior analysis accounts for behavior by identifying the three-term contingency consisting of an antecedent event, a response, and a consequence. In this talk, I discuss whether the distinction between antecedents and consequences is constructive in our attempt to understand the interaction between behavior and the environment. Dropping the distinction might imply a major change in the way we think about our most fundamental process: Reinforcement. As an example of antecedent control, I discuss so-called Nudging, a currently popular applied means of behavior change. The talk also examines some of the data that has led us to change the way we understand control by current and past environmental conditions. I examine some of the evidence where reinforcer effects are inconsistent with strengthening by reinforcement and present the alternative view, that behavior is guided by contingencies between behavior and important environmental events. The importance of events might be either phylogenetically selected or events become important when functioning as signals for guiding behavior to when and where currently relevant events might be avoided or contacted.
 

Control by Past, Present, and Potential Depends on Generalization Across Multiple Dimensions

(Basic Research)
SARAH COWIE (University of Auckland, New Zealand)
Abstract:

Research suggests that behavior depends on likely future environmental conditions, as generalized from past experience and present environment. We assessed how generalization across the various dimensions of important events – reinforcers – affects the degree to which behavior tracks changes in likely future reinforcer availability. Pigeons worked on a concurrent-choice task in which one response was more likely to produce a reinforcer before a stimulus change, and the other was more likely after the stimulus change. We manipulated the nature of the stimulus (time or number) and the nature of the response (e.g., to a location, color, or flash duration). Regardless of the nature of the stimulus and response, choice was well described by a model that assumes that control by the structure of the environment is weakened by generalization across the various dimensions of a reinforcer (or other important events). We suggest that generalization contributes substantially to the degree of control by likely future events.

 
Avoidance, Induction, and the Illusion of Reinforcement
(Theory)
WILLIAM M. BAUM (University of California, Davis)
Abstract: Environmental events that impact reproductive success may be called phylogenetically important events (PIEs). Some promote reproductive success, like mates and food; others threaten reproductive success, like predators and injury. Beneficial PIEs induce activities that enhance them, and detrimental PIEs induce activities that mitigate or avoid them. Free-operant avoidance relies on electric shock as a proxy for injury, a PIE. A popular theory takes avoidance behavior to be reinforced by its reducing shock rate. An alternative explanation is that avoidance is induced by the PIEs it usually prevents. Four parametric data sets were analyzed to show that avoidance is maintained, not by shock-rate reduction, but by received shock rate. Avoidance is not reinforced at all; avoidance is induced by its failures. Induction explains not only avoidance itself, but also phenomena unique to avoidance, like warmup and unavoidable shock. The concept of induction explains behavior more generally than reinforcement, because induction explains not only food-maintained behavior, but also shock-maintained behavior. Received shocks induce operant avoidance, and received food induces operant activity producing food. Not only negative reinforcement, but reinforcement in general fails to explain behavior when reinforcement is defined as due to consequences. Induction erases the distinction between consequences and antecedents.
 
How the Conceptualization of Behavior-Environment Interaction as a Selectionist System Relates to Material Reality
(Theory)
JACK J. MCDOWELL (Emory University)
Abstract: Conceptualizations of behavior-environment interaction, and the theories that are developed from them, may be more or less readily related to material reality. To take examples from another discipline, the relation between Newtonian mechanics and the material world is readily apparent for the most part, whereas the relation between quantum mechanics and the material world is problematic. In this symposium presentation, behavior-environment interaction will be conceptualized as a selectionist system that consists of three processes: selection, reproduction, and mutation. A computational theory based on this conceptualization, and the evidence supporting it, are presented in detail in a SQAB tutorial at this conference. In the present symposium, this computational theory will be described briefly, but the focus will be on the theory’s material interpretation. It will be argued that the algorithmic operation of the theory’s three elements supervenes on, but is not necessarily identical to, material operations of the brain. In other words, if the theory agrees fully with experiment, then whatever the material operations of the brain may be, they must be functionally equivalent to selection, reproduction, and mutation. Other examples of this type of supervenient realism will be presented to support the plausibility of the argument.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #491
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Cultural Responsiveness, Social Justice, and Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 25, 2020
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 3, Ballroom AB
Area: DEI/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
CE Instructor: Shahla Ala'i, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: SHAHLA ALA'I (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

The voice and inclusion of people of diverse cultural identities is expanding within the world and within our discipline. This expansion presents both tensions and possibilities. Ideally, applied behavior analysts should be developing increasingly more cultural responsiveness in all aspects of research and practice. That is not the case. Cultural responsiveness is closely yoked with lived experience, social justice, and the kyriarchy. The purpose of this presentation is to explore worldviews in the context of coloniality and to then relate this to our disciplinary and personal responses to power and efforts to contribute to a more socially just world. This includes consideration of global trends, the aims and history of our discipline, womanist and determinist worldviews, and ethics. The presentation will close with a discussion of pathways to cultural responsiveness and social justice.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts interested in culture, social justice, applied research, practice

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify the critical features of cultural responsiveness; (2) briefly identify the context for cultural responsiveness (global trends, coloniality, aims and history of our discipline, womanist and determinist worldviews, and ethics); (3) discuss pathways for advancement of cultural responsiveness in behavior analytic research and practice.
 
SHAHLA ALA'I (University of North Texas)
Shahla Ala’i received her B.S. from Southern Illinois University and her M.A. and Ph.D. from the University of Kansas. She is an Associate Professor in the Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas (UNT) and the director of the North Texas Autism Project (NTAP). NTAP is a service, training and research program working in cooperation with several global partners, with applied anthropologists, and with Easter Seals North Texas. Shahla is also a member of a social justice collective at UNT. This is an interdisciplinary effort designed to create a space for applied research and activism in social justice and includes faculty and students from Woman’s and Gender Studies, Applied Anthropology and Behavior Analysis. Shahla teaches classes on ethics, autism intervention, parent training, applied research methods, and behavior change techniques. Shahla served on the governing board of the Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB) and as a subject matter expert on supervision and on ethics. Shahla currently serves on the ABAI Practice Board and the APBA Diversity Ad Hoc Task Force. She has published and presented research on ethics in early intervention, play and social skills, family harmony, change agent training, and evidence-based practice. Her research is applied and grounded in a commitment to love and science. She has trained hundreds of master’s level behavior analysts who have gone on to serve families and communities with honor. Shahla has over four decades of experience working with families, particularly those from non-dominant cultural backgrounds. She travels and presents her work nationally and internationally to both professional and lay audiences. She was awarded an Onassis Foundation Fellowship for her work with families, was the recipient of UNT’s prestigious student selected “Fessor Graham" teaching award, and received the Texas Association for Behavior Analysis Career Contributions Award in 2019.
 
 
Symposium #492
CE Offered: BACB
Novel Applications of Functional Analysis: Topographies, Twins, and Telemedicine
Monday, May 25, 2020
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 202B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Eileen M. Roscoe, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Functional analysis (FA; Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, & Richman, 1982/1994) advanced the field of applied behavior analysis by offering a technology for identifying behavioral function, allowing for the development of individualized and effective interventions. The generality of FA has been demonstrated in hundreds of replications across various clinical populations, forms of problem behavior, and settings. In the current symposium, three papers will be presented that offer refinements or novel applications of FA methodology. The presenter of the first paper will describe a modified FA to address a problematic form of vocal behavior, immediate echolalia, exhibited by individuals with autism. The presenter of the second paper will describe refinements of a trial-based FA conducted with multiples (i.e., twins). The presenter of the third paper will describe use of a telemedicine model to conduct a trial-based FA of problem behavior exhibited by individuals with a rare condition (SYGNAP1-related intellectual disability).

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Individuals who have familiarity with functional analysis and wish to learn more about procedural refinements and novel applications of this approach.

Learning Objectives: 1. Audience members will be able to describe how to modify a functional analysis to assess the function of immediate echolalia, a problematic form of vocal behavior exhibited by individuals with autism. 2. Audience members will be able to describe refinements of a trial-based FA for assessing problem behavior of multiples (i.e., twins). 3. Audience members will be able to describe how to use a telemedicine model to conduct a trial-based FA of problem behavior exhibited by individuals with a rare condition (SYGNAP1-related intellectual disability).
 
A Functional Analysis of Immediate Echolalia
ZOE NEWMAN (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Sarah Lundstrom (New England Center for Children; Western New England University)
Abstract: Immediate echolalia is a type of vocal stereotypy that involves noncontextual repetition of auditory stimuli that has just been spoken. Immediate echolalia is prevalent among individuals with autism (Charlop, 1992) and has been found to hinder acquisition of verbal behavior (McMorrow, Foxx, Faw, & Bittle, 1987). The purpose of the present study was to conduct a sequential test versus control functional analysis of immediate echolalia for three individuals with autism. It can be difficult to identify the function of this behavior because it requires additional controls during a functional analysis. For example, in the current study, a script of comments or questions was presented over a speaker or read by a therapist during all conditions to ensure equal opportunity for responding. Although functional analysis results for all participants suggested that immediate echolalia was likely maintained by automatic reinforcement, different patterns of responding were observed. The implications of the findings for conducting functional analysis and treatment of immediate echolalia will be discussed. Interobersever agreement was collected for 34.4% of sessions and averaged 95.9%.
 

Trial-Based Functional Analyses With Multiples With Autism Spectrum Disorder

MEGHAN DESHAIS (Caldwell University), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Eliana M. Pizarro (University of Florida), Brandon C. Perez (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Research on the assessment of problem behavior in multiples (i.e., twins, triplets, etc.) has been limited. The primary aim of this study was to report trial-based functional analysis outcomes for two sets of multiples with autism spectrum disorder who are participating in an ongoing, longitudinal study that our research group is conducting. Within each pair of multiples, we found considerable similarity in terms of behavioral sensitivity to specific stimuli. A secondary aim of this study was to present a novel method for graphing and analyzing trial-based functional analysis outcomes. Rather than graphing occurrence/nonoccurrence data in bar graphs as is traditional in trial-based functional analyses, we measured participants’ latency to respond during trials and graphed those data in line graphs. This method revealed across- and within-trial patterns of responding that were useful in our analysis. The current study extends previous research on the assessment of problem behavior in multiples and extends trial-based functional analysis research by presenting an alternative method for graphing and analyzing results.

 

Trial-Based TeleFunctional Analysis for Individuals With SYNGAP1-Related Intellectual Disability

GRIFFIN ROOKER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Constance Smith-Hicks (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Molly K McNulty (Kennedy Krieger), Michael Kranak (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Functional behavioral phenotyping (FBP) involves the cataloguing the behaviors and determining the reasons why these behaviors occur in specific genetic disorders and psychological conditions. This manner of phenotyping offers great promise in the area of intellectual and developmental disabilities, as understanding a FBP may lead to the discovery of generalized response patterns (ways of responding that are characteristic) present in a population. The development of a FBP for a population would have immediate practical significance in clinical assessment and treatment. However, when a disorder or condition is rare, it may be very difficult to develop a FBP for that population. The current study offers a potential solution to this barrier, by using a telemedicine model to assess the problem behavior of individuals with SYNGAP1-related intellectual disability (a rare condition). Further, the current study offers a proof-of-concept demonstration for how the data required for a FBP may be gathered in a time- and resource-sensitive manner by conducting caregiver-implemented, trial-based functional analyses with three individuals diagnosed with SYNGAP1-related intellectual disability. Implications of this demonstration will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #493
CE Offered: BACB
Investigations of Higher Order Verbal Behavior: Modifications to Relational Training Procedures to Promote Derived Relational Responding
Monday, May 25, 2020
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 201
Area: AUT/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Daniel Howell (Arizona State University Department of Psychology)
CE Instructor: Becky Barron, M.S.
Abstract:

Derived relational responding (DRR) has a seat at the operant table. The present symposium seeks to extend the reach of DRR and relational training procedures to populations not often targeted using methods not often implemented. First, we explore relational training efforts within an elderly population and discuss implications of DRR as it relates to neuroplasticity. Second, we discuss the novel ocular observing responses and their relation to DRR. Finally, we take an inside look to PEAK-Life by exploring both basic and applied implications of its pending release.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): DRR, Gerontology, PEAK, Relational Training
Target Audience:

intermediate-advanced

Learning Objectives: -attendees will be able to explain derived relational responding as it relates to ocular responding -attendees will be able to explain derived relational responding in the context of gerontology and DRR implications to dementia -attendees will understand the overarching nature of derived relational responding across age ranges as evidenced by basic and applied research
 

Evaluating the Effects of Relational Training Procedures on Dementia Severity and Memory in Older Adults

(Applied Research)
AYLA SCHMICK (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

As the Baby Boomer Generation ages, the number of individuals affected by dementia and cognitive decline will increase dramatically.As these rates climb and no cure in site, interventions are needed to help aid in the wide-ranging impact dementia will have.Relational Frame Theory (RFT), a contemporary behavior-analytic account of complex human language and cognition, offers an avenue to develop interventions designed to strengthen behaviors conventionally regarded as memory.The current study aimed to evaluate the effect of a set of procedures based on RFT for dementia severity and memory. Experimenters obtained pre-training and post-training performances by administering the M-ACE and WISC-IV memory tests to a control group and an intervention group. Following pre-training assessment, the intervention group was exposed to a series of relational training phases, in which the participants were required to respond in accordance with arbitrarily applicable relational responding across a series of relational tasks. Following training the participants in the intervention group showed improvement in memory and a decrease in dementia severity, whereas those in the control group did not. This studyaddsto the growing literature supporting the use of RFT-based interventions to address those areas of concern for individuals affected by dementia and cognitive decline.

 
The relationship between ocular observing responses and relational training procedures for children with autism spectrum disorder
(Applied Research)
BECKY BARRON (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Current research has shown differences in eye gaze, or ocular observing responses amongst individuals with autism spectrum disorder compared with their typically developing counterparts. Eye gaze is currently studied as a predictor for ASD diagnoses or potential level of social deficits for individuals already diagnosed. Deficits in language and communication are also studied as risk factors and are often attributed to social deficits in ASD. Previous research has shown improvements in accurate eye gaze during the development of stimulus equivalence classes for typically developing adults (Hansen & Arntzen, 2018). Relational training procedures that promote derived stimulus relations have also been shown to improve language repertoires for children with ASD. By combining the technology available for understanding complex language processes and eye gaze behaviors, behavior analysts may be able to better understand how to target specific behaviors in treatment that may indirectly improve eye gaze, and in turn also improve behaviors related to social interaction and attention. The current study investigated the relationship between accurate eye gaze towards stimuli during task demands and relational repertoires with children with ASD, as well as the impact that relational training has on accurate eye gaze when presented with social stimuli. Preliminary results from the current study suggest a strong relationship between appropriate eye gaze and derived relational abilities that may have implication for treatment choices for behavior analysts.
 
From Basic Research to Applied Intervention: A Pilot Study on PEAK Life
(Applied Research)
ZHIHUI YI (Southern Illinois University), Ayla Schmick (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Kwadwo O. Britwum (Southern Illinois University), Kait Matson (ABA of Illinois), Imran A. Khan (ABA of Illinois)
Abstract: Behavioral goals or objectives in applied settings often include tasks that are composed of behavior chains consisting of a sequence of complex stimulus-response chains. Many teaching strategies available, however, do not always reliably foster effective skill acquisition of those steps that are particularly challenging in these behavior chains. The current study first investigated the effect of relational training on these steps, using a randomized controlled trial design with 30 typical-developing participants in an analog 6-step stimuli discrimination task. Results showed that relational training could effectively improve participants’ performance. Building upon this finding, we investigated the utility of the relational-training based life skill assessment and treatment program – PEAK Life. 43 participants with Autism completed the Vocational and Functional Skill Assessment. Results indicated that the assessment outlined in PEAK Life was able to detect skill deficits among all participants. Three participants from study two was exposed to further life skill trainings. After probing their mastery levels, relational trainings were conducted on those steps that they could not complete independently. Results showed that all participants showed significant improvement on behavior chains following the relational training. The implication and limitation will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #494
CE Offered: BACB
Providing Culturally Competent Services to Families of Diverse Backgrounds
Monday, May 25, 2020
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon A
Area: CBM/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Anna Garcia (Rightpath Research and Innovation Center; University of South Florida)
Discussant: Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Anna Garcia, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The purpose of this symposium is to discuss steps clinicians can take to better serve clients of diverse cultural backgrounds. The first presenter will define cultural reciprocity, discuss its role in the evidence-based practice of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA), and describe how it can culturally enhance services. The second presenter will talk about the effectiveness of using Fotonovelas, a culturally and linguistically appropriate intervention, to teach behavior change procedures to Hispanic families. The third presenter will discuss the importance of readability of behavior plans and present data on readability assessments conducted on behavior plan samples gathered from around the U.S. The last presenter will talk about using Prevent-Teach-Reinforce for Families (PTR-F) with Hispanic families of young children with ASD.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

BCaBA BCBA BCBA-D

 
Cultural Reciprocity in Behavior Analytic Services: Why Does it Matter?
ANNA GARCIA (Rightpath Research and Innovation Center; University of South Florida)
Abstract: The importance of providing culturally competent services in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is ever more important given the diverse population in the United States (US). Therefore, it is important to identify ways that behavior analysts can ensure they are providing services that adhere to each client’s cultural characteristics, believes, preferences, and values. However, this becomes difficult when analysts take into account that there are a large number of ethnically and diverse cultural groups in the US and that differences among these groups also exist. During this presentation, the presenter will propose Cultural Reciprocity as a process to ensure that each families’ culture is integrated throughout services. How this process contributes to the evidenced-based practice of behavior analysis will also be discussed.
 
Readability of Behavior Treatment Plans Written by Behavior Analysts
VALERIA MACUARE (University of South Florida), Anna Garcia (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Behavior treatment plans are designed to provide a blueprint of interventions that should be implemented to reduce problem behavior and increase adaptive skills. Master- or doctoral- level behavior analysts typically writes them. Caregivers and behavior therapist are asked to read and understand the plans and implement the recommendations with fidelity. However, they may not be able to understand the behavior plans as they may not have the same level of education as the behavior analysts who write them. Additionally, the treatment plans maybe lengthy, written in a passive tense, and contain technical jargon. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to assess the readability of behavior plans that were written by behavior analysts. Sample behavior plans were collected across agencies that provide in-home services across the United States. The results of the assessments and implications for caregiver collaboration and treatment implementation will be discussed.
 

Using the Prevent-Teach-Reinforce for Families With Hispanic Families of Young Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

RACHEL ELIZABETH AYRES (University of South Florida), Melissa Santiago (University of South Florida), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

This study assessed the feasibility of the newly manualized Prevent Teach Reinforce for Families (PTR-F) for use with Hispanic families of young children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) who have difficulty adjusting to family routine. The study involved three families of children with ASD ages 3 to 6 years old who participated in the 5-step PTR-F process and who implemented the PTR intervention plan during naturally occurring family routines. A multiple-baseline across participants design was employed to examine the preliminary evidence of the efficacy of using the PTR-F for children with ASD. The results indicated that Hispanic parents successfully implemented intervention strategies with the help of a facilitator using the PTR-F manual. All children’s alternate desirable behavior increased and problem behavior reduced a significant amount when the PTR-F intervention was implemented by the parents. The parents reported high social validity when implementing the PTR-F intervention.

 
Using Fotonovelas to Teach Reinforcement Procedures to Hispanic Parents
SARA GARCIA (University of South Florida), Anna Garcia (University of South Florida), Vanessa Morejon-Campos (University of South Florida), Trina Spencer (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Training parents to implement behavior management procedures is an integral part of ensuring the effects of behavior analytic treatment maintain and generalize to different settings. More recently, there has been a push to adapt this training to the cultural backgrounds of the clients and their families in an attempt to decrease the treatment disparities that exist in services among individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities. The Fotonovela is an example of a cultural and linguistically appropriate tool that can be used to train Hispanic parents to implement behavior management procedures. Fotonovelas are small booklets that use pictures and captions to depict a dramatic story; they are a popular form of entertainment among the Hispanic population. A multiple baseline across parents was conducted to assess the effectiveness of using Fotonovelas to teach reinforcement procedures. In-situ assessments were conducted to assess generalization of the procedures with each parent's child with autism. The results of the study and its implications will be discussed, as well as future research directions.
 
 
Panel #495
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Examining Racial and Implicit Bias Within the Field of Applied Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 25, 2020
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty N-P
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Denisha Gingles, M.S.
Chair: Vanessa Bethea-Miller (Bethea-Miller Behavioral Consulting)
DENISHA GINGLES (Signature Behavior Analytic Services)
SHAWN CAPELL (Covenant 15:16 LLC)
KRISTEN CSIZMADIA (Bethea-Miller Behavioral Consulting)
Abstract:

Implicit bias refers to "actions or judgments that are under the control of automatically activated evaluation, without the performer's awareness of that causation" (Greenwald, McGhee, & Schwartz, 1998, p. 1464). Related professionals, such as education, mental health, and medical experts, are working to address the topic of racial and ethnic bias, as well as the impact on the communities in which they serve. Though this is the case in surrounding fields, this topic continues to be a less discussed area within behavior analysis. Mental health researchers have shown consequences of racial bias leads to various negative outcomes for diverse consumers. Implicit bias research has also been well studied in the educational field related to its overuse of punishment procedures. Lastly, medical field professionals have discovered the connection between implicit bias and medical intervention used for certain racial groups. Given the amount of pre-existing research, behavior analysts can take advantage of the existing knowledge base to better serve stakeholders of the field, our clients. This panel will discuss methods for behavior analysts to examine their own biases with the purpose of rendering culturally and socially valid services.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

BCBA, BCBA-D

Learning Objectives: Attendees will evaluate their own biases related to race and ethnicity. Attendees will identify the impact of biases on their work as a behavior analyst. Attendees will ascertain behavior analytic practices that can be implemented to address implicit bias. Attendees will determine how to address issues of implicit bias across multiple professional settings and identify solutions to these concerns.
Keyword(s): Bias, culture, diversity, race
 
 
Panel #496
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Hello! I Am Your Student, Have You Noticed Me?
Monday, May 25, 2020
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon G
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Shelby Gundling, M.Ed.
Chair: Shelby Gundling (Central Reach)
MEGAN MILLER (#dobetter Pod)
JENNIFER LAMARCA (Applied Behavior Center for Autism)
KRISTINA ZACCARIA (CLM Center of Excellence)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts frequently say "the rat is always right" or "the learner is always right" but do not always focus their attention on the behavior and responding of the student in the moment to determine how to apply the science of behavior analysis. Members of this panel will discuss how behavior analysts can encourage more responsive teaching with their learners by developing more flexible protocols, attending to learner behavior, developing creative protocols for teaching receptive language skills, and how to respond to data using the Standard Celeration Chart to adjust teaching procedures. The panel will concluded by providing ttendees with the opportunity to ask the panel questions relating to attending to learner responding.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

This panel is intended for individuals with at least 2 years of certification experience who are responsible for making decisions about their clients in the moment and training others to do the same.

Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to explain at least 1 reason why it is important to respond to students in the moment of intervention Participants will be able to explain at least 1 way to teach non behavior analysts how to respond to a learner in the moment Participants will be able to describe how the standard celeration chart can be used within session to make decisions about intervention
Keyword(s): flexible teaching, learning barriers, progressive, responsive teaching
 
 
Invited Paper Session #497
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/NASP
Behavior-Based Safety Driving: Improve Your Driving With the B-BS Protocol
Monday, May 25, 2020
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty I-L
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Nicole Gravina (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Fabio Tosolin, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: FABIO TOSOLIN (A.A.R.B.A. - Association for the Advancement of Radical Behavior Analysis)
Abstract:

In recent years technological progress has made it possible to design more and more modern vehicles that satisfy new safety standards required by society and law. Despite this and the many awareness-raising campaigns aimed at promoting safer driving in line with contemporary society values, the number of driving accidents has been far from zero. One reason is surely because very few have so far considered the matter from a behavioral point of view. The development of an app to deliver consequences to drivers is an essential but small part of a wide-ranging project that must necessarily involve all the relevant stakeholders, if we really want to impact our driving habits.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

OBMers, entrepreneurs with truck-fleets, HSE and logistics managers

Learning Objectives: PENDING
 
FABIO TOSOLIN (A.A.R.B.A. - Association for the Advancement of Radical Behavior Analysis)
Fabio Tosolin is the behavior analyst and consultant that since the 1980s has been introducing, spreading and applying Behavior Analysis and Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) principles both in Italy and Europe. In 1985, he founded his own consulting company, FT&A, that is specialized in Performance Management, Learning Technologies and Behavior-Based Safety (B-BS), for the last of which he’s also a referent of European level. His company counts hundreds of PM and B-BS processes implemented in plants and construction sites in Italy and around the world. He is currently professor of Human Factor in HSEQ Management at the Safety Engineering Master’s Degree course, Faculty of Industrial Processes, at Polytechnic of Milano and president of the Italian Associate Chapter of ABAI, made of both the oldest and largest Italian Behavior Analysis Scientific Societies (AARBA and AIAMC). Since 2003 he’s also chair of the European Scientific Conference on OBM, PM & B-BS, held by AARBA. In 2019 he received the SABA Award for his significant contribution to the international dissemination/development of Behavior Analysis.
 
 
Panel #498
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Teaching and Supporting Professional Behavior in Academic and Clinical Settings
Monday, May 25, 2020
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Capitol/Congress
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Danielle L. Gureghian, Ph.D.
Chair: Danielle L. Gureghian (Garden Academy)
LAURA L. GROW (Garden Academy)
TIFFANY KODAK (Marquette University)
SARAH A. LECHAGO (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract:

There are a number of applied studies demonstrating how to effectively supervise and teach clinical skills in autism service provision such as data collection, behavioral assessment, and intervention (e.g., behavioral skills training). However, there is a paucity of research on how to teach professional behavior such as communicating effectively to different audiences, establishing healthy boundaries, and prioritizing time-sensitive tasks. As professors and clinical supervisors in the area of autism spectrum disorder, we use principles of behavior analysis and applications from organizational behavior management to teach our supervisees clinical and professional skills. A panel of faculty from academic programs and directors from an autism service provider will discuss the following topics: (1) the critical skills and behaviors of supervisors and supervisees used to support professional behavior, (2) how applications from organizational behavior management can be used to establish effective supervisory systems and processes, and (3) how the panelists have established, evaluated, and maintained effective supervisory systems in their own organizations.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Practitioners in autism service provision, professors in academic settings, leaders of organizations providing autism services

Learning Objectives: At the end of the panel, the audience will be able to: 1- Describe critical professional skills in the area of autism research and service provision 2- Describe the systems and processes that supervisors can use to support professional behavior 3- Identify strategies for implementing, evaluating, and maintaining systems that support professional behavior
Keyword(s): Organizational behavior, Professional behavior, Supervision
 
 
Invited Paper Session #499
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Skill Acquisition Learning Arrangements: How the Little Things Can Make a Big Difference
Monday, May 25, 2020
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence A-C
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
CE Instructor: Daniel Fienup, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: DANIEL FIENUP (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

This talk will discuss learning arrangements – or the combination of instructional components that affect skill acquisition. Often, skill acquisition programming is developed and evaluated by comparing some instructional package to no instructional package (baseline responding). This is useful toward developing technologies that are likely to produce the intended outcomes. Many years of such research has produced a large “toolbox” of applied behavior analysis intervention approaches. But, for an instructor working with a specific learner, what combination of instructional components should the instructor choose? This talk will discuss the comparative effectiveness of different learning arrangements and instructional components that promote both effective and efficient learning. Research that will be discussed includes components such as trial arrangements and mastery criterioa and how these components differentially affect skill acquisition.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: PENDING
 
DANIEL FIENUP (Teachers College, Columbia University)

Daniel M. Fienup is an Associate Professor of Applied Behavior Analysis at Teachers College, Columbia University. He received his Master’s in Applied Behavior Analysis from Southern Illinois University and his Ph.D. in School Psychology from Illinois State University. Dr. Fienup and his students conduct research on instructional design and educational performance. Dr. Fienup is an Associate Editor for the Journal of Behavioral Education and The Analysis of Verbal Behavior. He also serves on the editorial board for Behavior Analysis in Practice, the Psychological Record, Behavior Analysis: Research and Practice, Journal of Developmental and Physical Disabilities, and Behavior Development. He serves on the Licensed Behavior Analyst New York state board and is a past board member of the New York State Association for Behavior Analysis.

 
 
Symposium #500
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Everyone Eats: Behavior Analysis Applied to Eating and Meal-Related Behaviors
Monday, May 25, 2020
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence D
Area: TBA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Margaret Pavone Dannevik (Lindenwood University)
CE Instructor: Margaret Pavone Dannevik, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium presents three applications of the science of human behavior to the improvement of eating and health-related behaviors. First, a social media-based group contingency related to meal preparation will be discussed, followed by a conceptually-systematic model of how to use online video to change meal preparation behaviors. Finally, the presenters will demonstrate how supervisors can adapt the 5th edition BACB task list to help supervisees serve individuals with ineffective eating and activity repertoires.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Eating, Health, Nutrition
Target Audience:

The target audience for this event is advanced practitioners, supervisors, and teachers of behavior analysis.

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will learn how to adapt the 5th edition task list to supervise students accruing behavior analytic experience with learners who struggle with eating and activity-related behaviors 2. Attendees will discuss eating and activity-related topics in behavior analytic terms and be able to disseminate them to appropriate audiences 3. Attendees will consider the ethical guidelines of the field as they relate to the provision of supervision and instruction for individuals struggling to engage in healthy eating behaviors
 
Utilizing an Online Video Series to Increase Frequency of Home Cooking
(Service Delivery)
TONY CHAMBERS (Special School District St. Louis MO), Margaret Pavone Dannevik (Lindenwood University)
Abstract: Taking the time to prepare and cook meals at home, regardless of diet plan or restrictions, has shown to better your overall health (Wolfsen & Bleich, 2014). People who eat meals at home with friends and loved ones report an overall happier and healthier life than those who do not (Harbec et al., 2018). Established interventions such as video modeling (Kellems et al., 2016,), chaining (Shrestha et al., 2013) and task analyses (Kanfush & Jaffe, 2019) are conducive to teaching multi-step processes of preparing and cooking food (Cooper et al., 2007). The growth of social media and individual devices such as cell phones and tablets has allowed the author created a video dissemination system to combine behavior analytic methods and teach individuals how to cook at home regardless of their current skill level. The proposed model includes videos which will teach detailed steps through modeling, task analyses, chaining, and verbal instruction. Approaching culinary education by teaching the selection of individual ingredients, preparation skills, and cooking methods rather than following a single short demonstration or written recipe for one dish will allow for more opportunities to access tangible, primary reinforcement increasing the likelihood of meal preparation in the future.
 
Why Do Behavior Analysts Eat What They Eat?
(Applied Research)
CLINT EVANS (Behavior Therapy Specialists of Illinois and Missouri), Margaret Pavone Dannevik (Lindenwood University)
Abstract: Using social media, connection to other professionals in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis is a click away. A social media group was created to solely discuss the dietary needs and habits of professionals in Applied Behavior Analysis. A poll was taken of 100 participants in the group to get a small cross section of the dietary habits of professionals that directly work in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis. The results revealed that most professionals in the field neglect or overlook their own dietary needs. A protocol was created using this information as a basis for self-monitoring of tracking one’s eating habits and an attempt to increase value-based dietary habits to enhance a healthy lifestyle within the ABA community and possibly beyond. The survey and subsequent group contingency served to replicate the findings of other socially mediated contingency management such as Kurti, & Dallery, (2013), and Meredith, Grabinski, & Dallery, (2011).
 

Everybody Eats! A Model for Supervisors Assisting Students in Acquiring Experience Working With Problematic Eating and Activity-Related Behaviors

(Theory)
MARGARET PAVONE DANNEVIK (Lindenwood University), Nicole Vaux (Lindenwood University)
Abstract:

The number of students enrolled in behavior analysis programs has been increasing exponentially over the past ten years. As part of the educational preparation for the BCBA exam and certification, these students must accrue supervised experiences in which they apply their classroom-based skills to real world behavior change. As previously noted (Luke, Carr, & Wilder, 2018), many instructors and students have mistakenly interpreted the supervised experience requirements to be specific to the field of Autism service provision. This paper presents a model of how supervision of fieldwork and concentrated fieldwork could include experiences that address problematic eating and activity-related health behaviors in neurotypical populations. The model is intended to assist supervisors of behavior analysis students by giving specific suggestions for how students could accrue supervised experience in this growing subspecialty (Behavior Analysis in Health and Fitness, 2019; Normand, Dallery, & Ong, 2015).

 
 
Panel #501
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
PDS: I Graduated and Now I’m a Supervisor: How do I Manage My Time Effectively and Become an Awesome Supervisor?
Monday, May 25, 2020
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Archives
Area: TBA/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Shawn P. Quigley, Ph.D.
Chair: Avner Fraidlin (Western Michigan University)
JENNIFER N. FRITZ (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
SHAWN P. QUIGLEY (Melmark)
KATHY FOX (Haugland Learning Center)
Abstract:

Students in graduate level training programs for behavior analysis may be required to serve in supervisory roles as soon as they graduate and become certified as BCBAs. To date, university that provide graduate level training programs in behavior analysis include limited opportunities for students to practice behaviors that are essential to building their supervisory skill set. These skills may include delivering effective feedback, assessing and monitoring supervisees’ progress, modeling effective professional, interpersonal and ethical behaviors, the ability to manage time effectively, plan a head and organize their own and their supervisees’ schedules to name a few. Students who graduate from programs for behavior analysis may find themselves overwhelmed by the workload and ill-equipped to handle the supervisory responsibilities that often are an integral part of becoming a BCBA. This panel seeks to provide behavior analysis graduate students and current supervisors in the field the opportunity to listen to experts share their experience and learn from them how they manage their time effectively while providing high quality supervision for a team of supervisees. The audience is invited to ask the panelists about their strategies and systems they have developed over the years to support their work as supervisors.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Graduate students in programs for behavior analysis and behavior analysts who serve as supervisors in the field

Learning Objectives: The audience will be able to describe the responsibilities of supervisors in the field of behavior analysis The audience will be able to apply strategies for effective supervision as described by the panelists The audience will be able to apply strategies for effective time management as described by the panelists
Keyword(s): Supervision, Time management, Training
 
 
Symposium #502
CE Offered: BACB
Expanding the Summit: Advancements in PEAK Relational Training System Applications
Monday, May 25, 2020
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon I
Area: VBC/EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Ryan C. Speelman (Pittsburg State University)
CE Instructor: Ryan C. Speelman, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The current symposium is a synthesis of efforts at various points in the Relational Training System assessment and curriculum. The first talk provides a conceptualization as to how we might make better-informed decisions relative to program selection and intervention approaches in the context of PEAK using a case conceptualization tool. The second talk investigates relationships between derived relational responding and executive processing deficits in children. Finally, we highlight pre-post change scores relative to the PEAK Comprehensive Assessment for children diagnosed with autism given exposure to PEAK in a special education context. Implications and utility of these findings are discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): DRR, PEAK, RFT
Target Audience:

beginning-intermediate behavior analysts

Learning Objectives: Describe how single-case experimental designs can be embedded within applied work. Discuss the relationship between derived relational responding and executive processing deficits in children Define a case conceptualization model to increase implementer self-efficacy during PEAK.
 

Pre-Post PEAK-CA Changes Following Three Months of Instruction in a Special Education Setting

(Applied Research)
LINDSEY DENNIS (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University)
Abstract:

The PEAK Relational Training System contains a comprehensive assessment and curriculum designed to target global language and cognitive skills in children with autism and related disabilities. Although research on PEAK has grown considerably, more research is needed within applied contexts in which this tool is likely to be utilized. We conducted PEAK at a special education school over the course of 3 months with 5 children with autism. PEAK instructions was systematically embedded within their school day for up-to 2 hours, supplementing other instructional strategies. The efficacy of PEAK instruction was evaluated using a multiple baseline across skills experimental design, replicated across the 5 children. We overview how this design can be embedded within any applied setting, allowing for the on-going experimental analysis of behavior within sacrificing assurance that children are receiving on-going effective education. In addition, we conducted the PEAK Comprehensive Assessment at the onset of the study and following 3 moths of training, where the PCA provides an estimate of global repertiores across direct training, generalization, equivalence, and relational learning skill sets. Results suggested a significant increase in PCA scores across all participants.

 

Executive Functioning and Construct Validity of the PEAK-CA

(Applied Research)
TAYLOR MARIE LAUER (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University)
Abstract:

Advances in Relational Frame Theory have begun to allow Applied Behavior Analytic treatments for children with autism to focus on higher-order or global repertiores of behavior. Executive functioning deficits are common in children with autism that can severely impact quality of life in several domains. We review three studies that speak to the importance of targeting executive functioning deficits in children with autism using relational training and testing procedure. The first study provides a comprehensive literature review comparing functional neurological activity when completing traditional executive functioning tasks and when deriving combinatorially entailed relations. Results suggest that common neurological processes are involved in the completion of both tasks. The second study provides another systematic review that shows an exponentiation of research utilizing derived relational responding technologies to teach new skills to children with autism within the major behavior analytic journals. The third study empirically evaluates the construct validity of the PEAK Comprehensive Assessment (PCA) as a tool to measure verbal operants and relational operants that may be related to executive functioning processes. Convergent and divergent components of the PCA are discussed in the context of developing treatments for children with autism from a Relational Frame Theory account.

 

PEAK Case Conceptualization Tool

(Applied Research)
MARY GRACE CAVALIERE (Saint Louis University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University), Keyana Cooke (Saint Louis University)
Abstract:

Promoting Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Relational Training System (PEAK) is a four-volume curriculum targeting Direct Training, Generalization, Equivalence, and Transformation. Research to date has shown behavioral skills training (BST) to be effective at training staff to implement PEAK. While timely, little is known about the extent to which staff’s self-efficacy (or verbal behavior about one’s competency) influences implementation of PEAK. Therefore, the purpose of the current study was to determine if a thorough case conceptualization model (CCM) can increase implementer self-efficacy. The CCM was developed to establish problem solving opportunities for implementers and supervisors to use during feedback sessions. Three implementer-child dyads were subjected to a multiple-baseline design wherein implementers were first trained how to implement PEAK before starting treatment as usual (baseline). Next, participants were handed the CCM tool during the instruction phase but were not given any specific feedback on how to use it. Finally, during the feedback phase, all implementers were instructed on how to use the CCM and how to derive feedback from it. Throughout all phases, client PEAK scores, implementation scores from staff, and self-reported self-efficacy Likert rating scale was assessed. Overall, all participants showed increase self-efficacy scores following CCM feedback. Implications will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #503
CE Offered: BACB
Emergent Responding: Recent Advances and Future Directions
Monday, May 25, 2020
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 202A
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kathleen Emily Marano (Caldwell University)
Discussant: Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
CE Instructor: Caio F. Miguel, M.A.
Abstract:

The current symposium provides a discussion of research studies aimed at producing generative responding, including evaluations of multiple exemplar training, instructive feedback, and matrix training. The first paper will present a study that compared the efficacy and efficiency of serial multiple exemplar training, concurrent multiple exemplar training, and instructive feedback for producing generalization of tacts of various stimuli types with individuals with autism spectrum disorder. The second paper will present a study that assessed recombinative generalization with novel combinations of abstract stimuli by programming specific training histories for undergraduate students during matrix training. The third paper will present a study that taught who, what, and where intraverbal-tacts using matrix training, and evaluated the efficacy of matrix training across two matrices. The fourth paper will present a study that evaluated the efficacy and efficiency of incorporating instructive feedback within matrix training to teach children with autism spectrum disorder to label objects and adjectives.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): generative responding, instructive feedback, matrix training, multiple exemplars
Target Audience:

The target audience is professionals and researchers in behavior analysis.

Learning Objectives: Attendees will be able to describe a variety of methods for producing generative responding. Attendees will be able to describe how to use matrix training to produce emergent responding. Attendees will be able to describe how to use multiple exemplar training to produce emergent responding. Attendees will be able to describe how to use instructive feedback to produce emergent responding.
 
Teaching Who, What, and Where Using Matrix Training
MARIA CLARA CORDEIRO (Marquette University), Mary Halbur (Marquette University), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University), Gabriella Rachal Van Den Elzen (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute), Jessi Reidy (Marquette University)
Abstract: Teaching alternating Wh- questions consists of training conditional discriminations under multiple sources of control which may lead to response errors (Sundberg & Sundberg, 2011). The purpose of the current study was to teach who, what, and where intraverbal-tacts in the presence of 2D stimuli. Additionally, we wanted to determine the efficacy of matrix training across two 5x5x5 matrices. Matrix training consists of teaching two or more responses in the presence of a single stimulus comprised of multiple stimulus components (Pauwels, Ahearn, & Cohen, 2015). Two children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) first learned to tact individual components (e.g., “towel” in the presence of a towel on a white background). We then implemented non-overlap training of diagonal 1 from Matrix 1. After training, participant one demonstrated stimulus generalization in Matrix 1 and stimulus generalization to novel stimuli in Matrix 2. The second participant is still in data collection. Results suggest that training who, what, and where in the presence of compound stimuli from one diagonal in one matrix (i.e., 15 intraverbal-tacts) may to lead to intraverbal-tacts across novel stimuli combinations (i.e., recombinative generalization) and in the presence of entirely novel stimuli (i.e., response generalization).
 
Matrix Training With and Without Instructive Feedback
ALEXANDRA MARIE CAMPANARO (Caldwell University), Bryan Rickoski (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Danielle L. Gureghian (Garden Academy)
Abstract: The current study examined the efficacy and efficiency of incorporating the use of instructive feedback within matrix training to teach children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) to label common objects and adjectives. The study was conducted in a private school providing educational services to students with ASD based on the principles of applied behavior analysis. We taught one set of responses using a non-overlapping matrix, a second set of responses using an overlapping matrix, and a third set of responses using a non-overlapping matrix along with secondary targets to three individuals with ASD. The results demonstrated that all teaching methods were effective and all trained and untrained responses were acquired. Additionally, results will be discussed across different measures of efficiency, including training sessions and training time to mastery. Our findings will be discussed in light of the extant matrix training and instructive feedback literatures. Additionally, we will provide directions for future research.
 
The Effects of Varying Matrix Training Arrangements on Recombinative Generalization
REBECCA DURHAM (University of North Texas), Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Recombinative generalization is a stimulus control process that involves responding to novel stimulus combinations, and it can be facilitated through an instructional approach, matrix training. A learner’s history with constituent stimuli and the arrangement of combination stimuli within the instructional matrix may affect the likelihood of recombinative generalization. To investigate this further, the current project assessed recombinative generalization with novel combinations of abstract stimuli by programming specific training histories for undergraduate student participants. The matrix training conditions were: (a) overlap with known (i.e., previously acquired) constituents, (b) overlap with unknown (i.e., not previously acquired) constituents, (c) nonoverlap with known constituents, and (d) nonoverlap with unknown constituents. We evaluated whether and the extent to which recombinative generalization occurred in each matrix training condition in comparison to a condition that included teaching the constituents and providing a word-order rule. Finally, we compared the total training trials to a condition in which we directly trained all constituents and combinations. The results suggested both overlap conditions and the nonoverlap with known constituents condition produced recombinative generalization, and the nonoverlap with known constituents condition was the most efficient. These results could inform the training order and stimulus arrangements practitioners employ to program for recombinative generalization.
 

Comparing the Efficacy and Efficiency of Tact Training Procedures for Generalization With Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

GABRIELLA RACHAL VAN DEN ELZEN (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Regina A. Carroll (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

Programming for generalization is a critical component of applied behavior analysis. Previous research has evaluated several procedures for achieving stimulus generalization in the context of tact training with children with autism spectrum disorder, including serial multiple exemplar training (S-MET), concurrent multiple exemplar training (C-MET), and instructive feedback (IF). Although previous research has compared some or all of these procedures, results have been mixed. In the present study, we used an adapted alternating treatments design to directly compare the efficacy and efficiency of S-MET, C-MET, and IF for producing generalization of tacts of various types of stimuli (e.g., color photographs, black and white outlines, colored drawings) with four males with autism spectrum disorder. For most participants, C-MET led to generalization in the fewest training sessions, followed by IF. These results suggest that S-MET is unlikely to lead to generalization more efficiently than other conditions, but that the ideal training arrangement may be idiosyncratic.

 
 
Symposium #504
CE Offered: BACB
Issues Related to Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior from a Variety of Perspectives
Monday, May 25, 2020
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 207B
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer Rebecca Weyman (University of Missouri)
Discussant: Megan A. Boyle (Missouri State University)
CE Instructor: Jennifer Rebecca Weyman, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The functional analysis is used to identify the function of problem behavior (Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, & Richman, 1982/1994), which in-turn, is used to develop a function-based treatment to decrease the problem behavior (Hanley, Iwata, & McCord, 2003). The purpose of the current symposium is to present four studies that investigate a variety questions related to the functional analysis and function-based treatments. The first presentation will examine the effects of the functional analysis on problem behavior outside of session. The second will be on the evaluation of the trial-based functional analysis to assess problem behavior evoked by ritual interruption. The third will be on the utilization of an indirect assessment to systematically individualize the initial component durations used during schedule thinning following functional communication training. The fourth will use a translational approach to examine whether the history of reinforcement affects resurgence. Dr. Megan Boyle of Missouri State University will then provide a discussion on each study and provide insight on how research and practice on functional analysis and function-based treatments continue to evolve.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): "function-based treatment", "functional analysis"
Target Audience:

Clinicians and individuals in academia

 
Some Effects of Functional Analysis on Problem Behavior Outside of Session
KARIE JOHN (University of South Florida), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), Andrew L. Samaha (University of South Florida), Marlesha Bell (University of South Florida), Paige Talhelm (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Conducting a functional analysis (FA) is the most empirically supported method of determining problem behavior, yet clinicians report various barriers to conducting FAs. A common concern associated with conducting FAs is that by reinforcing problem behavior during assessment, problem behavior may increase outside of the assessment context (Hanley, 2012). However, little research has validated this concern. In fact, behavioral contrast research suggests the opposite may be more likely. Behavioral contrast can best be described as a change in behavior in one context as a result of the rate of reinforcement of the behavior in another context (Reynolds, 1961). The purpose of the current study was to evaluate problem behavior outside of the FA context. Response-stimulus sequences were observed through descriptive analysis across days as well as immediately preceding and following-FA sessions to examine temporal relations and the extent to which caregivers may influence behavior prior-to and post-FA. Our results suggest that problem behavior rate during an FA, reinforcement schedule, and time spent in the relevant establishing operation do not lead to increases in problem behavior outside of session. However, a change in caregiver behavior was observed for some subjects between pre-FA and post-FA observations.
 
An Application of the Trial-Based Functional Analysis to Assess Problem Behavior Evoked by Ritual Interruption
JENNIFER REBECCA WEYMAN (University of Missouri), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), Claudia Campos (Florida Institute of Technology), Anna Garcia (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Restricted and repetitive behavior is one of the diagnostic criteria for autism spectrum disorder. Restricted and repetitive behavior can severely interfere with the daily lives of children with autism spectrum disorder and their families as they are correlated with caregiver stress, may hinder skill acquisition, and may evoke severe problem behavior when they are interrupted. The trial-based functional analysis may be an effective method of identifying problem behavior evoked by ritual (i.e., complex restricted and repetitive behavior) interruption. Modifying the trial-based functional analysis to assess this function of problem behavior may help mitigate some risks associated with the traditional functional analysis, allow therapists and teachers with limited resources (e.g., time, space) to evaluate this function of problem behavior, and it may allow therapists and teachers to assess complex rituals that typically only occur in the natural environment. Thus, the purpose of the current study was to evaluate the use of the trial-based functional analysis to assess problem behavior associated with ritual interruption.
 

Development and Validation of the Waiting Assessment Interview Tool and Evaluation of Individualized Waiting Durations in Signaled Reinforcement

CLAUDIA CAMPOS (Florida Institute of Technology), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), Jennifer Rebecca Weyman (University of Missouri), Anna Garcia (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Indirect assessments are widely used in the development of behavior interventions. To date, there are no indirect assessments that can be used to evaluate the extent to which children who engage in problem behavior wait to receive reinforcement. However, there are effective behavior interventions to increase waiting. Functional communication training (FCT) and schedule thinning have been identified as effective interventions to increase waiting in children who engage in problem behavior maintained by social contingencies. Therefore, we conducted three studies to evaluate the use of an indirect assessment to increase waiting within an FCT and schedule treatment package in children with developmental disabilities. The purpose of the study was to develop the Waiting Assessment Interview Tool (WAIT) and to use the WAIT completed by informants to systematically individualize the initial component durations used during the schedule thinning procedure. A secondary purpose was to use the informants’ preferred waiting times as final waiting targets for all subjects.

 
Translational Evaluation of History Effects on Resurgence
PAIGE TALHELM (University of South Florida), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), Anthony Concepcion (University of South Florida), Andrew L. Samaha (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Resurgence is the reappearance of an extinguished operant response when an alternative behavior is subsequently treated with extinction (Podlesnik & Shahan, 2009). Behavior analysts typically encounter problem behavior with longer reinforcement history and alternative responses with shorter reinforcement histories. Because resurgence can be common and problematic, a potential solution to this problem is training multiple alternative responses. In the present study, undergraduate students were trained to engage in an arbitrary response analogous to problem behavior and two alternative responses. Each response was reinforced for three different durations to establish different reinforcement histories and then tested under conditions of resurgence. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the duration of exposure to reinforcement contingencies on resurgence when multiple alternative responses have been taught. Three subjects engaged in the target response most often, five subjects engaged in alternative responses most often, and one subject engaged in all response equally during resurgence.
 
 
Symposium #505
CE Offered: BACB
Value Based Care and Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 25, 2020
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Room 102
Area: AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Steven Merahn (Union In Action, Inc.)
Discussant: Steven Merahn (Union In Action, Inc.)
CE Instructor: Kerri L. Milyko, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Value-based healthcare or value-based care (VBC) represents a healthcare delivery model where providers receive payment based on outcomes. With VBC agreements, providers in the healthcare space are preferentially rewarded and compensated for helping clients improve their health, decrease the incidence and effects of chronic disease, and live healthier lives with evidence-based approaches. When applied to behavior analysis, VBC means providers in the behavioral healthcare space will be preferentially rewarded and compensated for helping clients improve their behavioral outcomes, decrease the incidence of chronic challenging behaviors, and live more productive lives with evidence-based approaches derived from the science of behavior. VBC has not yet arrived in behavior analysis but when it does, it will fundamentally shift the relationship between service provision and reimbursement. Providers will achieve greater efficiencies by spending more time on new, prevention-based services, thus leading to a reduction with time devoted mainly to chronic challenging behavior. The following symposium will offer different presentations each approaching VBC and how it can impact behavior analysis.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): insurance, Value-Based Care
Target Audience:

BCBAs, BCBA-Ds, clinical directors

Learning Objectives: - list 3 options for meta-deta - define value-based care and benefits to improving quality of service - list 3 benefits to collecting outcome data
 

Value-Based Care and Research: A Comparison of Behavior Analysis and Behavior Analysis Plus Precision Teaching

(Applied Research)
RICHARD M. KUBINA (Penn State; CentralReach)
Abstract:

Value-based healthcare (VBC) will change the way behavior analysts provide care. New delivery models will stress a team-oriented approach to client care and the sharing of data with an emphasis on coordinated care and easily measured outcomes. The present study builds VBC by examining whether Precision Teaching (PT) would enhance the quality of care already demonstrated by behavior analysis (BA). The study examined the following: (1) Pinpointing behavior - using a standard framework for precisely labeling target behaviors; (2) Element-compound analysis - analyzing constituent behavioral elements for a behavioral compound and applying the analysis to existing curricula and other data targets; (3) Dimensional measurement - applying universal and absolute metrics that quantify behavioral measures; and (4) Standard visual display - implementing a graph that quantifies behavior change, maintains visual consistency from analyst to analyst, reduces interpretative errors, facilitates pattern recognition, and offers the most accurate model for present data. Decision making data comparing the two groups indicated a marked increase in decisions made in the BA + PT group. Furthermore, when examined outcome measures for the BA + PT, the Vineland and Autism Treatment Evaluation Checklist showed substantial gains. Also, social validity scores also point to satisfaction with the experimental procedures of PT added to BA.

 

Implementing a Precision Measurement System to Deliver a Value Based Care Model of ABA Services

(Service Delivery)
BRIAN LOPEZ (JumpStart Autism Center), Allison Bartsch (JumpStart Autism Center)
Abstract:

Value Based Healthcare (VBH) has been a model within the medical field for the past decade. Due to the complexities of measuring behavioral health outcomes, however, VBH is only now moving into the behavioral health field. Health Resource Services Administration is starting to connect behavioral health providers reimbursements to their ability to deliver quality services through an efficient treatment model. ABA providers will need to overcome idiosyncratic approaches to measuring outcomes in order to qualify for preferred reimbursement within the expanding VBH model. This paper will review outcome data from an ABA treatment model using a precision measurement system aimed at accelerate client outcomes. This model includes training RBTs to make data-based decisions, teaching foundational skills to fluency to ensure skills are retained and generalized, and by implementing an instructional curriculum that allows for new skills to be learned without direct training. Finally, discussion will include how insurance companies have responded to our approach to solve the VBH application to ABA services for children with ASD.

 
Medial and Distal Progress Monitoring to Measure Care
(Service Delivery)
KERRI L. MILYKO (CentralReach)
Abstract: Behavior analysts are experts at collecting clinical data. Progress on daily treatment programs are continually evaluated via time series graphs. However, without proper systems and supports, medial assessment data and metadata are not as often collected. When these data are not collected, overall progress about the case as related to higher-order treatment goals cannot be evaluated. Further, the development of flexibility and agility of the learner cannot be analyzed. However, when these data are collected continuously, growth towards a goal or benchmark can be assessed or even projected when it will be achieved. Further, assessment mastery, such as completion of the Verbal Behavior, Milestones Assessment and Placement Program, can be estimated (e.g., pinpointing a specific month given past progress), when collecting, measuring, and analyzing data in this fashion. This presentation will provide a justification for collecting meta and macro-level data and using the Standard Celeration Chart (SCC) to track ongoing progress evaluation at a medial and distal level. These data will serve as an initial launchpad for using behavior analytic intervention data to determine value-based care.
 

The Need for Technology in Defining Value-Based Reimbursement Measures for ABA Therapy

(Service Delivery)
DAVID STEVENS (CentralReach)
Abstract:

As downward payor pressure affecting reimbursement rates and hours continues to build, behavior analysts must precisely and objectively quantify value delivered as a function of time invested. Behavior analysts have at their disposal varying degrees and dimensions of clinical data with which to describe value. These include but are not limited to the number of learning opportunities, goals attained, decisions made, percent growth per pinpointed skill or percent reduction in targeted maladaptive behaviors, change in variance over time, a projected time window of when goals may be met, percent of skills that return to maintenance or intervention post mastery, and how well skills have generalized into the home, school, and community environments. Access to and inclusion of the aforementioned methods of describing value per function of time varies based on three facets of clinical service delivery: 1) the sophistication of the clinical service delivery model including supervisorial rigor; 2) the tooling deployed to assist the clinician in the collection and analysis of data; and 3) the educational and experiential histories of the clinician and supporting care team. This presentation will explore how present day and near-term future technologies may assist in each of the three facets to automate, standardize, and reliably document, analyze, and communicate value in a multidimensional quantitative model.

 
 
Symposium #506
CE Offered: BACB
Current Directions in Behavioral Economic Approaches to Demand
Monday, May 25, 2020
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 5
Area: BPN/EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Bethany R. Raiff (Rowan University)
Discussant: Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University)
CE Instructor: Gregory J. Madden, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will address how economic demand can be used to understand a variety of issues, with a focus on substance use disorders such as smoking, alcohol use, and non-prescription stimulant use. Results generated using hypothetical, as well as laboratory-based, demand tasks will be described. Although these methods can, and have, been applied to a broad range of topics, some potential limitations will also be explored. The symposium will end with a discussion about the implications of the research presented.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): addiction, behavioral economics, hypothetical demand, laboratory methods
Target Audience:

Individuals interested in behavioral economics and how it can be applied to a variety of topics, including substance use disorders.

 
A Behavioral Economic Swiss-Army Knife: Flexible Applications of the Commodity Purchase Task in Behavior Analysis
JUSTIN CHARLES STRICKLAND (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Behavioral economic demand analyses are multi-faceted methods for evaluating commodity valuation and characterizing how the availability of specific commodities influence the valuation of others. Practical, ethical, and regulatory challenges, however, limit the extent that traditional demand techniques may be used to understand certain health behaviors. The commodity purchase task is a procedure that allows for assessment of behavioral economic demand in an effective and efficient manner. This presentation will highlight the flexibility of the commodity purchase task for varied notoriously difficult-to-study research contexts and participant populations. Data will be presented from adult participants recruited for laboratory studies, inpatient protocols, and web-based survey or intervention settings to emphasize the diverse contexts in which purchase tasks may be applied. Findings from purchase tasks involving varied commodities, including drugs of abuse, condoms, and social interaction, will be presented. This overview of data-driven findings will emphasize that commodity purchase tasks allow for evaluation of: 1) vulnerable population for whom traditional protocols like drug self-administration are not ethically feasible (e.g., treatment-seeking individuals), 2) commodities for which experimental manipulations are not achievable (e.g., engagement in protected sexual intercourse), and 3) research in remote contexts for which typical methods are not practically possible.
 
Delay Discounting and Behavioral Economic Demand for Alcohol in a Census-Matched National Sample of Adults
MIKHAIL KOFFARNUS (Department of Family and Community Medicine University of Kentucky College of Medicine), Brent Kaplan (University of Kentucky)
Abstract: Behavioral economic measures of delay discounting and commodity demand have become popular ways to quantify aspects of reward valuation. These tasks have shown: utility in differentiating groups with healthier behavior patterns from groups with unhealthier behavior (e.g., substance misusers vs. nonusers, obese vs. healthy-weight adults); to correlate with severity or degree of unhealthy behavior; to predict success with behavior change interventions; and to reflect positive behavior change. Despite this wealth of research, the use of convenience samples in research and variability in task modality and format have made it difficult to judge if a specific delay discounting rate or demand metric collected in a single individual is ‘normal’, ‘high’, or ‘low’. As behavioral economic measures move into the clinical realm, such individual-subject judgements will be of increasing value. In the present experiment, we commissioned a large national sample of over 1000 adults recruited to match United States census data for age, gender, income, and race; and to match epidemiolocal data for levels of alcohol and cigarette use. Results include a replication of the discounting magnitude effect (p<.001). I will discuss the utility of these ‘normal’ behavioral economic measures for clinicians and researchers and the limitations of our sample.
 

Reduced-Nicotine Cigarettes: Behavioral Economics of Operant Reinforcement

MATTHEW W. JOHNSON (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Sean Dolan (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), David Cox (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Justin Charles Strickland (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Meredith Steele Berry (University of Florida)
Abstract:

The FDA has authority to regulate cigarette nicotine content. Reducing nicotine might reduce smoking. In an ongoing study, smokers (n=30) completed operant sessions. Participants worked for cigarette puffs across a range of fixed-ratio requirements (Lindsley plunger; FR-10 to FR-10,000 for 3-puffs), with full- (14.8 mg/g) and reduced-nicotine (4.8, 2.2, or 1.3 mg/g across participants) cigarettes available alone and concurrently. Following initial demand sessions, participants were given reduced-nicotine cigarettes to smoke over a three-week exposure period. Participants returned to the laboratory to repeat demand sessions. Demand did not differ between full-nicotine and reduced-nicotine cigarettes. Similarly, as full-nicotine FR increased, concurrently-available reduced-nicotine cigarette consumption increased. There was a reduction in demand for full- and reduced-nicotine content cigarettes following the exposure period in the single-item but not concurrent demand procedures. Data suggest similar demand across nicotine content; that prolonged nicotine-reduction might decrease cigarette demand; and that reduced-nicotine cigarettes may substitute for full-nicotine cigarettes.

 
Examining the Utility of a Functional Purchase Task to Measure Motives for Non-Medical Prescription Stimulant Use
MATTHEW J DWYER (Rowan University), Connor Andrew Burrows (Rowan University), Bethany R. Raiff (Rowan University)
Abstract: The hypothetical purchase task (HPT) has been explored as a generalizable approach to assessing reinforcer value and demand for substances such as alcohol and cigarettes, and has more recently been used to measure demand for non-medical prescription stimulant use (NMPSU) among college students. However, this work has yet to be replicated, and questions remain regarding the extension of a traditional HPT format for this population. The purpose of the current study is to replicate the use of an HPT for college student NMPSU in samples from three different universities (n= 112). Results will be compared on both the aggregate and individual levels to provide a basis for discussing the ecological validity and utility of applying the traditional HPT approach to NMPSU. Additionally, limitations for how well analysis of data obtained from an HPT reflects high reinforcing value among college students will be evaluated. To help answer this question, data from a modified functional stimulant purchase task that assesses differential demand based on preference for specific drug effects will be introduced as one approach to expanding the HPT paradigm. Finally, possible applied implications will be proposed for how this functional assessment approach to demand analysis may inform intervention and prevention efforts.
 
 
Symposium #507
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advancements in the Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders
Monday, May 25, 2020
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon B
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Connor Sheehan (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health; University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Valerie M. Volkert (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine)
CE Instructor: Valerie M. Volkert, M.A.
Abstract:

Children are diagnosed with a feeding disorder when they do not eat an adequate quantity or variety of foods, sustain an appropriate weight, or grow (Palmer & Horn, 1978; Piazza & Carroll-Hernandez, 2004). Applied behavior analytic interventions have proven effective in the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders (Volkert & Piazza, 2012). Preference for flavors develop in a variety of ways in typical eating individuals (Capaldi, 1996), however, if and how preference occurs for individuals with feeding disorders is less known. The current symposium includes two studies that evaluated preference for nonpreferred foods and examined shifts in preference before, during, and after applied behavior analytic intervention in children with feeding disorders. An additional study used preferred foods during treatment involving a high-probability sequence with and without escape extinction to increase consumption of healthy, nonpreferred foods. The effectiveness of applied behavior analytic interventions to treat feedings problems may be influenced by treatment integrity. The final study examines various components of behavior skills training in isolation and in combination to increase correct implementation of feeding protocols.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): caregiver training, feeding disorders, high-probability, preference
Target Audience:

Board Certified Behavior Analysts

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify assessments commonly used to evaluate preference within a feeding context; (2) describe a high-probability instructional sequence as treatment for pediatric feeding disorders; and (3) identify commonly used behavioral skills training components when training caregivers on feeding protocols.
 
Evaluation of Preference Shifts Following Treatment for Picky Eaters
JESSICA FOSTER JUANICO (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas)
Abstract: Picky eating is defined as the consumption of a limited number of foods from each food group (Food Selectivity, 2018). There are various challenges associated with picky eating including a restricted diet and challenging mealtime behavior (Bandini et al., 2010; Penrod, Gardella, & Fernand, 2012). We were interested in identifying whether there were any shifts in preference for nonpreferred foods following treatment. Therefore, prior to and following treatment (i.e., differential reinforcement of alternative behavior with and without nonremoval of the spoon) with eight children, we conducted paired stimulus preference assessments (Fisher et al., 1992) with high-preferred and nonpreferred foods to determine whether there were shifts in preference or if there were selections of previously nonpreferred foods. Results demonstrated that five children selected and consumed at least one previously nonpreferred food and three children selected and consumed at least one previously nonpreferred food at a higher level than at least one preferred food.
 

A Replication of an Examination of Food Preferences Before and After Treatment for a Pediatric Feeding Disorder

JASON R. ZELENY (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Rutgers University), Valerie M. Volkert (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), Vivian F Ibanez (University of Florida), Jaime Crowley (May Institute), Caitlin A. Kirkwood (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health, University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

Exposure to noxious stimuli in the context of eating results in avoidance behavior in nonhuman animals (Garcia & Kellog, 1966), which may be the same mechanism by which feeding disorders can develop in some children. For example, if a child were to experience pain, discomfort, or excessive emesis shortly following mealtimes, he or she may be more likely to avoid certain foods, flavors, textures, or mealtime altogether in the future. However, little is known about the development of food preferences for children with feeding disorders. The goal of our investigation primarily focused on identifying whether intervention for the feeding disorder resulted in preference changes for foods as a function of exposure. In the current investigation, we replicated an earlier study (Zeleny et al., 2019) with additional participants and evaluated whether food preferences of children with feeding disorders changed over the course of intervention. We conducted repeated free- and random-choice preference assessments with foods to which we either exposed or did not expose children with a feeding disorder during clinical treatment. We observed a shift in preference following exposure to exposed foods throughout the preference assessments, suggesting that preferences for foods may have changed due to exposure during treatment.

 

Comparing High-Probability Demands With and Without Food to Increase the Consumption of Healthy Food in Picky Eaters

LAURA TARDI (Brock University), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University)
Abstract:

The high-probability (high-p) instructional sequence is a non-intrusive procedure that involves the presentation of a series of high-p requests followed by 1 low-probability request. To date, only 9 studies have examined its effectiveness to treat food selectivity in children, and results of these studies have been mixed. In the current study, we used a multielement design to compare the effectiveness and efficiency of 2 iterations of the high-p sequence to increase the consumption of healthy food in picky eaters. One iteration of the high-p instructional sequence consisted of the researcher presenting 3 bites of a preferred food on a spoon to the child and the other consisted of the researcher presenting 3 bites of an empty spoon to the child. Preliminary results show that nonremoval of the spoon may be necessary to increase consumption for some children. We will discuss the results within the context of treatment implications, limitations, and suggestions for future research.

 

Evaluating Staff and Caregiver Training Within Pediatric Feeding

RONALD J. CLARK (Florida Institute of Technology), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (Auburn University), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Auburn University)
Abstract:

Pediatric feeding problems are present in approximately 50% of the general population and 90% of children with autism spectrum disorder. Much research has been conducted to evaluate behavioral interventions aimed at addressing these problems. In research and clinical protocols, it’s reported that trained staff implement the treatments. However, it’s unclear how much of the variability observed in the results of behavioral interventions for feeding is a result of differences in the therapist's ability to implement the treatment reliably. This study evaluated different training packages containing all of or some of the following components: written instructions, verbal instructions, video modeling, rehearsal, feedback, and task clarification. Three groups were evaluated across staff members and two groups were evaluated across caregivers. It is expected that the use of these treatment components will increase protocol adherences across novel staff and caregivers with varying levels of acquisition conditional to the group they are exposed to.

 
 
Symposium #508
What and How Psychology Could be Related to Other Disciplines: An Interbehavioral Approach
Monday, May 25, 2020
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty M
Area: CSS; Domain: Translational
Chair: Carlos de Jesús de Jesús Torres (University of Guadalajara)
Discussant: Mitch Fryling (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract:

In this symposium, different interdisciplinary approaches to the understanding and efficient intervention in social contexts will be presented. The so-called "social progress" has been identified through the development of living conditions that affect society in various fields such as urban development, economic and working conditions, living conditions, which imply an improvement in the quality of life of individuals who participate in social groups. However, this development has some repercussions that are identified as “social problems”, that can paradoxically represent a negative impact on individual quality of life such as coexistence problems, corruption, bullying, drug abuse, social inequality. In this presentation a prescriptive framework of the applicability of psychological knowledge is discussed taking into account four features that are considered by Ribes (2018) for the development of a technology-based on scientific knowledge: a) a theory of individuation; b) formulation of interface concepts associated with the circumstance identified as problematic; c) design of methods and procedures for the transfer of scientific knowledge into social problems, and; d) identification of the social criteria that guide the meaning of the intervention.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): didactic interaction, Interdiscipline, intervention, social-coexistence, technology, psychology
 

Individual Behavior and the Problems of Social Coexistence

(Theory)
GERARDO A ORTIZ RUEDA RUEDA (Universidad de Guadalajara-Mexico), Nora Rangel (Universidad de Guadalajara, Mexico), Carmen Quintana (University of Guadalajara), Carlos de Jesús de Jesús Torres (University of Guadalajara), Karla Acuña (Universidad de Sonora - Mexico)
Abstract:

By living in groups that are conventionally structured, shaped, and maintained, humans face behavioral challenges to maintain their own individual environmental adjustment and the cohesion of their groups. That is to say, humans strive to maintain an often-delicate balance between their individual needs and those of the group. Social problems arise when this balance does not obtain. A major aim of Psychology is the analysis of individual behavior and its interaction with its environmental conditions. A key assumption in pursuing this aim is that behavior allows the individual to adjust to its changing environment. In the case of humans, a substantial part of their environment is conventional in character. Due to this character, shared social practices are stronger determinants of humans’ adjustments to their environments than the physicochemical or ecological aspects are. As a part of an interdisciplinary approach, Psychology could supply a conceptual basis for how individuals interact in groups, identifying the variables that affect social coexistence processes. Similarly, such knowledge could be used to design interventions oriented to behavioral change in different social contexts, such as bullying at school and workplaces, public security issues, traffic and use of public spaces, and addictions.

 
Teamwork interaction in software development: Proposing a model
(Theory)
ADRIANA PEÑA (Universidad de Guadalajara), Mirna Muñoz (Centro de Investigación en Matemáticas - Mexico), Nora Rangel (Universidad de Guadalajara, Mexico), Carlos de Jesús de Jesús Torres (University of Guadalajara)
Abstract: Human factor is one the most common causes for teamwork failure; and software development teams are not the exception. Currently software is developed mostly in teamwork bases, and primarily in small enterprises that require optimizing resources in order to guarantee their permanency in the market. It is then valuable to build teams from the human factor perspective aimed to effectiveness. Along with technical skills or hard skills, a team requires management skills and interpersonal skills, these last two also kwon as soft skills. We propose to integrate effective software development teams though a model based on the Team Software Process roles (Humphrey, 2006) for management skills, which are linked to the required activities in software development phases. And for interpersonal skills, interactive styles, a persistent personal behavior in particular situations that in turn could lead to understand how people might interact with others on those particular situations (Ribes, 1990). For the model, gamification is proposed to create approximations to the software development process situation, first to identify software team roles, and then to identify personal interactive styles, in order to obtain the suitable teammates towards an effective software development team.
 

Interbehavioral Psychology Contributions in the Field of School Education

(Theory)
KARLA ACUÑA (Universidad de Sonora - Mexico), Miriam Yerith Jimenez (Universidad de Sonora-México), Alfonso López (Universidad de Sonora - México)
Abstract:

Interbehavioral Psychology, as the discipline entrusted with studying the relation between the individual and its functional environment, can contribute knowledge towards the solution of problems in education as long as a general process theory is linked the before-mentioned knowledge. Psychological understanding, as applicable knowledge, can only result as an outcome of theory and technological investigation that adapts analytical knowledge from basic (general) science to the situational circumstance that the technology entails. In this respect, the notion of didactic interaction, as the functional unit of the teaching-learning process, has allowed the examination of the appropriateness of relationships between teacher, student and object referent. Thus, contributing to a pertinent formation before the new requirements that the context to discipline and social establishes.

 
Linguistic transformations may promote behavior change
(Theory)
TELMO EDUARDO PEÑA CORREAL CORREAL (Universidad Javeriana)
Abstract: Behavior modification, behavior therapy, and psychotherapy are concerned with behavior change. From the perspective of radical behaviorism, behavior change implies a change in contingencies and usually, different techniques have been developed in order to change these contingencies in order to change target behaviors. From the perspective of cognitive-behavior frameworks, behavior change could be induced with the change in cognitions such as beliefs, ways of reasoning, or in general, mediational constructs. Recent developments in the interbehavioral psychology (Ribes, 2018) give rise to think on another ways to promote behavior change that imply the transformation of the ways which an individual talks o writes about his/her interactions with others by reflecting verbally on his/her own referential statements (theoretical practice). These types of interbehavioral contacts are labeled as “transformation contacts” and consist in changes in a linguistic domain in terms of its internal relations and functions, and therefore in changes of the operation rules that change the referential practices of a specific domain. This transformation takes place primarily as a linguistic practice, but, represents the emergence of dispositional circumstances to promote behavior change. A preliminary study is reported to show how these conceptual issues could be translated in the context of a clinical case.
 
 
Symposium #509
CE Offered: BACB
Implementation of Teacher Consultation in Public Schools
Monday, May 25, 2020
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence F-H
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Trevor Maxfield (University of South Florida)
Discussant: Rocky Haynes (University of South Florida - Tampa)
CE Instructor: Rocky Haynes, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Classrooms are complex environments that require teachers to implement a variety of classroom management strategies to minimize problem behavior and maximize learning time. Given the difficulty of implementing behavioral interventions in the school setting, there is a need for teacher training and support. This symposium presents school-based intervention studies focused on teacher consultation to assist public school teachers in creating a classroom context where they use positive, proactive behavior management strategies to foster success for students with behavioral difficulties. Study 1 promoted equity in teachers' use of behavior-specific praise through self-monitoring and performance feedback. Studies 2 and 3 used the Prevent-Teach-Reinforce consultation model to improve classroom behavior of students with behavioral difficulties. Study 4 focused on promoting positive teacher interactions with students and decreasing student off-task behavior through teacher training on using differential reinforcement of other behaviors (DRO) and response cost token economy as a class-wide intervention.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): behavior intervention, classroom management, implementation fidelity, Teacher consultation
Target Audience:

Practitioners

Learning Objectives: By the end of this session, participants will be able to: Describe how behavior analysts can work with classroom teachers during consultation to promote positive classroom ecology Explain evidence-based interventions used in the presented studies to prevent and address problem behavior in students Describe challenges that behavior analysts may encounter during teacher consultation in public schools
 

Promoting Equity in Teachers' Use of Behavior Specific Praise With Self-Monitoring and Performance Feedback

ASHLEY ELIZABETH KNOCHEL (University of South Florida), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

This presentation introduces the results of a study that examined the impact of equity-focused teacher self-monitoring and performance feedback on establishing proportionate praise and discipline practices across students in four elementary school classrooms. A multiple-baseline design across participants was used to demonstrate that training teachers to practice self-monitoring and providing equity-focused performance feedback increased all participating teachers’ delivery of proportionate behavior-specific praise and decrease negative feedback given to diverse students.

 

Using the Prevent-Teach-Reinforce for Secondary Model for High School Students With Autism Spectrum Disorders

Deanna Deenihan (University of South Florida), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida), DANIELLE ANN RUSSO (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

The Prevent-Teach-Reinforce (PTR) model presents a useful teacher consultation tool to disseminate evidence-based practices into the classroom setting for teachers to create behavioral changes of students with behavioral challenges. This presentation outlines the impact of using the PTR model on three students with autism spectrum disorders in secondary school classrooms. A multiple-baseline across participants design was employed to demonstrate positive outcomes of using PTR in increasing appropriate classroom behavior and reducing problem behavior of the target students. Social validity assessments indicated both groups of students and teachers were highly satisfied with the process and outcomes of using the PTR model.

 

Implementation of the Prevent-Teach-Reinforce Model Within Multi-Tiered Systems of Support for Elementary School Students With Problem Behavior

Sofia Reyes (University of South Florida), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida), NICOLE MARIE HARRIS (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

This paper presents the outcomes of implementing PTR within the multi-tiered systems of support for three students engaging in high levels of problem behavior served in three classrooms at two public elementary schools. A multiple baseline across participants design was used to evaluate the impact of using the prevent-teach-reinforce (PTR) model on student problem and replacement behaviors. Findings indicated that the classroom teachers effectively participated in the PTR assessment and intervention process, implementing the PTR intervention with fidelity, which resulted in decreases in problem behavior and increases in replacement behavior for all three participating students in both target and generalization academic times.

 

Using Differential Reinforcement of Other Behaviorsand Response Cost as a Class-Wide Intervention to Improve Student and Teacher Behaviors

Monika Bardzilauskaite (University of South Florida), RACHEL SCALZO (University of South Florida), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

The presentation describes the outcomes of using differential reinforcement of other behaviors (DRO) and response cost as a class-wide intervention in implementing a token economy in one kindergarten and one 1st-grade classrooms. Using an alternating treatments design with an additional baseline phase, the study compared the impact of using DRO versus response cost on student off-task behavior and teacher positive and negative statements. Results indicated that while both DRO and response cost were effective in decreasing all six target students’ off-task behavior, three students engaged in lower levels of off-task behavior during DRO. One teacher's negative statements slightly decreased during implementation of both procedures.  

 
 
Invited Tutorial #510
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Building Independence and Complex Social Play in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders Using Photographic Activity Schedules and Social Scripts
Monday, May 25, 2020
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 207A
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: Thomas Higbee, Ph.D.
Chair: Sarah Frampton (May Institute, Inc. )
Presenting Authors: : THOMAS HIGBEE (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Many students with autism and other developmental disabilities have difficulty sequencing their own behavior during free-choice situations. Rather, they rely on adults to prompt them to engage in particular activities. Many do not interact appropriately with play materials or may select one activity and engage in it for an extended period of time. Photographic activity schedules have been shown to be an effective tool to teach children to sequence their own behavior and transition smoothly between multiple activities. Children learn to follow the visual cues in the activity schedule to make transitions instead of relying on adult-provided prompts. Activity schedules also provide a context for teaching basic and complex choice-making behavior. As children develop verbal behavior, social scripts can also be added and then later faded to promote social interaction. Activity schedules have been used successfully in a variety of settings with both children and adults with various disabilities. They are easy to use and can be adapted to most environments. In the present tutorial, participants will learn how to use activity schedules with clients/students as well as learn about recent research on using these techniques to promote complex social play.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Practitioners and applied researchers.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the prerequisite skills for using photographic activity schedules; (2) describe how to use photographic activity schedules to promote independent behavior; (3) describe how to use photographic activity schedules to promote choice making; (4) describe how to use social scripting and script fading to promote spontaneous language; (5) describe how to use photographic activity schedules and script fading to promote complex social play.
 
THOMAS HIGBEE (Utah State University)

Dr. Thomas S. Higbee is a Professor and Interim Department Head in the Department of Special Education and Rehabilitation at Utah State University and Executive Director of the Autism Support Services: Education, Research, and Training (ASSERT) program, an early intensive behavioral intervention program for children with autism that he founded in 2003. He is a doctoral-level Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA-D) and a Licensed Behavior Analyst in the state of Utah. He is also chair of the Disability Disciplines doctoral program at Utah State University. His research focuses on the development of effective educational and behavioral interventions for children with autism spectrum disorders and related disabilities as well as the development of effective training strategies for teaching parents and professionals to implement effective interventions. He is a former associate editor for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA) and the European Journal of Behavior Analysis. Dr. Higbee is committed to the dissemination of effective behavioral interventions and has helped to create intensive behavior analytic preschool and school programs for children with autism and related disorders in Brazil, Russia, Portugal, and throughout his home state of Utah. He is the past president of the Utah Association for Behavior Analysis (UtABA) and has served as a member of the Practice Board of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) and the Psychologist Licensing Board of the state of Utah.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #511
CE Offered: BACB/PSY/QABA — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Management of Well-Being in Organizations and Beyond
Monday, May 25, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 3, Ballroom AB
Area: DEI; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
CE Instructor: Ramona Houmanfar, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: RAMONA HOUMANFAR (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: A growing body of scientific evidence suggests implicit biases influence ways our actions may affect others to the extent that may favor some and detract from others. Biases can be deleterious and throw decisions off course just enough to harm others (e.g., women and minorities) or unjustifiably protect special interests. Moreover, the numerous examples of ways diversity can promote organizational success and quality of healthcare have generated interests of organizational leadership in relation to bias and diversity across industries. In many ways, leaders’ communication and decision-making shape the interlocking behavioral contingencies, aggregate products (i.e. metacontingency), and the behavior topographies of consumers (i.e., cultural practices). Simply stated, leaders’ design and implementation of contingencies can bear positive or negative influences on the wellbeing of the organizational members plus the external environment (including the physical and social environment). This presentation provides an overview of ways behavior science can contribute to the design of healthy environments that promote well-being of workers and consumers in human service industry.
Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Leaders, managers, organizational members, and consumers in human service industry.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the foundation (concepts, principles, methodology) underlying contingency analysis at the cultural level of selection; (2) discuss the behavior analytic account of implicit bias as related to emerging socio-cultural issues; (3) list behaviors and associated outcomes that align with a behavior analytic discussion of wellbeing.
 
RAMONA HOUMANFAR (University of Nevada, Reno)
Dr. Ramona A. Houmanfar is Professor of Psychology and the Director of the Behavior Analysis Program at the University of Nevada, Reno (UNR). She currently serves as the trustee of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies, Chair of the Organizational Behavior Management Section of Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies, and editorial board members of the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, and Behavior & Social Issues. Dr. Houmanfar recently completed her seven-year term as the editor of Journal of Organizational Behavior Management. She has served as the former senior co-chair of the Association for Behavior Analysis International, Director of the Organizational Behavior Management Network and President of the Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis.
Dr. Houmanfar has published over seventy peer reviewed articles and chapters, delivered more than 100 presentations at regional, national, and international conferences in the areas of behavioral systems analysis, cultural behavior analysis, leadership in organizations, rule governance, communication networks, instructional design, and bilingual repertoire analysis and learning. Her expertise in behavioral systems analysis and cultural behavior analysis have also guided her research associated with implicit bias, cooperation, situational awareness, decision making, and value based governance. Dr. Houmanfar has published three co-edited books titled “Organizational Change” (Context Press), "Understanding Complexity in Organizations", and “Leadership & Cultural Change (Taylor & Francis Group).
 
 
Symposium #512
CE Offered: BACB
Utilizing Pairing Procedures to Decrease Challenging Behaviors in Preschoolers With Autism
Monday, May 25, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 202B
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Rachel McIntosh (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center)
CE Instructor: Rachel McIntosh, M.A.
Abstract:

Current literature suggests most pairing procedures are used to teach the acquisition of skill, while few studies aim to decrease challenging behaviors through the use of stimulus or verbal pairing procedures. The presentations in this symposium will examine the use of pairing in the form of visual stimuli, as well as pairing specific verbal cues, to target a decrease in challenging behaviors surrounding restricted, repetitive interests and compliance, in preschool-age children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The first presentation will include research on the use of green and red 2D visuals to decrease the presence of inappropriate train behavior and sounds, in a three-year-old male with autism. The second presentation will examine an intervention focused on increasing compliance and flexible responding within a classroom setting for three males with ASD, by pairing specific verbal cues for each expected response. The third presentation will include research on decreasing the frequency of inappropriate door-related behaviors demonstrated by three, three-year-old males with ASD, through the use of 2D visuals located on the doors and specific rules delivered to each participant. Results from all three interventions suggest that using stimulus and/or verbal pairing procedures, along with systematic fading techniques and schedules of reinforcement, are effective in increasing the opportunities for learning by decreasing challenging and repetitive behaviors.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): compliance, inclusive preschool, restricted interests, stimulus pairing
Target Audience:

The target audience for this symposium is practicing behavior analysts.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to define and identify interventions utilizing various methods of pairing procedures, how to address restricted, repetitive behaviors that inhibit learning, and how to teach compliance with a self-advocacy component to preschool-age children.
 

Decreasing Fixated Interest Behaviors During Play-Based Activities Using a Stimulus Pairing Procedure

AMANDA M. SUMNEY (Southwest Autism Research)
Abstract:

Engaging in highly restricted play or having fixated interests that are abnormal in intensity, is a core symptom associated with an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) diagnosis (DSM-V). This may result in excessive amounts of time spent engaging with, or talking about, items of a specific theme. In the current study, a stimulus pairing intervention was utilized to decrease the presence of train-related fixated interest behaviors as demonstrated by a four-year-old male with autism. Teaching phases included systematically increasing the amount of time the participant was required to refrain from engaging in train-related behaviors or sounds in the presence of a red 2-D picture card. Train-related fixated interest behaviors were encouraged during optional, designated breaks within a specified space, as identified by a green 2-D picture card. This space encouraged cooperative play between the participant and clinician, with train materials present. Results suggest this intervention produced an effective way to decrease the presence of fixated interest behaviors, and to increase engagement with a variety of age-appropriate activities.

 

Using Stimulus Control to Teach Compliant and Flexible Responding With Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

KATHRYN ANN HOYLE (SARRC)
Abstract:

For individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), learning to discriminate between stimuli can influence the ability to respond to multiple cues across varying contexts. These foundational skills can lead to larger gains in the generalization of skills, which supports an overall greater flexibility for individuals with ASD. By learning to increase flexibility when responding to multiple cues, individuals can learn to discriminate when inflexibility is acceptable. The goal of the present study was to use discrimination training to teach three children with ASD to comply with negotiable versus non-negotiable demands in a classroom setting, along with the reduction of stereotyped responses. Compliant responses to both non-negotiable and negotiable demands were reinforced on a fixed-ratio schedule. The participants received tokens for compliant responses, and the reinforcement schedule was thinned as each participant’s compliant behavior improved. Non-compliance to negotiable demands was also reinforced by allowing escape from the demand. During instances of non-compliance to non-negotiable demands, researchers utilized escape extinction. Results demonstrate improvement in each child’s compliant behavior to non-negotiable demands, as well as increased compliance with negotiable demands. In addition, data reveal a reduction in stereotyped and/or defiant behaviors for all children compared to baseline levels, for both types of demands.

 

Utilizing a Stimulus Pairing Procedure to Decrease Restrictive Behaviors Within School Settings

MARY MAKENNA HILL (SARRC)
Abstract:

Individuals with a diagnosis of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) commonly engage in high rates of and high intensity restrictive or repetitive behaviors (DSM-V). These may lead to stigmatization, decreased opportunities to learn from the environment, and in extreme cases, may put an individual at risk for injury or even death. The current study examined the use of a stimulus pairing intervention to decrease the frequency of door-related restrictive behaviors as demonstrated by three, three-year-old males with autism. Colored cards were introduced and paired with specific rules to teach the individuals when a door was and was not accessible, and an error correction procedure was put in place. Door-related restrictive behaviors were encouraged with designated doors that did not affect the safety of the individual, as identified by a green 2-D picture card. Results suggest this intervention produced an effective way to decrease the presence of door-related behaviors for all participants. Future research includes determining effective training techniques to allow caregivers to implement similar stimulus pairing procedures in order to promote maintenance and generalization of the learned skill.

 
 
Symposium #513
CE Offered: BACB
Staff Training in Adult Services
Monday, May 25, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 206
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Jenna Darcy (Endicott College)
Discussant: Samantha Volpe (Endicott College/ Elwyn NJ )
CE Instructor: Samantha Volpe, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Although there has been systematic gains and strides to serving children with autism, the fact still exists that the majority of individuals with autism spectrum disorder will require some degree of supportive services into adulthood (Howlin et al, 2004). There continues to be an ongoing crisis in terms of available services for adults with ASD, after they leave the entitled world of children's services (Gerhardt & Lanier, 2011). As such, clinicians working within the adult service model must have a strong focus on training and supervision to work within their resources to bring the best possible clinical care to adults with ASD. The projects included in this symposium focus on training and supervision with an emphasis on social validity of staff working with adult learners.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): adult services, autism, staff supervision, staff training
Target Audience:

BCBAs, BCaBAs, RBTs

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will analyze the effectiveness of pyramidal teaching as an alternative to traditional staff training 2. Attendees will gain understanding of indices of happiness and how they relate to staff performance 3. Attendees will recognize limitations of adult services and learn creative solutions to such limitations
 
Training Staff in PECS Implementation: A Pyramidal Approach
BRIDGET KEOUGH (Elwyn), Samantha Volpe (Endicott College / Elwyn NJ)
Abstract: The pyramidal teaching model saves resources, time and money by allowing the expert to train a small number of staff to proficiency (Tier I staff), and then having Tier I staff train the remainder of staff (Tier II staff) on a skill. This shortens the amount of time required by the content expert to deliver direct training. One evidence based staff training procedure that can be used in conjunction with pyramidal teaching is behavioral sills training ( Parsons & Rollyson, 2013). The purpose of the current study is to determine the effects of a pyramidal teaching model on staff acquisition of the implementation of Phase IIIB of the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS). This study, utilizing a multiple baseline design, used lead direct support professionals (Tier I staff) to accurately train other direct support professionals (Tier II staff) in Phase IIIB of PECS.
 
Increasing Staff Performance and Professionalism through Individual Supervision
SARAH LOGAN (Elwyn NJ), Alexandra Held (Elwyn NJ), Samantha Volpe (Endicott College / Elwyn NJ)
Abstract: Organizational studies have long focused on values and happiness in employees as it relates to job performance, longevity, and productivity. There are various operational definitions of happiness that range anywhere from a lack of emotional exhaustion to the demonstration of a positive affect to scales and ratings of job satisfaction. Unequivocally, research has demonstrated that there is a disproportionate focus on negative aspects of well being in the work place compared to positive interactions (Cropanzano, 2001). The current study evaluated the use of individual supervision as a potential reinforcer for direct care staff in an adult services population.
 
 
Symposium #514
CE Offered: BACB
An Evaluation of Prompting and Error Correction Procedures
Monday, May 25, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 201
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Julia Ferguson (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Discussant: Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership)
CE Instructor: Ronald Leaf, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Prompting and error correction are two common components of discrete trial teaching. Given their documented effectiveness, clinicians may have difficulty selecting which prompting or error correction procedure to select under varying conditions. This symposium includes two studies which compared different prompting or error correction procedures to teach language skills for individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. These comparisons may help to identify the conditions under which different approaches may be more effective or preferred. Practical implications and future research will be discussed. The discussant will provide further considerations on how this research can be used in clinical settings and what is needed in future research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): autism, DTT, error correction, prompting
Target Audience:

Any persons involved in comprehensive behavioral intervention for individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder.

 

Comparison of Simultaneous Prompting to Error Correction for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

WAFA A. ALJOHANI (Endicott College; Autism Partnership Foundation), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Asim Javed (Endicott College; Autism Partnership Foundation), Christine Milne (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Julia Ferguson (Autism Partnership Foundation), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College)
Abstract:

This study compared simultaneous prompting to an error correction procedure for teaching three children with Autism Spectrum Disorder expressive labels. Using a parallel treatment design nested into a multiple probe design, each participant was taught how to expressively label six pictures of sports teams or cartoon characters with the simultaneous prompting procedure and six pictures of another different sports teams or cartoon characters with the error correction. The goal was to evaluate the effectiveness, efficiency, and acquisition during teaching for each participant across the two conditions. Results indicated that both teaching procedures were effective, with high rates of maintenance, and all participants responded correctly during the majority of teaching trials.

 

A cComparison of Least-to-Most Prompting and Flexible Prompt Fading to Teach Sight Words to Children Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder

Kristel Eddington (Autism Partnership Foundation), MADDISON J MAJESKI (Autism Partnership Foundation), Julia Ferguson (Autism Partnership Foundation), Christine Milne (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College)
Abstract:

Many prompting systems have been evaluated to effectively and efficiently teach individuals to read sight words. Comparative studies on prompting systems provide information about the strengths and weaknesses of different prompting systems. Information gathered from comparative studies can be beneficial when selecting a prompting system that may work best for each learner. This study compared the relative effectiveness and efficiency of least-to-most prompting and flexible prompt fading to teach sight words for three children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. An adapted alternating treatment design was used to compare the two prompting systems. Practical implications and future research will be discussed.

 
 
Panel #515
CE Offered: BACB
PDS: Networking and Making Connections: Advice From Experts on How to do it Right!
Monday, May 25, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence D
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Jonathan C. Baker, Ph.D.
Chair: Adrienne Jade Bohlen (Western Michigan University)
DENISE ROSS (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee)
JONATHAN C. BAKER (Western Michigan University)
P. RAYMOND JOSLYN (Utah State University)
Abstract:

The panel session will provide ABAI student members pivotal perspectives from three professionals in navigating and communicating with the professional world of applied behavior analysis (ABA). This 50-minute panel session will allow ABAI members to interact with professionals in a conversation-like format. As well as ask questions regarding effective networking styles. The three professionals, Dr. Ross, Dr. Baker, and Dr. Joslyn, come from diverse backgrounds of ABA, including areas such as special education in PK-12 schools, behavioral gerontology, and crime and delinquency. The panel will address topics such as why networking is an important skill to acquire, how to make a great first impression with big names in the field, and tips and tricks on how to develop and improve one’s skill set. Discussions of interactions will not be limited to interacting with professionals in the field of ABA but also prospective mentors, employers, and clients. This panel intends to address questions we may have when networking with professionals. The panel seeks to aid students in learning how to make strong connections to increase their success as professionals in the field of ABA.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

ABAI members, graduate students, and other individuals who want to learn how to network and communicate with other professionals in the field effectively.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) state the essential elements of networking with various individuals in the field of ABA, (2) identify different networking opportunities, (3) describe possible outcomes of networking and communicating with professionals.
Keyword(s): Communication, Networking, Professionalism
 
 
Paper Session #516
Effective Dissemination of Behavior Analysis to the Public
Monday, May 25, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty N-P
Area: CSS
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Rita M Cooper (KANS ABA)
 
Increasing Understanding the of Behavior Analysis in Mental Health, Substance Use Disorder and Aging
Domain: Service Delivery
RITA M COOPER (Missouri Department of Mental Health - Division of Developmental Disabilities, KANS ABA, MOABA), Teresa A. Rodgers (Missouri Department of Mental Health Division of Developmental Disabilities), Lucas Evans (Missouri Division of Developmental Disabilities), Melantha Witherspoon (Missouri Department of Mental Health - Division of Developmental Disabilities)
 
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is the science of how interactions of an organism and its environment result in the acquisition and maintenance of socially important behavior across the organisms’ lifespan. While ABA is a broad science encompassing the extent of human-environment interactions, it is most frequently associated only with Autism and Developmental Disabilities. However a strong research base supports the positive contributions of ABA for the fields of Mental Health (MH), Substance Use Disorder (SUD) and Aging. Applications in both MH and SUD are concerned with durable behavior change from harmful patterns toward healthy patterns. Additionally, in the area of aging, ABA has been successfully applied to maintain existing and creating new patterns of healthy behavior. Missouri undertook a project funded through a SABA grant to increase the general awareness and understanding of ABA services in those areas (MH, SUD and Aging) by providing basic information of ABA services and then specifics for application to MH, SUD and Aging to relevant service centers such as Community Mental Health Centers and Centers on Aging. Lesson’s learned during the project and future implications will be explored.
 
HeroRATs: Lessons to be Learned from Successful Diffusion
Domain: Theory
KRISTIN GRIFFITH (Utah State University), Scott Page (Utah State University), Sarah E. Pinkelman (Utah State University)
 
Abstract: While the field of behavior analysis continues to grow, there is an ongoing need to expand into new domains to address wide-ranging, socially significant problems. These efforts might be aided by better understanding the process of diffusion or the spread of innovations to those would benefit from their use (Rogers, 2003). Diffusion researchers have focused on identifying commonalities across disciplines that are predictive of successful adoption of innovations and this integrated knowledge holds potential to effectively bring a science of behavior change to the masses. Using the diffusion of rat detection technology (HeroRATs) as a case example, we will describe the critical attributes of this behavioral innovation that led to its adoption, illustrating how the diffusion framework might be used to guide those attempting to disseminate behavior analysis into novel arenas.
 
 
 
Symposium #517
CE Offered: BACB
Advances in Function-Based Treatment for Problem Behavior
Monday, May 25, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon H
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Joseph D. Dracobly (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Joseph D. Dracobly, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Shortly after the development of robust methods to analyze the function of problem behavior, researchers and clinicians began using this information to design function-based interventions. Some of the earliest interventions began with reinforcing appropriate, alternative behavior and providing the reinforcer that maintains problem behavior on a time-based schedule. As these procedures advanced, researchers and clinicians began bringing function-based treatment under stimulus control. The effects of function-based intervention are robust and sustainable. Additionally, function-based intervention allows for a wide-range of adaptations, based on an individual's problem behavior and the current context. More recently, researchers have begun evaluating these adaptations in the context of promoting long-term change for individuals in their everyday environment. In this symposium, presenters will focus on some of the adaptations, including stimulus fading during Functional Communication Training, schedule thinning using chained and multiple schedules, and using differential reinforcement of low rates to increase the time between emission of mands.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BCBAs and Applied Researchers

 
Stimulus Fading and Functional Communication Training to Reduce Challenging Behavior Associated with an Aversive Stimulus
GABBY RIVERA (Baylor University), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University), Suzy Avery (Baylor University)
Abstract: Stimulus fading has previously been used to increase compliance with an aversive activity or routine. However, there is limited data to support its use to decrease challenging behavior associated with an activity or routine. In this study, the authors investigated the use of parent-implemented functional communication training with stimulus fading to reduce challenging behavior associated with a home routine. One 6-year-old male diagnosed with autism participated in this study. The functional analysis indicated he engaged in challenging behavior to terminate the routine of throwing trash away. The authors then conducted a treatment evaluation to assess the efficacy of functional communication training with stimulus fading in reducing challenging behavior. Results indicated that functional communication training and stimulus fading was effective in decreasing challenging behavior and increasing socially appropriate communication. We plan to conduct the procedures with one to two additional participants. Implications for practice and directions for future research will be discussed.
 
Evaluating Schedule Thinning in Functional Communication Training Using Chained Schedules and Multiple Schedules
MADELINE MARIE ASARO (Brock University), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University), Laura Tardi (Brock University)
Abstract: Functional communication training is designed to decrease problem behavior while increasing a functionally equivalent alternative communicative response (FCR; Carr & Durand, 1985; Durand & Carr, 1991). Although effective, this procedure tends to produce high rates of the FCR that may not be manageable for parents or teachers (Fisher et al., 1998; Lalli, Casey, & Kates, 1995). The purpose of this evaluation was to evaluate the effectiveness of two common strategies (chained schedules and multiple schedules) to thin the schedule of reinforcement for the FCR with a young child with autism spectrum disorder whose problem behavior was multiply controlled. Functional communication training produced an immediate decrease in problem behavior in both contexts. We successfully thinned the schedule of reinforcement in both contexts and combined them into a singular-session format to match a typical therapy session. Results will be discussed within the context of troubleshooting, improving the practicality of this intervention for parents and teachers, and future research.
 
Adapting Functional Communication Training: An Evaluation of DRL to Decrease the Rate of Mands
SARA BAAK (University of North Texas), Joseph D. Dracobly (University of North Texas), Ashton Corinne Tinney (University of North Texas)
Abstract: In common applications of functional-communication training (FCT; Carr & Durand, 1985; Hagopian et al., 1998; Rooker et al., 2013), the functional communication response (FCR) is reinforced on a continuous schedule. Additionally, as FCT progresses, the FCR is often brought under stimulus control and the schedule of reinforcement is thinned, typically in a multiple-schedule arrangement (e.g., Greer et al., 2016). The goal is to require reinforcement of the FCR only during specified intervals. However, in some environments, continuous reinforcement of mands during a specified interval may not be possible (e.g., residential treatment environments). Therefore, the purpose of this study was to evaluate the use of differential reinforcement of low rates (DRL) to reduce the overall rate of the FCR. During the function analysis of each participant's problem behavior, we observed mands to be a reliable precursor. During the initial treatment, we reinforced mands on an continuous basis. Following suppression of problem behavior, we implemented DRL to increase the time between mands while also maintaining suppression of problem behavior. We will discuss these results in the context of sustainability of intervention in the everyday environment and integrating this procedure with other common FCT procedures.
 
 
Symposium #518
CE Offered: BACB
Innovations in Functional Analysis and Function-Based Treatment of Problem Behavior: The Role of Transitions, Synthesized Contingencies, and Treatment Integrity in Addressing Problem Behavior
Monday, May 25, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Room 103
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jessica L. Thomason-Sassi (New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Jessica L. Thomason-Sassi, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Functional analysis (FA) methodology and function-based treatment is a constantly evolving science informed by both issues encountered in practice and recent scientific literature. This symposium includes studies on the role of activity transitions, synthesized contingencies, and treatment integrity in the assessment and treatment of problem behavior. The first study illustrates the role of transitions across activities of varying preferences in the maintenance of escape-maintained problem behavior for individuals with developmental disabilities and offers a model for assessing and developing a reinforcement-based treatment. The second study compares outcomes of isolated and synthesized contingency FAs and functional communication training (FCT) based on the outcomes of each FA. In a final phase, experimenters evaluated participant preference for treatment. The third study evaluates the effects of reduced treatment integrity on problem behavior treated with FCT, and then illustrates the use of a booster-style intervention designed to mitigate the effects of reduced treatment integrity during FCT under a multiple schedule arrangement.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): synthesized contingencies, transitions, treatment integrity
Target Audience:

Researchers and clinicians working on functional analysis and function-based treatment of problem behavior

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will be able to discuss the potential role of activity preference on transitions and treatment of escape-maintained behavior 2. Attendees will be able to discuss the role of synthesized contingencies in the assessment and treatment of problem behavior 3. Attendees will be able to discuss the effects of reduced treatment integrity and an intervention that may mitigate the effects of reduced integrity
 
The Establishing Effects of Task Preference on Escape-Maintained Destructive Behavior
ANDREW C BONNER (University of Florida), Nathalie Fernandez (University of Florida), Kissel Joseph Goldman (University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida)
Abstract: Transitions among activities are a contributing factor to escape-maintained problem behavior. The current study examined relations among activity preferences, escape-maintained behavior, and the strength of interventions required to reduce problem behavior in this context. The activity preferences of three individuals with developmental disabilities were determined using paired stimulus preference assessments. Rates of problem behavior were then compared during transitions among high-, moderate-, or low- preference activities when problem behavior produced access to the start task. For all participants, problem behavior was observed primarily when transitioning from higher to lower preference activities. However, zero or low rates of problem behavior were observed when transitions from lower to higher preference activities. During treatment, reinforced compliance (i.e., completing the transition without escape extinction) was sufficient to reduce problem behavior during transitions from high to moderate preference tasks, but differential reinforcement of alternative behavior was required to reduce problem behavior during transitions to the lowest preference tasks.
 
A Comparison of Interview-Informed Isolated and Synthesized Contingency Functional Analyses and Functional Communication Training
CASEY MCKOY IRWIN (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Carole M. Van Camp (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: Research using typical functional analysis (FA) procedures suggests that problem behavior is sensitive to the independent effects of isolated contingencies (e.g., Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, & Rachlin, 1994), whereas research employing the IISCA suggests interactive effects of combined contingencies (e.g., Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, and Hanrattay, 2014). The purpose of the current study was to compare the outcomes of isolated and synthesized contingency FAs with three participants, and to evaluate functional communications training (FCT) with isolated (functional) and synthesized (functional and arbitrary) reinforcers. Both FAs were informed by an open-ended interview with caregivers and a structured descriptive assessment. Problem behavior for all three participants was maintained by one or two isolated reinforcers, with no additional evidence of interactive effects in the synthesized contingency phases. For one participant, a second isolated reinforcer was identified following the synthesized analysis, indicating possible iatrogenic effects. FCT treatments were equally effective at reducing problem behavior and maintaining FCRs for all three participants. Participant preference for treatment procedures was evaluated. Two participants preferred the synthesized FCT treatment, which included arbitrary consequences. One participant preferred an isolated FCT treatment, possibly as a result of a recent learning history with the reinforcer.
 
Evaluation and Mitigation of the Effects of Treatment Integrity Failures
AIMEE COURTEMANCHE (New England Center for Children), Jessica L. Thomason-Sassi (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) is widely used and has been shown to be a robust and effective intervention. However, previous studies suggest that reduced treatment integrity can result in the re-emergence of challenging behavior. The current study evaluated the effects of treatment integrity failure on DRA interventions and the use of booster sessions to increase the persistence of a functional communication alternative in the context of integrity failure. Experiment 1 determined the integrity level at which detrimental effects are observed when treatment integrity errors are applied to a continuous DRA intervention. Mands decreased at integrity levels of 50% reinforcement or less for 2 of 3 participants. Experiment 2 evaluated the effect of varying ratios of interspersed full-integrity sessions among reduced-integrity sessions. A history of frequent and infrequent full-integrity sessions increased mand persistence for 2 participants. Experiment 3 evaluated the efficacy of the booster intervention on a DRA treatment faded with a multiple schedule and exposed to reduced treatment integrity. Treatment integrity data were collected in 75% of sessions and averaged 100%. Interobserver agreement data were collected in 36% of sessions and averaged 99.2%.
 
 
Symposium #519
CE Offered: BACB
Procedural Variations for the establishment of stimulus control and the formation of equivalence classes
Monday, May 25, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 1/2
Area: EAB/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Danielle LaFrance (H.O.P.E. Consulting, LLC and Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Danielle LaFrance, M.S.
Abstract:

This symposium includes three talks describing procedural variations for the establishment of stimulus control and equivalence classes. The first talk describes an applied go/no-go procedure to establish simple discriminative control over selection responses in two children with autism. The second study describes an alternative method for the establishment of conditional relations between auditory-visual stimuli involving a go/no-go procedure with successive matching. Finally, the third study explored a specific parameter of matching-to-sample training in which the incorrect trial was repeated, suggesting that such procedure enhances maintenance of skills. Overall, these data have directly implications for both basic research and clinical practice

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Stimulus Control, Stimulus Equivalence
Target Audience:

Researchers and clinicians

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will learn how to implement and go/no go procedure to establish simple discriminations 2. Participants will learn about the effects of repeating the incorrect trial during establishment and maintenance of equivalence classes 3. Participants will learn how conditional relations may be established via successive MTS
 

Using a Go/No-Go Procedure to Teach Simple Discrimination to Learners With Autism

(Service Delivery)
JOYCE TU (Easterseals of Southern California), Vanessa Yip (Easterseals of Southern California)
Abstract:

The current study investigated the conditions necessary for stimulus to acquire control of skill acquisition. Two learners diagnosed with autism, ages 7 and 9, both with long history of little to zero rate of skill acquisition in their ABA programs. Skinner’s (1938) successive method, “Go and no-go” stimulus control training was used to teach pre-mand training with the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS). The successive method was then followed by “Go-right/go-left successive procedure” developed by Harrison (1984), and then Go-right/go-left with simultaneous stimulus presentation (Harlow, 1950). The results show that participants acquired initial discrimination of PECS icons in approximately 88 sessions and maintained the skills 3 months after the introduction of first discrimination method.

 
An Evaluation of Successive Matching-to-Sample in the Establishment of Emergent Stimulus Relations
(Basic Research)
ROBBIE HANSON (Endicott College), Karina Zhelezoglo (California State University, Sacramento), Jillian Christine Sordello (California State University, Sacramento), Vanessa Lee (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract: Conditional discrimination and the ability to respond conditionally to both auditory and visual stimuli are important prerequisites for a variety of skills. Matching-to-sample (MTS) procedures have been commonly used to teach conditional relations among stimuli and test for the emergence of equivalence classes. However, some individuals may lack necessary prerequisite skills to be successful with these procedures. An effective alternative is the successive matching-to-sample (S-MTS) that includes the presentation of a sample stimulus, followed by one comparison stimulus in the sample’s place. Participants are required to either touch or refrain from touching related and unrelated comparisons. Previous research has shown success with S-MTS procedures utilizing a “go” and “no-go” response requirement for visual-visual conditional relations only. In our study, eight college students learned conditional relations between auditory-visual stimuli and passed equivalence classes via S-MTS using a multiple-baseline across participants design. Participants are currently being assessed on auditory relations only. These results validate the utility of the procedure for both research and practice.
 
Effects of Repeating or Not Repeating a Trial When Errors Occur During Training of Equivalence Classes in Adults of Typical Development
(Basic Research)
DANIELLE MARCECA (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Christopher R Colasurdo (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Meghan Deshais (Caldwell University)
Abstract: To train baseline relations during equivalence class formation, match-to-sample (MTS) is commonly used. When an error occurs during training, feedback is provided but an opportunity to immediately respond a second time to the same trial following an error is typically not provided in studies with advanced learners. Although some equivalence studies within the literature incorporated the procedure of immediately repeating an incorrect trial during baseline, none has compared this to not repeating a trial when an error occurs. The present study made such a comparison. Two different sets of two 4-member equivalence classes of abstract stimuli were established with adults of typical development. Results showed that classes were established with similar accuracy, duration, and number of trials regardless of whether incorrect trials were repeated immediately following an error or not repeated. However, maintenance tests showed that the classes from the repeating a trial condition maintained at higher levels than those from the not repeating a trial condition. A social validity survey indicated that participants strongly preferred the repeating a trial condition. The implications of these results may provide clinicians with an alternative way to use stimulus equivalence-based instruction to facilitate maintenance of classes.
 
 
Symposium #520
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluations of Behavior Analytic Self-Control Training in Natural Settings
Monday, May 25, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence E
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jaclyn Pickering (Florida Tech)
Discussant: Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology )
CE Instructor: Michael Passage, M.Ed.
Abstract:

In this symposium, the authors will present research on self-control training (SCT) in natural settings. The first presenter will review the literature on self-control training procedures that aim to instruct individuals to make more optimal choices that produce delayed results. To evaluate the effectiveness of SCT, we conducted a quantitative analysis of articles published between 1998 and 2019 across peer-reviewed journals. Findings from the literature review revealed that the four most utilized intervention components are (a) delay fading, (b) intervening activities, (c) rules, and (d) signals. Overall, these four treatment components have been shown to be most effective. The second presenter will discuss her study that evaluated both the presentation of rules and providing a task demand to complete, concurrent with the delay to the larger reinforcer. This study evaluates both of these interventions singly as well as in a combined package intervention. Results indicated that while both concurrent activities and rules had an effect on the majority of children, the package intervention was the most consistent and effective intervention.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

The current symposium serves participants interested in learning treatment for impulsive responding.

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will gain knowledge about clinically relevant self-control training procedures. 2. Define delay discounting and explain its clinical relevance when providing ABA services to children 3. Describe the basic procedural steps for using a concurrent activity to promote self-controlled choice making
 
An Evaluation of Self-Control Training Procedures in Applied Behavior Analysis
MICHAEL PASSAGE (Florida Institute of Technology), Katie Nicholson (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Self-control training (SCT) procedures have been studied in applied behavior analysis to address problems with impulsivity since the initial study by Schweitzer & Sulzer-Azaroff (1988). Impulsivity in behavior analysis is often conceptualized in terms of delay discounting or responding that produces an immediate and less valued consequence, rather than a delayed and more valued outcome (Ainslie, 1974). Studies evaluating SCT aim to instruct individuals to make more optimal choices that produce delayed results. To evaluate the effectiveness of SCT, we conducted a quantitative analysis of articles published between 1998 and 2019 across peer-reviewed journals. Findings from the current study reveal that the four most utilized intervention components are (a) delay fading, (b) intervening activities, (c) rules, and (d) signals. Overall, these four treatment components have been shown to be mostly effective. Delay fading and intervening activities appear most effective, especially when combined. In addition, researchers employ a wide-range of assessments, some that are more effective than others at evaluating baseline performance of the dependent variable, thus presenting limitations of their results. The presented results could inform future research, thus leading to more clinical applications.
 
A Treatment Component Analysis for Impulsivity in Typically Developing Schoolchildren
KAITLYNN GOKEY (Florida Institute of Technology), Adam Thornton Brewer (Western Connecticut State University), Ada C. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology), Jaclyn Pickering (Florida Tech), Joshua K. Pritchard (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Impulsivity is defined behaviorally as the excessive preference for a smaller, immediate reinforcer at the expense of a larger, delayed reinforcer. This preference for ‘immediate gratification’ correlates with numerous barriers, including obesity, problem behavior, and lower academic performance. Two common interventions include the presentation of a rule before or after a choice is made and providing a task demand to complete concurrent with the delay to the larger reinforcer. The present study evaluates both of these interventions singly as well as in a combined package intervention via a multiple baseline across participants design. The study also features a novel population: typically developing children between 5 and 10 years old. Results indicated that while both concurrent activities and rules had an effect with the majority of children, the package intervention was the most consistent and effective intervention. In addition, interventions that included the concurrent activity were consistently rated as most helpful and desired by the participants.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #521
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Understanding Process Behavior Using Lean Six Sigma Techniques
Monday, May 25, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty I-L
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center)
CE Instructor: Byron J. Wine, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: JENNIFER HOOKS (Medical University of South Carolina)
Abstract:

Behavior can be defined as anything a person does. Understanding everyday processes and why we do things the way we do is often not analyzed but is taken for granted as this is just how we do it. Lean Six Sigma can be intimidating to those who are just learning about the concept due to the overwhelming amount of information on this topic. But it doesn’t have to be! Lean Six Sigma is a process improvement methodology designed to eliminate problems, remove waste and inefficiency, and improve working conditions to provide a better response to customers' needs. Currently healthcare, finance, manufacturing, IT and other field are using Lean Six Sigma. Even complete strangers to Lean Six Sigma can gain a working knowledge of how the methodology works. They need only develop a basic Lean Six Sigma literacy by becoming acquainted with the fundamentals. This session will help start your journey towards becoming successful using Lean Six Sigma with easy-to-understand methods and tools that can be applied to behavior analytic principles for overall business process improvement, quality management and healthy behavior change.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Anyone interested in learning about Lean Six Sigma and how to apply it to their practice.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define Lean principles; (2) identify the eight wastes in work processes; (3) discuss the five-step DMAIC model as a framework to organize process improvement activities.
 
JENNIFER HOOKS (Medical University of South Carolina)

Jennifer is the Director of the Performance Improvement Department at the Medical University of South Carolina and a retired Air Force E9 Chief Master Sergeant with 32 years of clinical, administrative, and performance improvement experience in hospital, ambulatory care, and dental facilities in a variety of settings worldwide.

Jennifer is an accomplished trainer and her practical experience has taken her into many types of industries including healthcare, supply chain, service organizations, aerospace, and manufacturing. She is an invited speaker to numerous conferences, webinars, and symposiums.

She supports MUSC’s executive leadership in the deployment of Lean Six Sigma throughout the organization. Jennifer manages Six Sigma Black and Green Belts, develops and teaches curriculum for Lean Six Sigma education, drives system-wide projects, and customizes Lean Six Sigma methodology to best suit MUSC’s needs.

She is an adjunct faculty member in MUSC College of Health Professions and College of Nursing. She has an MBA in Human Resources and BS in Occupational Education Health Administration. Jennifer is a certified Six Sigma Master Black Belt and also holds a LEAN Sensei Certification from Villanova University. Jennifer is a member of the American Society for Quality (ASQ), the Institute of Industrial and System Engineers (IISE), Society of Health Systems (SHS), Institute for Healthcare Improvement (IHI) and Project Management Institute (PMI). She also serves on the American Quality Institute Green Belt International Standard Technical Committee.

 
 
Symposium #522
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Behavioral Systems Approaches to Staff Training: Effective Orientation, Onboarding, and Training Systems
Monday, May 25, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Capitol/Congress
Area: OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Ivy M Chong (May Institute)
CE Instructor: Ivy M Chong, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analysts work in diverse settings including clinics, centers, schools, hospitals, and other large, community-based "systems". Behavior analysts also work with a diverse population of clients (e.g., those with developmental disabilities, mental health disorders, comorbid diagnoses) and employees (e.g., direct care staff, nurses, doctors, teachers, behavior technicians, behavior analysts, administrators). Providing high-quality orientation, onboarding, and training experiences to employees with diverse experience and education requires significant development, implementation, and evaluation of these "staff training" systems to ensure the best outcomes for clients and their staff. Using a behavioral systems approach, each of the authors in this symposium will describe the orientation, onboarding, and/or training systems within their large systems while discussing the evaluation required to further inform system development.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): onboarding, orientation, staff training
Target Audience:

Behavior Analysts, Supervisors, Administrators

Learning Objectives: See Abstract and LOs on day of presentation
 
Evaluation of An Agency-Wide Training System to Enhance Functional Behavior Assessment Skills by Clinicians
(Applied Research)
SARAH M. DUNKEL-JACKSON (Centria Autism Services), Jessica Hynes (Centria Autism Services)
Abstract: Functional Behavior Assessment is an evidence-based practice used within high-quality ABA therapy programs to assess and help treat challenging behaviors exhibited by individuals. The specific pinpoints associated with performing these skills require training and supervision of clinicians, especially in large agencies providing geographically diverse applied behavior analysis services. Several effective staff training formats exist including behavioral skills training, video modeling, and performance feedback. The efficiency with which large agencies (and even educational institutions with geographically diverse learners) provide effective staff training opportunities is of great importance to our field and the clients we serve. Using a group experimental design, the current study will explore the effectiveness of various staff training formats on the functional behavior assessment skills of clinicians who provide ABA therapy to individuals with ASD. Results will include changes in observed performance of FBA skills across indirect assessments, descriptive assessments, functional analyses, data summarization and analysis, and reporting. Clinician feedback on preference for training formats and client data will also be discussed.
 
A Systems Evaluation of Staff On-Boarding: Efficiency, Outcomes, and Design
(Applied Research)
AMY KENZER (Southwest Autism Research & Resource Center), Alexis N. Boglio (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center), Sienna VanGelder (Southwest Autism Research & Resource Center)
Abstract: Organizational growth can reveal under-developed and inadequate systems that functioned effectively when very few individuals were involved but pose challenges with larger teams. Within the applied realm, the combined need for continued growth and high turnover results in increasing demand for an effective and efficient staff on-boarding and training process. Specifically, the implementation of clear systems, staff structure, and implementation support can have a meaningful impact on the success of new employee training plans. Furthermore, when staff are introduced into an organization in a structured way and adequately trained long-term retention is increased. This presentation will provide an overview of the design and implementation of a service delivery model for conducting new staff on-boarding from the initial interview to completion of their first 90-days of employment as a Registered Behavior Technician. Following a Behavioral Systems Analysis approach, the staff on-boarding and training process was evaluated for coordination across Clinical and Human Resources departments, including feedback loops to maintain process compliance and inform further system development, and evaluation of staff performance and organizational fit to drive retention.
 

Melding Approaches: A Staff Training Model for Orienting Psychiatric Nursing and Support Staff to the Role of Applied Behavior Analysis on an Acute Inpatient Child and Adolescent Psychiatric Unit

JAMES W. JACKSON (University of Michigan Michigan Medicine)
Abstract:

While much of the early research in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) focused on individuals with mental health disorders and individuals with developmental disabilities, more recent history in ABA with individuals with developmental disabilities has flourished while its active role with those with mental health diagnoses has diminished. Additionally, there is a proliferation of comorbid diagnosis of mental health conditions for individuals with developmental disabilities such as ASD. There is also a focus on utilizing psychotropic medication as either a primary or supplementary treatment component for behavioral excesses. The current paper describes an in-service staff training model aimed at orienting psychiatric nursing and support staff to the field of Applied Behavior Analysis, and how ABA can be an integral part of a multidisciplinary approach to assessment and treatment in an acute in-patient psychiatric unit for children and adolescents. Melding a psychiatric nursing model aimed at both acute behavioral stabilization and medication assessment and management with a functional behavioral approach and the resulting barriers to integration will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #523
CE Offered: BACB
Emotions: Is It really Possible to Teach Those With Autism Spectrum Disorder or Other Learners to Tact Inners?
Monday, May 25, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M1, University of D.C. / Catholic University
Area: PCH/CBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: T. V. Joe Layng (Generategy, LLC)
Discussant: Richard T. Codd (Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy Center of WNC, PA)
CE Instructor: Richard T. Codd, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Being sensitive and understanding one’s emotions and the emotions of others is considered critical to social behavior. Some may fail to adequately develop such sensitivity and understanding without direct intervention. One such intervention is to help a learner to tact private stimuli arising from their body as a particular emotion. Such training relies upon inferring what stimuli might be accompanying certain “emotional behavior.” This approach assumes that there are readily identifiable unique private stimuli associated with such behavior. The task is to help a learner identify and name (tact) these stimuli. Another approach is to help children to identify emotions that others are experiencing based upon facial expression. It is assumed that there are readily identifiable facial expressions linked to consistent private emotions. Analysis of data from hundreds of neuroscience studies and thousands of subjects suggest both of these approaches may be flawed. This symposium will first present neuroscience data which challenge the assumption that there are unique private stimuli or brain circuitry associated with emotion, and that suggests there is no evidence that facial expressions reflect emotion. It will then suggest a formulation and interventions consistent with both these data and a consequential contingency analysis.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Emotions, Neuroscience
Target Audience:

Professional involved in the teaching or behavioral intervention with those who may be developmentally challenged, and those involved with clinical behavioral intervention.

 
How Neuroscience Informs a Behavioral Approach to Understanding Emotions
(Theory)
AWAB ABDEL-JALIL (University of North Texas)
Abstract: There are several assumptions about emotions: emotions have a neuronal fingerprint, emotions are expressed similarly across different people, emotions can be read on people’s faces, emotion circuits exist in the brain, neurons are triggered leading to an emotion felt, and people can be taught to tact their private emotions. A recent book by Lisa Feldman Barrett, “How Emotions are Made” (2017) addressed these assumptions and more. She cites numerous studies and large meta-analyses that found no specific or consistent neural or physiological “fingerprints” for emotions in the body. In other words, there is no consistent bodily response for individual emotions, and the same bodily response can occur across emotions. She points out that brain areas that have been demonstrated to be important for emotions are not sufficient or necessary for emotions. Emotions do not reside in the brain and they are not simply internal responses. Facial electromyography studies reveal that there is little support for facial expressions reflecting emotions. Accordingly, It may be futile to teach tacting private events, or to recognize emotions in faces.
 
Teaching the Identification of Emotions: A Consequential Contingency Analysis Approach
(Service Delivery)
NOLAN WILLIAMS (Leonville Elementary School, Leonville, LA), T. V. Joe Layng (Generategy, LLC)
Abstract: Given the neuroscience data that suggest there are no unique private stimuli associated with human emotions, and no unique brain circuitry or neural “finger prints,” how can we account for the emotions we feel and our ability to infer what others may be feeling? Recently, Layng 2006; 2016; 2017) has elaborated on an approach to understanding emotions first articulated by Israel Goldiamond (1979) that is consistent with modern neuroscience data. In this approach emotions arise not as respondent behavior or as internal stimuli or states, but as descriptors of consequential contingencies, that is, they describe the contingency context in which one participates. The physiological changes take their “meaning” from this context. The same private stimuli and neural pattern may be part of separate “felt” emotions as contingencies change. Excitement under one condition may be physiologically nearly the same as anxiety or glee under another. What is “felt” is a function of the consequential contingencies. We can learn to be sensitive to our and others’ emotions by becoming sensitive to the contingencies they describe. This formulation suggests emotions can be understood, and changed, as contingencies are changed.
 
 
Paper Session #524
Historical Topics in Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 25, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M1, Georgetown
Area: PCH
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Jay Moore (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
 
An Important Chapter in the Story of Behaviorism
Domain: Theory
JAY MOORE (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
 
Abstract: Classical S => R behaviorism developed in the first quarter of the 20th century. However, by early in the second quarter of the 20th century, classical behaviorism was judged to be inadequate. Two particular problems were how to convincingly explain the flexibility of behavior and the organization of behavior across time. As the second quarter progressed, traditional researchers and theorists then postulated a different form of behaviorism to replace classical behaviorism. This different form was designated a neobehaviorism. According to neobehaviorism, organismic variables intervened between stimulus and response. These intervening, organismic variables were typically assumed to be mental in character, and to provide the basis for such matters as the flexibility and organization of behavior. Skinner’s radical behaviorism challenges the traditional approach to theories and explanations described above by arguing that it is merely a form of methodological behaviorism. At the heart of the radical behaviorist challenge is an operant, behavioral approach to behavior, including scientific verbal behavior, rather than a mentalistic approach that appeals to symbolic and referential processes.
 

A Conceptual Shift in the Beginning of B. F. Skinner's Theory of Operant Behavior

Domain: Theory
KRISTJAN GUDMUNDSSON (Reykjavik University)
 
Abstract:

In this theoretical and historical paper I delineate the absolute beginnings of each of Skinner's theoretical terms, beginning with tropism, reflex, stimulus and response. I give the actual first appearance of each term, relate them to antecedents (Loeb, Pavlov and Sherrington) and continue until Skinner (somewhere around 1933) adds a new and different term: the operant, that somehow totally changes his theory from a S-R theory to an operant one. This was a radical conceptual shift, even though Skinner himself was left in some conceptual confusion for some time - even after 1938, when he published The Behavior of Organisms.

 
 
 
Symposium #526
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Applied Ethics: A Discussion of Rural Practice, International Dissemination, and Employee Reported Ethical Situations
Monday, May 25, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence A-C
Area: TBA/CSS; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jeffrey Michael Chan (Northern Illinois University)
CE Instructor: Jeffrey Michael Chan, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Credentialed behavior analysts are expected to follow the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code (BACB, 2014). The Code itself provides general and specific guidance on acceptable behavior. As the practice of behavior analysis continues to expand (i.e., number of credentialed behavior analysts, breadth of applications of the science, and depth of application within a practice area), discussion of how the Code applies to various situations and variables is important. An area of need is understanding how credentialed behavior analysts and support personnel (e.g., finance, human resource) perceive the application of the Code in practice. Understanding these perceptions can guide the profession, organizations, and individual practitioners in developing preventive and responsive ethical practices. Additionally, current practice situations (i.e., rural practice and international dissemination) warrant specific discussion and relevance to specific Codes. The purpose of this symposium is to share survey data of employees from a mid-sized human service agency regarding ethical perceptions, discuss practice of behavior analysis in rural areas, and the ethical international dissemination of behavior analysis.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Ethics, International Dissemination, Rural Practice
Target Audience:

Practice organization administration, practitioners, university personnel responsible for training behavior analysts, supervisors of students completing fieldwork requirements, and students.

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will describe employees' main concerns of adhering to the Code when practicing. 2. Attendees will discuss considerations of disseminating behavior analysis internationally. 3. Attendees will discuss considerations of practicing in rural areas.
 
Evaluations of Ethical Perceptions in Applied Behavior Analysis
(Service Delivery)
David Cox (John Hopkins University School of Medicine), SHAWN P. QUIGLEY (Melmark), Matthew T. Brodhead (Michigan State University)
Abstract: Teaching and monitoring ethical behavior is an important aspect of training professionals and supporting practicing professionals (e.g., Brodhead, Cox, & Quigley, 2018). One method for improving the training and supports is to understand areas of concern experienced by trainees and professionals. This knowledge allows for refined training and support in areas of most need. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the perceptions of people, who work in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis, have about Applied Behavior Analysis. In general, investigators sought to understand the needs of people working in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis in order to develop new training practices, or to improve upon current training practices.
 

Ethics in Rural Settings: Special Considerations and Implications

(Service Delivery)
R. NICOLLE NICOLLE CARR (University of Oklahoma)
Abstract:

The practice of Applied Behavior Analysis in rural communities provides ample fodder for unique situations and ethical code violations. Surveys were sent to Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) in the state of Oklahoma, a state with only 103 certified individuals, regarding ethical codes most observed to be violated. In addition to few practitioners in the state, almost 80% of Oklahoma’s certificants live within a 20 mile radius from two main hubs of service delivery. This leaves a small number to provide services for the rest of the state's mostly rural areas. Results of the survey indicate multiple relationships, poor supervision and boundary of competence as the greatest areas of concern. Aside from the short supply of supervisors putting a strain on the supervisee: supervisor ratio, other possible variables that contribute to these violations include a lack of resources within the schools, physical distance to other BCBAs for referrals, working in tight knit communities, and within a culture that defaults to the use of punishment procedures. Knowing the most violated codes within a particular community allows preventative strategies to be implemented. In this case, having a network of mentors, holiday gift reminders, and strict practices for social media are a few of those suggested for our rural practioners.

 
Ethics Internationally: The Need for Responsible and Sustainable Dissemination
(Service Delivery)
JACOB SADAVOY (PENDING)
Abstract: As of December 2018, 94.8% of Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) and Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analysts (BCaBAs) lived in North America according to the Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB) Registry. 95.3% of the world population is outside North America and the prevalence of Autism internationally is 1 in 160 (WHO, 2018). Here lies the challenge of disseminating the science internationally when the vast majority of credentialed clinicians, research, and course sequences are available to those living in North America. The challenge is further compounded in countries in which English is not widely spoken. Effective dissemination in foreign countries provides a unique challenge with respects to adhering to our ethical code with careful consideration to many implications such as: scope of competence, cultural humility, an effective and sustainable supervisory service model, resource limitations, stakeholder engagement and solicitation of clients, and conforming to a different set of laws and regulations. With access to pseudoscientific “treatments” online coupled with anecdotal information condemning Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) on the rise, sustainable dissemination of ABA internationally is of crucial importance for prospective clients seeking evidence-based treatment.
 
 
Paper Session #527
Pushing the Conceptual and Practical Understanding of Autoclitics Forward
Monday, May 25, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon I
Area: VBC
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Thom Ratkos (Berry College)
 
Relational Autoclitics of Order and the Analysis of Language
Domain: Theory
ROBERT DLOUHY (Western Michigan University)
 
Abstract: In Chapter 13 of Verbal Behavior, Skinner (1957) introduced and discussed at length autoclitic and intraverbal frames. These also have been discussed in the behavior analytic literature for their accounts of syntax, but have not attracted much, if any, interest by linguists outside the field. Julie Andresen (1992) argued that this lack of attention was due to Skinner’s focus on the pragmatics of verbal behavior, not its topography. However, Skinner mentioned another autoclitic earlier in Chapter 13, the relational autoclitic of order (RAO), which has been mostly unnoticed. The RAO addresses the sequencing of verbal responses and the relations between them. Skinner provided only a brief example of this autoclitic, but linguistically informed readers will notice correspondences between what he implies in this passage and present-day linguistic views on syntactic constructions. This paper will interpret the RAO to provide behavior analytic accounts of such linguistic phenomena as word classes, construction classes, and semantic relations between constituents of constructions. The hope is that behavior analysts working in the area of verbal behavior will have a better-informed basis for designing applications and planning research.
 

I Think This is the Title: Evoking Descriptive Autoclitics in Adult Subjects

Domain: Basic Research
THOM RATKOS (Berry College), Aubrey McFayden (Berry College), Annie Small (Berry College)
 
Abstract:

The text Verbal Behavior was an extension of basic principles to largely untested areas. While there is a rapidly growing body of research and effective practice based on Skinner's approach, there remains large portions of the text that describe functional relationships which have not been demonstrated. The least studied verbal operant, the autoclitic, describes a great variety of responses which serve to modify some other primary verbal response. In a pair of experiments, participants were exposed to either visual stimuli of varied salience (i.e. more or less distorted) or consistent visual stimuli presented by an audience established as neutral or negative. During both experiments, participants emitted autoclitics (e.g. "I think it's a ___") to modify their tacts of the visual stimuli under control of the salience of the stimuli and the quality of the audience. These empirical results will be examined in comparison with Skinner's interpretation of the functional control of autoclitics described in Ch 12 of Verbal Behavior.

 
 
 
Noteworthy Activity #528
Presenter Meet and Greet
Monday, May 25, 2020
1:00 PM–1:30 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D

Meet presenters to discuss their research, ask questions, or just say "hi." Check back to see who will be participating.

 
 
Noteworthy Activity #529
Author Signing
Monday, May 25, 2020
1:00 PM–2:00 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D

Purchase one of the many titlesavailable at the bookstore and stop by to have it signed by the author! Check back to see who will be participating.

 
 
Poster Session #532
EAB Monday Poster Session
Monday, May 25, 2020
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D
Chair: Andre Miguel (Washington State University)
1. Effects of Four Types of Feedback Upon Stimulus Equivalence Class Formation
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MARIO SERRANO (UNIVERSIDAD VERACRUZANA)
Discussant: Andre Miguel (Washington State University)
Abstract:

Four groups of young adults were exposed to an arbitrary matching-to-sample training as well as to symetry, transitivity, and equivalence test-trials. During training, for two groups correct and incorrect matching responses produced the corresponding feedback according to continuous and intermittent schedules, respectively. Correct responses produced feedback and incorrect responses produced blanks and vice versa for other two groups, respectively. Intermitent feedback obstructed the aquisition of the conditional discrimination and produced the lowest percentages of correct responses in test-trials. Providing feedback for errors and blanks for correct responses allowed the acquisition of the conditional discrimination, but high percentage of correct responses in simetry test-trials only. Continious feedback as well as providing feedback for correct responses and blanks for errors both allowed acquisition of the conditional discrimination and high percentage of correct responses in all test trials. These results support postulates of interbehavioral psychology and are disccused in the context of such theory.

 
2. A Study of Stimulus Control Required from Symmetry in Pigeons by Generalization Gradient
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MASAKI ISHIZUKA (Meisei University), Tetsumi Moriyama (Tokiwa University)
Discussant: Andre Miguel (Washington State University)
Abstract: Recently, Urcuioli (2008) reported that pigeons demonstrated symmetry when using successive (go/no-go) matching-to-sample procedure, and hypothesized that pigeons should continue to experience both reinforced and non-reinforced trials during the training. The present study examined the effects of reinforced and non-reinforced trials of the training on the pigeon's performance in symmetry tests based on the generalization gradient. Three pigeons received hue-form arbitrary, hue-hue, and form-form identity matching training. During the training, a fixed-interval 5-s schedule was in effect on positive trials, extinction on negative trials. Each pigeon except P3 received the training until it achieved a high and stable discrimination ratio (above 0.8). After the training, all pigeons received the tests for form-hue symmetry and their generalization gradients. The test trials were inverted versions of arbitrary training trials, and the comparisons varied in the hue stimulus. As a result, none of them showed significant differences in their response rates between positive and negative symmetry probes. However, all pigeons showed a sort of generalization gradient corresponding to symmetry only when the sample stimulus-2 was presented. These results indicated that Urcuioli (2008)'s assumption could be valid.
 
3. Exploring Training Efficiency: How Number of Stimuli Affect Learning Acquisition and Application
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
COURTNEY SMITH (University of Nevada, Reno), Natalie Buddiga (University of Nevada, Reno), Matt Locey (University of Nevada, Reno), Kenneth J. Killingsworth (Helix Behavioral Services)
Discussant: Andre Miguel (Washington State University)
Abstract:

The demand for effective and efficient instruction in education is clear; multiple statistics demonstrate that research at the experimental level is needed in order to extend our understanding of the process of learning. For instance, The Nation’s Report Card (2017) demonstrates this claim through data collected on average 4th-grade students’ test scores. Over the past 30 years, the average math score has been below the proficient level (defined by procedural, conceptual, and problem-solving skills); furthermore, the last 10 years have shown stability- exhibiting a lack of progress toward proficiency. The purpose of the current study is to extend our understanding of learning by manipulating the number of stimuli presented in an array during an arbitrary match-to-sample task. Preliminary data shows that 5 stimuli in an array results in faster acquisition, as defined by a frequency aim, than 7 stimuli. The study will also assess acquisition in relation to application of the skills learned which can more directly inform educational and teaching aims outside of the laboratory.

 
4. An Alternative Explanation of Relational Frame Theory Studies on the Relational Frames of Sameness and Opposition
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CHANGZHI WU (Long Island University Post), Benigno Alonso-Alvarez (Long Island University)
Discussant: Andre Miguel (Washington State University)
Abstract:

This experiment evaluated whether the outcomes of RFT studies on the frames of sameness and opposition are instances of contextual control over equivalence and nonequivalence and exclusion-based responding. Four college students participated. In Phase 1, we trained SAME as a contextual cue for selecting comparisons physically identical to the samples, and OPPOSITE as a contextual cue for selecting the comparisons most physically dissimilar to the samples. In Phase 2, SAME and OPPOSITE controlled the maintenance and reversal of equivalence classes, respectively. In Phase 3, we trained SAME-A1B1, SAME-A1C1, OPPOSITE-A1B2, and OPPOSITE-A1C2. The four participants derived SAME-B1C1, SAME-B2C2, OPPOSITE-B1C2, and OPPOSITE-B2C1. SAME-B2C2 could be explained by the exclusion of C1, a stimulus nonequivalent to B2, or by the combinatorial entailment of the opposition relations A1B2 and A1C2, as RFT proposes. In Phase 4, we trained SAME-A1B1, SAME-A1C1, SAME-A2B2, and OPPOSITE-A1C2, with a new set of stimuli. The four participants derived the same relations as in Phase 3. SAME-B2C2 can be explained by the exclusion of C1, but not by the combinatorial entailment of opposition relations because OPPOSITE-A1B2 was not trained. In summary, the outcomes of RFT studies on the frames of sameness and opposition are probably explained by alternative processes.

 
5. Magnitude and Persistence of Bursting Following Extinction-Based Treatments
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
LAURA SUZANNA COLEMAN (Marcus Autism Center), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University), Summer Bottini (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University)
Discussant: Andre Miguel (Washington State University)
Abstract:

A common phenomenon associated with extinction-based treatments for problem behavior is the occurrence of a transient increase in the rate, magnitude, or duration of the targeted behavior. We sought to replicate and extend the findings of Lerman and Iwata (1995, 1999) by examining the magnitude and persistence of this phenomenon. Specifically, we reviewed data from 108 participants with autism spectrum disorder who had been admitted to an intensive outpatient clinic for the assessment and treatment of problem behavior and extinction was a component of the treatment. We found a prevalence in our sample of 19.1% bursts observed out of 335 exposures, which was similar to the prevalence of 15% previously reported in Lerman and Iwata (1999). The extinction bursts were most frequently classified as large in magnitude, accounting for over half of the bursts observed in this sample. Additionally, we observed a decreasing trend across ten sessions that approached levels prior to the implementation of extinction.

 
6. Galactic Cosmic Radiation Effects on Economic Demand and Psychomotor Vigilance in Mice
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
OANH LUC (McLean Hospital, Harvard Medical School), Monica Dawes (McLean Hospital, Harvard Medical School), Charles Limoli (University of California, Irvine), Rajeev Desai (McLean Hospital, Harvard Medical School), Brian D. Kangas (McLean Hospital, Harvard Medical School)
Discussant: Andre Miguel (Washington State University)
Abstract: Deep space missions to Mars and beyond requires travel outside of Earth’s protective magnetic field and involves extended exposure to galactic cosmic radiation (GCR). Neurobiological damage by GCR is one of the most poorly understood health risks in space radiobiology, raising concerns that exposure may jeopardize mission success. To assist NASA’s spaceflight risk estimation, studies were conducted in mice to examine the effects of GCR on touchscreen-based complex operant behavior. Mice received a 33-beam GCR simulation in the Relativistic Heavy Ion Collider to a total dose of 40 cGy, either all at once (acute) or over 4 weeks (chronic). Next, economic demand functions for a palatable food reinforcer varying in magnitude were determined. Finally, sustained attention was examined during a psychomotor vigilance task in which the position, duration, and intermittency of a stimulus varied across trials. Although demand functions revealed orderly changes in elasticity across reinforcer magnitudes, no substantial GCR-mediated effects were observed. In psychomotor vigilance, mean reaction time was faster for control subjects compared to acute and chronic subjects, with group-differences that were more pronounced during acquisition. Taken together, although GCR did not appreciably modify sensitivity to reinforcement, adverse effects on attentional processes and reaction time were observed, which could negatively impact critical time-sensitive decision-making in-flight.
 
7. Potential Punishing Effects of Rich-to-Lean Transition-Specific Stimuli
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
LILLITH CAMP (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Halley M Robbins (University of North Wilmington), Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Andre Miguel (Washington State University)
Abstract: Pausing during fixed-ratio (FR) schedules is maladaptive in the sense that it delays reinforcement. Pausing following reinforcement is especially pronounced during signaled transitions from relatively rich to relatively lean environments. One potential explanation of this extended pause is that such transitions are aversive, and the extended pause functions as escape. The present study used pigeons as subjects to investigate the potential punishing effects of transition-specific stimuli Experimental sessions began with a multiple FR FR schedule in which components differed with respect to reinforcement magnitude and a unique key light color was associated with each transition type (lean-lean, lean-rich, rich-lean, rich-rich). Pigeons then experienced a separate concurrent VI 60-s VI 60-s schedule in which responses on one of the alternatives occasionally produced a brief flash of one of the transition-specific stimuli. Each stimulus was tested separately to examine the function of each transition type. A decrease in a subject’s response rate or switching to respond on the other key following the stimulus flash would suggest the stimulus associated with the transition type functioned as a punisher and that the transition was aversive.
 
8. Response Induction in Fixed Interval Schedules
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
SANDRA PATRICIA AVILES (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Rogelio Escobar (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Discussant: Andre Miguel (Washington State University)
Abstract: Response induction describes the occurrence of responses topographically similar to a reinforced operant that do not fulfill the criterion for reinforcement. Although these unreinforced responses consistently accompany the occurrence of operant responses, few studies have analyzed the temporal distribution of induced responding within the inter-reinforcement (IRI) interval. In the present study, the effects of varying the duration of a fixed-interval (FI) schedule on the temporal distribution of reinforced and induced responses were determined. An operant conditioning chamber equipped with 28 horizontally aligned levers and a pellet dispenser, was used. Only presses on the four central levers (reinforcement zone) were reinforced. Four rats were exposed in successive conditions of 20 sessions to an FI 40 s, FI 80 s, and FI 40 s. Similar to previous studies, response rate was highest within the reinforcement zone and responding organized in response-induction gradients. Response rate was higher with FI 80 s than with FI 40 s. Responding within the reinforcement zone and in the adjacent levers formed a pattern of scalloped responding characteristic of fixed-interval schedules. It was concluded that the temporal distribution of induced responses tracks the temporal distribution of the reinforced response.
 
9. Rule Accuracy and Positive Behavioral Contrast in Multiple Schedules of Conjugate Reinforcement and Extinction
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MATTHEW CHRISTOPHER PETERSON (University of Nevada, Reno; The ABRITE Organization), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Andre Miguel (Washington State University)
Abstract: Research on multiple schedules of reinforcement has demonstrated that the schedule in one component interacts with the schedule in the second component under certain circumstances. Positive behavioral contrast, defined by an increase in response rate in an unaltered component when rate of reinforcement is reduced in the altered component, has been observed in nonhumans and humans alike, with the latter showing sensitivity to rules describing experimental contingencies. While positive behavioral contrast has been observed with conjugate schedules in pre-verbal humans, the effects of rules on positive contrast in verbal humans requires further examination. Building off of research suggesting rule accuracy as a critical dimension in the production of contrast, this study examined the effects of rule accuracy and rule specificity on the emergence of positive contrast with undergraduate students. The main finding was that rule accuracy and rule specificity corresponded with discrimination indices, yet the relationship between these features and the emergence of positive contrast necessitates further study. Implications of these initial findings for future research will be provided.
 
10. Impulsivity in Children and Adults Using Identical Task and Procedural Parameters
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
LORI-ANN B. FORZANO (The College at Brockport, State University of New York), Michiko Sorama (Kyoto Notre Dame University), Evette Ramos (College at Brockport, State University of New York)
Discussant: Andre Miguel (Washington State University)
Abstract: In both children and adults, impulsivity is fundamental in many unhealthy behaviors and is featured in several psychological disorder diagnoses. Results of studies examining the relationship between impulsivity and age, have been mixed and research comparing impulsivity in adults and children is limited because different measures have been used with different aged participants. Although measures of impulsivity are commonly treated as equivalent, most studies have found low levels of agreement between measures. Further, procedural differences have been demonstrated to account for differences in impulsivity. Thus, the current study sought to rectify these procedural differences. The objective of the current study was to measure impulsivity in adults (69 college-aged females) and children (42, ages 5-12) using exactly the same task with identical procedural parameters. In the Self-Control Video Software Task (Forzano & Schunk, 2008; Forzano et al., 2014) participants repeatedly choose between larger, more delayed and smaller, less delayed access to viewing video cartoons. No differences in impulsivity were found between adults and children. Further, no age differences were found among children. Differences in procedural parameters are identified as important in their implications for research on impulsivity.
 
11. Obesity in Adolescents and Devaluation of Outcomes Due to Their Cost: Delay, Probability, and Effort
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
GISEL G. ESCOBAR (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Silvia Morales Chaine (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University)
Discussant: Forrest Toegel (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Obesity is a public health problem in Mexico. More than 36.3% of adolescents have obesity. Although the literature mentions selection by type of food and physical activity are the main factors for the development of obesity, the multidimensional effect of decision making is still unclear. Delay discounting studies show that adults with obesity discount more steeply immediate rewards than the controls. However, mixed findings are with probability discounting, and the effort discounting has not been explored as a possible additional factor to describe the choices for poor physical activity. This study aimed to compare the loss of the subjective value of different rewards in delay, probability, and effort discounting tasks with hypothetical outcomes in adolescents with obesity. The choice trials were presented with the adjusting amount procedure. We use a mixed design. Preliminary results show the hyperbolic model had moderate adjustments for the obesity group and higher adjustments for the controls. Findings were replicated for delay discounting with money. A probability and steeply effort discounting were found with money for obese participants than for the controls. Findings suggest the variable delay and effort seem to describe the "impulsive" choices for the obesity group, unlike the pattern of risk-seeking.

 
12. Novel Experiential Discounting Tasks in Children Across Different Cost: Delay, Probability, and Effort
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
GISEL G. ESCOBAR (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Alma Luisa López Fuentes (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Silvia Morales Chaine (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Discussant: Forrest Toegel (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

We exposed 34 children to the adjusting-amount procedure (standard amount = 16 prizes) presenting by five delays (5, 10, 20, 30, and 60 seconds), odds against (0.111, 0.333, 1, 3, and 9) and effort levels (0.2, 0.4, 06, 0.8, and 1) in three Experiential Discounting Tasks (EDTs). We found high values for the adjustment to the hyperboloid model in the three tasks (R2 = .92). We observed a steep probability discounting curve, a moderately delay discounting curve and a shallow effort discounting curve. Statistically significant differences were found in the degree of discounting between delay and effort discounting, and probability and effort discounting. The Principal component analysis showed four components that explain 67.46% of the variance. The findings of this study suggested different discounting patterns based on the parameters manipulated and supported the internal validity of the tasks. The EDTs contributed to solving practical issues by using real contingencies with children.

 
13. Relationships Between Delay and Social Discounting and Risky Smartphone Use in College Students
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
PAUL ROMANOWICH (Gonzaga University), Takeharu Igaki (Ryutsu Keizai University), Naoki Yamagishi (Ryutsu Keizai University), Tyler Norman (University of Texas San Antonio)
Discussant: Forrest Toegel (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Previous research showed that delay, but not social discounting is significantly correlated with Japanese students’ using smartphones while walking (USWW) rates. In addition, there is mixed evidence for a relationship between delay discounting and texting while driving (TWD). There are no published studies examining relationships between social discounting and TWD. The current study explored relationships between two types of discounting (delay and social) and two risky behaviors involving smartphones (TWD and USWW). A total of 456 US college students completed demographic, discounting, and self-reported risky smartphone measures. Figure 1 shows social discounting box-plots for the bottom 25%, middle 50% and top 25% TWD participants. As TWD increased, social discounting rate significantly increased. However, the same pattern was not shown with delay discounting and TWD. Figure 2 shows that low USWW rates were correlated with lower social discounting rates. There was no correlation between delay discounting and USWW. TWD and USWW were significantly correlated (r = 0.40), whereas delay and social discounting were not significantly correlated (r = 0.03). The results are interpreted in regards to the absolute differences in self-reported USWW rates between the US and Japan, and how converging evidence suggests that delay and social discounting are separate processes.

 
14. Qualitative Differences Between Discounting of Gains and Losses: Systematic Devaluations and Zero Discounting
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ELISE FURREBOE (University of Agder)
Discussant: Forrest Toegel (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Implications of research on the sign effect may indicate how to deal with decision-making challenges. The sign effect is the steeper discounting of gains compared to losses. In this experiment, we compared discounting of gains and losses in order to explore when and to what extent human adults discount. Thirty-one participants went through a computer-based choice-task procedure of hypothetical monetary gains and losses. The results show clear qualitative differences. Whereas gains mostly involve systematic devaluations, losses often correspond to zero discounting. These results replicate earlier studies suggesting that discounting of gains and losses involve different reinforcing contingencies. A paired samples t-test indicated that the mean AUCgain is significantly smaller than the mean AUCloss, t (30) = -8.22, p = .00, r = .83, confirming the sign effect. Correlations between AUCgain and AUCloss values show that AUCgain was weak to moderately, and not significantly, correlated to AUCloss (r = .223; p = .228). The weakness of the relationship between these variables strengthen the argument that discounting of gains and losses are not part of the same process.

 
15. Spontaneously Hypertensiveand Lewis Rats Learn to Choose Impulsively
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MALANA JEAN MALONSON (Salem State University), Carlos F. Aparicio Naranjo Naranjo (Salem State University)
Discussant: Forrest Toegel (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Research shows that prolonged training in the impulsive task determines impulsive choice in nonhuman animals. We extended the generality of this finding to the impulsive choices of Spontaneously Hypertensive (SHR) and Lewis (LEW) rats responding to a novel concurrent-chains procedure. The initial-link arranged choices between smaller-sooner (SS) and larger-later (LL) foods. Choice was measured on two levers concurrently available in the initial link, where two non-independent random interval schedules arranged entries to two terminal links. One terminal link delayed the delivery of the LL food (4-pellets) six times, and the other terminal link delivered the SS food (1-pellet) immediately. Five models of intertemporal choice and the Generalized Matching Law (GML) fitted the data from the SHRs and LEWs well. Discounting rate (k) and sensitivity to immediacy of reinforcement (s) increased with prolonged training; estimates of k were positively correlated with estimates of s, suggesting compatibilities between models of intertemporal choice and the GML. It is proposed that the behavior pattern labeled impulsivity changes with the rats’ experience in the choice situation.

 
16. Stimulus Control of "Resistance to Temptation" in Pigeons
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
KARLA CAMPOS (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Brenda Estela Ortega (National Autonomus University of Mexico), Raul Avila (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Discussant: Forrest Toegel (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Self-controlled behavior, conceptualized as "resistance to temptation", refers to a situation in which a subject has an available reward, but "stops" from taking it until a response criterion is met. Briefly, food-deprived pigeons are exposed to repetitive time cycles in which the food dispenser is presented for some seconds (SR1) within the cycle; if the subject does not try to eat from SR1, after the cycle ends the food dispenser is presented again for a few seconds (SR2), and the subject could eat from it. However, if the subject tries to eat from SR1, it is withdrawn and the SR2 presentation is cancelled. In the present study the discriminability between SR1 and SR2 presentations was explored in two successive conditions. In Condition A, SR1 and SR2 were signaled with feeder lights of the same color, and in Condition B the feeder lights were of different color. Four pigeons were exposed to an ABAB design and other four subjects were exposed to a BABA design. The subjects obtained more presentations of SR2 when SR1 and SR2 were signaled by feeder-lights of different color. It can be suggested that self-control -conceptualized as a case of "resistance to temptation" can be submitted to stimulus control.
 
17. Exploring the Relationship Between Affordance Boundaries and Concurrent Schedules of Reinforcement
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ROBERT W. ISENHOWER (Rider University), Avisha Patel (Rider University)
Discussant: Forrest Toegel (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Killeen and Jacobs (2017) discussed James Gibson’s concept of affordance and its place within the analysis of behavior. According to Gibson (1979), affordances are possibilities for behavior scaled to the action capabilities of the organism. Previous research has found that when asked to lift and move objects that vary only by their lengths, participants make a transition from one- to two-hands or two- to one-hand at predictable affordance boundaries defined as a ratio of hand-span to object length (Lopresti-Goodman et al. 2009; Isenhower et al. 2010). In order to further explore the relationship between affordances and behavior analysis, the current study manipulated object properties in a similar fashion to the aforementioned studies but treated the choice (one vs. two hands) as a concurrent operant arrangement. Reinforcement was delivered in the form of points on concurrent VR-VR schedules. The participants’ goal was to maximize the number of points they earned. During baseline conditions no reinforcement was delivered regardless of how participants chose to move the objects. During the 1H condition, participants contacted reinforcement on a VR2 schedule for moving objects with one hand and a VR5 schedule for moving objects with two hands. During the 2H condition, the concurrent schedules were reversed such that participants contacted reinforcement on a VR2 schedule for moving the objects with two hands and a VR5 schedule for moving objects with one hand. Preliminary results indicate that the affordance boundary moves relative to baseline for the 2H condition but not the 1H condition. Implications for incorporating affordances into the analysis of behavior will be discussed.

 
18. Chasing Ghosts: Human Conc FR FI Responding in a Computer Game
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
DEBRA J. SPEAR (South Dakota State University), Hannah Pannell (South Dakota State University), Malloree Siver (South Dakota State University), Elizabeth Stromquist (South Dakota State University)
Discussant: Forrest Toegel (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Humans do not always respond like rats. In previous experiments, the ability of students to discriminate and show sensitivity to contingencies was investigated. Using a computer game, students were instructed to find ghosts in a haunted house. Ghosts appeared under FRs on the left side and FIs on the right side. Sessions consisted of 3 consecutive 10-min concurrent schedules. With contingencies of FR10 FI1; FR35 FI1; FR50 FI ; and FR35 FI30; FR35 FI1; FR35 FI2, few students discriminated a number-based contingency, and no student discriminated interval contingencies. Few subjects were sensitive to contingency changes across the session. The current experiments attempted to enhance discrimination and sensitivity. First, a Conc FR35 FI1; Ext FI1; Ext FI1 was presented. In the second experiment, the visual display was changed to two houses with Conc FR20 FI1; FR35 FI1; FR50 FI1. In general, students showed little sensitivity to the Ext components in either FR or FI responding, and showed almost no discrimination that two schedules were present when the visual display was a single house. Discrimination that two schedules were present was enhanced with two distinct houses, but FR responding increased when the FR value was increased.
 
19. An Evaluation of the Effects of the Number of Options within an Array and Time Constraints on an Individual’s Preference for Choice-making Contexts
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MINDY CASSANO (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Kathryn L. Kalafut (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jack Spear (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Forrest Toegel (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Previous research has found that choice in and of itself is a reinforcer; however, research has also found there are limits to this such as when there are too many choices. The current study, replicated and extended behavior-economic research using behavior-analytic methods by (a) determining the prevalence of preference for choice in a large number of adults, (b) evaluating large numbers of options on preference for choice and satisfaction, and (c) evaluating the effects of time constraints on an individual’s preference for choice and satisfaction with those choices. Results showed that many participants preferred choice over no-choice contexts. One-third of the participants reached a breaking point during the choice overload phase and time constraint phase. Additionally, it was more difficult to choose when there were more choices and when there was less time. These findings demonstrate that offering extensive amounts of options may have negative effects but suggest further research be conducted on more substantial contexts.
 
20. The Effect of Relative Rate of S+ Production on Choice: a Replication
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
NATALIE RONTY (University of Florida), Samuel L. Morris (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Discussant: Forrest Toegel (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Conditioned reinforcement is thought to be an important piece of accounting for complex human behaviors. Thus, it may be useful for researchers to ask, “Do conditioned reinforcers do the same thing to behavior as primary reinforcers?” Shahan, Podlesnik, & Jimenez-Gomez (2006) demonstrated that the relative rate at which two alternatives produce stimuli correlated with reinforcement affects choice between those alternatives in a similar manner as the relative rate of reinforcement itself. We replicated Shahan et al.’s procedures with humans. Results suggest that subjects’ behavior was sensitive to the relative rate at which stimuli correlated, but that the degree of sensitivity varied.
 
21. Evaluation of the Overjustification Effect With Undergraduate Students
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
AMY ETHRIDGE (Auburn University; Berry College), P. Raymond Joslyn (Utah State University), Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida)
Discussant: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University)
Abstract:

Reinforcement-based procedures are key tools for implementing effective behavior change. However, one of the main criticisms of reinforcement-centered programs is the overjustification hypothesis, which posits that when “extrinsic” rewards are delivered contingent on the occurrence of behavior, the rate of that behavior will fall to below baseline levels when these rewards are removed. The current study is a replication of a 1971 study by Edward Deci evaluating the overjustitication hypothesis. The subjects in this replication were ten undergraduate students who were asked to complete puzzle configurations across three phases. These subjects were divided into a treatment group, who received rewards for puzzle completion, and a control group, who received no extrinsic rewards. Participants in the treatment group received no “extrinsic” rewards in phase one, a monetary reward contingent on puzzle completion in phase two, and a return to no monetary rewards in phase three. The results were highly variable but the majority of participants in both the treatment and control group showed a decline in engagement across the three phases. The findings of this replication suggest that satiation, rather than overjustification, may decrease subject puzzle interaction.

 
22. Metacontingencies Applied to the Good Behavior Game: Methods and Preliminary Results
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
FLORA MOURA LORENZO (Universidade de Brasília (UnB)), Laércia Abreu Vasconcelos (Universidade de Brasília (UnB))
Discussant: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University)
Abstract:

Metacontingencies have not yet been implemented in conjunction with the Good Behavior Game to facilitate its maintenance. Although the literature reports strong effects from the Good Behavior Game, diffusion of the Brazilian culturally adapted version Elos Program – Communities Coalitions was suspended by the federal government. Even though national available data should be considered, designs with higher levels of experimental control are necessary to estimate the intervention effects. Through reversal and multiple baseline designs across three municipalities, this study aims to test the effects of Elos Program – Communities Coalitions with the addition of support metacontingencies, subsidized in the program manuals available for public access. Dependent variables include on-task, cooperative, disruptive and aggressive behavior from pupils; nurturing practices from teachers; and interlocked behavioral contingencies of mutual support between practitioners. 320 participants are expected from six public schools. Operant and cultural consequences will be manipulated in three phases: Operant selection, Cultural selection and Cultural maintenance. Conditions differ regarding individual or group feedback delivered to professionals as well as to reinforcement schemes contingent to the occurrence of interlocked behavioral contingencies. The first phase is running and preliminary results from one third-grade class can be discussed. Disruptive behavior rates markedly decreased while on-task behavior rates increased to levels far from baseline conditions since intervention started. If repeated across classrooms, this result shall increase external validity of Good Behavior Game variations to Brazilian educational system. Data from longitudinal studies using randomized control trial methods identified correlations between participating in the intervention and lower rates of drug abuse at adult age. Although its measurements are limited to few points over time, long-term research literature regarding the Good Behavior Game highlights its potential outcomes that should be investigated with reliable experimental control.

 
23. The Effects of Group Contingencies on Math Performance of Elementary School Children
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
NAYARA GOIS (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Lucas Couto de Carvalho (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), João S. Carmo (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Discussant: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University)
Abstract: Official data show deficits of Brazilian public school children in mathematical skills. These data suggest the necessity to develop alternative, low-cost, teaching technologies. This research compares the effects of Independent and Interdependent group contingencies on the frequency of correctly respond to math operations. Twenty fourth-grade public elementary school children participated in the study. Students were divided in five groups formed with underachieving, average, and overarching students (as assessed in a pre-test). Reversal designs were used with a sequence of ABCA for three groups, and a sequence of ACBA for the other two groups. Members performed the task with their group peers across all conditions. Condition A served as baseline, with no scheduled reinforcement. In Condition B, reinforcers were individually provided, depending on the student individual performance. In Condition C, reinforcers were provided based on the averaged performances of all group members. Results reveal increasing effects of both Independent and Interdependent group contingencies on correct responses of average and overachieving students, compared to Baseline, but not for underachieving students. For future researches, it is necessary to create a contingency where peer tutoring can actually emerge, as an alternative to improve performances of underachieving students.
 
24. The Effectiveness and Cost-Efficiency of Group Contingency in Promoting Walking Behavior of College Students
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
HEEWON KIM (Yonsei University), Changseok Lee (Yonsei University), Suhyon Ahn (Yonsei University)
Discussant: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University)
Abstract:

Group contingency (GC) is a behavior management strategy in which a consequence is contingent upon the behavior of all or selected portion of a group of people. However, studies comparing the different types of GC are limited, especially those aimed at enhancing physical activity. The purpose of this study was to examine the effectiveness and cost-efficiency of GC for promoting walking behavior of college students. 72 college students were grouped as a team of three based on their step counts and were randomly assigned to three conditions for 66 days of intervention. In independent condition, participants earned points each time they met the predetermined goal, regardless of their teammates’ performance. In interdependent condition, participants earned points each time all teammates met the goal. In random dependent condition, participants earned points each time the randomly selected teammate met the goal. In terms of effectiveness, random dependent condition showed a significant increase in step counts during intervention than the others. In terms of cost-efficiency, when the same amount of points was provided, increase in step counts of interdependent condition was the highest. The results suggest that random dependent GC is effective, whereas interdependent GC is cost-efficient in promoting walking behavior.

 
25. Effects of a Brief Defusion Presentation on Near Miss Ratings
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
JASMINE EITTAH HARRELL (Rider University; The Bedrock Clinic & Research Center Inc.), Mack S. Costello (Rider University)
Discussant: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University)
Abstract: Behavioral approaches to interventions have been useful in solving the many psychological issues that are faced cross-culturally (Dixon, 2007). Recently, there has been a protocol and initial research on Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) for problem gambling (Dixon & Wilson, 2014; Dixon, Wilson, & Habib, 2016). Nastally and Dixon (2012) had previously examined a therapist-free delivery of ACT for gambling information targeting a person’s rating of the near-miss outcome as being “closer” to a win. The experiment used a computerized slot machine to expose the participants to different outcomes. Their participants had a history of problem gambling and were instructed to rate each type of outcome (i.e., wins, losses, and near misses) in terms of its closeness to a win on a scale of one to ten before and after a brief ACT intervention. Those results showed that there was a notable decrease in the near miss ratings after the ACT intervention was given. The results showed decreases in the ratings of near misses as being close to win after the presentation, which is theoretically a goal of defusion (to change the relationship between the words and their associated response classes). Theoretical and clinical interests in defusion have increased in the behavior analysis and ACT literature (e.g., Assaz et al., 2018). Considering this, we replicated Nastally and Dixon’s (2012) procedure with only defusion and tracked ratings of near misses, as well as psychometric outcomes commonly targeted in ACT. Three participants with a history of gambling problems participated in a multiple baseline design.
 
26. Variables Facilitating Defusion from the Contextual Control of the Rock-Paper-Scissors Game
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
AIKO TAKANO (Hosei University)
Discussant: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University)
Abstract:

Variables facilitating “cognitive defusion” are still incompletely understood in laboratory settings. The present study focused on the persistent contextual control of the rock-paper-scissors (RPS) game, where responding based on the circular relation is reinforced and feedback in accordance with an alternative rule is deactivated. The alternative context was introduced, where responding based on the linear relation of the number of fingers (NOF), is reinforced. As a general procedure, a participant chose the winning/losing one of two handsigns on a computer screen. Trainings provided a feedback on “correct/incorrect” per trial, then its effect was assessed in the subsequent tests with no feedback. In Experiment 1, 12 undergraduates’ data were obtained. Two contextual cues were introduced, indicating either NOF or RPS responding is correct. In the trainings where the handsigns not appearing in the RPS game were added, nine participants showed over 75% correct responses in the NOF context. In Experiment 2, eight undergraduates’ data were obtained. After the training where rock, paper, and scissors were presented in the same trial, six participants showed over 75% NOF responses. In conclusion, situations that conflict with the regular RPS game could facilitate defusion from its persistent contextual control.

 
27. An Apparatus for Single-Subject Research With Rats in Group Housing
Area: EAB; Domain: Theory
ALEX DAVIDSON (University of North Texas), Grayson Butcher (University of North Texas), April M. Becker (University of North Texas and University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center)
Discussant: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University)
Abstract:

We have developed a specialized apparatus for single-subject research with rat colonies. This “One Rat Door” (ORD) sits between an operant chamber and group housing. Only one rat may pass from the group housing, through the door, to the operant chamber. Once a rat has passed, a locking mechanism is engaged that prevents additional rats from entering the ORD. Only when the initial rat leaves the operant chamber is the door unlocked, allowing another rat to enter. The design of the ORD is cheap, simple, fully mechanical, and can accommodate different rat sizes. The mechanical design reduces risk of injury from motorized moving parts and reduces transition disruption. It also enables automated experimentation; it can be run 24/7 without requiring experimenter time and effort. Used in conjunction with RFID technology, the ORD allows for both single-subject data and individualized contingencies in the operant chamber. This apparatus is currently being used to conduct single-subject research with rats relearning a distal forelimb reach task following ischemic stroke. Because of its simple and enabling design, the ORD may be used to measure self-initiated behavior within a social context and to study behavioral economics and nonlinear contingencies with high external validity.

 
28. Using the Livecode Community Edition Development Environment, Apple Macintosh Computers, and Off-the-Shelf Interface Devices for Inexpensive Operant Laboratory Control and Data Collection
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University), Eleah Sunde (Eastern Michigan University)
Discussant: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University)
Abstract: Operant laboratory control and data collection is typically done with computers running either expensive commercial software connected to proprietary electronic interfaces or employing user-developed implementations constructed of whatever might be at hand. In both instances, high costs, the need to learn difficult computer syntax, and technical difficulties inherent in matching disparate electronic peripherals to main systems can create a high barrier to entry for the potential basic researcher. In this poster, we describe the use of the free Livecode Community Development authoring system, standard computers, and off-the-self interface devices to create low- to moderate-cost systems for laboratory control and data collection. Livecode, a descendent of Apple's Hypercard, provides an graphical rapid development environment programmed in plain-language scripts rather than obscure (for most) computer syntax. Livecode can be used to create stand-alone applications for MacOS, Windows, Linux, iOS, and Android systems. These may be used natively (on screen), even on phones, or in conjunction with inexpensive off-the-self input-output devices to control experiments, collect data, create graphics, and communicate results directly to experimenters in real time. The Macintosh operating system's enhanced ability to communicate with and directly control other applications (e.g. Excel, graphing programs) via AppleScript make it a good laboratory choice for laboratory control and data collection. Other systems have other advantages, and much of the information in this poster applies to them as well. The use of affordable, driverless, off-the-shelf input/output (I/O) devices simplifies interfacing with standard laboratory equipment and inexpensive transducers. Integration with other inexpensive systems, such as Arduino and Raspberry Pi, is relatively simple using standard serial communication. Wireless control of equipment and collection of data is possible using Bluetooth.
 
29. Rats Find Occupancy of a Restraint Tube Rewarding
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
YOSUKE HACHIGA (American University / Waseda University), Alan Silberberg (American University), Burton Slotnick (American University), Maria Gomez (American University)
Discussant: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University)
Abstract:

In Experiment 1, each rat in the 0-minute group moved freely in a chamber where a wall blocked access to a restraint tube. After 10 minutes, the wall was removed, permitting 15 minutes of chamber access and tube entry. The other two groups were locked in the tube for 10 and 20 minutes respectively before release into the chamber for 15 minutes. Across sessions, rats locked up for 10 and 20 minutes entered the tube more frequently than rats in the 0-minute group, and during the first two sessions rats in the 20-minute group stayed in the tube longer than the other groups. Over sessions this difference disappeared. However, for all groups and sessions the mean percentage of session time in the tube exceeded chance expectations. This result suggests tube occupation was reinforcing. In Experiment 2’s Phase 1, rats could enter an open tube. On exiting, the tube door closed. A lever press opened the door for the rest of the one-hour session. In Phase 2, these rats were locked in the tube for 10 minutes before the door opened. Upon exiting, the door closed. To return to the tube they pressed a lever, opening the door for the rest of the session. The latency between pressing and tube entry decreased over sessions, indicating tube entry reinforced lever pressing. These results are difficult to reconcile with accounts of rat empathy based on the thesis that tube restraint distresses occupants.

 
30. Effects of Constant and Qualitatively Varied Reinforcers on Response Rates: A Replication of Steinman (1968)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MAIRA LUZMILA REVOLLEDO VICERREL (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Alicia Roca (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Discussant: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University)
Abstract: Using a three-component multiple schedule, Steinman (1968) found that a component delivering sucrose and pellets generated higher response rates than two components delivering either sucrose or pellets. Steinman’s study has been widely cited in the literature, supporting the notion that varied reinforcers generate higher response rates than constant reinforcers. Recent studies provided conflicting evidence, showing that response rates during the varied reinforcer component were intermediate to the rates generated by constant reinforcers. It is possible that Steinman’s specific experimental arrangements resulted in the additive effect of varied reinforcers on response rates. A replication of Steinman’s study was conducted to address this possibility. Four Wistar rats were exposed to a multiple variable-interval (VI) 45- s VI 45- s VI 45- s schedule. Either sucrose or pellets were delivered in two components. Sucrose and pellets were delivered randomly in the third component. Each component was added in successive phases. Response rates generated by varied reinforcers were close to the average of response rates generated by constant reinforcers. This experiment differed from Steinman’s only in the strain of rats. The additive effect of qualitatively different reinforcers on response rates is weak; varied reinforcers do not consistently maintain higher relative response rates.
 
31. The Reinforcing Value of Water as a Function of Food Deprivation on Scheduled-Induced Drinking
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MOISÉS VILLALOBOS (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Alicia Roca (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Discussant: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University)
Abstract:

Schedule- Induced drinking (SID) occurs when food-deprived rats are exposed to intermittent schedules of food reinforcement. The explanation of SID in terms of operant behavior reinforced by food has remained elusive. SID may be reinterpreted as operant behavior reinforced directly by water. Food deprivation and intermittent food delivery may function as establishing operations that increase the reinforcing value of water. The purpose of the study was to determine the effects of varying levels of food deprivation on water reinforcer efficacy during SID sessions. In successive conditions, four rats were food deprived at 100, 90, 80 and 75% of their free -feeding weights. During each condition, rats were exposed to daily SID sessions in which food was delivered according to a tandem fixed- time 176- s, differential-reinforcement-of-other-behavior 4-s. Each lever press resulted in water delivery. Holding constant the food schedule, water was then delivered according to a progressive- ratio 5 schedule, in which the response requirement increased for successive reinforcers. In general, decreasing body weight resulted in higher response rates and higher break points, suggesting that food deprivation increases the reinforcing value of water. The results complement earlier findings showing that SID is operant behavior reinforced directly by water.

 
32. The Effects of Stimulus-Equivalence Training in Promoting Generalization of Trained Safety Responses to Hazard Symbols
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
COURTNEY MULLINAX (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University)
Abstract: Generalization of trained skills is critical to functioning the natural environment and should be a critical component rather than an afterthought of a procedure (Stokes & Baer, 1977). One procedure that directly produces emergent behavior is stimulus-equivalence training. Could an equivalence approach impact generalization performances? This study investigated an equivalence-based approach in directly promote generalization of trained safety-skills. Eight preschoolers attending Wilmington Christian Academy completed the study at the school. All participants received baseline testing, behavioral-skills training of safety-responses to one hazard symbol, and safety-response generalization tests with each of three hazard symbols in various settings. Participants were divided into one of three conditions. Only Conditions 1 and 2 received simple-discrimination training with compound stimuli and received equivalence probes. Condition 1 received generalization tests in a multiple-baseline across training-phases design to examine the effects of equivalence-training on generalization performances. Condition 2 received generalization tests only after completing the equivalence probes to examine the effects of equivalence-training on generalization performances without multiple-exemplar exposure. Condition 3’s generalization tests were yoked to a participant in Condition 1 to examine the effects of multiple-exemplar exposure alone on generalization performances. The results of this study can inform how practitioners plan for generalization when training skills.
 
 
 
Poster Session #534
EDC Monday Poster Session
Monday, May 25, 2020
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D
Chair: Robin Codding (Northeastern University)
33. The Impact of Trial Type and Instructional Errors on Acquisition During Discrete Trial Training
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
SUMMER BOTTINI (Binghamton University), Jennifer M. Gillis (Binghamton University), Raymond G. Romanczyk (SUNY at Binghamton)
Discussant: Robin Codding (Northeastern University)
Abstract:

Discrete trial training is one evidence-based instructional procedure within Applied Behavior Analysis. Two important considerations when using this procedure is trial presentation type and treatment integrity. Research has demonstrated both these considerations affect skill acquisition for children with developmental disabilities but has not rigorously examined their independent and interactive impact on learning in larger samples. The present study is a translational approach to better understand learning during discrete trial training. Using an arbitrary computerized learning task, we compared trial presentation type (massed trial versus task interspersal) on skill acquisition during high- and low-treatment integrity conditions (100% integrity versus 75% integrity) in 166 college students. A two-way repeated measures ANOVA demonstrated task interspersal resulted in better acquisition and maintenance than massed trial and low treatment integrity significantly impairs learning. No interaction between trial presentation type and treatment integrity emerged. Additionally, specific patterns of learning emerged during low treatment integrity conditions that suggested some participants developed faulty stimulus control. Discussion of learning processes and implications for instruction is included in light of present findings.

 
34. Differential Effect of Feedback on Performance and Its Relation With Students’ Past Knowledge
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
RITA OLLA (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Monica De La Puente (University of Nevada, Reno), Laura Crosswell (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Robin Codding (Northeastern University)
Abstract:

Chase and Houmafar (2009) explored in a large-enrollment class setting the effect of basic feedback (specification of correct/incorrect answer) and elaborate feedback (basic feedback + information on the topic addressed in the question) on the students’ performance when taking quizzes. This research was conducted in laboratory settings. An eye tracker was also used to verify correlations between performance and participants’ eye gazes on screen. A between-group design was implemented, using two groups, one for each type of feedback. Ninety-eight undergraduate students, having a different level of knowledge on Operant Conditioning, were recruited and randomly assigned to the groups. The participants read a textbook chapter on Operant Conditioning followed by two sets of quiz. The “first attempt” showed them the feedback assigned. Change in the performance between the quiz scores was measured. The results, significant at p=0.106, demonstrated an enhanced change in the performance for the participants in the elaborate feedback group, an important result considering that most of the participants having no previous knowledge of Operant Conditioning, by chance, were assigned to the elaborate feedback group. This corroborates the superior effect of the elaborate feedback in supporting the learning of new content. The eye tracker data demonstrated statistically significant longer eye gazes when the answers provided were wrong compared to the correct ones.

 
35. The Effect of Direct Instruction on Spanish Language Acquisition in a Preschool Free-Play Environment: A Single-Case Design
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
LUCY SCOTTI (Monongalia County Schools and West Virginia University), Joseph R. Scotti (WHOLE Families, PLLC), Bobbie Warash (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Robin Codding (Northeastern University)
Abstract: The increase in Spanish speakers within the United States calls for an expansion of preschool curricula. There are multiple arguments about the best time or critical periods for children to learn a second language. Using a single-case design to reflect individual differences, this study demonstrates that preschoolers can learn Spanish vocabulary with an average of 30 minutes of instruction per week. Combining direct instruction with developmentally appropriate practices and hands-on activities, we taught five categories (e.g., colors, foods, numbers) of five Spanish vocabulary words. Six four-year-old children (3 girls) participated in activities incorporating English and Spanish words into play-based interactions. Prompts, feedback, and praise were used, and progress was measured via cumulative records (see attached sample figures). Girls improved over baseline on use of Spanish words; boys showed little improvement. All children improved in fluency of identifying a pictorial response. Across the five-week intervention, all children demonstrated improved pronunciation and increasing independence in use of the Spanish words. Cumulative graphs and tables will demonstrate the impact of the combination of direct instruction and interactive activities. This method is easily incorporated into a naturalistic classroom setting by inserting vocabulary, directives, and bilingual instruction into the daily routine.
 
36. Active Learning Investigations Citing Freeman et al. (2014): A Critical Analysis of Citation Accuracy and Reporting
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
AMEDEE MARTELLA (Purdue University), Nancy Marchand-Martella (Purdue University), Ronald C. Martella (Purdue University), Jeffrey Karpicke (Purdue University)
Discussant: Robin Codding (Northeastern University)
Abstract: “Remarkable attention” has been placed on science, technology, engineering, and math (STEM) education with focused efforts on college engagement and reform in this area. Martella and Lovett (2019) reviewed 57 articles that incorporated active learning and found active learning is not well defined and varies in the amount of lecture included. To further investigate this literature, we conducted a search on "active learning" and publication year=2014 in Web of Science Core Collection showing the meta-analysis of 225 studies conducted by Freeman et al. (2014) had almost 1000 more citations than the next most highly cited article. Given the seminal work of Freeman et al. (2014) and the differing definitions of active learning, it seems critical to ensure accuracy of the reported findings surrounding active learning given that reference quality and accuracy have been and continue to be an issue in journal publishing. There were two purposes of this study. First, we are determining the accuracy of the citations of Freeman et al. (2014) in published active learning investigations. Second, we are also determining the accuracy of claims made by Freeman et al. and others (e.g., active learning is a constructivist approach; lecture is ineffective).
 
37. Effects of the Self-Determined Learning Model of Instruction on Academic and Nonacademic Behaviors: A Meta-Analysis
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory
JOSHUA M. PULOS (University of Oklahoma), Corey Peltier (University of Oklahoma), Kristi Morin (Lehigh University), Tracy Eileen Sinclair (University of Oklahoma), Kendra Williams-Diehm (University of Oklahoma)
Discussant: Robin Codding (Northeastern University)
Abstract: An important behavioral disposition for in-school and post-school success of students with disabilities is self-determination. One way to teach behaviors associated with self-determination is through an evidence-based practice, the Self-Determined Learning Model of Instruction (SDLMI). The aim of the current study was to evaluate the experimental literature on studies implementing the SDLMI. A total of 25 studies (k = 19 single-case, k = 6 group design) were included in the review. With an insufficient number of group design studies, we only used single-case studies for the quantitative synthesis. We determined intervention effects using visual analysis, Tau-U, and the between-case standardized mean difference (BC-SMD). Based on visual analysis, we determined 14% demonstrated strong intervention effects, 39% demonstrated moderate intervention effects, and 47% demonstrated weak intervention effects. The Tau-U effect size across studies ranged from 0.33 to 1.09, with an omnibus of 0.78 (CI95% = [0.67, 0.89]). The BC-SMD for individual studies ranged from -0.30 to 14.35. Moderator analyses revealed of the nine variables analyzed (i.e., quality appraisal, interventionist, disability, race, gender, grade level, applied setting, dependent variable, and intervention level), only quality appraisal, interventionist, and race served as moderators. Implications for practice, limitations, and implications for future research will be addressed.
 
38. English Language Learners' Decode Words Using Build A Word-EASY Spelling with Phonics Electronic App
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
LAURICE JOSEPH (The Ohio State University), Kelsey Ross (The Ohio State University)
Discussant: Robin Codding (Northeastern University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of the Build A Word-Easy Spelling with Phonics electronic application (app) on the acquisition, maintenance, and generalization of letter-sound correspondences for five kindergartners who are English Language Learners (ELLs). This app is essentially an electronic version of the word boxes which entails students saying the sounds and sliding letters into drawn boxes that correspond to the sounds heard in a word. A multiple probe design was used to evaluate the effects of this app across kindergartners’ letter-sound correspondences performance. Generalization was also examined by having the students make letter-sound correspondences when presented with untrained real words, nonsense words, and spelling words. Visual analysis (level, immediacy of effect, variability, consistency, and trend). Tau-U effect size estimates were also completed to determine the magnitude of the intervention effects for each student. A functional relationship occurred between the electronic app and students’ performance on letter-sound correspondence probes. Moderate to large intervention effects were observed across the participants. Participants maintained their high level of performance over several weeks after the intervention ended. Participants were also able to generalize their decoding skills to untrained real and nonsense words.
 
39. Teaching English Learners With Disabilities to Summarize Passages
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ELIZABETH HORTON (Hope College), Sophia R D'Agostino (Hope College)
Discussant: Robin Codding (Northeastern University)
Abstract:

The need for effective, research-based interventions focused on the reading needs of English learners with disabilities is critical. Previous research indicates the importance of investigating this need through single subject design studies. In this study, a single-subject multiple-probe design was used to investigate the effects of the Modified GIST Strategy involving systematic prompting and positive reinforcement on the summarizing skills of English learners with disabilities between the ages of 15 and 17 years. Following the baseline phase, the participants received tutoring in the Modified GIST Strategy through modeling and guided instruction. After tutoring, the participants’ independent summarizing skills were measured by having participants read expository passages and summarize text. Two weeks following the intervention phase, maintenance data was collected for each participant. Results from visual analysis indicate an improvement in the summarization skills for all participants, as there was an immediate change in level and trend between baseline and intervention. Results also demonstrate that the participants’ summarization skills remained high during maintenance probes. Procedural fidelity was high at 98.76 percent and inter-observer agreement was 95.02 percent. The results are promising for this group of participants, and future research should address further investigations with the Modified GIST Strategy.

 
40. Examining the Impact of Technology on Student Engagement, Performance, and Achievement: A Comparison of Kahoot and Socrative
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CAITLIN GRANT (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Washington, D.C.)
Discussant: Robin Codding (Northeastern University)
Abstract:

Constantly increasing in versatility, technology has enabled educators to deliver material to students in fun and unique ways. However, it is important to understand how the introduction of technology is effecting student learning. In order to better understand this impact, my study has compared a game-based technology, Kahoot, to a non-game-based technology, Socrative. The goal of the study was to understand how technology impacts student engagement, performance, and achievement. A control condition, with no technology was used to establish a baseline level across variables. An alternating treatments design was used across two math classes consisting of one teacher and 15 students. The results have shown that Kahoot (a game-based technology) promotes engagement amongst students, however performance decreases due to the fast-paced Q&A format of the game. Socrative (a non-game-based technology) may produce better performance amongst students than Kahoot in a math class. Achievement appears to be relatively high across all conditions.

 
41. The Effects of Contingency Contracts on the Correct Use of Punctuation Marks in Elementary Students With Learning Disabilities
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
MATTHIAS GRÜNKE (University of Cologne)
Discussant: Robin Codding (Northeastern University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of a simple contingency contracting intervention on the correct use of punctuation marks in freely produced texts by elementary school children with learning disabilities. These symbols are an essential way of clarifying what one wants to get across when interacting through written language. Contingency contracting can be considered a promising strategy for facilitating the development of academic skills in struggling students. The benefits of the intervention were evaluated using an ABC multiple baseline design across three subjects. Results indicated that this technique was very helpful in distinctly boosting the performance of the participants. The percentage of properly used punctuation marks varied between 0.00 and 13.35 on average during baseline conditions. Immediately upon the onset of the intervention, the ratio increased markedly, reaching mean levels between 86.50% and 88.85%. Applying contingency contracts requires little effort on the part of teachers and can be viewed as a very serviceable tool to support struggling students in their endeavors to produce stories with proper punctuation.

 
42. The Effects of a Class-Wide Multicomponent Motivational Intervention on the Writing Performance of Academically Challenged Elementary School Students
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
MATTHIAS GRÜNKE (University of Cologne)
Discussant: Robin Codding (Northeastern University)
Abstract: The present study was conducted to evaluate the effects of a simple multicomponent motivational intervention on the writing performance of a class of low-achieving fourth graders under everyday conditions in schools. An ABAB design was utilized to establish a functional relationship between the independent variable (a treatment involving explicit timing, immediate feedback through self-scoring, and positive reinforcement through verbal praise and the display of high scores) and the dependent variable (the total number of words written). The students took very well to the intervention and significantly increased their performance whenever it was carried out. All applied procedures to measure the benefits of our multicomponent motivational intervention (visual inspection, effect size calculation, and piecewise regression analysis) suggest that the approach has a tremendous potential to bring even a whole class of very low-achieving elementary school students to eagerly engage in writing. As the results have impressively shown, it does not take much to make a difference.
 
43. Teaching Addition to Students with Moderate Disabilities Using Video Prompting
Area: EDC
SCOTT DUEKER (Ball State University), Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University)
Discussant: Robin Codding (Northeastern University)
Abstract:

Academic performance for students with moderate to severe disabilities falls far behind their typically developing peers and puts them at risk for continued dependence after school ends. Video prompting is an evidence-based practice that has been used to teach various non-academic skills; however, few studies have focused on using video prompting to teach academic skills other than reading. This study used a delayed multiple baseline across students design to evaluate the use of video prompting to teach single- and double-digit addition to three students with moderate disabilities. Results indicated that all three students improved their accurate completion of addition problems immediately upon introduction of the video prompting intervention. In addition, all three students completely faded the use of the videos and generalized completing addition problems to another setting. Social validity of the intervention was high across all participants, their families, and their teacher.

 
44. Supporting English Language Learners Within the Classroom With Video Modeling
Area: EDC
DACIA MCCOY (University of Cincinnati)
Discussant: Robin Codding (Northeastern University)
Abstract:

English language learners (ELL) are at risk of academic failure when classroom expectations are not effectively communicated and they are unable to engage in classroom instruction. This single-subject design study investigated the effects of a video self-modeling intervention on the classroom behavior of preschool ELLs exhibiting low levels of engagement and/or high levels of off-task behavior. Prior to group time, the child viewed a brief self-modeling video of appropriate behavior (i.e., engagement). A parent of the target child provided voice-over on the videos in the child’s home language, clearly stating the classroom expectations described by the teacher. The results indicate an increase in engagement and decrease in off-task behaviors for all 4 children to levels comparable to English-fluent speaking and ELL peer comparisons in the classroom. This intervention was viewed favorably by both the teachers and children and is considered an effective and efficient intervention to use within the classroom setting.

 
45. Evaluation of Self-Regulated Strategy Development to Improve the Narrative Writing Performance in Students with Autism
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JULIA SZALWINSKI (Ivymount School), Amanda Leichliter (The Ivymount School)
Discussant: Temple S Lovelace (Duquesne University)
Abstract: In addition to the use of writing in academic contexts, writing is used to communicate with others. Students with autism exhibit a wide range of deficits that can be detrimental to the writing process. Research suggests high efficacy when self-regulated strategy development (SRSD) is implemented during one on one instruction with children with autism, leading to gains in overall written products (i.e., number of words written, inclusion of functional essay elements). The current study evaluated the effectiveness of the SRSD program in increasing the writing ability of students with autism when taught in a small group format. Intervention consisted of SRSD taught for 30 minutes, 4 times a week in small groups of 1 adult to 3-5 students. Data was collected on the number of words written, number of functional essay elements, and stage level according to Six Traits writing checklist. A multiple baseline across groups design was used to demonstrate control. Results suggest that using SRSD to teach narrative writing was an effective strategy in increasing students writing ability.
 
46. The Effects of Self-Questioning on the Reading Comprehension of English Language Learners in Elementary School Classes
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ABDULRAHMAN ALSULTAN (The Ohio State University), Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University)
Discussant: Temple S Lovelace (Duquesne University)
Abstract: The ability to read and comprehend material is fundamental to attaining a successful academic life and adulthood (Mellard & Patterson, 2008). However, for the majority of at-risk learners, the deficit becomes more pronounced as they progress through school and as reading requirements become more demanding. English language learners (ELLs) with learning disabilities are more likely to lag in education, which limits their progression and opportunities in life. In addition, ELL students with learning and comprehension challenges, without the necessary interventions, receive low academic grades and struggle through classes, which may explain the high dropout rate among ELL students (Olsen, 2014). The purpose of this study was to investigate the effects of the self-questioning with visual prompt fading on the reading comprehension of fifth-graders who struggle with reading comprehension. A multiple-probe experimental design across four ELL students was used to evaluate the effects of self-questioning on the ability of participants to answer comprehension questions. The study took place in an urban charter school located in the Midwest. The participants were trained to generate and answer questions while reading an expository passage, followed by a multiple-choice comprehension quiz. The results indicate that the participants successfully maintained the self-questioning skills two weeks following intervention. The study findings are consistent with previous findings demonstrating the effects of the self-questioning intervention on struggling readers.
 
47. Increasing the Frequency of Basic Phonics Skills to Effect Oral Reading Fluency for First Grade Students At-Risk for Reading Failure
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research
JEREMY D MOELLER (The Pennsylvania State University)
Discussant: Temple S Lovelace (Duquesne University)
Abstract: The current study used a multiple baseline, multiple probe single-case design to determine the effects of using Frequency Building to Performance Criterion (FBPC) with early reading skills (i.e., letter-sound correspondence, blending sounds into words, and repeated reading) on oral reading fluency. Teachers identified five first grade students at-risk for reading failure to participate in the research. The five students were identified by being in the lowest placement within the reading curriculum. Four students were provided with FBPC three to five times a week for a total of 30 sessions. After each session students were given novel decodable reading passages and timed for one minute. In addition, students were given weekly curriculum-based measures (CBM) grade-level reading probes. Overall, students demonstrated an increase in oral reading fluency, as measured by one minute passage reading, after the introduction of FBPC with early reading skills, demonstrating an experimental effect for increasing the frequency of early reading skills to oral reading fluency. Students on average increased words read correctly per minute by 62-108% and decreased words read incorrectly per minute by 40-66% from baseline measures. Additionally, students decreased error celertation and made modest gains with correct accel data.
 
48. The Impact of Text-To-Speech on Comprehension for Students With Learning Disabilities in an Urban School
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
TOLULOPE OLAYEMI SULAIMON (Ohio State University Cleveland State University), John Schaefer (Cleveland State University)
Discussant: Temple S Lovelace (Duquesne University)
Abstract:

The A-B-A-B withdrawal design was used to explore the effects of Text-to-speech (TTS) program (Read & Write Gold 11) on comprehension for 2 fourth grade students with learning disability in an urban school while accessing grade level comprehension text. Participants read fourth-grade level comprehension passages from a reading instruction resource. For each session, the student was timed for 35 minutes to read and answer the comprehension passage. The students manipulated the speech option (Pitch, speed, voice and word pause) of the TTS program to suit them. Results show that the TTS program affected the students’ comprehension score. All participants’ scores increased when the TTS program was introduced to read the comprehension passages. In addition, the participants found the TTS program easy to use with less or no support. Limitation and implications for future research are discussed in this paper

 
49. Reviewing State-Created Curriculum Evaluation Tools through an Implementation Lens
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory
KRISTEN ROLF (Utah State University), Sarah E. Pinkelman (Utah State University), Kaitlin Bundock (Utah State University)
Discussant: Temple S Lovelace (Duquesne University)
Abstract: The curriculum adoption process is the opportunity for school districts to choose effective, empirically supported curricula for use in their schools and marks the beginning of the process of implementing those curricula. This review examined the support provided to school districts by state departments of education to attend to implementation issues when adopting instructional programs in the areas of English/language arts and mathematics. We followed a priori, systematic procedures to conduct a web search and visit each state’s department of education website in search of curriculum evaluation tools. After identifying all of the state-created curriculum evaluation tools in the areas of English/language arts and mathematics, we reviewed the tools and used a priori codes to examine the evidence of alignment between the curriculum evaluation tools and six implementation indicators identified by the National Implementation Research Network. These six indicators address the evidence supporting a program, the supports for users built into a program, the usability and fit of a program within an organization, as well as the needs of the adopting organization and the capacity of the organization to implement the program. We found that 15 states provide state-created curriculum evaluation tools, few tools support users to attend to the implementation issues listed above, and only one state provides a tool that thoroughly addresses the six implementation indicators. We conclude by identifying future areas of research and discussing how state and local education agencies may proactively address issues related to the implementation of empirically supported instructional programs during the curriculum adoption process. Results of this review may provide insight as to how state departments of education may support school districts to choose and fully implement empirically supported curricula.
 
51. The Effects a Fluency Building Intervention on Math Facts Performance for Students Receiving Intensive Academic Support
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JAMES STOCKER (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Emily Crumpler (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Alexandra Gonzales (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Temple S Lovelace (Duquesne University)
Abstract: A growing body of evidence indicates systematic practice with math fact families efficiently and effectively improves fluency. The present investigation tested the effects of a fluency building intervention on math facts performance with four elementary school students participating in multi-tiered systems of support. The researchers employed a multiple baseline design across three sets of fact families. Intervention components consisted of modeling the fact family followed by three, one-minute practice trials with immediate feedback delivered between each timing. The students received up to a ten-day window of intervention on one set of fact families before moving to the next set. Results suggest a significant increase in digits correct per minute and a decrease in digits incorrect per minute. Study outcomes also suggest that fluency instruction focusing on the inverse relationship between addition and subtraction operations can plausibly serve as a viable alternative to instruction with isolated and unrelated math facts. Discussion points on stimulus equivalence as well as implications for practitioners and recommendations for future research will be shared.
 
52. The Effectiveness of an Adapted Direct Instruction Math Strategy Using Manipulatives and Visual Placemats on the Development of Quantifying Numbers by Two Thirteen-Year-Old Boys With Special Needs
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER M NEYMAN (Gonzaga University), Jordyn McKenna (Gonzaga University)
Discussant: Temple S Lovelace (Duquesne University)
Abstract:

The purpose of the study was to evaluate the effects of an adapted Direct Instruction (DI) Mathematics Strategy using manipulatives and visual prompting leveled placemats on quantifying numbers by two thirteen-year-old boys with both Down syndrome and a hearing impairment in a special education self-contained classroom. The study used an event recording system within a changing criterion design to assess each participant’s development of quantifying the correct numbers. To quantify a number, the participants were asked to give a specified number of manipulatives within a specified time. Intervention adapted a Direct Instruction Mathematics instructional strategy where the researcher guided the participants through most to least visual prompting placemats. The visual prompting placemats included (1) the specified numeral and boxes, (2) boxes only, (3) numeral only, and (4) blank. During instruction, the researcher modeled how to place the manipulatives on the placemat based on its prompting level and then had the participants respond independently. As the participants showed accurate and fluent responding during a specific placemat level, the researcher proceeded to introduce the next placemat level to reduce visual prompting. Instruction continued until the participants reached independent responding on the blank placemat. Appropriate feedback was provided based on correct and incorrect responses. The results showed improvement in both participants’ abilities to quantify numbers from 1 to 6 across six weeks of intervention. Using the manipulatives and fading the visual prompts on the placemats in combination with the DI Mathematics teaching format provided scaffolded instruction to develop the participants’ number quantifying skills. Also, the manipulatives and visual components provided the participants concrete understanding of a specific number and allowed them to differentiate across number names.

 
54. Comparing Single-Case Design Quality Appraisal Tool Outcomes: Functional Communication Training with Communicative Supports in Schools
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CIARA OUSLEY (The Pennsylvania State University), Tracy Jane Raulston (The Pennsylvania State University), Emily Gregori (University of Illinois at Chicago), David McNaughton (The Pennsylvania State University), Naima Bhana (The Pennsylvania State University), Theoni Mantzoros (The Pennsylvania State University)
Discussant: Temple S Lovelace (Duquesne University)
Abstract: Several white papers have recently called for increased attention on improving the quality and rigor of single-case design, a research methodology commonly conducted in special education settings. As a result, various research groups have developed protocols describing quality standards. Zimmerman and colleagues (2018) applied three quality evaluation tools (What Works Clearinghouse Standards, Council for Exceptional Children Quality Indicators, and Single-Case Analysis Review Framework) to sensory-based interventions (a non-evidence-based practice) to compare the tools. Their results indicated that the three tools yielded similar methodological rigor outcomes of the studies despite the differing quality standards targeted in each tool. They called on research teams to compare these tools to a well-established intervention. In the current review, we applied the three aforementioned tools to functional communication training (FCT) combined with augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) supports for individuals with developmental disabilities in school settings. We identified 38 studies which contained 59 single-case designs. Preliminary data support some statistically significant correlations between tools yet differing evidence-based practice outcomes. These differences may cause confusion for practitioners, leading to inaccurate adoption of evidence-based practices in schools. Implications for researchers seeking to utilize quality protocols, as well as suggestions for practitioners seeking evidence-based interventions, will be presented.
 
55. An Evaluation of Mirror Training and Modeling: Teaching Sign Language to Children With Developmental Disabilities
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
MELIA SHAMBLIN (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Temple S Lovelace (Duquesne University)
Abstract:

Previous research studies have indicated that the use of mirrors can facilitate the acquisition of motor imitation skills in individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities, though the generality of these findings have not replicated in more recent research. Experiment 1 of this study sought to replicate and extend these results by implementing a training procedure with mirror training and traditional modeling methods to teach three children with autism spectrum disorder specific American Sign Language signs. Responses taught with a mirror training methodology were found to unreliably result in a faster acquisition in only one of three participants. Reliable responding during only the modeling conditions increased for one participant and in one participant, signing responses failed to emerge using either presentation method. Experiment 2 seeks to refine confound variables determined in Experiment 1, focusing primarily on prerequisite skills that may be required prior to the emergence of sign language demonstration abilities, such as general imitative responding.

 
 
 
Poster Session #535
TBA Monday Poster Session
Monday, May 25, 2020
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D
Chair: Choo Ying Lau (Bangor University)
56. Evaluating the Effects of Feedback Type in a Computer Assisted Learning Program
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
LISA HUNTER (University of Manitoba), Joseph J. Pear (University of Manitoba)
Discussant: Choo Ying Lau (Bangor University)
Abstract: Computer-Aided Personalized System of Instruction (CAPSI), is a computer assisted instruction system, that can be used for teaching and training individuals a variety of materials including behavioural procedures and assessments. Benefits of using CAPSI include convenience of completing the training from anywhere and at one’s own pace, and reducing time and resources to improve cost effectiveness. This raises the following question: how can CAPSI be made more effective? The following research study evaluated whether different types of feedback differentially affected both declarative and procedural knowledge while implementing a behavioural assessment called a functional analysis (FA). The types of feedback that will be evaluated and compared include textual feedback of Intervention A: Elaborative knowledge of results (e.g., an explanation of why the answer was correct) and textual feedback of Intervention B: Simple knowledge of results (e.g., “correct”). All participants were presented with each type of feedback alternated within each FA condition, in a modified alternating treatments design. Preliminary results demonstrate small differences in percentage of accuracy between interventions for procedural knowledge of 8 university students across four FA conditions.
 
57. An Online Interactive Video Tool for BCBA Supervision and Behavioral Consultation
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
FU LIN YU (CCABA), Shu-Hwei (Sue) Ke (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Choo Ying Lau (Bangor University)
Abstract: One of the fundamental needs in the remote consultation and behavior analysis training/certification industry is to securely share the recorded videos among different parties including behavior analysts such as BCBA supervisors and their trainees, school teachers, caregivers and parents. Wekair, an information technology and ABA service company, has developed an innovative, highly secure online behavior consultation platform with built-in interactive video annotations, personalized templates, integrated workflow and role-based assess permissions. It enables users to capture and upload videos to a secure cloud server with intuitive file management, dynamically share videos with user defined expiration timestamp to individuals or user groups. Users can add annotations including images, bookmarks, chapter menus, hypertext links, captions, comments, free drawings and pre-defined shapes, record voice messages, take online quiz, generate screenshots, answer questions in personalized template and mark the videos with the selected answers, all done directly on the selected video in a standalone web browsers like Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox. The platform is alive and has been verified to be a productive video-based consultation/supervision/training tool by some BCBAs and other professionals.
 
58. Setting and Adjusting Schedules of Reinforcement: A Systematic Review
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
AAISHAY HAQUE (Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Jonathan W. Ivy (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg)
Discussant: Choo Ying Lau (Bangor University)
Abstract: Reinforcement is a critical component of most interventions designed to change behavior. In attempting to change behavior to a meaningful degree, behavior analysts employ a broad range of reinforcement schedules. Although behavior analysts are trained on the defining characteristics of most schedules, there is limited guidance available to practicing behavior analyst on how to set an initial schedule of reinforcement and how to alter that schedule from the initial value. As a result, practitioners must often make arbitrary schedule decisions, which may comprise the efficiency of treatment programing. The purpose of this review is to examine existing literature for recommendations and guidelines regarding setting initial schedules of reinforcement and adjusting these schedules across a client’s treatment progression, age and/or settings. With the use of a published, pre-compiled list of the most frequently assigned readings in behavior analysis graduate training programs as well as some additional texts, we conducted a systematic review to assess the content related to schedules of reinforcement. Out of the eight pieces of literature reviewed, six contained a section or more to schedules of reinforcement, however none of the reviewed texts outlined recommendations nor provided guidelines on how to set an adjust these schedules for practitioners.
 
59. Teaching Graduate Students to Create High-Quality, Single-Case Design Graphs Using a Video Tutorial
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTOPHER J. PERRIN (Georgian Court University), Ian Bober (Georgian Court University), Bria Donovan (Georgian Court University), Katelynn Wiamer (Georgian Court University), Nicolette Mauro (Georgian Court University), Shaun Kloby (Georgian Court University)
Discussant: Choo Ying Lau (Bangor University)
Abstract: Creating well-designed graphs is an essential skill for behavior analysts. As such, a number of studies have evaluated instructional methods (e.g., Carr & Burkholder, 1998; Tyner & Fienup, 2015). Recently, Mitteer, Greer, Fisher, & Cohrs (2018) demonstrated the effectiveness of video tutorial (VT) in teaching behavior therapists to create single-subject design graphs using GraphPad Prism. GraphPad Prism offers many features required to create publication-quality graphs without the “workarounds” the researchers cited as associated with Microsoft Excel. Despite this benefit, Microsoft Excel remains less costly and more widely available than GraphPad Prism, often pre-installed on Windows-based PCs. Given this ease of access, and perhaps less sensitivity to the limitations of Microsoft Excel when generating graphs for clinical use, ABA practitioners may be more likely to use Microsoft Excel. Although VTs for creating graphs in Microsoft Excel are readily available on the internet, the accuracy and efficacy of those VTs is unknown. In the present study, we created a VT and demonstrated its effectiveness at teaching ABA graduate students with no prior graphing experience to create publication-quality graphs in Microsoft Excel. In addition, we evaluated maintenance of graphing skills and the utility of VT at retraining skills following long delays.
 
60. Using Behavioral Skills Training and Video Examples to Teach Undergraduates to Identify the Function of Behaviors
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
ELIANA SEGAL (James Madison University), Daniel D. Holt (James Madison University), Trevor F. Stokes (James Madison University)
Discussant: Choo Ying Lau (Bangor University)
Abstract:

The present study investigated the relative effectiveness and efficiency of three different training sequences in teaching undergraduate students in psychology and/or special education to identify the function of undesirable behaviors in video examples. The study also evaluated whether the procedures were effective in promoting the generalization from videos of role-played practitioner-child interactions to videos of children displaying undesirable behaviors similar to those depicted in the training videos, but in naturalistic environments. Behavior skills training (BST) and multiple exemplar training were utilized in all three training sequences. The data were analyzed through a multiple baseline across participants embedded within a stacked AB or ABC design with comparison across participants. The data, data analysis, and discussion on the poster reflect just one participant. Replication is currently in progress and data from at least five other participants will be available by the time of the ABAI conference. At that time, a brief summary of the results will be included in the abstract.

 
61. Choice in Behavior Analysis: A Systematic Review of Concurrent-Operant Assessments and Interventions
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
KACEY RENEE FINCH (West Virginia University), Rebecca Kolb (University of Minnesota), Kathryn M. Kestner (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Choo Ying Lau (Bangor University)
Abstract: Concurrent-operant arrangements are becoming increasingly popular assessment and intervention methods in clinical and educational settings. We conducted a systematic review of the trends in the applied choice literature published in peer-reviewed journals in the last 15 years. For example, Smeltzer et al. (2009) provided individuals with the option to choose the sequence of academic tasks to complete prior to starting a work period. All three participants demonstrated preference for the choice condition relative to the condition in which experimenters chose the task sequence order. Task engagement increased and problem behavior decreased for two out of three participants. We will also present our classification system for categorizing choice as an independent variable, including choice assessments, choice as an antecedent or consequence, concurrent-operant DRA interventions, and varying consequences to shift from impulsive to self-control choice. Finally, we will identify the current "best practice" recommendations for arranging concurrent-operant assessments and interventions based on the literature and recommend areas for future research.
 
62. Gamification of Discrete Trail Training on a Touchscreen Device: Pilot Evaluation With the PEAK Relational Training System
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
LINDSEY AUDREY MARIE DENNIS (Missouri State University), Ray Burke (The Prevention Group), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Choo Ying Lau (Bangor University)
Abstract:

Gamification in education describes the process of enhancing motivational affordances by using technology to invoke appetitive experiences and achieve stronger behavioral outcomes (Hamari et al., 2014). Discrete trial training is pervasive within behavior analytic instruction due to the potential for a high rate of trials allowing for direct targeting of language skills. The format of discrete trial training is uniquely well situated for gamification by presenting clear discriminative stimuli, requiring a specific response, and rewarding the correct response through points, tokens, or more direct forms of reinforcement. We developed two algorithms for developing discrete trial training programming on Microsoft PowerPoint, a tool that is familiar and available to most practicing behavior analysts, allowing for delivery on a touchscreen device. The first presents a sample and array, where the sample is randomized along with the array stimuli and locations. The second presents a randomized sample stimulus followed by a customizable time delay and the randomized array. Both algorithms were pilot tested across three individuals with autism attending a specialized program. Pilot testing was successful in refining the algorithm and the participants acquired the target skills quickly following instruction delivered on the touchscreen device.

 
63. Proactively Training Graduate-Level Students Through Tiered Consultation to Promote Effective Behavior Management
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY DEFOUW (Munroe-Meyer Institute; University of Massachusetts-Boston), Morgan Elridge (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Zachary Charles LaBrot (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Choo Ying Lau (Bangor University)
Abstract:

Antecedent-based supports (i.e., prompts, reminders) are proactive strategies that set the occasion for a specific behavior to occur (e.g., implementation, treatment integrity). Consequence-based supports (e.g., performance feedback) are summative, yet reactive supports that occur after a behavior (e.g., low levels of treatment adherence, low levels of Behavior Specific Praise, BSP). Previous research has examined these strategies on student and educator behaviors. However, little is known on trainee behaviors. The current study was conducted in academic clinic at a university-based academic health center in an urban Midwestern city with four, second-year female graduate-level School Psychology students. A concurrent multiple baseline across participants was utilized to examine the effectiveness of tiered consultation on students’ rate of BSP, the dependent variable. BSP was recorded using a 10-sec interval and converted to rate. Students received group didactic instruction as Tier 1. Students were randomly staggered in Tier 2 (Antecedent Strategy = Emailed Prompts) and Tier 3 (Consequential Strategy = DPF) based on low rates of BSP (i.e., BSP once per 2 minutes). Data collection is ongoing. Initial results indicate an increase in BSP during Tier 2 for two students. Results suggest that tiered consultation supports are an effective strategy to promote BSP.

 
64. Behaviors That Define Good Teaching Practice From the Perspective of Students
Area: TBA; Domain: Basic Research
HORTENSIA HICKMAN (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de México, FES-Iztacala), Sergio Mendez (FES-Iztacala, UNAM), Maria Luisa Cepeda Islas Islas (FES Iztacala UNAM), Martha Alarcón (FES-Iztacala, UNAM)
Discussant: Choo Ying Lau (Bangor University)
Abstract:

The evaluation of teaching practice in universities and its impact on the quality of the teaching-learning process is one of the most difficult skills to measure. In general terms, skills in methodology, evaluation and attitudes towards students define a good teacher. The purpose of this paper is to present the results of the psychology students' opinions about the practice of their teachers. A descriptive non-experimental study was performed. The data were collected from a digital scale that evaluates the opinion of the teaching practice. This scale was applied to students who enrolled in the 2018-1 semester in a public university. The overall results of 900 tests show: a) high marks in the teaching practice that are related to behaviors based on the teaching methodology and the aspects of attitude. In other words, those skills that are related to the teaching-learning process, with didactic strategies, with the experience of knowledge and with the set of sources of attitude that promote students' motivation towards the class; b) low grades in the monitoring and fulfillment of the school program, this means the interaction between the activities carried out in the classroom by the teacher and those demanded by the institution in terms of delivering and following the program of studies of the specific subject; maintaining congruence with its content. This ability also refers to the establishment, maintenance and adjustment of the evaluation criteria and their congruence with the purposes of the subject. Specific teaching programs are proposed.

 
 
 
Poster Session #536
CSS Monday Poster Session
Monday, May 25, 2020
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D
Chair: E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech)
65. Delay Discounting and Sex: An Investigation into Gender and Online Dating Applications
Area: CSS; Domain: Basic Research
RYAN BABLE (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech)
Abstract: Current research in behavioral economics has demonstrated that people discount sex in a similar fashion to money (Lawyer & Schoepflin, 2013), and that higher scores of sexual risk (Turkich & Garske, 2009) are correlated to steeper rates of sexual discounting (Jarmolowicz et al., 2015). The present study sought to replicate these results along with investigate the relationship between delay discounting of sex, sexual risk, and online dating. Discounting was analyzed according to an area under the curve (AUC) model, and results demonstrated significant correlations between AUC and scores of sexual risk, and sexual risk and online dating history, among others. Gender differences revealed significant differences between total sexual partners and sexual risk. Analyses also reveal a significant interaction between marital history and online dating status regarding sex discounting. Results support current research in both sex discounting and online dating (Tanner & Huggins, 2018; Sawyer, Smith, & Benotsch, 2018).
 
66. Possible Displacement of Sexual Interaction by Sex Toys: A Study of Preference
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
KASEY TANNER (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech)
Abstract:

Research has demonstrated how effective preference assessments can be when used for identifying reinforcers (Fisher et al., 1992; DeLeon & Iwata, 1994). Typically, this process is used for everyday items and activities (e.g., edibles, money, items in the environment); however, more recently, these methods have also been extended to evaluating potential sexual partners (Jarmolowicz et al., 2016). Additionally, there is preference-assessment research showing that conditioned reinforcers (e.g., leisure items) may be displaced by unconditioned reinforcers (e.g., edibles or drinks). The purpose of the current study was to extend the preference-displacement research to evaluate whether sex toys (e.g., conditioned reinforcer) would be displaced by a potential human sex partner (e.g., unconditioned reinforcer). Participants in this study completed three phases of an online preference assessment (i.e., potential sexual partners, sex toys, and a combination of partners and toys). The results include preference hierarchies across assessments and displacement evaluations for each type of stimulus (partner vs. toy) within the initial preference assessment and in the combined preference assessment. Patterns of displacement across participants will be discussed in addition to areas of future research.

 
67. Taking a Deeper Look at the Cultural Cusp
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory
GABRIELA ARIAS (University of North Texas), Aecio De Borba Vasconcelos Neto (Universidade Federal do Para), Kyosuke Kazaoka (University of North Texas), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas)
Discussant: E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech)
Abstract:

Cultural issues such as climate change, deforestation, pollution, overpopulation, drug use, and violence are the result of human behavior over time. Nevertheless, humans also have the potential to mitigate these problems. Significant progress has been made in culturo-behavioral science; however, it has been less explored than other areas in behavior analysis. Some culturo-behavioral concepts, for example, have only recently been introduced. The cultural cusp may provide a better understanding of how behavior analysts might intervene on social issues. Glenn et al. (2016) defines the cultural cusp as, “the coalescence of unique and nonrecurring interlocking and/or individual behavioral contingencies that results in a product that leads to significant socio-cultural change” (p. 21). To gain a clearer understanding of the cultural cusp we conducted in depth-historical analyses of several phenomena thought to meet the critical features of the cultural cusp. The results of our analyses are presented in a discussion of 1) potential critical and variable attributes of the cultural cusp, 2) suggestions for possible laboratory research to identify basic processes in cultural cusp formation, and 3) potential strategies to capture the long-lasting change attributed to cultural cusps.

 
68. Behavioral Training of Local Enumerators for Observing Exposure of Young Children to Campylobacter in Ethiopia
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
ELIZABETH SCHIEBER (University of Florida), Crystal M. Slanzi (University of Florida), Abdulmuen Mohammad (Haramaya University), Arie Havelaar (University of Florida), Song Liang (University of Florida), Sarah McKune (University of Florida)
Discussant: E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech)
Abstract: The “Exposure Assessment of Campylobacter Infections in Rural Ethiopia (EXCAM)” project is an ongoing study being conducted to determine how children in low- and middle-income countries (LMICs) are exposed to Campylobacter, a genus of bacteria linked to negative health outcomes (e.g., significant diarrhea-associated mortality and morbidity, environmental enteric dysfunction, malnutrition, stunting). EXCAM involves microbiological sampling to determine where Campylobacter live in livestock and behavioral observations to detect how infants contact those reservoirs through food and environmental pathways. These data will be used to create models of exposure pathways. Accurate behavioral observations are necessary to identify how children are being exposed to these bacteria. Enumerators will take continuous data on infants’ behaviors using a tablet-based application, Countee™, for two, five-hour observations per participant. We developed and implemented training procedures to ensure the enumerators take accurate data. Enumerators will be trained to collect behavioral data using behavior skills training with videos of local infants until they reach 95% inter-observer agreement with novel videos. Enumerators will also complete regular maintenance observations to monitor potential observer drift. Increased accuracy of behavioral observations may increase the validity of the exposure pathways, which will better inform future interventions to decrease Campylobacter exposure in children in LMICs.
 
69. Meaningful Applications of Culturo-Behavior Systems Science to Social and Global Issues
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory
JOSE ARDILA (University of Nevada), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas), Kendra Combs (Sparks Behavioral Services), Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago), Richard F. Rakos (Cleveland State University), Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University), Holly Seniuk (Behavior Analyst Certification Board), Molli Luke (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Discussant: E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech)
Abstract: Meaningful applications of behavioral systems science to social and global issues have been limited, largely due to lack of preparation and access to critical systems and limited conceptual guidance. In the Matrix Project, Behaviorists for Social Responsibility has worked for five years to address these limitations, emphasizing the potential for behavioral systems analysis to advance the underlying science. The Project currently includes active work groups in four areas: (a) development of a draft training and mentorship directory; syllabi and course units in the areas of sustainability, resilience, and other areas of social importance; (b) development of state (and national, in the case of Brazil) BFSR chapters, with strong emphasis on student involvement, and supporting individual student engagement in socially significant efforts; (c) examining options for increasing integration of behavior analytic data into state and federal policy; and (d) encouraging and disseminating information related to behaviorists’ involvement in activism and advocacy. The role of volunteers is increasingly emphasized for the advancement of the Project and training procedures for measuring volunteerism are being developed. These projects offer exemplars of the conceptual framework underlying and structuring all of these projects—a systemic integration of Goldiamond’s constructional approach and Lutzker’s ecobehavioral work, relying primarily on shifting interlocking and recursive patterns of antecedents (particularly SDs and motivative operations), reducing response effort, and accessing already established reinforcers.
 
70. Evaluation of College Students' Implicit Biases Toward Believability of Claims of Sexual Harassment Using the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure
Area: CSS; Domain: Basic Research
CHYNNA FRIZELL (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University)
Discussant: E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech)
Abstract:

Reports indicate that one in three women and one in six men in the United States experience some form of sexual violence in their lifetime (Smith et. al., 2017). Previous research has indicated that individuals involved in cases regarding claims of harassment (e.g. jurors, police officers) will be more likely to question the validity of a claim if characteristics of the claimant are different than expectations of the event (Schuller, McKimmie, Masser, & Klippenstine, 2010). Previous research regarding these characteristics has demonstrated several variables that may affect the believability of such claims (e.g. Schuller, McKimmie, Masser, & Klippenstine, 2010, McLean & Goodman-Delahunty, 2008). The purpose of the present study was to examine implicit biases of college participants using the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) to evaluate differences in responding to images of females dressed in modest and revealing clothing as honest or dishonest in both private and public contexts. Mean scores for four trial types (Modest-Honest, Modest-Honest, Revealing-Honest, Modest-Dishonest, Revealing-Dishonest) and overall score in private and public contexts were examined; results suggested no significant difference between the public and private contexts, however a difference was found in responding among the various trial types, suggesting a significant bias toward modest clothing.

 
71. Evaluating the Impacts of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy on Rock Climbing Performance
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
ALEXA WESSELHOFF (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Becky Barron (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech)
Abstract:

Rock climbing has become increasingly popular around the world. However, rock climbing related injuries are not uncommon for those participating in the sport. Causes of injuries are often attributed to common mistakes on the part of the rock climber such as failing to conduct a safety check of knots, clipping the rope into the wall incorrectly, or neglecting to communicate with their belayer. Although they are simple tasks, the rock climber may make these mistakes due to lack of attention or being distracted by their thoughts. Research suggests that components of Acceptance and Commit Therapy (ACT), such as present moment awareness, values clarification, and acceptance can improve athletic performance. Previous research has evaluated ACT’s effect on the performance of basketball players, powerlifters, swimmers, and golfers; however, no research has examined the impact of ACT with rock climbers. The current study examines the effects of ACT on the performance of three recreational rock climbers using a multiple baseline design. Participants received ACT lessons prior to climbing and were assessed on speed, mistakes made, and safety steps followed. Preliminary data suggest that ACT sessions delivered prior to climbing may reduce climb duration and mistakes made while climbing while also improving safety measures.

 
72. Quantitative Modeling of Social Biases Using Relational Density Theory
Area: CSS; Domain: Basic Research
DANIEL JOYNER JOHNS (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University)
Discussant: E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech)
Abstract: Research has demonstrated that relational learning can be quantitatively modeled in terms of "Relational Density Theory,” which assumes the number of relations can subtract from strength of relations, relational networks are difficult to change if both number and strength of relations is high, and networks with high numbers of strong relations are more likely to influence the development of subsequent relations (Belisle & Dixon, 2018). The present study evaluated these assumptions with a college student sample by evaluating the properties of low-mass (low importance) and high-mass (high importance) networks. College student participants completed a survey, ranking several social issues (e.g. climate change, gun control, etc.) according to their importance. Then, participants completed a computerized task in which they assessed the relatedness of pairs of stimuli. Stimuli belonged to one of two classes constructed according to the selected social issues and a third class comprised of ‘ambiguous’ stimuli (e.g. “newspaper,” “headline,” etc.). Data was used to conduct a multidimensional scaling procedure to observe relational proximity in geometric space. Results evaluated the effect of network mass on responding to ambiguous stimuli. Implications include improved understanding and empirical support to the theory that stimulus networks demonstrate higher-order properties of density, volume, and mass.
 
73. Discounting of Climate Point of No Return: The Influence of Geographic Distance and Delay on Policy Preference
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
CELESTE UNNERSTALL (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Meredith Matthews (Missouri State University), Mason Todd (Missouri State University )
Discussant: E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech)
Abstract: In climate science, the Point of No Return is the threshold at which climate change reaches the point of non-recoverability, which is likely to occur when the average global temperature increases by 2°C (Aengenheyster et al., 2018). A 5% reduction in CO₂ can delay PNR from occurring in an estimated 15 years to an estimated 25 years. The present study replicated prior work evaluating participants’ preferences for policies that restrict access to valued CO₂ emitting commodities to delay PNR within a delay discounting paradigm (Belisle et al., under review). Participants were required to select among concurrently presented policies where both the delay to PNR and the geographical and cultural distance of the recipient of financial redistribution were simultaneously manipulated. Geographical and cultural distance included four regions proximal and distal relative to the state where the discounting tasks were completed. We compared hyperbolic and hyperboloid multiplicative functions at the single-subject and group levels using a multilevel analysis of indifferent point data. Results extend on prior work on delay and social discounting on human choice as it relates to climate change.
 
74. Comparing Punitive Taxation and Redistributive Policies on Rates of Climate Change Discounting: Delaying the Point of No Return
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
MEREDITH MATTHEWS (Missouri State University), Mason Todd (Missouri State University), Reiley Snavely (Missouri State University)
Discussant: E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech)
Abstract: Climate scientists estimate that if global temperatures increase beyond a 2°C threshold, the impacts of human actions on the earth’s climate will be non-recoverable (Point of no return, Aengenheyster et al., 2018). Given current CO₂ emissions, PNR is estimated to occur by the year 2035 unless changes are made to human consumption of high emission commodities. Carbon taxation is one proposed policy that utilizes punishment to reduce consumption; however, evaluations of carbon taxation are mixed (Baranzini & Carattini, 2014), suggesting high emission commodities may be inelastic (i.e., consumption may be minimally influenced by price per unit increases). Redistributive taxation policies wherein money is redistributed to individuals who remain below a carbon threshold more closely resembles differential reinforcement of other behavior that could affect rates of climate discounting. Across three studies, we compared punitive taxation to redistributive policies on discounting of high emission commodities in order to delay PNR. Both strategies produced a hyperbolic curve function at the single subject and group levels; however, results suggest that participants are more willing to forego access to high emission commodities when consumption is constrained through redistribution, rather than strictly through traditional taxation strategies.
 
75. Participatory Research Methods for Behavioral Assessment of Complex Social Behavior: A Case Example of the Functional Assessment of High Risk Sexual Behavior in South African Youth
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory
ANNETTE GRIFFITH (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Kasey Bedard (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech)
Abstract: Human social behavior is complex and often takes place in environments which are equally complex due to the numerous contingencies that often take place, many of which we are likely to be unaware or, if aware, unable to directly observe (Guerin, 2019). As such, traditional behavior analytic approaches may not always be feasible or effective for analyzing complex social behavior of individuals or of groups. This poster will provide a description of the ways that participatory research methods, such as those used in fields of social science, can be applied to the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). To demonstrate the use of participatory research in the field of ABA, a case example will be presented for a complex, and often covert, social behavior, namely high-risk sexual behavior among South African youth. Information will be presented on how the research was initiated and carried out, with a focus on how a behavioral framework was maintained throughout. Challenges for implementation and data analysis will be identified and discussed.
 
 
 
Poster Session #537
OBM Monday Poster Session
Monday, May 25, 2020
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D
Chair: Natalie A. Parks (Pulse Business Strategies LLC)
76. Literature Review: Evaluating the Effectiveness of Staff Training Procures in Applied Behaviors Analysis Organizations
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
SHARI L. SCHATZMAN (Eden II Programs)
Discussant: Natalie A. Parks (Pulse Business Strategies LLC)
Abstract: Continuing education and training opportunities allow employees to enhance careers, develop skills and knowledge, and deliver excellent service. Training can fail due to lack of planning and budget restraints (Albernathy, 1999). Sundberg in 2016 stated that staff training is more economic than staff turnover which could cost between 15%-200% annual salary of staff that leave an organization. Therefore it’s essential that training and development be crucial to both the employees and the organization (Devi & Shik, 2012). Trainings are often wasted because skills and knowledge gained in the training are not integrated to on the job and therefore have no impact (Berge, 2008). Medsker & Roberts (1992 pointed out that the purpose for training might include, but not limited to, promoting change, reducing risks, communication and disseminating knowledge and information, developing and enhancing skills as well as maintaining certifications and licensures. The focus of this study is to provide a literature review on evaluating the effectiveness of staff training for individuals working within an applied behavior analysis program.
 
77. Improving Procedural Fidelity of Natural Environment Training Using Peer Feedback
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
KARA NICOLE SHAWBITZ (Northern Michigan University), Jacob H. Daar (Northern Michigan University), Ashley Shayter (Northern Michigan University)
Discussant: Natalie A. Parks (Pulse Business Strategies LLC)
Abstract: For treatment to be effective, it must be implemented with high procedural fidelity. One method commonly used to increase procedural fidelity is performance feedback. Performance feedback is typically provided to paraprofessional staff by a supervisor following the performance of the target behavior. However, supervisors often have limited time to provide feedback. However, peers often work in close proximity to each other and may be able to provide more frequent feedback. Additionally, recent research has evaluated the temporal placement of feedback to determine when feedback should be provided. The present study evaluated the use of peers as a source of feedback to increase procedural fidelity scores in natural environment training. In the present study, feedback was provided either immediately following a session or immediately preceding a session. For all participants, procedural fidelity scores increased when peer feedback was provided and maintained when it was withdrawn. Procedural fidelity scores were higher for all participants when peer feedback was provided ten minutes prior to a natural environment training session, suggesting that pre-session feedback might be more effective.
 
78. Utilizing Acceptance and Commitment Therapy to Reduce Burnout in Behavior Analysts Working in Public Schools
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Keely Stephens (Special School District of St. Louis), DANI PIZZELLA (Special School District of St. Louis, University of Missouri St. Louis)
Discussant: Natalie A. Parks (Pulse Business Strategies LLC)
Abstract: Burnout and stress are very prevalent health conditions impacting the lives of workers within the United States. These conditions are related to many other health conditions as well as absenteeism, both of which cost employers billions of dollars (Center for Disease Control, 2015). Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) is a form of therapy based on behavior analytic principles that has been shown to decrease the impacts of stress and reduce burnout through increasing one’s psychological flexibility (Flaxman, Bond, & Livheim, 2013). This study evaluates the extent to which an ACT training curriculum decreases burnout through increasing the psychological flexibility of a group of behavior analysts working in a public-school setting. The participants in this study are a group of behavior analysts working in a public school district. During baseline, the participants completed both the Acceptance and Action Questionnaire-II (AAQ-II) and the Maslach Burnout Inventory for Educators(MBI-ES). Results indicated a high level of burnout per the MBI-ES and a moderate level of psychological flexibility per the AAQ-II. Following baseline, participants are attending three training session on ACT focusing on strategies the participants can use with to decrease their own stress. The participants will also be given strategies to use outside of the training sessions. It is hypothesized that training on self-utilization of ACT procedures will increase psychological flexibility while decreasing burnout as measured by postvention scores on both the AAQ-II as well as the MBI-ES.
 
79. Evaluating the Effects of a Randomized Dependent Group Contingency on Employee Completion of Assigned Job Duties in an Autism Clinic
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
ASHLEY DIANA MONDATI (Caldwell University), Meghan Deshais (Caldwell University)
Discussant: Natalie A. Parks (Pulse Business Strategies LLC)
Abstract: Group contingencies are efficient in terms of time and resources and may promote accountability and teamwork among group members. The majority of previous research on the effects of group contingencies has been conducted in school settings although several studies have indicated that group contingencies may be effective at promoting employee behavior change in the workplace (Berkovits, Sturmey, & Alvero, 2012; Brown & Redmon, 1990; Camden, Price, & Ludwig, 2011). To our knowledge, the effects of a randomized dependent group contingency on employee behavior in the workplace are currently unknown. In a randomized dependent group contingency, the target individual whose performance dictates if the group receives reinforcement, is unknown. We used a reversal design to evaluate the effects of a randomized dependent group contingency on employee completion of assigned job duties at an university-based autism clinic. Results indicated increases in job-duty completion during the randomized dependent group contingency condition relative to baseline.
 
80. Effects of a Video Self-Monitoring Procedure to Increase Treatment Integrity of Paraprofessionals' Implementation of Discrete Trial Training
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
AILBHE NUDI-MULDOON (University of New Mexico; Temple University), Matthew Tincani (Temple University)
Discussant: Natalie A. Parks (Pulse Business Strategies LLC)
Abstract: Behavior skills training is a didactic training format used to increase skill in an effective and efficient way. Video self-monitoring refers to the process of recording oneself for the purpose of self-review in order to observe and change one's behavior. The purpose of the following study was to determine if an intervention package that included Behavioral Skills Training (BST) and Video Self-Monitoring (VSM) would increase, generalize and, maintain high levels of treatment integrity of paraprofessional staff members while teaching a discrete trial training program to a student with autism. Additionally, student behavior was observed to determine if increased staff effectiveness would affect learner responding. The study found that the intervention package was effective in changing staff behavior by improving their treatment integrity. An observed change in student behavior emerged towards the end of the study when treatment integrity was high across staff members. Staff behavior generalized when the DTT program was implemented with a novel student. Additionally, maintenance of treatment integrity remained high after the intervention was withdrawn. Overall, these findings suggest that BST, followed by VSM, is an effective intervention for changing staff behavior.
 
81. Analysis and Treatment of Staff Adherence to Data Collection Procedures
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY HASBROUCK ROTOLA (The Faison Center), Kimberley Benes (The Faison Center), Jody Liesfeld (The Faison Center), Shantel Pugliese (The Faison Center)
Discussant: Natalie A. Parks (Pulse Business Strategies LLC)
Abstract: Organizations providing behavior analytic services often serve individuals who engage in challenging behavior and thereby rely on employees to accurately record data. In the absence of complete or accurate data, clinicians risk making misinformed treatment decisions. This study was conducted in two classrooms at a private day school serving students with autism and related disorders. The school employed direct care staff who were responsible for recording data on the occurrence and nonoccurrence of challenging behavior utilizing paper and pencil data collection systems. These systems were designed so that data could be recorded across specified intervals. If challenging behavior did not occur during a specified interval, staff were required to record a zero. Baseline data collected in classrooms 1 and 2 indicated that direct care staff recorded data an average of 71% and 27% of intervals, respectively. The Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services was administered, and the results indicated that a lack of prompts and feedback were the contributing barriers in both classrooms. A multi-component intervention was implemented in a multiple baseline design across settings. Results of the intervention increased the percentage of intervals recorded daily. Additionally, a component analysis was conducted to identify the most effective element of the intervention.
 
82. An Evaluation of the Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services to Inform Intervention Selection for Improving Classroom Staff Performance
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
JESSICA M. COHENOUR (The May Institute, Randolph School ), Yannick Andrew Schenk (May Institute)
Discussant: Natalie A. Parks (Pulse Business Strategies LLC)
Abstract: Client outcomes associated with the provision of educational and residential services often require a thorough understanding of the key performance behaviors that contribute to the quality and consistency of the services provided as well as barriers to quality service provision. The Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services (PDC-HS) is a diagnostic tool comprised of questions designed to assess existing supports that promote staff performance, assist managers in identifying staff performance issues, and allow for the selection of appropriate interventions to address identified performance deficits. The PDC-HS assesses four specific areas that may contribute to performance issues – antecedents, behaviors, resources, and/or consequences. The tool yields focused (i.e., function-based) intervention recommendations that may help address identified performance deficits in a structured and systematic way. The current project aims to enhance existing program evaluation methods by using the PDC-HS to implement recommended interventions to increase performance in two domains (i.e., pairing and teaching procedures) on a class-wide level. Participants include classroom teachers, clinicians, and direct care staff serving students in an educational and residential setting. Following the administration of the PDC-HS with two direct care staff randomly selected from participating classrooms, all four areas were identified as areas for intervention within both domains, with an emphasis on antecedents, resources, and consequence.
 
83. The Affects of Public Posting on Staff Delivery of Client Learn Units
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
MAGDA A. GUCWA (The Faison Center, Inc.), Rachel L Ernest (The Faison Center)
Discussant: Natalie A. Parks (Pulse Business Strategies LLC)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to determine the effects of 3 different conditions on rate of learn units delivered by staff/received by clients and rate of masteries achieved. Participants in this study included 14 children between the ages of 2 and 6, with diagnoses of autism spectrum disorder, and 19 technicians in a clinic-based Early Education Center. Baseline data was collected on the rate of learn units that each client received and rate of masteries achieved. In the first condition, public postings were implemented for all clients and staff. Preliminary data showed an increase in the rate of learn units delivered across the first month that public postings alone were implemented. This data also indicated no change in the overall rate of masteries achieved. In the second condition, learn unit goals will be established for each client and each staff, and the effects of this condition will be assessed. In the third condition, incentives will put in place for staff to meet learn unit goals, and the effects of this condition will be assessed.
 
84. Assessing the Effect of Visual Feedback on Staff Training
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
ABHYUDAY SHANKAR AWASTHI (Cerverus Digital Solutions), Papiya Mukherjee (Behavior Momentum India), Shushma V (Behavior Momentum India), Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India)
Discussant: Natalie A. Parks (Pulse Business Strategies LLC)
Abstract: Staff training using Behavioral Skills Training in remote areas devoid of behavior analytic services are essential for the delivery of effective evidence based interventions for children with autism and other developmental disabilities. Active didactic training methods including role modeling, video modeling (Moore et al., 2007) have been supported by evidence. Training package consisting of instruction, feedback, rehearsal and modeling produced rapid improvements in implementation of DTT (Sarokoff & Sturmey, 2013). The current study included presenting visual feedback to five para-professional trainers working with children with autism. The target behavior included increasing intensity of teaching trials in three trainers and treatment integrity in the other two. Visual presentations were made, with large data points represented on line graphs. Results suggest at least a 300% increase in teaching trial intensity in all three trainers within 5 sessions and an 80% improvement in treatment integrity in the remaining two trainers in 5 sessions. While reactivity effect may be a confound, the effect of visual feedback seems an effective strategy for staff training.
 
 
 
Poster Session #538
CBM Monday Poster Session
Monday, May 25, 2020
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D
Chair: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
85. The Effects of Pairing Teaching With Acoustical Guidance and Social Praise on Gymnastics Skill Improvement
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
KEA WINDSOR (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Mary Caruso-Anderson (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Abstract:

The traditional way of training gymnasts is to provide verbal feedback. Most feedback focuses on what the athlete has performed incorrect and seldom on what is correct. There is a time delay between the athlete completing the skill and when feedback is provided. One technique, teaching with acoustical guidance also known as TAGteach is a conditioned reinforcer that provides the athlete with immediate feedback on a specific skill in the moment. In addition to TAGteach, receiving support in the form of praise from teammates when playing a sport can increase an athlete’s performance. The participants consisted of one female coach and six female students between the ages of 7 and 9 who were in an advanced competition level class also known as the Junior Olympic Level 3. The purpose of the study is to evaluate the effectiveness of TAGteach and social praise to increase the fluency of 3 foundational gymnastics skills using a multiple baseline design across behaviors. The target behaviors consisted of a cast, shoot through, and handstand. The data showed that teaching with acoustical guidance and social praise can increase not only the acquisition of a previously learned skill but increase fluency and consistency over time.

 
86. A Comparison of Indirect Screening for Function of Challenging Behavior by Medical Professionals to Functional Analysis Outcomes Using Signal Detection Theory
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
ANDREW W. GARDNER (University of Arizona - College of Medicine - Department of Psychiatry), Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus), Lauren Mowrey (Children’s Hospital Colorado), Chelsea E. Carr (The University of Arizona - College of Education - Disability and Psychoeducational Studies)
Discussant: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Abstract:

The Function of Behavior MEDICAL Screening Tool (FOB-MED) was developed to streamline an indirect functional behavior assessment administered by non-behavior analysts in a medical setting. A direct functional analysis can take approximately 2 hours for behavior analysts to conduct (Roane, Ringdahl, & Falcomata, 2015). In contrast, the FOB-MED consists of eight basic questions that produce hypotheses regarding function of problem behavior (i.e., escape, automatic, tangible, attention) in approximately 15 minutes. For 100 children enrolled in the current study, a FOB-MED was administered to a parent by a psychiatric social worker or other professional at the same time a functional analysis of problem behavior was conducted with the parent’s child by a behavior analyst such that the predictive validity of the FOB-MED to the functional analysis could be evaluated. The results for these 100 children were compared and analyzed using Signal Detection Theory (SDT) (Peterson, Birdsall & Fox, 1954). Preliminary results showed that the escape function was most accurately identified by the FOB-MED and the automatic function was most often identified as a “false alarm.” A discussion of validity for indirect methods to identify hypothesized function of challenging behavior with medical professionals is included in the poster presentation.

 
87. Reducing Agitation in Dementia: An Antecedent Intervention Using Virtual Reality
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
ALLISON WALDEN (University of Colorado Colorado Springs), Rebecca Ingram (University of Colorado Colorado Springs), Madeline Lag (University of Colorado Colorado Springs), Jenny Lagervall (University of Colorado Colorado Springs), Katie Granier (University of Colorado Colorado Springs), Leilani Feliciano (University of Colorado Colorado Springs)
Discussant: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Abstract: Agitation refers to a class of behaviors frequently associated with dementia, which can have negative consequences for the individual and staff in long-term care (LTC) facilities. Nonpharmacological interventions hold great promise to manage behavioral and psychological symptoms of dementia (BPSD). Interventions that incorporate sensory stimulation have been successful at treating BPSD in individuals with dementia. Virtual reality (VR) technology may be thought of as a sensory stimulation technique that is gaining in popularity as an assessment tool with older adults, but little research exists as to how VR can be used to reduce BPSD. The present study investigated an antecedent intervention to reduce agitation behaviors in two female participants with dementia. A blended single case experimental design combining the multiple-baseline design across individuals with a reversal design was used to examine the effects of VR nature scenes on agitation. Visual analysis was used to determine changes in mean, level, and latency of the behaviors. A significant decrease in respective agitation behaviors was observed during intervention phases and this effect was replicated across participants. This study provides preliminary evidence of the utility of VR as a brief and effective antecedent intervention to decrease agitation in individuals with dementia.
 
88. An Evaluation of Caregivers’ Perceptions and Implementation of Safety Skills Training
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
CARLY MAGNACCA (Brock University), Kendra Thomson (Brock University)
Discussant: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Abstract: People with neurodevelopmental disabilities (NDDs) are two-to-three times more likely to experience a preventable injury compared to peers without NDDs. Although caregivers of people with NDDs value the importance of teaching safety skills, preliminarily research suggests they do not feel they have enough knowledge or experience to provide systematic training (Sirin & Tekin-Iftar, 2016). The purpose of this study is to increase caregivers’ confidence providing safety skills training through a didactic webinar. To inform the webinar, the researchers have recruited five caregivers to partake in a focus group to identify teaching barriers and specific safety skills of concern. The subsequent webinar will be offered to interested caregivers in the community and will provide information on behavioural skills training, along with addressing barriers to teach the safety skills identified during the focus group. Previous research in our lab has confirmed that caregivers do not feel confident teaching safety skills to their children. We anticipate that the didactic webinar will increase caregivers’ confidence as measured using a five-point Likert scale; however, caregivers will report an interest in receiving additional training. This preliminary evaluation will help to inform a subsequent single-case experimental design with caregivers that took part in the webinar.
 
89. A Behaviour Analytic Account of Obsessive-Compulsive Behaviour
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory
AISLING COLLINS (Jigsaw CABAS School)
Discussant: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Abstract: While commonly thought of in terms of deficits in socio-communicative repertories, those with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are often significantly impacted by their restrictive repetitive behaviour (RRBs) too, with a notable subset also receiving a clinical diagnosis of Obsessive Compulsive Disorder. Behaviour analysts have had notable success in reducing engagement in lower-order (i.e. stereotypic) RRBs but a paucity of interventions exist for the treatment of higher-order RRBs that are more akin to obsessive-compulsive behaviours (OCB). There are ethical limits to the use of exposure and response prevention, while traditional cognitive behavioural therapy would be inaccessible for those with a limited verbal behaviour repertoire. It is suggested that the growing body of literature on Relational Frame Theory and in particular work on the transformation of stimulus function may continue to advance our understanding of emergent and complex human behaviour. This in turn may elucidate more clearly the role of private events in overt behaviour, and by identifying the principles of behaviour controlling OCB, enable effective treatment alternatives for individuals with lower-levels of verbal behaviour to be developed.
 
90. Using Sensory Based Interventions and Applied Behaviour Analysis to Decrease Escape Behaviours
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
PAMELA SHEA (St. Lawrence College), Dylan Twist (St. Lawrence College)
Discussant: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Abstract: Attention deficit hyperactive disorder (ADHD) is a neurodevelopmental disorder which has been reported to affect 6-9% of children (Wilens et al., 2011) and is one of the most common cognitive and behavioural disorders seen in school aged children (Larson, Russ, Kahn, & Halfon, 2011). Many interventions have been identified to attempt to decrease challenges within children diagnosed with ADHD. Sensory based interventions (SBI) such as brushing, and linear swinging, are presumed to promote self-regulation (Case-Smith, Weaver, & Fristad, 2015). SBI is commonly implemented, however research is limited. The aim of this study was to determine if SBI and/or a combination of SBI and differential reinforcement of alternative behaviours (DRA) and reinforcement of on-task behaviours would decrease challenging behaviours. A quasi-experimental ABAC research design was used to investigate if SBI or a combination of SBI and DRA plus reinforcement of on task behaviours were effective at reducing behaviours in four children diagnosed with ADHD. Results indicated a decrease in escape related behaviours in three of the participants during the SBI phase and a further decrease in behaviours during the combined approaches of all four participants. This study adds to literature supporting the field of applied behaviour analysis and inter-professional collaboration, and provides conservative support the use of SBI in isolation.
 
91. Behavioral Conceptualization of Pediatric Attention-Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder: An Old but Under-Appreciated Perspective on a Prevalent Issue
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory
JESSICA GOOD (Eastern Michigan University), Leah Rose LaLonde (Eastern Michigan University), Michael Jon Vriesman (Eastern Michigan University), Alexandros Maragakis (Eastern Michigan University)
Discussant: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Abstract: Attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) is a group of behavioral excesses and deficits that tend to present in children and adolescents. If left untreated, ADHD may contribute to the development of aggressive behaviors such as troubles with authoritative and legal entities through adolescents and into adulthood, and covert problem behaviors such as avoidance, excessive pliance, and even learning disorders. Due to the expansive list of symptoms and growing prevalence of ADHD, as well as the lack of functional knowledge behind the disorder, ADHD is often treated with medication. However, medication, when compared to behavioral treatments and a combination of pharmacological and behavioral treatments, has been shown to be less effective than behavioral treatments. Due to current conceptualizations of ADHD, problems with diagnosis and treatment exist including poor operational definitions of symptoms, disregard for context of behaviors, and mistaking topography of behavior for function. Despite the behavioral analytic influence in current treatment, the field of behavioral analysis still has much to contribute to the current medical and clinical models of treatment for ADHD. Increasing the behavioral impact in both the current conceptualization of and assessments and treatments for ADHD could make effective behaviorally-based treatments more mainstreamed across all provider settings.
 
92. Effects of an Aqua-Titanium Necklace on Running Speed When Examined at the Individual and Group Levels
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
NATHAN WEBER (University of Alaska Anchorage), Duane Wood (University of Alaska Anchorage), Mychal Machado (University of Alaska Anchorage)
Discussant: Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Recommendations to produce improvements in physical performance, fitness, and health exist, but many of these recommendations require a certain level of commitment, which some individuals find unfavorable. In response, many people endorse alternative strategies that claim to produce faster and more effective results, although these alternative strategies lack empirical support. A recent example is the use of ergogenic aids, which can include athletic wearables infused with Aqua Titanium. Results from previous evaluations of athletic wearables infused with Aqua Titanium have been mixed with respect to ergogenic effectiveness. This might be due to exclusive reliance on group designs in previous studies. The purpose of our study was to evaluate and compare the individual and group differences in responsiveness to an Aqua-Titanium necklace. Using a single-subject (reversal) design, we measured the running speed of 10 healthy adults across baseline (no necklace), test (Aqua-Titanium necklace) and placebo conditions using a 61-m indoor track. The entire sample was then considered for group analyses. Results showed that our single-subject and group analyses produced similar outcomes, and that these outcomes provided little evidence to support the ergogenic effectiveness of the Aqua-Titanium necklace.

 
93. Parent Training as an Intervention for Children Who Demonstrate Problem Behavior in Japan
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
MOMOKO YAMASHITA (University of Utah; Nationwide Children's Hospital)
Discussant: Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

The number of individuals diagnosed with a disability in Japan has risen steadily over the past several decades. Unfortunately, however, sufficient resources are not available to support these individuals. Many Japanese mothers have expressed parenting-related stress, anxiety and lack of confidence in their parenting skills. Along with diagnosed disabilities and prevalence of maternal stress, the rate of child abuse and neglect has been climbing in Japan as well. With the increasing prevalence of disability, reported number of child abuse, and parenting stress in Japan and lack of supports in place, a sustainable solution is urgently needed to address this problem. Parent training is a promising option to address issues associated with developmental disabilities in childhood, including corresponding problem behaviors and the parental stress that often accompanies a diagnosis. Parent training programs often take specific forms and have been empirically shown to improve children’s behavior while also reducing parental distress. The effectiveness of parent training has been established in various populations among different ethnic groups and cultures, however, most parent training programs have been developed and administered in the West.These programs need to be localized and tested in a Japanese context to begin building evidence of their effectiveness for this population. Despite these needs, only one evidence-based manualized parent training program has been evaluated in Japan: Triple P Parent Training.The purpose of the present study is to develop and evaluate a behavioral parenting program that teaches principles of applied behavior analysis, which should increase positive parent-child interactions and decrease negative parent-child interactions and child problem behavior.

 
94. Choosing to Feel Good: Wellbeing Discounting
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research
WOJCIECH BIALASZEK (Institute of Psychology, SWPS University of Social Sciences and Humanities), Franciszek Ostaszewski (Institute of Psychology, SWPS University of Social Sciences and Humanities)
Discussant: Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

From the basic research to application in real life settings, the research on discounting has received enormous attention, and still researchers find new areas of development within this domain of behavioral economics. Researchers began to focus on delay and probability discounting in the early stages, however soon new discounting factors have been proposed such as effort or social distance. Because people maximize happiness with the outcome or minimize negativity connected with it, which leads to choices that result in the highest wellbeing possible, the main aim of this research was to test whether wellbeing can function as a novel discounting factor. Analyses were performed on 37 university students, who completed titration procedure with fixed amounts in two conditions of large and small monetary payments. After initial model selection based on fit indices, our analyses showed that with decreasing wellbeing participant’s subjective value decreased. Furthermore we found the magnitude effect to be present (large monetary gains were discounted less steeply than small monetary gains). Present research gives a foundation to treat wellbeing in behavioral economic categories, and shows that human choice in function of wellbeing can be quantitatively modeled.

 
95. Exploring a Factor Structure of Korean Version of the Stress Index for Parents of Adolescents
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
YOONJUNG YANG (Yonsei University), Seungmin Jung (Yonsei University)
Discussant: Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Many parents of adolescents experience high level of parenting stress, so a psychometrically sound instrument that quickly evaluates the stress level is needed for both clinical and research purposes. In the current study, factor structure of the extended form (item N=112) of Korean-Stress Index for Parents of Adolescents (K-SIPA) was explored for the possibility of developing the shorter version with acceptable reliability and validity. Data collected from the standardization study of K-SIPA was used (n= 942 parents of children age from 11 to 19). Half of the sample were randomly selected to conduct exploratory factor analysis (EFA) and the rest was used to perform confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) as well as to examine reliability and validity. The EFA yielded three factors solution with 37 items, followed by the CFA which showed acceptable fit indices. Both internal consistency and test-retest reliability fell in the acceptable range. Results from a correlation analysis among factors, a correlation analysis between K-SIPA short form and other measurements, and t-test of stress level between different groups of parents indicated acceptable level of validity. The results confirmed that K-SIPA short form is valid and reliable to measure parenting stress of Korean parents of adolescents.

 
96. Behavioral Skills Training for the Visual Analysis of Behavior Data on Treatment Decisions by Staff and Clinicians in an Acute Psychiatric Hospital
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
MATTHEW A. LAW (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Amanda Mahoney (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Chrystal Jansz Rieken (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: In acute psychiatric settings, up to 95% of patients may be prescribed pro re nata (PRN, or “as needed”) psychotropic medications (Thapa et al., 2003). The high level of PRN psychotropic medication use, in combination with scheduled medications, have led researchers to question if PRN orders may contribute to patients receiving unnecessary doses of psychotropic medications to prevent or abate the aggressive behavior of patients (Tranulis et al., 2008; Stewart, Robson, Chaplin, Quirk, & Bowers, 2012). The strategies employed by behavior analysts could be instrumental in the evaluation of psychotropic medication interventions; however, to date, little work has been done in this area. The current study examined the effects of a Behavioral Skills Training (BST) package to train direct care staff, nurses, and clinicians to visually analyze graphed patient data on their determination of the effectiveness of PRN psychotropic medications and changes to patient treatment plans. BST was effective in increasing the accuracy of visual analyses performed on mock patient behavior graphs when measures of problem behaviors and the cumulative dose of PRN psychotropic medications administered per day were graphed together (PND = 100%; Tau-UA vs B – trend A = 85.9% (p<.05)). BST was found to be a valuable tool to train visual analysis skills. Although participants were better able to visually analyze graphed data following BST, their improved visual analysis skills did not result in an increased ability to determine if a change in treatment was necessary or have a significant effect on the selection of proposed changes to treatment.
 
97. Responses of Delay Discounting and Behavioral Demand for Food to Acute Exercise
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research
JONATHAN R. MILLER (University of Colorado School of Medicine / Children's Hospital Colorado), Tanya Halliday (University of Utah), Mollie White (University of Colorado School of Medicine), Ed Melanson (University of Colorado School of Medicine), Marc-Andre Cornier (University of Colorado School of Medicine)
Discussant: Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Delay discounting and behavioral demand for food have been shown to be related to obesity, with more rapid decreases in value of delayed outcomes, higher consumption when food is free (high demand intensity), and greater continued consumption as costs of food increase (low demand elasticity) each associated with greater obesity. Recent research suggests exercise may improve delay discounting; however, whether these effects are observed acutely or vary with different forms of exercise has yet to be examined. Furthermore, effects of exercise on behavioral demand for food has also yet to be examined. In this pilot study, 19 adults with body mass index (BMI) ranging from healthy to obese completed hypothetical questionnaires assessing delay discounting of money and behavioral demand for food following three activity conditions: aerobic exercise, resistance exercise, and sedentary activity. Results suggest delay discounting of money was not affected by acute exercise, but behavioral demand for food was. More specifically, both aerobic and resistance exercise decreased elasticity relative to sedentary activity (ps<.05), but intensity did not differ by activity. Furthermore, relative differences in demand intensity between exercise and sedentary activities were found to be negatively related to BMI (rs= -.59 to -.64, ps=.010). Relative differences in elasticity were not related to BMI. These preliminary findings suggest that behavioral demand for food, but not delay discounting of money, is sensitive to acute exercise and that demand intensity and elasticity exhibit differential responses to exercise.
 
98. Caregiver-Implemented Interventions for Adolescents and Young Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Systematic Literature Review
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
KRISTINA MCGINNIS (Baylor University), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University), Emily Gregori (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Discussant: Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Caregiver-implemented interventions are increasingly utilized to address the needs of families of children with autism. However, no previous systematic review has evaluated the efficacy of caregiver-implemented interventions for adolescents and young adults with autism despite evidence that the majority of individuals with autism continue to live at home into adulthood. The purpose of this review was to synthesize the effects of interventions implemented by caregivers of teens and young adults affected by autism. We conducted a systematic analysis of the dependent variables most often targeted for intervention, the caregiver adherence to the interventions, and the outcomes of caregiver-implemented interventions for the included studies. We identified ten studies that evaluated the quality of a caregiver-implemented intervention for the adolescent and young adult population. Across studies, results suggest positive outcomes related to intervention effectiveness and social validity. The current body of literature provides some evidence of value in utilizing caregiver-implemented interventions to produce behavior change for adolescents and young adults with autism, although there is a need for additional research in this area.

 
 
 
Poster Session #539
DEV Monday Poster Session
Monday, May 25, 2020
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D
Chair: Richard E. Laitinen (Personalized Accelerated Learning Systems (PALS))
99. Evaluating the Efficacy of the AIM Curriculum for Increasing Psychological Flexibility and Decreasing Rigid Behaviour in a 13-Year-Old Girl
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
ALLIX ISABELLE LEMIEUX (St. Lawrence College), Laura Campbell (ONTABA), Kim Trudeau-Craig (ONTABA), Katarina Fischer (The Ontario Association for Behaviour Analysis)
Discussant: Richard E. Laitinen (Personalized Accelerated Learning Systems (PALS))
Abstract: The Accept Identify Move (AIM) curriculum, developed by Dixon and Paliliunas (2017), is a novel treatment approach that combines principles of Applied Behaviour Analysis (ABA), Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) and mindfulness with the objective of promoting psychological flexibility in children and youth. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effects of the first four modules of the AIM curriculum on increasing psychological flexibility and decreasing inflexible behaviour in a 13-year-old participant. Measures utilized in this study included the Children’s Psychological Flexibility Questionnaire (CPFQ; Dixon & Paliliunas, 2017), as well as self- and parent- reports of target behaviours. Furthermore, social validity was assessed to determine acceptability of the intervention. Results found the AIM curriculum to be effective for reducing two of target maladaptive behaviours: physical aggression and negative verbal behaviour towards self. Furthermore, the intervention was found to significantly increase the acceptance domain of the CPFQ and yield marginal increases in the other domains of the caregiver assessment. Social validity was found to be high for both the participant and her parent. Overall, the current study adds to the growing body of literature on ACT-based interventions for youth, for promoting psychological flexibility and treating maladaptive behaviour.
 
100. Client Attendance of Applied Behavior Analysis Services and Possible Contributing Factors of Missed Attendance
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
CELESTE NISHIJIMA (Autism Behavior Consulting Group Hawai'i), Alexandra Pilar Sagastume (Autism Behavior Consulting Group Hawai'i), AnnMarie Hammell (Autism Behavior Consulting Group Hawai'i)
Discussant: Richard E. Laitinen (Personalized Accelerated Learning Systems (PALS))
Abstract: High client attendance of applied behavior analysis services is desired. However, it has been observed that each client's attendance varies, with some clients frequently cancelling services. The purpose of the current study was to analyze the hours prescribed, hours attended, and hours cancelled of applied behavior analysis services for a number of children with autism. Participants included children ranging from three-years-old to sixteen-years-old diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder who received applied behavior analysis services from a clinic on Oahu. Some participants also received applied behavior analysis services in the home and/or community settings. Possible contributing factors to frequent cancellations were considered, such as medical co-morbidities, socioeconomic status, parent work schedule, parent willingness to participate in session observation and other meetings, living distance from the clinic, a client's school schedule, a lack of reliable transportation, and more. From this information, recommendations will be suggested to aid clinicians in supporting clients' attendance.
 
101. Increasing Physical Activity for Individuals With a Mild Intellectual Disability
Area: DEV; Domain: Service Delivery
JASON KOZICA (University of Auckland)
Discussant: Richard E. Laitinen (Personalized Accelerated Learning Systems (PALS))
Abstract:

This project aims to increase physical activity among individuals with a mild intellectual disability, living in a residential care facility in Auckland, New Zealand. The study design used is a multiple baseline design. The first intervention comprises of self-monitoring strategies using a Garmin Vivosmart HR watch that tracks the number of steps, distance and Heart Rate of an individual. The following intervention involves goal setting, feedback and direct instruction. The hypothesis is that participants steps and overall intensity of exercise will increase following a combination of the two interventions. The Beck Anxiety Inventory will also be used pre and post intervention to see whether or not the increased physical activity reduces anxiety.

 
102. Preventing Dog Bites in Children
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
DANIELLE LEAH PARADISE (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Richard E. Laitinen (Personalized Accelerated Learning Systems (PALS))
Abstract: Dog bites are a major cause of injury in children. Children underestimate the danger of unsafe situations, which makes them more vulnerable to dog bites. The present study evaluated the effectiveness of a discrimination training procedure using Behavioral Skill Training (BST) for children to recognize if they should or should not approach a dog, why they should or should not approach the dog based on behavioral indicators, and if they could correctly demonstrate a task analysis to approach a friendly dog. Four children between the ages of four and seven participated in this study. The training phase involved listing the behavioral indicators and modeling a task analysis for approaching a dog, and the participant rehearsing the indicators and task analysis. Results showed that after the training procedure was introduced, the participants’ skills in all three measures increased significantly. The results also show that the participants can generalize from pictures to videos of dogs. These results indicate that the BST training procedure was successful. Implications for future directions for research are discussed. This includes live dog interactions, extending age ranges, incorporating parents, and adding a dog’s change in demeaner.
 
103. Evaluating Trends in Behavioural Skills Training Protocols to Identify Characteristics Associated With Effective Results on Client Outcomes: A Brief Review
Area: DEV; Domain: Theory
AUTUMN KOZLUK (Brock University), Marie-Chanel Monique Morgan (Brock University), Alison Cox (Brock University), Brianna Anderson (Brock University)
Discussant: Richard E. Laitinen (Personalized Accelerated Learning Systems (PALS))
Abstract:

Behavioural skills training (BST) is an evidence-based method for training support staff, parents and caregivers of individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD). Behavioural skills training is comprised of four components: (1) instruction, (2) modeling, (3) rehearsal, and (4) feedback, and has been used to train caregivers on assessment implementation, as well as behavioural reduction and skill acquisition protocols. Alongside improved trainee performance, an important dependent variable for consideration may be improved client outcomes. This is because client outcome improvement in relation to caregiver training may help researchers, clinicians and administrators determine the true added value of investing in caregiver training initiatives. The current paper is a comprehensive review of all scholarly literature that employed behaviour skills training to train implementers and reported on client outcomes. We endeavored to explore which specific study components in behavioural skills training packages were most often associated with improved client outcomes. Thirty articles met inclusion criteria and were reviewed. The results of this review were inconclusive at identifying specific characteristics associated with client outcomes. This may be because much of the literature reports improved client outcomes. Finally, we discuss other common trends, existing literature gaps, and clinical implications.

 
104. Escalating Processes of Coercive Behavior During Childhood and Adolescence
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
MARCELA ROSAS PEÑA (National Autonomous University of México), Silvia Morales Chaine (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Discussant: Richard E. Laitinen (Personalized Accelerated Learning Systems (PALS))
Abstract:

Chronic antisocial behavior during childhood and adolescence is one of the problems that most affect healthy development. It results in damage to the relationship with the environment, social interactions, delinquency, mental health, and unemployment (Milller, 2004; Dishion & Patterson, 2016). Coercion has been defined as a set of interpersonal tactics, display in a social context, through which individuals or groups use aversive behavior to obtain rewards and access to desired activities, status, and avoid or escape of control and aversive demands (McCord, 1995; Patterson, 1982). Coercion can be defined in terms of its topography and social function (Snyder & Dishion, 2016). The primary purpose of this study is to evaluate the group differences of children with coercive behavior and control of three age groups based on their interactions in conflict, analyzing the change in the behavior topography over three deferent age groups. One hundred eighty children from three school levels participated: 4-year-old (60 children), 8-year-old (60 children), and 13-year-old (60 children). Children, teachers, and parents were evaluated about their interaction with peers, child behavior, and practices, respectively. It was analyzed the weight of the connections of children, considering three kinds of significant relationships based on their standard deviations over the global average: weak; moderate; strong. On the other hand, based on the answers that children give about their recent conflicts, they will be codified in terms of the person involved, the people involved in the conflict, and the topography of the coercive behaviors exhibited by the protagonists of the conflict.

 
 
 
Poster Session #540
VRB Monday Poster Session
Monday, May 25, 2020
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D
Chair: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism)
105. On the Stand: A Contextual Speech Analysis of the Kavanaugh Hearing
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
SEBASTIAN GARCIA-ZAMBRANO (Southern Illinois University), Rocco G Catrone (SIU-Carbondale), Natalia Baires (Southern Illinois University), Manish K. Goyal (Southern Illinois University), Amrinder Babbra (Doctoral Student Southern Illinois University), Jessica M Hinman (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Darwin S Koch (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism)
Abstract: Despite the availability of tools from Contextual Behavioral Science to analyze political speeches, there are biases in identifying relational frames in such behavior. The purpose of the current study was to code statements from Brett Kavanaugh’s 2018 confirmation hearing using Hayes et al.’s (2001) definitions of relational frames. After formulating new definitions of relational frames, levels of reliability increased but not significantly. The results demonstrate the need for Relational Frame Theory to refine definitions of relational frames, as coding political speeches can be useful in identifying particular relational frames used to modify behaviors of a verbal community.
 
106. The Efficacy of Behavioral Skills Training on Caregiver Implementation of PEAK-Direct Training
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
VIRGINIA LOUISE EASTER (Webster University), Zhichun Zhou (Webster University)
Discussant: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism)
Abstract: Prior research has shown the benefits of implementing PEAK Relational Training Systems- Direct Training (PEAK-DT) in different settings (e.g., schools and clinics) and with various implementers (e.g., teachers and clinicians). However, only a few studies have used Behavioral Skills Training (BST) with PEAK-DT, and no research has investigated teaching parents to implement PEAK-DT in home settings using BST. Therefore, the present study seeks to evaluate the efficacy of BST when it comes to teaching parents to independently implement PEAK-DT in home settings. Two participants are included in the study - a mother of Asian descent and her 10 year-old child with Autism Spectrum Disorder and Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder who displays a limited verbal repertoire. Two direct measures are assessed: (1) a mother’s ability to correctly and independently implement PEAK-DT programs, and (2) a child’s correct tacting behavior. Results of the present study indicate that BST was effective in training a mother, and the child’s tacting scores improved following BST. We believe the current study is socially significant and meaningful in that (1) PEAK-DT can be generalized cross-culturally, (2) it is advantageous to integrate BST when training parents to use PEAK-DT, and (3) parents can independently teach PEAK-DT programs to their children in their homes.
 
107. Arbitrarily applicable relational responding following a brain injury: A comparison between injured and non-injured participants
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
NAZURAH KHOKHAR (Brock University), Marie-Chanel Monique Morgan (Brock University), Karl Gunnarsson (West Park Healthcare Center)
Discussant: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism)
Abstract: Fundamental skills of cognition and language are commonly impaired following an injury to the head. Procedures of cognitive and or language within brain injury rehabilitation are limited from behavior analytic approach. With regards to language and cognition, many characteristics of autism spectrum disorder appear similar to characteristics of language and cognition deficits following brain injuries. Borrowing from the field of autism, applied approaches grounded in relational frame theory (RFT) show promise in improving language and cognition deficits. The current study investigated the difference in receptive skills by comparing injured and non-injured participants on six relational frames. To accomplish this, the researchers utilized the Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Transformation (PEAK-T) Pre-Assessment Receptive Subtest. The PEAK-T is a comprehensive curriculum that provides procedures that can be used to efficiently train complex verbal skills and cognition. Results indicate that brain injured individuals score lower on the PEAK-T than non-injured individuals. Results also indicated that injured participants’ progression on the PEAK-T was orderly as they engaged in relational frames, responding on earlier frames was more accurate than later frames in the assessment. Clinical implications as well as implications for future research are discussed.
 
108. Using the PEAK-Relational Training System to Improve Social Cognition in Individuals With Acquired Brain Injury
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
SASHA NEY (George Brown College), Lauren Rose Hutchison (George Brown College), Nazurah Khokhar (Brock University), Marie-Chanel Monique Morgan (Brock University), Karl Gunnarsson (West Park Healthcare Centre), Andrew W. McNamara (George Brown College)
Discussant: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism)
Abstract:

A common characteristic of acquired brain injury (ABI) are deficits of social cognition. These deficits can affect the lives of people with brain injury in negative ways, such as damaging social circles or limiting the person's ability to receive therapy due to aggression. Previous research has demonstrated the stimulus equivalence approaches are effective in training the detection of facial emotions, yet this literature base is narrow. Given that the literature does show promise in the area, the current study evaluated the feasibility of the PEAK-Equivalence (PEAK-E) Relational Training System to improve social cognition deficits. PEAK-E training programs that targeted a variety of social cognition deficits were presented to three participants. The programs focused on recognizing and interpreting facial expressions, relating feelings to contexts, and understanding the emotions of others. A multiple baseline design, across programs and participants, was used with a pre and post-test measure of social cognition performance; The Awareness of Social Inference Test short version (TASIT-S). Results, future research and clinical implications are discussed with regards to social cognition, mastery issues of derived relations during PEAK-E training, and the effectiveness PEAK-E training to generalize to performance on the TASIT-S.

 
109. Relational Coherence Evident in Gender Stereotyping: Relational Density Theory
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
ANNALISE GIAMANCO (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Morgan Brueseke (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism)
Abstract: Relational Density Theory (Belisle & Dixon, in press) describes the apparent self-organization of equivalence classes quantitatively using classical mechanical models. Two emergent properties are relational resistance and gravity, both of which occur as a function of the volumetric-mass-density of verbal relations. That is, classes that contain more class members and stronger relations are likely to be resistant to counterconditioning and to obtain new relations without any direct reinforcement. In relational frame theory, coherence describes the pre-experimental proximity of stimulus relations. In the present study, we evaluated coherence as the geometric distance between stimuli that are traditionally masculine, feminine, or neutral. The geometric model was developed using a multidimensional scaling procedure, where the distance between stimuli could be calculated as a relative function. Participants then read passages describing four characters that were female-feminine, female-mixed, male-masculine, and male-mixed, and evaluated the relational density of emergent frames as a function of pre-experimental coherence. The present set of analyses provide a behavioral model of gender stereotyping as the self-organization of relational classes based on coherence in terms of pre-experimental gender norms. Social implications of these data are discussed.
 
110. Content Validity of ABA Language Assessments: Totality of Skinner’s Verbal Operants and Relational Frames in Four Common Language Assessments
Area: VBC; Domain: Service Delivery
TAYLOR MARIE LAUER (Missouri State University), Brylie Mason (Utah Valley University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Caleb Stanley (Utah Valley University)
Discussant: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism)
Abstract: Content validity describes the degree to which a measure represents all facets or components of the construct being measured. This form of validity is best represented as a percentage of the totality of a given construct represented in an assessment. ABA language training is often guided by assessments of verbal operant (Skinner, 1957) and relational operant (Hayes, Barnes-Holmes, & Roche, 2001) performance. Using these initial texts, we identified generalized operant components that are included within each model (e.g., VB: echoics, tacting, manding, metonymical tact, magical mand; RFT: coordination, spatial reasoning, temporal reasoning). We then sorted all items contained within the PEAK Relational Training System (PEAK), the Training and Assessment of Relational Precursor Abilities (TARPA), the Verbal Behavior Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP), and the Assessment of Basic Language Learning Skills - Revised (ABLLS-R) into the identified content categories. We then evaluated the percentage of content categories from both the VB and RFT models represented within each assessment. Results suggested that PEAK contained the greatest percentage of VB items and both PEAK and TARPA contained most RFT items. VB MAPP and ABLLS-R did not relational learning targets. Interrater agreement exceeded 80% and results have implications for comprehensive language training systems.
 
111. An Evaluation of the Relationship Between Derived Relational Responding and Intelligence
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Clara Merten (Utah Valley University), Mickelle Cheever (Utah Valley University), CALEB STANLEY (Utah Valley University)
Discussant: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism)
Abstract: The present study aimed to examine the relationship between derived relational responding and intelligence. Experimenters administered the PEAK-Transformation Pre-assessment, which provides a measure of relational responding, and the WISC-V, which provides a measure of IQ, with 109 participants. All participants were typically developed children between the ages of three and thirteen. The experimenters then conducted a Pearson correlation between the two measures. The results from this study showed a strong, positive correlation (r = .659, p < .05) between total scores for the PEAK-T Pre-assessment and the WISC-V, which suggest relationship between derived relational responding and intelligence. Additional correlations were conducted between each subtest of the PEAK-T Pre-assessment and the WISC-V. The results showed a moderate correlation between the PEAK-T Receptive subtest and the WISC-V (r = .568, p < .05) and a strong, positive correlation between the PEAK-T Expressive subtest and the WISC-V (r = .666, p < .05). Finally, correlations were conducted with each relational frame within the PEAK-T assessment and the WISC-V, which also showed significant correlations between each relational frame and IQ scores. The current findings are consistent with previous research which have examined the relationship between derived relational responding and intelligence.
 
112. Evaluating Multiple Exemplar Instruction to Establish Bidirectional Naming in Children With Autism
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
ANGELICA NOEL COPPOLA (University of Southern California; FirstSteps For Kids), Amanda N. Chastain (FirstSteps For Kids), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids), Courtney Tarbox Lanagan (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.), Zoey Isabella Ulrey (University of Southern California), Jasmine Lau (University of Southern California)
Discussant: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism)
Abstract:

A bidirectional naming repertoire consists of responding both as speaker and listener and is demonstrated when one is only taught a speaker repertoire and can then derive listener behavior without direct training and vice versa. Bidirectional naming is foundational to complex human language but many children with autism and other developmental delays may not develop this repertoire without proper instruction. A substantial amount of research by Douglas Greer’s research group has found that multiple exemplar instruction (MEI) is effective in establishing bidirectional naming in young children but very little research has attempted to replicate this finding outside of that particular research group. The purpose of this study is to evaluate MEI for establishing bidirectional naming in children with autism in a community-based autism clinic. We are using a multiple baseline design across participants to evaluate the effects of MEI on the emergence of bidirectional naming in young children with autism. The procedure is currently underway with the first participant and acquisition data are positive thus far. Results will be discussed in terms of real-life replication of university-based research in community-based settings.

 
113. Teaching the Verbal Operants to College Students Through a Stimulus Equivalence Protocol
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
ANGELICA A. AGUIRRE (Minnesota State University, Mankato), John O'Neill (Contextual Behavioral Science Institute), Courtney Sowle (Minnesota State University, Mankato), Emily Boduch (Minnesota State University, Mankato), Iloria Phoenix (Minnesota State University, Mankato), Ibelizet Dominguez (Minnesota State University, Mankato), Breanna Perron (Minnesota State University, Mankato), Ashley Yang (Minnesota State University, Mankato)
Discussant: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism)
Abstract:

Several behavioral analytic researchers report that one of the main features of a good instructional system is “it must be effective in helping students learn more rapidly than they would on their own” (Barrett et al., 1991, p.80). Since the 1980’s, there has been an elaborate amount of research on stimulus equivalence protocols (SEP) in teaching reading, spelling (De Souza & Rehfeldt, 2013), grammar (Connell, 2004), and complex academic skills with individuals with and without disabilities (LeBlanc, Miguel, Cummings, Goldsmith, & Carr; 2003; Lovett, Rehfeldt, & Dunning, 2011). A study conducted by O’Neill et al. (2015) compared an online SEP to an assigned reading study method to teach Skinner’s (1957) verbal operants to college students. O’Neill et al. found the online SEP group outperformed the assigned reading group by 10 percentage points (one full letter-grade difference). The current study aims to systematically replicate the O’Neill et al. (2015) study by examining the effectiveness of this SEP for teaching undergraduate college students to identify and understand the verbal operants. Current pilot data indicates the SEP was effective in deriving multiple untrained selection-based and topography-based relations across multiple verbal operants.

 
114. Assessment of Reading and Writing Skills Based on Stimulus Equivalence Paradigm
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
JULIA ZANETTI ROCCA (Universidade Federal de Mato Grosso), Victor Hugo de Souza (Universidade Federal de Mato Grosso), Deisy De Souza (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Ricardo Campos Junior (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Elenice Seixas Hanna (Universidade de Brasilia), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Raquel Melo Golfeto (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Discussant: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism)
Abstract:

Reading and writing skills may be conceived as a network of equivalence relations between stimuli (e.g., printed words, dictated words, and pictures) and stimuli and responses (e.g., naming, writing, etc.). This conceptualization has been foundational to the development of evaluation tools and teaching programs. The Reading and Writing Network Assessment (Avaliação da Rede de Leitura e Escrita [ARLE]) is an online 15-task instrument that evaluates matching-to-sample, naming, reading, and writing skills. The present study sought to describe the empirical network of relations, measured by the ARLE, that characterizes performance in beginning readers. The records of 2388 students, 6 to 12 years old, were assessed through an online platform. All of the tests used the R programming language. Generalized additive models (GAMs) were used to assess potential relations between skills using the MGCV package. Generalized cross validation was used to calculate variable importance in multiple regression models using the Caret package. After calculating the importance of each variable, a single model was constructed using all variables with the GAM. The least important variables were progressively removed until all remaining variables were statistically significant, evaluated by p values. The graphs were constructed using the ggplot2 package. The data analysis showed that all of the skills were significantly related to reading and writing measures. Matching printed words to dictated words and naming consonants were strongly related to reading. Matching printed words to pictures was the skill that was most related to spelling. An index that was created to compare the network of relations for students with different repertoires indicated increasing integration between skills as the repertoire evolved, which was predicted by the stimulus equivalence paradigm. The integration index may be a useful tool for the prediction and control of effects of teaching procedures that seek to establish reading and writing in non-readers.

 
 
 
Poster Session #541
DDA Monday Poster Session
Monday, May 25, 2020
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D
Chair: Amarie Carnett (Victoria University of Wellington)
116. Toilet Training Protocol for Preschoolers With Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JI YOUNG KIM (Teachers College, Columbia University), Madeline Frank (Teachers College Columbia University), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Discussant: Amarie Carnett (Victoria University of Wellington)
Abstract:

We describe a decision protocol for choosing among potentially efficacious toilet training interventions and tested its effects with 3 preschool participants with disabilities. We utilized a decision protocol (Keohane and Greer 2005) to determine whether to initially implement interval or rapid training interventions as well as to determine whether adequate progress was being made with a particular toilet training intervention. We utilized the decision protocol to individualize toilet training procedure and evaluated its effects in a delayed multiple baseline design. Results indicated that the toileting skills of all participants improved with increased numbers of target voids on the toilet and decreased numbers of accidents as a result of individualized training procedures.

 
117. Examining Variables Contributing to Acquisition in Multiple Response Repetition Error Correction Procedures
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JULIE BETH HESTER (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Tom Cariveau (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Astrid La Cruz Montilla (Student), Richelle Elizabeth Hurtado (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Amarie Carnett (Victoria University of Wellington)
Abstract:

Discrete trial training (DTT) is a commonly used instructional method for teaching individuals with developmental disabilities. When errors occur during DTT, behavior analysts may employ various strategies to reduce the likelihood that errors continue to be emitted. Multiple response repetition (MRR) is an effective error correction procedure and includes the repeated presentation of the discriminative stimulus following an error. In this study, we extend previous work by further evaluating the potential mechanisms underlying the efficacy of the MRR procedure. Participants included individuals with developmental disabilities. We included MRR relevant, MRR irrelevant, and yoked-delay conditions. Acquisition of targets was assessed across relevant, irrelevant, and yoked-delay conditions, allowing for greater examination of the variables underlying the effectiveness of these procedures. The implications for applied practice and future research are discussed.

 
118. A Chance to Dance: A Case Study Examining the Benefits of Recreational Dance and Behavior Analysis
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MADELINE PONTONE (Brock University), Tricia Corinne Vause (Brock University), Courtney Denise Bishop (Brock University), Dana Kalil (Brock University), Nicole Staite (Brock University), Sarah Davis (Brock University)
Discussant: Amarie Carnett (Victoria University of Wellington)
Abstract: Dance programs for children and youth with neurodevelopmental disorders demonstrate potential for improvements in motor skills and collateral outcomes including emotional regulation but programs with necessary adaptations for this population are lacking. Dance with a B-E-A-T! is a package combining a recreational dance class and principles of behavior analysis such as chaining, least-to-most-prompting, and a token economy, which aims to improve motor skills, social skills, coping skills, and self-confidence. Participant Allie (pseudonym), age 9 with a formal diagnosis of ASD and comorbid issues such as anxiety, took part in this 8-week program with three additional children and four research assistants (1:1 ratio). Data collection included demographics, pre and post motor probes of 12 specific dance skills, and a self-efficacy and consumer satisfaction questionnaire. Allie showed improvement across eight motor probes, with an increase in correct performance from 37% to 80%. A parent self-efficacy questionnaire and a semi-structured interview with Allie’s mother identified an increase in dance skills, emotional regulation, worry and coping skills, and overall satisfaction with the program. Thematic analysis of the interview identified key themes such as the benefit of individualized programming and inclusion. Facilitators and barriers identified by the child and her parent will be discussed.
 
119. Teaching Life Skills Using a Modified Behavioural Skills Training Framework
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MICHAEL PALMER (University of New Brunswick), Rachele Phinney (University of New Brunswick)
Discussant: Amarie Carnett (Victoria University of Wellington)
Abstract:

The global prevalence of those with visual impairments is 253 million. To date, little behaviour analytic research has been conducted to determine optimum teaching procedures for those this population. To teach individuals with visual impairments life skills, traditional behavioural skills training (T-BST) and a modified BST (M-BST) were compared using an alternating treatments design. T-BST involved visual modeling, practicing the skill, providing vocal feedback about the performance, and practicing the skill until a performance criterion was met. M-BST involved using hand-under-hand guidance instead of visual modeling and corrective physical feedback along with vocal feedback. Trials to criterion and percent of correct steps were measured. Two participants, who were momentarily visually impaired, learned two tasks each, one taught with T-BST and the other M-BST. Both T-BST and M-BST increased the percent of steps correct in training and decreased the trials to criterion. No differences between the two training techniques were found. In addition, participants’ skills maintained at follow-up and required no additional training. The rapid acquisition of the skills in this study may be indicative of the effectiveness of BST as a means of teaching skills across populations.

 
120. Assessing Visual and Auditory Discrimination Skills of People With Multiple Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Basic Research
RYAN HECKERT (University of Manitoba), Braden Milani (University of Manitoba), Brennan Foidart (University of Manitoba), C.T. Yu (University of Manitoba)
Discussant: Amarie Carnett (Victoria University of Wellington)
Abstract:

Individuals with severe multiple disabilities, who have minimal body movements, are unable to partake in assessments that require an active response. Their abilities to make visual and auditory discriminations are often unknown. In one discrimination skills assessment, we replaced the standard response of placing a manipulandum into a container (active response) with microswitches that could be pressed by using the elbow or fist. This type of response involves gross motor arm movements of just a few centimeters. The modified procedure was evaluated in a combined multiple baseline and reversal design across five 2-choice visual and auditory discrimination tasks, and the evaluation was replicated across three participants. The results showed that all participants were able to respond using the microswitches at a much higher level compared to baseline (active response), in which no responses were recorded. Furthermore, the results showed that participants were successful in making a two-choice position-visual or simple visual discrimination using the microswitches. Information about the discrimination abilities of these participants may be useful to caregivers in providing supports to these individuals.

 
121. The Effects of Reinforcer Schedule on Visuo-Spatial Working Memory Tasks With Different Difficulty Levels: Comparison of Distributed and Accumulated Reinforcement
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Dongjoo Chin (Yonsei University), CHANSOL PARK (Yonsei University)
Discussant: Amarie Carnett (Victoria University of Wellington)
Abstract:

The effectiveness of accumulated reinforcement on participants with developmental disabilities has been emphasized over distributed reinforcement, but the generalized effect of accumulated reinforcement is hampered in part by lack of controlling task characteristics or participant characteristics. The present study evaluated if the efficacy of, and preference for distributed and accumulated reinforcement were different between two task difficulties of a visuospatial working memory task. Participants were children with intellectual disabilities who were 7 years old or older and under 13 years old. 77 participants conducted four sets of visuospatial working memory task(distributed and accumulated reinforcement in an easy task, distributed and accumulated reinforcement in a difficult task). The performance was evaluated by accuracy rate, response rate per minute, and correct response rate per minute. Preference was evaluated by three-point likert scale and selection ratio between distributed and accumulated reinforcement. As to performance, the increase of response rate per minute and correct response rate per minute in the accumulated reinforcement was greater than the distributed reinforcement only for the difficult task. There was no difference in preference. Implications and limitations of current research and suggestions for future research were discussed.

 
122. The Usage Pattern of Collection-Based Reinforcement System for Youths With Intellectual Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Hoomyung Lee (Yonsei University), Seungeun Oh (Yonsei University), NARAE SHIN (Yonsei University)
Discussant: Amarie Carnett (Victoria University of Wellington)
Abstract:

Despite the increasing number of intervention apps for youths with developmental disabilities (DD), studies on how much youths with DD are immersed in the reinforcement system of these apps are limited. The purpose of this study was to examine the usage pattern of the collection-based reinforcement system embedded in an intervention app to enhance the executive functions of youths with intellectual disabilities (ID). Participants were 34 youths aged from 7 to 15 with ID (IQ 50-70) only, or ID comorbid with other DD. Participants played six games for 10 to 15 minutes on a daily basis for 100 days at home. Based on attendance and performance, participants were given points with which they could purchase items from one of three collection themes of their choice (e.g., subway stations, songs, and traditional outfits). The results showed that 71% (N=24) of participants actively engaged in the reinforcement system, and half of them were heavy users who spent most of their points. However, 29% (N=10) of participants never or barely used their points for purchasing items. The results suggest that the collection-based reinforcement system can be effective in intervention apps for youths with ID, though for some, additional strategies are necessary.

 
123. A Preliminary Study of Evaluating an App-Based Neurorehabilitation Program for Youths With Developmental Disability
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
HYEYEON JANG (University of Yonsei)
Discussant: Amarie Carnett (Victoria University of Wellington)
Abstract:

One-on-one ABA training by professionals is a well-established treatment method for enhancing cognitive functions of youths with developmental disability (DD). However, in schools where minimizing manpower and costs is important, these interventions are rarely provided, possibly due to low accessibility and high costs. In this study, an app-based cognitive rehabilitation training program (YESS_Yonsei Executive function Training System for Special Kids) was developed and its effectiveness was evaluated. 28 youths with DD were assigned to two groups, the YESS(n=18) and the control group(n=10). YESS group completed 6 games per day while the control group did not receive any training for a mean of 56 days and their executive function, behaviors, and adjustments were assessed before and after the training or waiting time period. Parents and teachers completed questionnaires before and after the training. Results showed improvements in the planning and inhibition task, and a decrease in parental stress for both groups, but between-group interactions were not observed. Based on the detailed analysis of this YESS program, the development of app-based cognitive function improvement program and the future improvement of effectiveness verification research were proposed and discussed.

 
124. Intervention Intensity in Rapid Toilet Training
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JENEE VICKERS JOHNSON (University of Kansas), Jason Travers (University of Kansas), Heather Forbes (University of Kansas), Kathleen Zimmerman (University of Kansas)
Discussant: Amarie Carnett (Victoria University of Wellington)
Abstract: Personal care and hygiene skills are essential for good quality of life, but individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) may not readily learn toileting skills. Approximately 50 years of research on rapid toilet training first used by Azrin and Foxx (1971) indicates individuals can learn the essential skills for independently completing toileting routines. However, it is unclear what procedures have been most frequently associated with rapid toileting instruction, and aspects regarding the intensity of this practice remain unexamined. We systematically reviewed the intervention research focused on rapid toileting instruction to better understand aspects of intervention intensity as well what procedures appear crucial for producing the expected effect. Results varied considerably by study, but collective findings suggest rapid toilet training will require approximately 30 min inter-sit intervals, for six days per week, for a total of 373 hours to produce the effect. Punishment procedures commonly used in rapid toilet training appear essential for maintaining positive effects, but may be unjustly avoided due to ethical concerns. Implications for research and practice are discussed.
 
125. Comparing Instructional Methods for Augmentative Communication for a Girl With Mucopolysaccharidosis-IIIA
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
RACHEL HENTNICK (Penn State Harrisburg), Kimberly A. Schreck (Penn State Harrisburg), Alisha Paxon (Pennsylvania Counseling Services)
Discussant: Amarie Carnett (Victoria University of Wellington)
Abstract:

Mucopolysaccharidosis type IIIA (MPS IIIA or Sanfilippo Syndrome) is a rare genetic disorder that causes neurological regression and loss of communication. Helping people with this disease maintain their ability to relay their wants and needs remains an essential component of programming and maintaining quality of life. Little to no research has been conducted on methods for teaching alternative communication to people with MPS IIIA. This study analyzed two different instructional methods for teaching targets on an AAC device to a seven-year-old girl with MPS IIIA. The first method was discrete trial instruction (DTI) and the second method was backward chaining. In the first phase, backward chaining led to quicker acquisition of the target. However, in the second phase DTI led to quicker acquisition of the target. Results of study suggest that the participant’s preference for the target may have influenced learning more than the instructional method being used. A third phase was then conducted to determine learning latency when motivating operation categories remained the same.

 
126. Beat the Clock: Goal Setting to Reduce Transition Time at a Residential Summer Camp
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
BRADLEY SCOTT BLOOMFIELD (University of Alabama), Gemima Fauvel (University of Alabama), Zoe Miller (Tufts University)
Discussant: Amarie Carnett (Victoria University of Wellington)
Abstract: Youth frequently have difficulties with timely transitions between activities (Hine, Ardoin, & Foster, 2015). Although there is an abundance of school-based research targeting challenging behavior, the field has less evidence of the application of these procedures to recreational settings. Summer camps have historically provided a space to target the prevention of problem behaviors (Thurber, Scanlan, Scheuler, & Henderson, 2007). The current study presents a brief intervention, titled “beat the clock”, to reinforce quick transitions to the next activity at a residential summer camp for youth with social, emotional, and behavioral challenges. Participants included 6 males 12-14 years of age. The study utilized an ABAB design. The intervention included a group goal for the time to walk to the next activity, and a visual countdown clock representing the time remaining to meet the goal. Following implementation of the intervention, there was a significant reduction in time required to transition to the next activity. Implications of the brief intervention at a residential summer camp will be discussed.
 
127. Comparison of Prompt Assignments Within Total Task Chaining
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
DANIELA SILVA (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center; Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Catherine Kishel (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center; Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Kate E. Fiske Massey (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center; Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey)
Discussant: Christopher Manente (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Past research has shown the effectiveness of various prompt types in total task chains (e.g., Horner & Keilitz, 1975; Tekin-Iftar & Birkan, 2010), however, there is a lack of information in the literature regarding how to best assign prompts in the steps of total task chains. The purpose of the current study was to compare the effects on skill acquisition of three different prompt assignment methods within total task chaining. Using an alternating treatments design, this study compared the skill acquisition of five adolescents diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder across single prompt (SP), multiple prompt (MP), and least-to-most (LTM) prompt assignment conditions. The SP method involved assigning the single most intrusive prompt needed to all the steps of a chain, whereas the MP method involved assigning the least intrusive prompt needed on each step of the chain. The LTM condition began each step with an opportunity for the participant to respond independently and the intrusiveness of the prompts increased until it occasioned the correct response. Initial results of five participants in phase 1 demonstrate idiosyncratic results across participants, with three participants acquiring the LTM condition, one acquiring the SP condition, and one acquiring the MP condition first. Data will be replicated in phase 2 with new task materials. Implications of the use of different prompt assignments within total task chaining will be discussed.

 
128. The Effects of Behavioral Skills Training and In Situ Feedback in Teaching Safety Skills to Young Adults With Developmental and Intellectual Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
DANIELLE WATSON (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Teresa Cardon (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Christopher Manente (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Individuals with developmental and/or intellectual disabilities are at an increased risk of maltreatment. A nonconcurrent multiple baseline design across participants was implemented to investigate the effects of behavioral skills training (BST) with in situ feedback to teach safety skill responses to adults with developmental and/or intellectual disabilities to prevent abduction, and physical and sexual abuse. Throughout the study, confederates delivered vocal statements to participants related to abduction, or physical or sexual abuse. Participants responded variably during baseline (e.g., attempts to comply with statements, vocalizing denial but failing to move to safety, failing to report any events to a trusted adult). Using BST and in situ feedback, participants learned a three-step response sequence (i.e., refusal, moving to safety, and reporting to a trusted adult). Participants’ scores remained higher than in baseline during the generalization phase, and participants maintained 100% accurate responding when probed at a two to four week follow-up. These results extend the evidence supporting the use of BST and in situ feedback as an effective intervention for teaching safety skills to a range of populations, across various dangerous situations, and sets the stage for many future research and practical safety training projects.

 
129. Effects Of Paraprofessional Training In Errorless Teaching Procedures On Rate Of Acquisition Of Imitating And Matching Skills
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ANNIE LISA GREEN (University of West Florida; Arlington Community Schools)
Discussant: Christopher Manente (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services, Rutgers University)
Abstract: Paraprofessionals ability to efficiently implement evidence based and systematic teaching procedures face many challenges in the special education classroom. Behavior Skills Training is one way to teach new skills through instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback. Errorless teaching is an effective instructional strategy that paraprofessionals can use to teach new skills to students. Using a multiple base design, the fidelity of implementing an eight-step errorless teaching procedure by one paraprofessional in a preschool classroom was utilized to assess the acquisition rate of a student’s imitation and match to sample skills. Following errorless teaching training, there was not an increase rate in the students imitation or match to sample performance. Even with re-training and coaching, it was discovered that more intense training is required to trouble shoot within the errorless correction steps to ensure fidelity. Further refinement for future research in training paraprofessionals would consider the training environment, number of participants, and managing disruptive behavior between errorless steps.
 
130. Assessing and Teaching Job-Related Social Skills to Italian Adults With Developmental Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Claudio Radogna (DALLA LUNA - BARI, ITALY), GUIDO DANGELO (DALLA LUNA - BARI, ITALY)
Discussant: Christopher Manente (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Working is an essential component of community participation, however in Italy only few people with intellectual disabilities are employed. This may happen because only a few programs focus on vocational skills. To date, just a handful of studies have managed to systematically assess and train people with developmental disabilities on the skills required to find, obtain and keep a job. In the present study, a multiple baseline across participants was used to evaluate the effectiveness of a treatment package to teach job-related social skills to three young adults with developmental disabilities. Behavioral Skill Training and individualized prompting strategies were used to teach a set of skills (e.g., making confirming statements for clear and vague instructions; asking for help completing tasks; apologizing; asking the supervisor what task should be completed next). Results shown that the treatment was effective in teaching previously identified social skills, as well as in promoting generalization.

This research has some implications for identifying curricula of work-related social competences and planning the transition between the end of the study cycle and inclusion into work / production activities, in order to improve the professional outcomes of people with different developmental disorders.

 
131. Extending Brief Error-Correction Assessments to Adults With Intellectual or Developmental Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
J TURNER BUTLER BRAREN (University of South Florida), Andrew L. Samaha (University of South Florida), Karie John (University of South Florida)
Discussant: Christopher Manente (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Previous research evaluating the predictive validity of error-correction assessments has shown high correspondence between error-correction assessments and validation assessments (e.g., McGhan & Lerman, 2013). However, error-correction assessments are often lengthy to conduct and limited to the acquisition of vocal-verbal targets (e.g., reading sight words) or low-effort motor targets (e.g., matching to sample). Additionally, previous research on error-correction assessments predominately use young children (ages 3- to 10-years-old) as participants. We extended the results of Carroll, Owsiany, and Cheatham (2018) by evaluating the predictive validity of a brief error-correction assessment (brief assessment) in adults with intellectual or developmental disabilities. A brief assessment and a validation assessment were conducted for each participant. During each assessment, six error-correction procedures (ECP) were compared when teaching participants to assemble arbitrary Lego structures and data were collected on variables related to acquisition (e.g., correct responding, errors) and intrusiveness (e.g., number of prompts delivered, protests). Additionally, we evaluated the relationship between the intrusiveness of ECPs and the occurrence of problem behavior.

 
132. Helping Two Kindsof Solitude: Increasing Well-Being Levels for Adolescents With Developmental Disability and for Elderly Persons
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
FEDERICA BERARDO (TICE Live and Learn), Giada Gueli (TICE Live and Learn), Sara Guandalini (TICE Live and Learn), Luca Vascelli (TICE Live and Learn), francesca cavallini (University of Parma)
Discussant: Christopher Manente (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Families of adolescents with developmental disability often struggle in identifying setting in which to carry out social activities. At the same time relatives of elderly people usually are in trouble identifying new activities and social relations. The purpose of the study was to develop an intervention that could combine and help two kind of solitude: old people that usually spend a lot of time alone or with a only caregiver and adolescents with special needs who often do not have activities to perform during the afternoon. The study evaluated the effects of a training including role playing and in vivo modeling on conversational skills on pleasantness indicators during conversation for both adolescents and elderly people. Also, a questionare was used to investigate the well-being level of the elderly person and his caregiver. Participants were four adolescents and four elderly people; each adolescent was paired with a elderly person. A changing criterion design was used for each pair. Initial results suggest an increase of the intervals in which all the pleasantness indicators are present for both adolescents and elderly people. Attached data have being collected for the first pair. Data collection is still in progress for all the participants. Based on the final results, a second study could be implemented to investigate how this intervention could evolve in a real opportunity of job and self-employment for the adolescents. The study provides evidence of the need and the importance of creating interventions with a high social impact for categories of people with different kind of need. Also the project underline how each person could be a promoter of potentialities for others.

 
134. The Family Behavior Support App: Empowering Parents of Young Children with Disabilities and Challenging Behaviors
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ERIN E. BARTON (Vanderbilt University), Hedda Meadan (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Angel Fettig (University of Washington), Beth Pokorski (STAR Inititative, University of Virginia), Marina Velez (Vanderbilt University), Rebecca Hacker (University of Illinois), Claire Winchester (Vanderbilt University), Shawna Harbin (University of Washington)
Discussant: Christopher Manente (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services, Rutgers University)
Abstract: Challenging behaviors are a primary concern facing families and schools, and without timely and effective intervention, challenging behaviors can worsen over time. Parents of young children with persistent challenging behaviors report increased stress, lack of social connectedness, and reduced participation in community activities. Thus, parents need support to prevent and reduce challenging behaviors. To address this need, we developed the Family Behavior Support application (FBSApp) for use by parents with young children with disabilities and challenging behaviors. The FBSApp uses positive behavior support framework to guide parents in using function-based interventions to address their child’s behaviors. Sixty parent-child dyads were randomized to receive the FBSApp or webinar training (control). The results indicated that in both groups (a) parents improved in implementation fidelity of function-based strategies, (b) children used fewer challenging behaviors, and (c) parents’ stress levels decreased. Parents in the FBSApp group had statistically significantly higher fidelity with function-based strategies than parents in the control group at the end of the study. Also, all participants in the FBSAppp group reported being highly satisfied with the FBSApp. Our results provide initial support for the use of the FBSApp to support parents of children with challenging behaviors.
 
135. Parent Training in Bosnia-Herzegovina: An Analysis of Pyramidal Training as a Method of Disseminating Effective Practices
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
BLAKE HANSEN (Brigham Young University), Katie Barton (Brigham Young University), Rebecca Barton (Brigham Young University; Kids on the Move), Hannah Kruman (Bloom Behavior and Consulting Services), Emma Orton (Utah Behavior Services)
Discussant: Christopher Manente (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services, Rutgers University)
Abstract: The present study evaluated the effects of pyramidal parent training to disseminate two research-based practices for parents in Bosnia-Herzegovina. In the first condition, Parents 1-2 were trained by a therapist to implement response interruption and redirection (RIR), and Parent 3 was trained by a therapist to implement activity schedules (AS). In the second condition, Parents 1-2 trained Parent 3 on RIR and Parent 3 trained Parents 1-2 on AS. The study used a reversal design to evaluate the effects of the two trainings. Results indicated that parents acquired the two skills at the same levels regardless of who trained them. During the training phases, all parents reached 100% of steps for each skill. At follow up, all parents demonstrated 80% of steps or better for activity schedules, and two parents showed 80% or better for response interruption and redirection. All three parents delivered the training at high levels of fidelity. These findings suggest that parents in Bosnia-Herzegovina and similar environments can effectively train other parents on discrete skills such as those used in the present study.
 
136. Effectiveness of an Invivo Parental Training to Enhance the Procedural Integrity of Parent-Implemented Discrete Trial Training
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
SOYEON KANG (Seoul Metropolitan Children's Hospital), Ju Hee Park (Yonsei University)
Discussant: Christopher Manente (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Researchers emphasized that parents should be a part of behavioral interventions for their children as they spend most time with their children in daily settings, playing an important role in helping children maintain learned skills in clinical and educational settings and generalize them to new environments (Dogan, King, Fischetti, Lake, Mathews, & Warzak, 2017; Park, Alber-Morgan, & Flemming, 2011). The current study aimed to examine the effectiveness of an invivo parent-training to teach toddlers with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) basic skills using the discrete trial training (DTT), focusing two training components: systematic immediate feedback and self-correction by video recording. After three parents of children with ASD were first taught the DDT procedures by instruction and demonstration via a 2 hour online education, they were trained to implement the procedures with their child during the invivo training sessions. The procedural integrity of parent-implemented DDT was assessed to investigate the effectiveness of the invivo parent training with the use of a multiple baseline across participants design. Results demonstrated that immediately after the invivo training session was introduced, the treatment integrity by parent-implemented DDT increased and maintained high over time for two participants, suggesting that parent training programs to teach parents of children with ASD behavioral interventions should involve opportunities for parents to exercise the strategies interacting with their child with instant feedback and self-correction in order to maximize the effectiveness of parent training.

 
137. Training Therapists to Employ Applied Behavior Analysis Strategies in Their Daily Practice: A Study in China
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
TRACY YIP (Oriental Speech Therapy), Jaroslaw Domagala (Orient Speech Therapy)
Discussant: Christopher Manente (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Improving service quality through systematic staff training is a crucial objective for healthcare organizations. Four group intervention and sixteen multidisciplinary intervention sessions for children age 3 to 6 with special education needs were monitored in order to identify the direct-care therapists’ training needs. Three categories were assessed: (a) rate of reinforcement, (b) choice of reinforcement provided for the children (c) consistency of feedback on behavior. Baseline data showed a low rate of reinforcement, choices of reinforcement were not always given for the children and therapists' feedback of children's behaviors were not clear. The intervention involve introducing basic ABA strategies for therapists. They underwent a group format staff training with didactic instruction, featuring Powerpoint® presentations with Active Student Responding (ASR) assessment component as well as video demonstrations. Initial result showed positive effects all three dependent variables. Upon completion of the training, discussions will include improving services quality through routinely conducted staff assessments and subsequent results-adjusted staff training cycle.

 
138. Considerations in the Selection of Representative and Practical Data Collection Methods
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JULIA IANNACCONE (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Kate E. Fiske Massey (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University)
Discussant: Christopher Manente (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Practical matters should be considered when selecting a data collection method used by direct-care professionals (DCPs) tracking high rate behaviors. First, frequency can be compared to other methods, such as partial interval and momentary time sampling, through visual analysis. Second, the interobserver agreement (IOA) between DCP data and supervisory behavior analyst data can be evaluated to determine the feasibility of each method. Third, staff preference can also be considered by using a social validity questionnaire. After considering these factors and choosing a method, behavior skills training (BST) can be used to provide remedial training. The present study evaluated the results of using these three factors to select a practical and representative data collection method. Consistent results were found indicating that, for the present client diagnosed with autism, partial interval data was the appropriate data collection method. That is, higher similarity to frequency data in visual analysis, higher IOA between DCPs and supervisory behavior analysts, and an overall high preference was found for partial interval data. Subsequently, BST was used to successfully train DCPs to collect data with high IOA. The current study demonstrates the utility of these factors in determining data collection methods and the effectiveness of BST to provide remedial data training.

 
 
 
Poster Session #542
AUT Monday Poster Session
Monday, May 25, 2020
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D
Chair: Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
139. The Effects of Speech Fluency on the Social Interactions of Children With Social Skills Deficits
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TANNER MADISON PICKETT (Berry College), Thom Ratkos (Berry College)
Discussant: Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study is to investigate the effects of the speech fluency training on the social interactions of children. The children in this study were between the ages of 5 -10 and were identified by their school’s administration and speech-language pathologist as students that had social skills deficits that had been observed within the school setting. Participants were observed interacting with peers during recess and data were taken on when participants initiated conversation with a peer. Once baseline data were collected, participants entered the treatment phase where they were trained to say the names of their classmates in the presence of the classmate’s picture. Participants were given a tact training procedure, using picture cards of their classmates were presented in 20-second timings across several days. These data were collected and graphed on a standard celeration chart. A multiple baseline across participants design was used in order to demonstrate changes between baseline and treatment phases. The data collected so far are inconclusive on whether or not this treatment is effective in increasing the interactions of children with social skills deficits.

 
140. Using Relational Frame Theory to Teach Perspective Taking Skills
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
BRITTANY DOLAN (St. Cloud State University; Centre for Behavioural Studies, St. Lawrence College), Meaghen Shaver (Centre for Behavioural Studies, St. Lawrence College), Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University)
Discussant: Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
Abstract: Perspective taking is a common skillset of interest when considering individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Emerging trends suggest a relational frame theory (RFT) lens can be effective in establishing deictic responding as a generalized operant of behaviour, which is arguably synonymous with improving perspective taking skills, and thought to underlie diverse social skills. The current project seeks to explore the extent to which relational training can improve deictic relational responding, as well as the effect of such training on performance on common Theory of Mind (ToM) tasks. This case study examines the learning trajectory of an 8-year-old boy with ASD via PEAK Equivalence and PEAK Transformation modules. Results suggest an RFT approach is effective for the participant, yielding program mastery and demonstrating relational responding. Despite evidence suggesting relational training may not transfer to performance on common ToM tasks in individuals with ASD, the results discussed in this paper may indicate otherwise. Implications and next steps are discussed.
 
141. A Consultation Model for Improving the Implementation of the "Accept, Identify, Move" Curriculum in Applied Behavior Analysis Programs for Children Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
SARAH M. DUNKEL-JACKSON (Centria Autism Services), Jennifer Reid (Centria Healthcare), Kayleah Crosby-Rowley (Centria Healthcare), Laura Belz (Centria Healthcare)
Discussant: Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Abstract Accept. Identify. Move. (AIM) (Dixon & Paliliunas, 2018) is a curriculum that incorporates contemporary behavior analytic approaches to enhancing social-emotional development of individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Using case studies and a multiple baseline across participants, the current study will explore the benefits of a group consultation model to help clinicians implement this new curriculum with individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder who have behavior treatment goals of decreasing challenging behavior and increasing social-emotional regulation skills. Results will include changes in observed challenging behavior rates and psychological flexibility as reported by parents and clients as well as participation in Accept, Identify, Move (AIM) sessions and use of Accept, Identify, Move (AIM) skills. Participants include 3-10 individuals over the age of 6 years who are diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Participants may also be diagnosed with additional medical conditions (e.g., Obsessive Compulsive Disorder, Epilepsy). Collaboration with additional service providers (e.g., psychiatrist, social worker) will occur as needed for children with additional diagnoses. Each participant will be receiving applied behavior analytic services from a large healthcare agency that provides in-home and center-based applied behavior analytic services. Participants will have challenging behavior reduction and social-emotional regulation goals in their behavior treatment plan.

 
142. Tobacco and E-Cigarette Use in Youth With Autism Spectrum Disorders
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
NICOLE HIGGINS (Florida Institute of Technology), Vida Tyc (Florida Institute of Technology)
Discussant: Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
Abstract:

While there has been an extensive amount of research on tobacco use in children and adolescents, very little has been conducted in children with developmental delays, particularly Autism Spectrum Disorders. Similarly, research examining newer methods of nicotine use, such as electronic nicotine delivery systems has not yet been conducted in this population. It has previously been assumed that characteristics commonly observed in youngsters with autism serve as protective factors for the initiation of tobacco and ENDS use; however, no studies have identified the variables that contribute to a youngster’s intention to smoke/use e-cigarettes in this vulnerable population. This study aimed to determine rates of combustible cigarettes and e-cigarettes use, smoking and vaping rates in family homes and vehicles, and identify the factors associated with future intentions to use tobacco/e-cigarettes among youngsters with autism. A total of 70 children (ages 10-17 yrs) and their parents/guardians were enrolled on this study and completed an online questionnaire about their smoking and vaping habits. Half of children (50%) endorsed a history of cigarette use, 45.7% endorsed a history of ENDS use (n = 32), and 86.5% of children used tobacco also used ENDS products (n = 32).

 
143. The Long-Term Usage Patterns of App-Based Intervention Programs for Youths With Autism Spectrum Disorder in the Real World
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
YOUNKYOUNG LEE (Yonsei University), Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University)
Discussant: Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
Abstract:

The advancement in information & communication technology (ICT) expanded development and distribution of technology-based interventions for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). However, limited information is available regarding the effectiveness and long-term usage of those programs, which are critical factors for interventions. This study investigated the usage patterns of two evidence-based mobile apps named Yface and Ycog developed for improving social cognition and cognitive functions in individuals with ASD. Both apps were developed based on the principles of applied behavior analysis (ABA) and have been open for public for two years after the treatment outcome research was completed. The number of new users and active users were recorded with their usage patterns through the administrator website. The results showed that 931 users newly registered for the apps (Yface n=392, Ycog n=539), yet 57.91% for Yface and 41% for Ycog did not use the app after they joined. The percentage of completing the whole program of the app was 3.83% (n=15) and 7.76% (n=43), respectively. Findings suggest the need to adopt effective strategies (e.g., gamification) to promote long-term use of developed apps.

 
144. Increasing Child-Initiated Communication in Young Children With Autism Using Pivotal Response Treatment
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DEVON WHITE (Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, CA), Jane Shkel (Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, CA), Morgan Steele (Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, CA), Antonio Hardan (Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, CA), Grace Werner Gengoux (Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, CA)
Discussant: Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Many children with autism struggle to acquire fluent verbal communication skills in spite of early behavioral intervention targeting increasingly complex speech. Pivotal Response Treatment (PRT) employs maintenance tasks and reinforcement of child attempts to motivate children to initiate communication, and may have promise for rapidly increasing length of independent utterances. This pilot study presents preliminary data regarding the short-term benefits of clinician-delivered PRT on the length of independent utterances. Study participants received 12 hours per week of PRT in an early intervention classroom setting. A non-concurrent multiple baseline across participants design is being used to measure the effect on average length of independent utterances. Available data from 10-minute video samples for the first two participants (one female aged 2.9 years and one male aged 2.7) indicate rapid increase in number of words used during session probes over the course of treatment. Interobserver agreement was assessed for 30% of the videos and coders met an 80% reliability standard. Extended baseline data are currently being collected from additional participants scheduled to enter the program. Implications of the findings, as well as limitations, will be discussed with emphasis on the potential utility of PRT for motivating children with ASD to speak more independently.

 
145. A Systematic Review and Extension of Parent-Mediated Communication Intervention for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
JODIE WAITS (Louisiana State University), Cassie Feck (Louisiana State University), Shawn Patrick Gilroy (Louisiana State University), Daphne Hartzheim (Louisiana State University), Jane Morton (Emerge Center)
Discussant: Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Including caregivers as therapists in early intervention has been shown to provide a number of benefits such as supporting pre-academic skills (Smith et al., 2000), social communication (Aldred et al., 2004), alternatives to problem behavior (Bearss et al., 2015), and caregiver stress (Ingersoll & Wainer, 2013). Despite this, there is relatively little research on how to best train and prepare caregivers to contribute to behavioral interventions. This review extends the literature review of parent-mediated communication treatments conducted by Lang et al. (2009). The systematic search revealed 22 studies that met inclusion criteria. Communication interventions included Improving Parents as Communication Teachers (ImPACT), Pivotal Response Treatment (PRT), Early Start Denver Model (ESDM), and Behavioral Skills Training (BST), among others. Procedures used to train parents most often included verbal instructions, written instructions/instruction manuals, modeling by trainer, and feedback. Parent fidelity of treatment implementation was measured using checklists and rating scales. Both parent fidelity of implantation and child communication improved in all studies.

 
146. Promoting the Use of Web-Based VB-MAPP in China: Some Preliminary Findings
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Xuegang Wang (INGCare), ZIWEI XU (Institute for Accessibility Development Tsinghua University; INGCare), Zhen Wang (INGCare), Jiarui Yan (INGCare; Interactive Media Institute of Arts & Design Academy Tsinghua University), Youruo Ma (INGCare)
Discussant: Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Typically, ABA-based treatment for individuals with ASD is supervised by master’s or doctoral-level certified clinicians (e.g., Board Certified Behavior Analysts) who are responsible for assessing skill deficits, developing treatment programs, tracking client progress, and adjusting treatment programs as needed (Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2014). Unfortunately, that is not the case in China. Due to the lack of government support (McCabe & Deng, 2017) and shortage of credentialed practitioners (data retrievable from Behavior Analyst Certification Board), practitioners with high school or bachelor’s-level educations are stepping up to fill gaps in service delivery and play the dual role of behavior supervisors and technicians (e.g., conducting the assessment, writing treatment plans, and implementing the plans). The Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP) is one of the most widely used assessment for the treatment of autism and it contains a functional analysis of language (Esch, LaLonde, & Esch, 2010; Gould, Dixon, Najdowski, Smith, & Tarbox, 2011; Sundberg, 2014). The launch and expansion of the web-based VB-MAPP in Chinese translation has brought dramatic changes to how Chinese practitioners assess skill deficits and design treatment plans for individuals with ASD. Given the increasing number of practitioners using the VB-MAPP, there is a need to further investigate the demographics of the practitioners, the healthcare organizations they are affiliated to, the clients they have implemented the assessment with, and the caregivers of the clients. The findings shed light on the breadth of current and future needs for early screening and diagnosis of ASD, parent education and training on ASD treatment, staff training on B.F. Skinner’s Analysis of Verbal Behavior, and non-governmental organizations that provide ABA-based direct services for children with ASD in China.

 
147. Reduction of Automatically Maintained Skin Picking in an Adult Informed by a Competing Stimulus Assessment
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ELIZABETH CLARE NUDELMAN ((Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins School of Medicine)), Sara Jeglum (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine; University of Wisconsin-Madison), Mathew C Luehring (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
Abstract: The competing stimulus assessment (CSA) have been used to identify stimuli that are associated with high levels of engagement and low levels of challenging behavior (Piazza et al., 1998). However, few studies have used the CSA for adults with challenging behavior to inform treatment. This study expands on previous literature by targeting an adult’s stereotypical skin-picking and incorporating caregivers into treatment and generalization. Abriana was a 27-year-old female diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder and intellectual disability referred to an intensive outpatient clinic. Functional analysis results indicated that skin-picking was maintained by automatic reinforcement. A CSA was conducted with both small and large stimuli to inform treatment. A treatment package including non-contingent access to competing stimuli, response disruption, and response promotion was systematically evaluated using a reversal design. Results indicated that the combination of non-contingent access to competing stimuli (large and small) and response promotion significantly reduced Abriana’s skin-picking to near zero rates, while response blocking was associated with high rates of challenging behavior and low levels of engagement. The treatment was generalized across caregivers. Limitations are discussed, as well as future considerations of behavior reduction procedures with adults.
 
148. The Effects of Escape Extinction and Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behaviors on Acceptance of Regular Texture Non-Preferred Foods by a Child With Food Selectivity and Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
DENA KELLY (Devereux Southeastern Pennsylvania Autism Resource Center), Brittany Ann Doan (Devereux Southeastern Pennsylvania Autism Resource Center), Jennifer E. Dawson (Devereux Southeastern Pennsylvania Autism Resource Center)
Discussant: Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Many children with autism also exhibit food selectivity. Food selectivity can lead to malnutrition and social stigma. One strategy used to increase acceptance of non-preferred foods is a texture gradient scale. With this, bites are presented gradually from puree to solid. This method is effective but often time consuming and inefficient. This study utilizes a treatment package consisting of escape extinction and differential reinforcement of alternative behaviors (DRA) to decrease the number of steps in the gradient scale required to achieve acceptance of regular texture bites of a novel, non-preferred food in a child with autism. The subject, a three-year-old male with typically developing oral motor skills and significant food refusal, is enrolled in an outpatient feeding program. The participant is presented with pureed bites and increases to regular texture bites in one step through the use of this treatment package. The study also compares the time between successive new food presentations to determine if the required presentations of purees decreases with each new food. If positive results are achieved, it will offer an efficient way to increase food acceptance in children with autism and lessen social stigma. The implications for future research will be provided.

 
149. Increasing Novel Food Consumption by a Young Adult With Autism Through Differential Negative Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LAUREN CARTER (Melmark New England), Silva Orchanian (Melmark New England)
Discussant: Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos)
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorders often demonstrate food refusal or selectivity (Ahearn, Castine, Nault, & Green, 2001). This can lead to poor nutrition and maladaptive behaviors (Schreck, et al., 2004, Budd et al., 1992). Effective strategies within this area are not readily available or researched for older children and young adults. Data within this study represents a young adult diagnosed with autism, aged 20, who attends a residential education program. This participant presented with a very limited food repertoire that was persistent over his lifetime. Previous strategies such as shaping and reinforcement were ineffective and unsuccessful for this participant. Due to this, a differential negative reinforcement of alternative behavior was implemented to increase novel food consumption. This strategy was successful in increasing the participant’s novel food consumption systematically by introducing novel foods as success was achieved using a multiple baseline design across settings. Inter-observer agreement was collected with 100% agreement.

 
150. A Re-examination of Augmentative and Alternative Communication Interventions for Minimally Verbal Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
ANGELA T MACDONALD (McGill University; Centre for Research on Brain, Language, and Music), Aparna Nadig (McGill University; Centre for Research on Brain, Language, and Music)
Discussant: Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos)
Abstract:

Approximately 30% of people with autism will not develop the ability to communicate verbally. During childhood, many attempts are made to increase spoken language in these minimally verbal children with autism (MV), often without success. They are eventually taught to communicate using non-spoken methods using signs, pictures, or tablets (i.e., augmentative and alternative communication [AAC] systems).To date, research has shown that AAC interventions do not negatively impact the development of spoken communication for MV children, with some studies even reporting gains in spoken communication. When examined more closely, the AAC intervention studies that report gains often include additional strategies that serve to promote spoken communication (integrated AAC interventions). These will be distinguished from interventions that solely teach the use of the AAC system (AAC teaching interventions). This poster will review prior research to determine whether integrated AAC versus AAC teaching interventions promote the development of spoken communication to a greater degree. Of the 30 single-subject (see tables 1 and 2) and five group studies reviewed, 1) AAC teaching interventions do not hinder nor do they help the development of spoken communication 2) Integrated AAC interventions show promise in helping develop spoken communication. This poster will contribute to the evidence base on interventions for MV children, a currently under-researched group.

 
151. ABAcadabra: An App to Teach Conditional Discrimination to Individuals With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LUIZA GUIMARÃES (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), João S. Carmo (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Discussant: Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos)
Abstract:

Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is a developmental disorder that has deficits in social communication skills, and high frequency of stereotypy and restricted behavior. Behavior Analysis is an important intervention that helps to decrease ASD symptoms. The ASD behavioral intervention involves, often, language development, since part of this population is no vocal. Spoken by others is an important repertoire that involves learning relationships between stimuli. There are many studies that investigate computer-based technologies to teach people with autism. In this context, Tablets devices are a possible tool for teaching fundamental skills to ASD individuals, and it can help them to have a better quality of life. A lot of skill can be teaching by the Tablet device, one of them is the conditional discrimination that can be trained in MTS tasks. The present study proposed to evaluate three types of training: with ABAcadabra tablet application alone, with paper alone, and combined form (ABAcadabra and paper). In Experiments 1, the experimental stimuli were separated into three groups, each one related to the type of training (with ABAcadabra, paper and combined). One participant (ASD and non-vocal) had to identify items such as fruits and tools, and another (ASD and vocal) had to identify syllables. With both participants, combined training proved to be more efficient because facilitated the rapid acquisition of responses, as well as the emergence of untrained responses.

 
152. The Effect of Response Interruption and Redirection as Treatment for Stereotypy in an Adult With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
HEIDI GARCIA (The Faison Center, Inc.)
Discussant: Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos)
Abstract:

Response interruption and redirection (RIRD) was used to systematically reduce the frequency of stereotypy during meals in a 22-year-old adult male with autism. The stereotypy is defined as the individual hitting the table, himself, or the chair while eating lunch. This behavior is socially significant because the hits are loud and disruptive when eating in the community or with peers and family members. During the intervention, staff were trained to interrupt and redirect stereotypy to a socially appropriate task (holding the plate) while the individual was eating their lunch. The intervention was gradually added and the number of prompts increased overtime to one prompt per minute. Rates of stereotypy decreased from an average of 13 hits per minute to 3 hits per minute. Once rates were low and stable, staff were instructed to begin to fade prompts but the rates of stereotypy increased as well. Staff were informed to continue to provide prompts every minute and probes are currently being collected. In the coming months staff will be instructed to systematically fade prompts again in order to determine effectiveness of treatment.

 
153. Let’s Work Together! A Family-Centered Services System in Mainland China
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
TANGCHEN LI (The Ohio State University)
Discussant: Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos)
Abstract:

Family plays a vital role in the behavioral and educational intervention for children with ASD (Zwaigenbaum et al., 2015). Family is the constant in the child’s life instead of the professional. The family is also in the best position to determine the needs and well-being of the child. When professionals also help the family, the child can get the best help, which may also extend to an understanding of the family’s community and to providing information that the family needs (Dempsey & Keen, 2008). This poster will present the readers with a family-centered approach for professionals and families to follow. In this family-centered approach, child with ASD, parents and other caregivers, and siblings will be considered as important roles in the services system. A model of how to provide service and how to incorporate the needs of all members in the family will be presented. Key components of this family-centered services system include: helping family members to understand their lives, goals, strengths, and challenges and establishing a cooperation relationship between family and professionals; working with family to set goals for their child with ASD and their whole family as a intervention team; providing individualized, culturally responsive and evidence-based intervention for each family; providing feedback on their progress. This family-centered system has been implemented in mainland China with more than 20 families. This poster will present the audience with a system on how to engage families with a Chinese cultural background actively and optimize the family outcome for families with a child with ASD in mainland China.

 
154. An Analysis of Exposure Procedures for Sound Aversion in an Adolescent With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CARISSA CAREY (Institute of Professional Practice, Learning Academy, Naugatuck), Aine Murphy (Institute of Professional Practice, Learning Academy, Naugatuck), David R. Gallaway (The Institute of Professional Practice, Inc), Diane Dean (Institute of Professional Practice, Learning Academy, Naugatuck)
Discussant: Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos)
Abstract:

Carissa Carey, Aine Murphy, David Gallaway, and Diane Dean describe a process of innovative assessments and treatment using a matrix to identify salient sound variables for a 13-year-old male diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder in which sensitivity to the aversive sounds of peers was the identified antecedent. Procedures outlined include three phases of assessment and treatment. Phase 1 consisted of an initial sound exposure protocol to target the sensitivity. Phase 2 included a procedure for shaping a competing response. Phase 3 was an assessment of relevant variables of the antecedent sound using a matrix, which informed an update to the sound exposure protocol utilizing the identified salient stimuli of the aversive sound tied to the most severe challenging target behaviors. The matrix for assessment tested classes of sound, volume, location, and the severity of challenging behavior based on specific sound variables. Outcomes display a decreasing trend during treatment. Due to the limited research in the area of treatment for sound aversion, it is important to continue to assess alternative variations of exposure and like treatments.

 
155. Virtual Reality: What is Currently Known About aPromising Tool to Teach Social Skills to Children and Adolescents With Autism Spectrum Disorders
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
ARGNUE CHITIYO (Ball State University), Chaidamoyo Goodson Dzenga (Tennessee Technological University)
Discussant: Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos)
Abstract:

Approximately 1 in 68 children in USA have autism. Children with autism exhibit deficits in social communication and interaction skills. Social skills are directly related to quality of life since they entail building relationships with other people and accessing opportunities where social skills are an essential pre-requisite. Virtual reality technological strategies have recently gained prominence as a potentially effective tool for training social skills to people with autism. Virtual reality creates simulations of the real-world social situations that can be personalized to meet the personal preferences of children with autism and used to train target social or professional skills to the individuals. Despite the promising rise of virtual reality in the fields of human skills training, there is not yet enough evidence base for its efficacy on children and adolescents with autism. This review evaluates literature on virtual reality on children and adolescents with autism. Variations of tools used, social skills outcomes investigated, and generality of the taught skills are examined. Furthermore, the study computes effect sizes to assess the magnitude of effect of the interventions. Recommendations for future research are suggested.

 
156. Using Functionally Matched Interventions to Reduce Transition-Related Challenging Behavior for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LAURA ROJESKI (The University of Texas at Austin), Mark O'Reilly (The University of Texas at Austin), Cindy Gevarter (University of New Mexico)
Discussant: Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos)
Abstract:

Transitioning between activities is a common challenge for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). While a body of research has examined effective interventions targeting transitions for individuals with ASD, very few studies have assessed the function of behavior relative to the transition. Determining functionally matched interventions is a critical component to successful outcomes, thus, the present study examined the effectiveness of a functionally matched, embedded preference intervention for three young children with ASD, aged 2 - 7. Using an ABAB reversal with an embedded multi-element design, the function of transition-related challenging behavior was first assessed through a transition functional analysis. The transition functional analysis included two conditions for each traditional functional analysis condition, meaning there was an activity initiation (transitioning to), and activity termination (transitioning away from) component to each function. Transitions with elevated levels of challenging behavior were subsequently targeted for individualized intervention based on participant preferences and behavioral function. Intervention components varied for each participant but included strategies such as themed materials, "place savers" when interrupting routines, and modified instructional materials. Results for all three participants showed clear functions maintaining transition-related challenging behavior, and included 2-3 targeted transitions for each participant. Results indicated the functionally matched interventions were effective for all three participant, with behavior decreasing to zero or near-zero levels during intervention across all conditions. Interventions appeared to be equally effective across functions of behavior. Results generalized to new skills or people for all participants. Behavior maintained at the 1-month follow-up across all interventions for two participants. One participant had less consistent maintenance data. However, behavior did reduce to near zero levels again after a second maintenance check with an added component for one condition. This study indicated important implications for both home and school settings. Results demonstrated the importance of assessing function and using functionally matched interventions during transitions for individuals with ASD, and added to the body of research demonstrating the effectiveness of individualized intervention.

 
157. The Role of Choice, Stimulus Fading, and Negative Reinforcement in the Treatment of Food Selectivity
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
HALLIE FETTERMAN (Nationwide Children's Hospital; University of Cincinnati), Sarah C Connolly (May Institute), Anya Froelich (Nationwide Children's Hospital Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders; The Ohio State University)
Discussant: Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos)
Abstract:

There is a robust body of literature supporting behavioral analytic feeding interventions to treat food selectivity in children with autism spectrum disorder (Sharp, Jaquess, Morton, & Miles, 2011). Common treatment components of these behaviorally-based feeding interventions often include the use of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior, escape extinction (e.g., non-removal of the spoon), and stimulus fading. However, traditional use of these procedures may not always be appropriate given the level of cognitive/developmental functioning, individual preferences, and age of the client This poster will present the methods and outcomes of a low-intensity intervention to address food selectivity in a child with high functioning autism spectrum disorder (HF-ASD). By emphasizing client preference and choice, and establishing a negative reinforcement contingency, the researchers were able to utilize traditional stimulus fading to rapidly increase bite acceptance and reduce negative behavior. As a result, the client increased the variety of foods and food groups consumed; the client then generalized this behavior to the home environment.

 
158. A Component Analysis of Self-Monitoring for Increasing Task Engagement
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SAM SHEETS (Western New England University New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children Western New England University)
Discussant: Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos)
Abstract: Self-monitoring has been suggested to be an effective treatment procedure by previous research. Although self-monitoring has been found to be an effective approach for increasing a variety of skills such as increasing time on-task, vocational engagement, and productivity, it is often conducted with additional treatment components such as prompting and differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA). Therefore, the potential benefit of self-monitoring alone remains unclear. The purpose of the current study was to conduct a component analysis of a self-monitoring intervention for increasing task engagement and productivity in a 20-year old male with autism spectrum disorder. During the treatment analysis, four treatment components were sequentially evaluated: self-monitoring alone (baseline) before and after training, self-monitoring plus DRA (accuracy), self-monitoring plus DRA (accuracy & engagement), and DRA (engagement). Dependent variables measured were task engagement, productivity, and stereotypy (Reliability was assessed in 25.5% of sessions; M = 98.1%). Self-monitoring alone was ineffective both after training and DRA (accuracy & engagement). By contrast, DRA (accuracy) was effective following exposure to DRA (accuracy & engagement). Therefore, self-monitoring can be effective when combined with only DRA (accuracy) under certain circumstances. The implications of these findings for using effectively using self-monitoring will be discussed.
 
159. Less Preferred Dimensions But More Preferred Parameters of Reinforcement Reduce Problem Behavior in Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior Without Extinction
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ALEXA CECELIA MORLEY KALMBACH (Kennedy Krieger Institute; University of Maryland, Baltimore County), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Abstract:

Previous research has shown that differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) without extinction can be effective when dimensions of reinforcement (e.g., quality, duration) favor appropriate behavior over problem behavior. However, these studies did not examine individual preference for reinforcement dimensions. Procedures by Athens and Vollmer (2010) were replicated, but preceded by an assessment of preference for reinforcement dimensions. Results of the dimension analysis showed that reinforcer quality was the higher preferred dimension and reinforcer duration the lesser preferred dimension, for all participants. When DRA without extinction involving either the more preferred or relatively less preferred dimension was introduced, problem behavior was suppressed, and appropriate behavior was maintained. For one participant the more preferred dimension of reinforcement resulted in a more immediate and stable reduction of problem behavior, whereas, both dimensions suppressed problem behavior for the second participant.

 
160. Treatment of Escape-Maintained Problem Behavior Without Extinction
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANGELICA J SEDANO (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children), Zoe Newman (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University)
Discussant: Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) has been demonstrated to be an effective treatment for escape-maintained problem behavior. Although DRA typically includes an extinction component, escape extinction may not always be feasible or safe to implement. For this reason, researchers have evaluated DRA without extinction. DRA without extinction is a concurrent-schedules arrangement in that multiple schedules of reinforcement are operating, one for problem behavior and the other for appropriate behavior. When both problem behavior and appropriate behavior result in escape, it is important to consider reinforcement parameters, such as quality or magnitude, that may shift response allocation from problem behavior to compliance. The purpose of this literature review is to examine previous research using DRA without extinction to treat escape-maintained problem behavior. We conducted a literature search using the following keywords alone or in combination: DRA, contingent reinforcement, escape maintained problem behavior, reinforcer quality in four major journals (Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Behavior Analysis in Practice, Behavior Modification, and Behavioral Interventions). All studies that included treatment analyses without extinction for escape-maintained problem behavior were selected for review. Important findings regarding efficacious stimuli to include in the DRA contingency and areas for future research will be discussed.
 
161. A Replication of the Cool Versus Not Cool Procedure Using Video and In-Vivo Demonstration With Preschoolers With Autism to Increase Vocal and Non-Vocal Social Interactions
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KATHLEEN MCCABE-ODRI (Partners In Learning, Inc.), Melanie Erwinski (Partners in Learning, Inc.), Erin O'Brien (Partners in Learning, Inc.)
Discussant: Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Abstract:

Increasing social behaviors for individuals with autism remains a critical focus for intervention. Social deficits for those with autism can impact both vocal and non vocal displays of socially appropriate interactions. Research has demonstrated effective social skill remediation using both in vivo and video model demonstration combined with role play opportunities. The “Cool versus Not Cool” procedure is a “social discrimination program used to increase children's ability to display appropriate social behaviors... using in-vivo role plays (and) discrimination training” (Leaf et al., 2012). Cool versus Not Cool has been used effectively as a social skills protocol with many children and teens with autism and related disorders (Taubman et al., 2011). This study replicated protocols of the “Cool versus Not Cool” procedure with three preschoolers with autism with their typically developing peers within a natural setting at their childcare center. In addition to in vivo demonstration, video models were utilized in discrimination training teaching sessions, as well role plays. Social behavior targets included both vocal and non vocal responses and initiations deemed typical of this age group.

 
162. A Review of Targeted Response Complexity during Functional Communication Training
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHARLENE NICOLE AGNEW (The Graduate Center, City University of New York; Queens College), Joshua Jessel (Queens College, City University of New York)
Discussant: Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is a well-established treatment for problem behavior. Clinical recommendations regarding the topography of alternative responses suggest functional communication responses (FCRs) should be initially less effortful and then gradually shaped to be more complex following reductions in problem behavior. However, the extent to which these recommendations are followed has not yet been systematically evaluated. We searched PsychInfo, PubMed, and Google Scholar to identify applications of FCT, then scored FCR topography in relation to baseline language ability for each individual. We also recorded variations of FCR topographies taught throughout the course of treatment and if teaching multiple FCRs of increasing complexity improved treatment outcomes. We found that FCT is expected to decrease problem behavior, regardless of whether single or multiple FCRs are taught. However, when multiple FCRs are taught, reductions in problem behavior are greater than when a single FCR is taught. Increases in social and developmental appropriateness may increase the likelihood of FCRs recruiting reinforcement in typical environments. Clinicians may also wish to be aware of the client’s communication ability before implementing FCT in order to determine initial FCRs that are less complex than the individual’s baseline ability in order to better compete with problem behavior.
 
163. An Individualized Treatment Package to Increase Urinary Continence
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ERICA JONES (Florida Autism Center), Brandon C. Perez (University of Florida), Janelle Kirstie Bacotti (University of Florida), Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Discussant: Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Abstract: Greer, Neidert, and Dozier (2016) evaluated the effectiveness of three components presented within a toilet-training package for typically-developing children: a 30-min sit schedule, placing subjects in underwear, and differential reinforcement for remaining dry and eliminating in the toilet. These components were evaluated both in isolation and together in a treatment package with 19 typically-developing children and 1 child diagnosed with ASD. Perez, Bacotti, Peters, and Vollmer (accepted) recently replicated the treatment-package condition with 13 children with ASD. To date, we now have 3 subjects for whom this treatment package was ineffective. The current study will present these 3 data sets and discuss the modifications that were made to increase appropriate urinations (for 2 of the 3 subjects). Importantly these modifications only consisted of reinforcement-based procedures (i.e., aversive consequences, such as reprimands or overcorrection, were never delivered contingent on accidents).
 
164. Competing Stimulus Assessment and its Application in Treating Automatically Maintained Behaviors
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
OLIVIA COPPES CULBERTSON (The Faison Center, Inc.), Kathryn Herndon (The Faison Center, Inc.), Kathryn Littlejohn (The Faison Center, Inc.), Jennifer Graboyes Camblin (The Faison Center, Inc.)
Discussant: Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Abstract: Individuals diagnosed with intellectual and developmental disabilities often engage in behaviors that are at times dangerous or disruptive to learning. Though some are maintained by socially mediated functions, others are automatically reinforced and may be more resistant to treatment. Extensive research in the area of competing stimulus assessments (CSA) has shown that they can be used to identify stimuli associated with reduced rates of those behaviors. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of stimuli identified during assessment, for three students with autism in a private day school setting serving individuals who were often placed due to severe problem behavior or educational underachievement. Problem behaviors identified for these students included dangerous mouthing of items and disruptive stereotypy. For each participant, a functional analysis was conducted first, followed by a CSA, in which conditions were specifically designed to match the function and topography of the target behavior for each student. One student required a modification to the traditional CSA to decrease repetitive requests for unavailable items and repeated attempts to leave the session room. Stimuli associated with at least an 80% reduction in the rate of challenging behavior were then used to address each student’s target behavior.
 
165. Assessing the Criterion Validity of the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Courtney Maher (Michigan State University), BRITTANY HUNTER (Michigan State University), Shelby Rosalik (Michigan State University), Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University)
Discussant: Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Abstract: Early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) services are supported by empirical research showing positive gains on standardized assessments, such as the Mullen Scales of Early Learning (MSEL; Mullen, 1997) and the Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales (VABS-3; Sparrow, Cicchetti, & Saulnier, 2016). Clinical practices however, often rely on commercially available skill assessments like the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP; Sundberg, 2008). There is little research evaluating the validity of the VB-MAPP and specifically, no research that we know of examining the criterion validity between the VB-MAPP and standardized assessments used in research. The current study examined the criterion and predictive validity of the VB-MAPP to determine whether gain scores on the VB-MAPP at intake, 6-months, and 12-month timepoints during EIBI treatment can predict outcomes on the MSEL and the VABS-3. Participants of the current study were children aged 2-5 that were enrolled in a university-based Midwestern EIBI center for 30 hours per week. Results will be discussed as they apply to concurrent and predictive validity of the VB-MAPP. Secondary analyses will address treatment planning based on outcomes from commercially available skill assessments.
 
166. Aesthetic Theming of Token Economies and its Affect on Target Response Rates
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KIMBERLY GHORM (Vista Autism Services), Nora Healy (Vista Autism Services), Bernadette Damiano (Vista Autism Services), Jonathan W. Ivy (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg)
Discussant: Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Abstract: Despite common use, the appearance of a token economy’s board and tokens depends on style, preferences, and treatment institutions’ norms. This study evaluates target response rates when using aesthetically themed token economies and plain token economies. Two students attending a school for autism spectrum disorder were each introduced to a plain token economy and one themed towards the students’ interests based on interviews with treatment teams and a series of multiple stimulus preference assessments without replacement (MSWO). During baseline, target responses were recorded. In the unconditioned phase, participants’ target responses when using no token board, the plain token board, and the themed token board were recorded without use of backup reinforcers. One participant displayed a steady increase in response rates when using the themed token economy, contrasting a decrease over time in the other 2 conditions. Inter-observer agreement, treatment fidelity checklists, and role-play training contribute to confidence in this data, while the small sample size detracts. In an applied setting, a student shows increasing target response rates when using an unconditioned themed token economy, as opposed to decreasing response rates while using a plain token economy. This may have implications on the use of token economies without backup reinforcers.
 
167. An Evaluation of the Effects of Blocking on Self-Injurious Behavior Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
KATHERINE LUKE (Melmark New England), Silva Orchanian (Melmark New England), Lauren Carter (Melmark New England), Jessica Buckley (Melmark New England), Kristina Harty (Melmark New England), Miah Dunbar (Melmark New England)
Discussant: Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Abstract: Function-based interventions are often difficult to implement for maladaptive behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement. In the case of self-injurious behavior (SIB), physical intervention may be necessary to maintain safety. The purpose of this assessment was to evaluate the effects of two different topographies of physical blocking on the SIB of a 19-year-old male with a diagnosis of Autism. An initial functional analysis indicated that this behavior was automatically reinforced. The effects of blocking SIB by matching resistance and blocking by covering the target area were assessed in comparison to a no blocking, baseline condition, using a multi-element design. Types of blocking were assessed with both familiar and novel therapists. Although the baseline condition resulted in the lowest rates of SIB, blocking was deemed necessary to minimize ongoing tissue damage. Results of the blocking comparison demonstrated that (1) therapist history effected rates of SIB, and (2) with a novel therapist, blocking by covering the target area resulted in lower rates of SIB than matching resistance of the participant. This assessment extends research of automatically maintained behavior and provides potential environmental variables that can be manipulated to decrease such maladaptive behavior.
 
168. Temporal Distributions of Eliminations Based on Scatter Plot Analysis
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TÉAH DANIELA SEGURA (University of Florida), Brandon C. Perez (University of Florida), Samuel L. Morris (University of Florida), Janelle Kirstie Bacotti (University of Florida), Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Discussant: Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Abstract: Greer, Neidert, and Dozier (2016) evaluated the effectiveness of three components presented within a toilet-training package for typically-developing children: a 30-min sit schedule, placing subjects in underwear, and differential reinforcement for remaining dry and eliminating in the toilet. These components were evaluated both in isolation and together in a treatment package with 19 typically-developing children and 1 child diagnosed with ASD. Perez, Bacotti, Peters, and Vollmer (accepted) recently replicated the treatment-package condition with 13 children with ASD. Currently, we are reanalyzing the data from Perez et al. (accepted) and evaluating within session patterns and secondary dependent variables. The purpose of the current study was to identify temporal patterns of urinations and bowel movements across time through the use of scatter plots as in Kahng et al. (1998).
 
169. Evaluating the Effects of Noncontingent Reinforcement and Response Blocking in Reducing Automatically-Maintained Saliva Play
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Corey Walsh (May Institute), Vanessa Monti (May Institute), SARAH C CONNOLLY (May Institute)
Discussant: Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract: It is often challenging for practitioners to conduct thorough behavioral assessments and treatment evaluations of problematic behavior within a school setting. The current study aimed to replicate the findings of Saini et al. (2016) to reduce automatically reinforced problem behavior in an individual with autism spectrum disorder within a school setting. A trial-based functional analysis was conducted and determined the individual’s inappropriate saliva play behavior to be maintained by automatic reinforcement. The researchers then evaluated the individual and combined effects of noncontingent reinforcement and response blocking in the treatment of automatically-maintained saliva play. Results of this evaluation determined that, although treatment effects were observed for both treatments when implemented in isolation, a more robust treatment effect occurred when the treatments were combined. Specifically, the combined use of noncontingent reinforcement and response blocking was most efficacious in reducing the individual’s automatically-maintained saliva play. Factors influencing generalization will be discussed, in addition to considerations for practitioners who aim to target automatically maintained problem behavior within a school setting.
 
170. A Descriptive Analysis of Ear Plugging in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KATIE ANN ALVAREZ (University of Florida), Samuel L. Morris (University of Florida), Brandon C. Perez (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Discussant: Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Ear plugging is a behavior that may be especially prevalent in the population of individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) due to their characteristic sensitivity to some visual and auditory stimuli as well as the prevalence of rigid and repetitive behavior. Ear plugging or covering can make communicating, teaching, and otherwise interacting with the individual much more difficult. Furthermore, ear plugging may influence compliance with instructions, especially with regard to personal safety. Tang, Kennedy, Koppekin and Caruso (2002) conducted a descriptive assessment of one subject’s ear plugging to identify if any antecedent or consequences reliably preceded or followed ear plugging, respectively. They identified that this subject’s ear plugging most often occurred when another child was screaming. Additionally, in a subsequent functional analysis, they determined this subject’s ear plugging was maintained by automatic negative reinforcement or escape/attenuation of aversive noises. The current study will extend the procedures of Tang et al. (2002) by conducting a descriptive assessment to identify the common antecedent events that usually surround ear plugging and determining the relative probability of ear plugging occurring following these events through the use of risk ratios.

 
171. Distance-Based Collaborations for Assessing and Treating Problem Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
RACHEL METRAS (Western New England University; FTF Behavioral Consulting), Matthew Carbone (Western New England University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University; FTF Behavioral Consulting)
Discussant: Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract: An interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA) and related skill-based treatment process can result in socially valid outcomes for clients exhibiting severe problem behavior when implemented by professionals and then transferred to teachers and parents (Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, & Hanratty, 2014; Santiago, Hanley, Moore, & Jin, 2016; Taylor, Phillips, & Gertzog, 2018). However, many families do not have access to professionals trained to implement functional analyses or function-based treatments (Deochand & Fuqua, 2016). In similar situations, parents have achieved differentiated functional analyses and have taught their children functional communication responses with telehealth support from behavior analysts (Suess et al., 2016). In the present study, three parents of children exhibiting severe problem behavior were trained to implement the IISCA and skill-based treatment process through distance-based collaborative consulting without local professional support. Following the implementation of a behavior skills training package, all parents achieved differentiated functional analyses and at least a 90% reduction in problem behavior relative to baseline. The extent to which general and socially validated outcomes are possible when parents implement these processes with support provided at a distance will be addressed in this study.
 
172. Using Pairing to Teach Response to Name to Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AMBER R. PADEN (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Regina A. Carroll (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Response to name (RTN) is often a deficit of children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and is a common treatment goal for children receiving early intervention services. Previous research has evaluated different prompting strategies to increase RTN without using physical guidance, which can be overly intrusive (Connie et al., 2019). The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the use of pairing to teach RTN to preschool-aged children diagnosed with ASD. During pairing sessions, the child engaged with moderately preferred items and the experimenter said the child’s name three times while placing a preferred edible item in the child’s mouth. Following the completion of ten trials, the experimenter began a post-pairing session. During post-pairing, the experimenter stated the child’s name five times. A correct RTN (i.e., looking at experimenter’s eye region for any duration within 5 s) resulted in a brief social interaction (e.g., greeting, comment). Following every three post-pairing sessions, we conducted generalization and control sessions. During control sessions, the experiment stated a name other than the child’s five times. Preliminary results show pairing is effective at increasing RTN with one child with autism. We continue to implement this protocol with additional participants to provide more evidence supporting the effectiveness of this procedure.

 
173. Behavioral Assessment and Early Intervention Protocol for Autistic Risk Babies: Increasing the Generality of Previous Results
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Paula Gioia (Pontifical Catholic University of São Paulo), Simone Assunção Keiner (Pontifical Catholic University of São Paulo), FLAVIA MORAIS (Pontifical Catholic University of São Paulo)
Discussant: Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

This research has been carried out for several years to identify ASD risk in siblings of children diagnosed with ASD and its design is a longitudinal prospective one. We pretend to identify early risk signs in siblings aged 7 to 36 months old. Thirteen tasks were developed to evaluate siblings target behaviors by therapists or parents: turning the body to sounds, following instructions, pointing, making eye contact, babbling or speaking, social smiling, imitating, understanding signs, looking to an object pointed by others, pretend play. Evaluations of every infant are taken monthly and, each new year, new infants are included . This study was developed in 2019 and its aim was to verify if new results obtained by application of the protocol on five infants aged 8 to 36 months old would increase the generality of previous results. Four infants had speech language impairment and referral for speech therapist assessment. Only one of the siblings showed severe impairment in different areas of development and has been referred to ASD specialists that agreed with our evaluation, showing protocol´s generality with new participants. Additional results were related to protocol improvement.

 
174. Assessment and Treatment of Peer Aggression Evoked Under Play Contexts
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
MALLORY NICHELSON (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute), Nicole M. Rodriguez (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Grace Spath (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kassondra Andereck (University of Nebraska Medical Center - Munroe Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

We conducted an assessment and treatment of a 9-year-old boy diagnosed with autism’s aggression toward peers. Caregiver reports suggested that Buzz’s aggression was most likely to occur under play contexts when a peer approached him and his toy. A trial-based functional analysis conducted under simulated conditions with adult confederates suggested that Buzz’s aggression was maintained by tangibles and social avoidance (i.e., escape from peers). Treatment involved a series of graduated steps designed to (a) increase tolerance of peer proximity and interaction and (b) teach appropriate alternatives that may naturally decrease the likelihood of peers’ attempts or successes at taking Buzz’s toys (e.g., offering the peer an alternative toy, turning away from the peer). We also taught Buzz to (a) tolerate adult confederates’ attempts to take his toy and (b) to say “no” and report the event to an adult in hopes of drawing an adult’s attention to such scenarios so that they can intervene before problem behavior occurs. Buzz successfully progressed through each of these steps and caregiver reports tentatively suggest that he uses these skills at home and school. Results are discussed in terms of the risks and challenges associated with the assessment and treatment of peer-directed problem behavior.

 
175. School Staff-Implemented High Probability Request Sequence to Enhance Compliance and Social Skills for Preschoolers With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Richard Cowan (Kent State University), LINDSAY CANDEL (Kent State University)
Discussant: Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

This study investigated the impact of school staff-implemented antecedent strategy (high probability request sequence; HPRS) on percentage compliance with low-probability social requests for preschoolers with autism. Percentage of intervals engaged in social interactions with peers in the naturalistic classroom setting was also measured. The use of HPRS to enhance social-communicative skills development for children with disabilities has received preliminary support in the literature. This study extends on previous research by incorporating HPRS with children with autism within the context of a naturalistic setting with teachers and paraprofessionals as the intervention agents. A multiple baseline design across participants was utilized. School staff were trained to implement the intervention via the behavioral consultation model. Treatment integrity was monitored via self-report on an intervention checklist. Social significance was measured via school-staff self-report. Generalization and maintenance of skills were also measured. Results indicate that the HPRS intervention was effective at improving compliance with low-p requests even when the intervention was removed. Limited improvement with overall social interactions was observed.

 
176. Presumed Anxiety in Autism: Utilizing a MotivAider to Reduce Staff Reassurance
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DANIELA POWTER (PAAL), Jessica Zawacki (PAAL), Gloria Satriale (PAAL)
Discussant: Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Restricted and repetitive behaviors (RRBs) are a core tennet of an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) diagnosis. These same behaviors have also been shown to serve anxiety-reducing functions in typically developing individuals diagnosed with anxiety-based disorders. Research indicates that there is a higher rate of comorbidity in anxiety-related disorders in individuals with autism spectrum disorder, which further complicates accurate detection and assessment of these behaviors. This study seeks to identify the presence of anxiety utilizing biomarker data, and to investigate the effects of a reassurance protocol in reducing RRBs. The participant in this case study is a 19-year old individual who presents with RRBs which prevent him from completing behavioral chains without staff prompts or reassurance. The existence of an anxiety component will be confirmed utilizing biometric feedback tools and differentiated from self-stimulatory RRBs by measuring heart rate variability. A reassurance protocol will be introduced to reduce the individual’s prompt dependence. Data will be collected on the frequency of presumed anxious behaviors, and the reassurance program will be systematically faded in magnitude and frequency of reassurance. Data collected indicate a correlation between heart rate variability and presumed anxious behaviors. Preliminary data also indicated a mild reductive effect of staff reassurance on presumed anxious behavior.
 
177. Mand Training Techniques for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Systematic Review
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
REMINGTON SWENSSON (Baylor University), Jessica Akers (Baylor University)
Discussant: Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

We conducted a systematic review of the literature on behavior analytic interventions targeting manding in children with autism spectrum disorder. We were primarily interested in research addressing manding which met the definition outlined by Skinner (1957) that a mand is a verbal operant under the control of relevant states of deprivation, satiation or aversive stimulation, thus we excluded studies that did not specifically include the term mand. We identified the studies which met our preliminary inclusion criteria of having been published in a peer reviewed journal and contained participants under the age of eighteen diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. These articles are being further coded to obtain both descriptive and quality information. We are using the standards provided by the What Works Clearinghouse (WWC; 2017) to assess the designs of each experiment as well as using visual analysis to determine the evidence provided. Results will be further analyzed and discussed.

 
178. Reducing Severe Problem Behavior Without Extinction: Application to Children With Limited Language Ability
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Alexandra Beckwith (The Ivymount School), Allyson Crowley (The Ivymount School), KATHRYN QUINN (The Ivymount School), Elizabeth Jane Schoolmaster (The Ivymount School)
Discussant: Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

We are conducting this study to investigate socially valid outcomes of reducing severe problem behavior without the use of extinction to children with limited language ability. The effects of the interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis and skill-based treatment as described by Hanley, et al. (2014) are being replicated with three students (ages 9, 12, and 14) diagnosed with autism in a non-public school setting however, treatment is modified to not include extinction. Following the analysis, a mand for escape from non-preferred tasks and access to preferred items and activities, a tolerance response to denial of the mand and cooperation with contextually appropriate behaviors were systematically introduced to each student during small, structured practice sessions. If precursor behavior occurs at any time during these sessions, the student is given access to a secondary location free from adult-directed instruction and access to preferred items and activities. Upon indication from the student that they are ready to return to treatment (e.g., walks back to session room), treatment resumes. At this early point in treatment, reductions in problem behavior during practice sessions have been observed for all three students.

 
179. A Single Case Study of Using a Visual Schedule Via Watch Interface to Promote Autonomy in Self-Care of a Moderately Delayed Child With Autism and a Neurotypical Peer
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHERYL TSE (ABC Group Hawai'i), Stephanie Ngo (ABC Group Hawai'i), Janell Kaneshiro (ABC Group Hawai'i)
Discussant: Ana Carolina Carolina Sella (Universidade Federal de Alagoas, Brazil)
Abstract:

This study investigates the effects of using a visual schedule presented on a watch interface to increase autonomy of a moderately delayed 10-year-old girl diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder and a neuro-typical 9-year-old boy. Both subjects can independently complete several daily routines related to safety and health without assistance (e.g., toothbrushing, showering, brushing hair, etc.) However, both children rarely initiated daily routines related to health and safety without prompts from their parents during baseline. The teaching procedure that will be used is chaining and shaping. Two researchers, two children and their parents participated. The purpose of the present study are as follows: a.) combine elements of traditional picture activity schedules using a digital wearable schedule interface (e.g., Octopus Watch); b.) to assess the effectiveness of using the intervention to increase autonomy of a moderately delayed child with autism and a neuro-typical child in the absence of a caregiver; c.) to assess the generalization of the intervention across behaviors and settings; and d.) to assess maintenance of behavior change.

 
180. Replacement Skills Training to Address Inappropriate Throwing and Aggression in a Student With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JOHN SCULLY (The Center for Discovery), Rena Marr (The Center for Discovery), Johanna F Lantz (The Center for Discovery)
Discussant: Ana Carolina Carolina Sella (Universidade Federal de Alagoas, Brazil)
Abstract:

Challenging behaviors in classroom settings can disrupt learning. “Roger” was an adolescent with autism spectrum disorder who would throw objects so that they became stuck in difficult to access places (e.g., rooftops, high shelves) or to rattle or break other objects. Objects included those belonging to other students such as iPads used for communication. Attempts to block throwing resulted in severe aggression to the point that during baseline, staff did not attempt to block the behavior. During Phase 1, staff worked with Roger in a treatment space stripped of objects with the exception of non-contingent access (NCA) to an appropriate safe item to throw (ball). Other objects were gradually introduced. Throwing inappropriate objects was put on extinction using response blocking. In Phase 2, functional communication training (FCT + Ext) was used to teach Roger to request to throw the ball. In Phase 3 (Generalization), Roger completed tasks around the campus, but not with peers in his classroom and the intervention continued. Eventually, Roger was fully reintegrated into his classroom with continued access to his safe throwing item as well as all other objects typically found in this setting. This intervention was successful at reducing inappropriate throwing and aggression and increasing functional communication responses.

 
181. Effects of a Chained Schedule Procedure to Treat Challenging Behavior Maintained by Escape
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
JESSICA DETRICK (Western Michigan University), Kelsey Webster (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Ana Carolina Carolina Sella (Universidade Federal de Alagoas, Brazil)
Abstract: We evaluated a procedure consisting of a chained schedule of reinforcement to treat escape-maintained challenging behavior exhibited by a 22-year-old Caucasian female diagnosed with IDD and ASD. This study is an extension of Falcomata, White, Muething, and Fragale (2012). First, we conducted a baseline condition in which compliance to complete requests was not reinforced. Next, we implemented a chained schedule of reinforcement procedure in which during the initial link, compliance with a demand was reinforced on a FR1 schedule of reinforcement. The participant’s compliance with the demand signaled the second link of the chained schedule that consisted of providing a schedule of reinforcement for a minimum of 2-min. Reinforcement included a “boss hat” in which the participant was able to provide demands to anyone in the space that was within reason and did not cause harm. After baseline, the “boss hat” was used in all conditions of the chained reinforcement schedule. Last, we modified the chained schedule procedure to increase the amount and complexity of demands. The results showed that the treatment was successful in the treatment of challenging behavior maintained by escape.
 
182. When Picture Communication Fails: Teaching Communication With Objects
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
MARGARET WRIGHT (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Meagan K. Gregory (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Anlara McKenzie (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Ana Carolina Carolina Sella (Universidade Federal de Alagoas, Brazil)
Abstract:

Previous research has found multiple risk factors that can contribute to problem behavior. In a study done with a group of individuals reported to engage in problem behavior the majority of individuals were male, adolescent or young adult, required greater levels of assistance in eating, dressing, and toileting, and had restricted expressive and receptive communication skills (Emerson et al., 2001). The current study examined the utility of using physical objects to teach communication, after attempts with pictures failed, with a 17-year-old male diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder who presented with severe aggressive, self-injurious, and disruptive behaviors , no expressive language, and limited receptive language. First, communication was taught using a GoTalk20+, however, correspondence checks demonstrated that he was unable to discriminate between the pictures. Instead, physical objects were introduced, and communication was taught successfully through this method. Problem behavior decreased when communication with physical objects was part of the treatment package as compared to the treatment package including the GoTalk. Communication maintained over time, and new objects were successfully taught.

 
183. A Practitioner’s Approach to Decrease Severe Behavior Problems and Increase Skills Across Critical Settings
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
WOAN TIAN CHOW (Applied Behavior Consultants, Inc.), Monica Topete (Applied Behavior Consultants, Inc.), Nichole Shumake (Applied Behavior Consultants, Inc.)
Discussant: Ana Carolina Carolina Sella (Universidade Federal de Alagoas, Brazil)
Abstract: The purpose of this poster is to present a practitioner’s approach to address severe behavior problems demonstrated by a 5-year-old child diagnosed with autism, including aggression, property destruction, disrobing, intentional voiding of urine, and elopement. The functional assessment conducted identified access to items and attention as the functions of the behaviors. Initial attempts to address the behavior problems solely through function-based alternative behavior and functional communication training were unsuccessful. The team then completed a thorough analysis within his treatment, home and community settings, which included interview, direct observation, and probing of the behavior problems. Motivating operations, skill deficits, and barriers contributing to the behavior problems were identified across environments, which impeded socially significant behaviors and critical functioning skills. Treatment included restructuring ABA programming to focus on systematic shaping to address skill deficits and barriers. Concurrently, the team worked closely with parents on parent training and ongoing analysis to ensure generalization and maintenance across the home and community. Immediately upon implementation a significant decrease in problem behaviors was observed. Subsequently, the child demonstrated consistent progress toward skill acquisition while maintaining absence of severe behavior problems. Parents also reported significant improvement of behavior problems across home and community settings.
 
184. A Treatment Analysis for Increasing Physical Activity in a Child with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HANNAH MARIE KRUEGER (The New England Center for Children), Chelsea Hedquist (New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Ana Carolina Carolina Sella (Universidade Federal de Alagoas, Brazil)
Abstract: The Centers for Disease Control (CDC) recommends children receive a minimum 60 min of moderate-to-vigorous physical activity (MVPA) daily. Many children, particularly those with intellectual disabilities, do not meet these guidelines. Therefore, it is important to evaluate strategies for increasing physical activity among this population. The purpose of the current study was to conduct a treatment analysis of various intervention components within the context of a single activity duration-based preference assessment for an individual with autism spectrum disorder. The goal of this analysis was to identify the most effective treatment component and physical activity combination. Intervention components included prompting alone, prompting plus noncontingent reinforcement (NCR), and prompting plus differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA), and a combination of prompting plus NCR and DRA. Dependent variables were appropriate activity engagement and heart rate. Following the treatment analysis, a modified paired-stimulus preference assessment was conducted to assess the effects of intervention on response allocation to a physical activity relative to a sedentary activity. A generality analysis was subsequently conducted with the two most effective exercise activity and treatment combinations with the goal of increasing physical activity duration and intensity in accordance with CDC guidelines.
 
185. Assessing Preference of Two Communication Modalities
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
DAPHNE SNYDER (Western Michigan University), Cody Morris (Salve Regina University), Kelsey Webster (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Ana Carolina Carolina Sella (Universidade Federal de Alagoas, Brazil)
Abstract:

Augmentative and alternative communication methods are commonly utilized to support individuals with developmental disabilities. Therefore, it is necessary to consider which augmentative and alternative communication method best serves the individual’s specific communication needs. Along with the individual’s efficiency, the individual’s preference for the specific augmentative and alternative communication method should be considered and evaluated when selecting the specific modality to be taught. This study describes the methodology and results of assessing the accuracy and preference for two augmentative and alternative communication methods utilized by one 17-year-old male with autism. Specifically, the use of the Core Word Board and a picture icon system were assessed. The results from this study showed a greater accuracy of mands when the picture icon system was utilized as compared to the Core Word Board. Additionally, the participant showed a strong preference for the picture icon system. The results from this study were utilized to advocate for the use of appropriate augmentative and alternative communication modalities for the individual across settings.

 
186. Differences in Pretend Play Between Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders and Typically Developing Children
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
GENEVIEVE KREBS (Beacon ABA Services)
Discussant: Ana Carolina Carolina Sella (Universidade Federal de Alagoas, Brazil)
Abstract:

Pretend play is a diagnostic indicator and treatment area for children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD); however, minimal research is available on the actual occurrence of pretend play in children with ASD who do not have cognitive delays (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). This study compared pretend play of children with ASD to typically-developing (TD) children, dividing the ASD sample into lower-functioning (i.e., LF ASD) and higher-functioning (HF ASD) groups. Children 8 to 64 months were evaluated with the Developmental Play Assessment- Research Edition (Lifter, 2000); 289 children were included the TD sample and 38 children in the ASD sample. Hierarchical multiple regression was run to determine if differences were apparent between groups after accounting for age. Significant differences in pretend play were found between groups. Subsequent analysis determined that significant differences were only present between the LF ASD group and the other groups and no significant differences were found between the HF ASD group and TD group. Notably, visual analysis of trends suggests there may be differences that are not statistically significant in this study due to sample size. This finding suggests that children with HF ASD may not show the delays in pretend play that are expected.

 
187. Performance of Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder in the Original and Adapted Versions of the Basic Literacy Repertory Assessment Instrument
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CÁSSIA LEAL DA HORA (Paradigma - Center of Science and Behavioral Technology), Najra Lima (Paradigma - Center of Science and Behavioral Technology)
Discussant: Ana Carolina Carolina Sella (Universidade Federal de Alagoas, Brazil)
Abstract:

It is essential that teachers assess skills and develop pedagogical programs tailored to the specific learning characteristics of individual with ASD. The IAR (Basic Literacy Repertory Assessment Instrument) is a simple, low-cost and language-accessible tool for Brazilian educators. However, this material is for students without developmental disabilities. Therefore, it’s necessary that instruments also consider the behavior patterns commonly exhibited by individuals with ASD. This study aims to investigate if material adaptations (e.g., decreased verbal instructions, visual support, etc.) would favor assessment of literacy repertoire of students with ASD. Three Brazilian boys diagnosed with ASD, aged 8 to 9 years and literate, were submitted to assessments using both instruments: original and adapted IAR. All participants performed better on the adapted version of IAR. In addition, there was a significant reduction in the application time from the original IAR to the version adapted for all participants. Finally, the data show a significant decrease in the total amount of errors issued, reduction in the presentation of disruptive behaviors and increased engagement for all participants. The improvement on participants performance, reduced disruptive behaviors and increased task engagement indicate that adaptations made in the IAR favored the performance of participants with ASD.

 
188. Effects of Language on Functional Analysis Outcomes: A Systematic Replication
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AMANDA MARIE FINLAY (Melmark; Temple), Matthew Tincani (Temple University)
Discussant: Ana Carolina Carolina Sella (Universidade Federal de Alagoas, Brazil)
Abstract:

This study evaluated the effects of type of language on rates of challenging behavior during a functional analysis with individuals who come from families where Spanish is the primary language. This study replicated and expanded on Rispoli, O’Reilly, Lang, Sigafoos, Mulloy, Aguilar, & Singer 2011, study to see how language impacts challenging behavior during an FA and whether language is relevant in function-based treatment. Three individuals with autism spectrum disorder in a residential treatment facility participated in a multi-element (i.e., demand, attention, play- verbal, and play-nonverbal) functional analysis (FA) within this study. The FA was conducted in an ABAB experimental design with the A conditions conducted in Spanish and the B conditions conducted in English. Language did not have an effect on rates of challenging behavior during the FA. One participant displayed no responding across conditions and the other two participants responded similarly during the demand conditions regardless of the language in which the conditions were conducted. Functional communication training (FCT) was conducted for one participant in both languages. The results indicated for this individual that there was no difference according to language in rates of challenging behavior as well as acquisition and maintenance of a functionally communicative response.

 
189. Use of Principles of Applied Behavior Analysis to Decrease Maladaptive Behavior and Increase Skill Acquisition in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Review of Few Case Studies
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
SADAF KHAWAR (Montclair State University/Helping Hands Therapeutic Services, Inc), Chana Tilson (Chicago School of Professional Psychology/Helping Hands Therapeutic Services, Inc.)
Discussant: Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has been shown to be effective in reducing symptoms of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and improving cognitive and language skills (Vietze and Lax, 2018). Prior research has identified early diagnosis and early intervention as key factors to maximize therapeutic outcomes for children with ASD (Vietze and Lax, 2018). The case studies included in this presentation, highlight the progress of four children diagnosed with Autism between the ages of 2 and 3 enrolled in a center-based early intervention program in Manhattan, New York. Ben’s tantrum behaviors were reduced by functional communication training (FCT), social stories, and a sensory diet. Max’s expressive language increased from basic animal sounds to more complex intraverbal language by play-based learning and social skills training. Jane’s aggression was decreased by implementing Differential Reinforcement of Other Behaviors (DRO) and FCT. Michael’s severe tantrum behaviors were reduced by environmental manipulations, FCT, and escape extinction. For the cases presented, antecedent and consequence-based manipulations will be discussed, along with specific interventions used for each student, including behavior and skill acquisition graphs.

 
190. The Efficacy of Behavioral Skills Training on the Administration of the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program by Clinical Staff
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SADAF KHAWAR (Montclair State University/Helping Hands Therapeutic Services, Inc), Chana Tilson (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Helping Hands Therapeutic Services, Inc)
Discussant: Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract: This study is important because it expands the current research on using behavioral skills training (BST) on the administration of the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP) by clinical staff in an Early Intervention Program in Manhattan, New York. It was hypothesized that BST will increase the reliability of the administration of the VB-MAPP by staff members in center-based and home-based Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) programs with children under 3 years of age diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. The VB-MAPP is an assessment tool that is used to determine skills that a child has in their repertoire, as well as, deficits and barriers that are interfering with skill acquisition. The BST consisted of instructions via PowerPoint presentation, modeling, skill rehearsal and performance specific feedback. Generalization probes were conducted following the BST portion. Pre-BST and Post-BST data were collected to assess the reliability of VB-MAPP administration across six participants. All participants demonstrated an increase in the earned points following the training. These results confirm that BST improves accuracy and reliability of VB-MAPP administration. Details of the BST procedure and results will be discussed.
 
191. Examining the Effects of Behavioral Skills Training to Teach Children With Autism How to Use and Create Activity Schedules
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LAUREN MARTONE (Minnesota State University, Mankato), Angelica A. Aguirre (Minnesota State University, Mankato)
Discussant: Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Despite the large body of research examining the ability of activity schedules to increase on-task behavior in children with autism, few studies have attempted to teach children with autism how to make their own activity schedules. Furthermore, activity schedules are primarily integrated into school settings in comparison to home settings (Akers, Higbee, Gerencser, & Pellegrino, 2018; Bryan & Gast, 2000; Torres, DeBar, Reeve, Meyer, & Covington, 2018). The purpose of this study is to a multiple-baseline design with three children with autism how to follow and make activity schedules in order to increase their on-task behavior with independent living tasks in their home setting. During pretests generalization probes, participants were instructed by their parents to engage in independent living tasks in their home to examine if they created and followed an activity schedule. During instruction, a behavior skills training protocol will be used to teach participants how to follow and how to make their own activity schedules followed by posttest generalization probes. Results and future implications will be discussed.

 
192. Increasing Adaptive Behaviour Using the "Accept, Identify, Move"Curriculum
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Danielle Esselink (Instructor Therapist), TARA WEIR (Shining Through Centre for Children with Autism), Shiri Bartman (Shining Through Centre for Children with Autism)
Discussant: Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

The purpose of the current study was to explore the effects of the Accept. Identify. Move. (AIM) curriculum on increasing adaptive coping skills and reducing emotional dysregulation in a nine-year-old boy with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Using self-monitoring, reinforcement, and specific Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) processes as outlined by the AIM curriculum, students can be taught to accept aversive situations and experience them, while remaining focused and value-driven (Dixon & Paliliunas, 2018). The goal was to teach the participant the skills necessary to deal with unpleasant situations and consequently improve quality of life (i.e., friendships, family participation). Results through the first phase demonstrate AIM to effectively assist with teaching functional replacement skills for this participant. Specifically, by day eight of treatment in step one the participant displayed zero rates of tantrum behaviours and 20 or more instances of ACT consistent behaviours. As this research is being conducted in a centre-based privately funded environment, limitations to resources exist which limit opportunities for interobserver agreement (IOA) and treatment fidelity checks. Future research should plan for these limitations to support social and internal validity.

 
193. Trial Based Functional Analysis in Classrooms: Evaluating Effectiveness and Exploring Sustainability Through Mixed Methods Research
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
NATALIE BADGETT (University of Virginia), Ilene S. Schwartz (University of Washington)
Discussant: Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Despite decades of research supporting the use of functional assessment and functionally relevant interventions to address challenging behavior, there remains a research to practice gap related to working with such behaviors in classroom settings. Trial-based functional analysis (TBFA) is an experimental functional assessment method that is particularly well suited for use in classroom settings that can be implemented with fidelity by school personnel with varying backgrounds and expertise. The purpose of this mixed-methods research was to evaluate the effectiveness of the TBFA in public school classrooms, while exploring the effect of participation in implementation on educators’ perspectives on working with challenging behavior. The TBFA was effective in identifying the function of challenging behavior for three elementary age student with autism, as demonstrated by positive results of a subsequent functional communication based treatment package. Qualitative findings suggest that educators’ perspectives and beliefs related to challenging behavior shifted as they participated in the implementation of the TBFA and subsequent functionally relevant intervention, which may hold implications for sustainability of these practices in applied settings.

 
194. Functional Analysis and Treatment of Self-Injury Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
BRODY CAVANAUGH (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Meagan K. Gregory (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Anlara McKenzie (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract: During the functional analysis (FA), when behavior persists in the absence of programmed social consequences, this outcome suggests maintenance by automatic reinforcement. Hagopian, Rooker, and Zarcone (2015) further classified self-injury (SIB) maintained by automatic reinforcement into subtypes based on the degree of differentiation of the level of SIB in the FA conditions. Individuals with Subtype 1 showed the highest level of SIB in the alone / ignore condition and the lowest level of behavior in the toy play condition; individuals with Subtype 2 showed undifferentiated levels of SIB across conditions. In some cases, although engagement with toys may be high during the toy play condition, the toys may not compete with SIB, and therefore SIB may continue to occur. This outcome would suggest Subtype 2; however, consumption of other sorts of reinforcers might compete with SIB (and thereby suggest Subtype 1). The purpose of the current study is to examine the level of SIB and toy engagement in two different toy play conditions conducted with an individual with SIB maintained by automatic reinforcement. In one condition, highly preferred toys were available, and the therapist delivered vocal attention approximately every 30 s. In the second condition, the same toys were available, but the therapist delivered continuous physical attention. Levels of SIB in the ignore condition and the “standard” toy play condition were undifferentiated, but the physical toy play condition produced lower levels of SIB.
 
195. The Assessment and Treatment of Automatically Maintained Property Destruction
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LESLEY A. SHAWLER (Kennedy Krieger Institute Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Joy Clayborne (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Julia T. O'Connor (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities may engage in problem behavior that is destructive to their environment. These behaviors may occur in the absence of social consequences and be maintained by the reinforcing consequences of the behavior itself (i.e., automatic reinforcement). Previous research has identified the use of competing stimuli as an effective method to reduce automatically maintained behaviors (e.g., Shore, Iwata, DeLeon, Kahng, and Smith, 1997). This assessment method can identify items that produce low rates of problem behavior and high engagement. The purpose of this case study was to assess the property destruction of a 15-year old boy with autism. Specifically, property destruction occurred in the form of ripping or tearing up items. Results from the functional analysis suggested an automatically maintained function which lead to a competing stimulus assessment to identify possible competitive stimuli. Subsequently, stimuli were identified and then incorporated into a function-based treatment package to reduce property destruction.
 
196. Comparison of High- and Low-Preference Items to Teach Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder to Mand for Information Using "Where" and "Who"
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MORENA MILJKOVIC (University of Manitoba), C.T. Yu (University of Manitoba)
Discussant: Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

In general, a mand can be described as a request. While basic mands are often those that occur first in language development, mands for information are more advanced and often lacking in children with autism. While it remains unclear why children with autism have trouble acquiring mands for information, some researchers have speculated that the establishing operations controlling these mands may not be strong enough to evoke them; therefore, the use of highly preferred items is often critical during mand training. While some research has been conducted to compare high versus low preference items when teaching mands, several methodological limitations were discussed. The current study sought to address these limitations using a multi-element design with six participants. High preference and low preference items were identified through stimulus preference assessments, conducted at the start of each session. Preference was alternated across sessions and was counterbalanced across participants. Results thus far suggest no clear difference in the rate of skill acquisition between high preference and low preference items. Instead, the findings demonstrate that skill acquisition was related to the order in which mands were taught, regardless of preference of the items. However, data collection is still underway and more participants need to be recruited.

 
197. Treatment Integrity in Applied Behavior Analysis: Are We Measuring the Right Thing?
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
JACQUELINE LUGO (California State University, Los Angeles), Luisana Medina (California State University, Los Angeles), Valerie Perez (California State University, Los Angeles), Ya-Chih Chang (California State University, Los Angeles), Mitch Fryling (California State University, Los Angeles)
Discussant: Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Behavior analysts have been interested in the topic of treatment integrity for many years. Indeed, it is well-known that a failure to collect treatment integrity data can lead to researchers and clinicians drawing inaccurate conclusions about the results of a study and/or intervention plan. Moreover, researchers are beginning to understand the extent to which integrity errors (and even varying amounts of errors) impact client behavior. The present project will focus on how treatment integrity is commonly measured in behavior analysis, and in particular consider the extent to which task analyses are the primary means of assessing treatment integrity. Alternative means of assessing treatment integrity will also be explored, particularly those that draw attention to the quality of implementation beyond traditional checklists that are commonly used in research and practice. Specific examples of such fidelity measures, drawn from outside of traditional ABA research, will be reviewed. The strengths and weaknesses associated with different measurement systems will be considered, and implications for research and practice will be discussed.
 
198. Increasing Appropriate Responding to Non-Preferred Topics for a Child With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
SHONDA SMITH (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jennifer Quigley (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this project was to design and implement an intervention in order to increase appropriate responding to questions asked about non-preferred topics to a 10-year-old boy with autism. To teach this skill, open ended questions were asked, and a visual prompt was shown with the correct response. A progressive time delay was used in order to fade the use of the prompt. Appropriate responding for non-preferred topics did increase and mastery criteria was achieved.

 
199. Reducing Challenging Behavior Following Denied Access
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HAILEE PEREZ (Bancroft), Timothy Nipe (Bancroft), Brooke Ambert (Bancroft)
Discussant: Jessica Ann Korneder (Oakland University)
Abstract:

Challenging behaviors maintained by access to tangible items can be more difficult to treat if the individual already has a variety of functionally appropriate responses. Instead, the individual's inability to “accept no” or wait for items to become available often leads to high rates of challenging behavior. Unfortunately, there is little empirical research in the treatment of challenging under these conditions. Mace (2011) describes two effective alternative methods for reducing challenging behavior following denied requests. These effective methods are providing alternatives, or arranging contingencies to be completed prior to delivery of the preferred items. The purpose of this study was to present these evidence-based treatments in a variable order to maximize results and generalizability. Generalization of treatment effects were further assessed by including a “No” condition, in which the individual was not prompted to choose an alternative but they were available upon appropriate request.

 
200. An Evaluation of Visual Schedules to Treat Vocal Stereotypy
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DANIELLA EMMER (Rowan University), Phoebe Leach (Rowan University), Giovanna Salvatore (Rowan University), Sherah Somervell (Rowan University), Christina Simmons (Rowan University)
Discussant: Jessica Ann Korneder (Oakland University)
Abstract: Vocal stereotypy is often maintained by automatic reinforcement and treated with response interruption and redirection, competing stimuli, or differential reinforcement. The current study compared the effectiveness of an in-home electronic versus paper visual schedule in treating vocal stereotypy related to time for a 9-year-old with autism. An extended ignore and alone functional analysis (FA) identified vocal stereotypy as an overt versus covert behavior. A multielement FA measured rates of stereotypy in ignore, attention (i.e., contingent discussion of time), and control (i.e., continuous discussion of time) conditions. Results suggest that vocal stereotypy was likely maintained by access to information regarding time, persisting with extinction. Baseline rates of vocal stereotypy were extremely high (M = 191.39 per hour) and accompanied by negative vocalizations and aggression when not reinforced. An electronic (iPad) and standard paper visual schedule with attention extinction (i.e., not responding to statements about time) were introduced using a reversal design. Rates of vocal stereotypy were higher with the electronic (11.94 per hour) versus paper schedule (7.5 per hour). A preference assessment indicated the participant’s preference for the electronic schedule (5 of 6 selections), with the final electronic schedule phase yielding a 94.65% reduction from baseline (M = 10.24 per hour).
 
201. The Effects of Functional Communication Training as Identified from a Comparison of Descriptive Assessments and a Trial Based Functional Analysis on Interfering Behavior in the Home
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
GEORGE MCCLURE (Beacon ABA Services), Lisa Tereshko (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Discussant: Jessica Ann Korneder (Oakland University)
Abstract: Previous studies have identified a trial based functional analysis as an effective method to assess behavior function in school settings (Bloom et al., 2011) however, the use of descriptive assessments is often used in the home setting to identify behavior function. A comparison of a descriptive assessment and trial based functional analysis was conducted to determine effective methodology to identify behavior functions in the home setting of a child diagnosed with autism exhibiting protesting. Based on each assessment results, an intervention was implemented to increase functional communication and to decrease the rate of protests. The method used to implement intervention consisted of discrete trial instruction with a visual aid to initially prompt the participant. The rate of functional communication responses for desired activities began to increase, as instances of protesting began to decrease. Rate of reinforcement of the functional communication response was then systematically faded and rate demands increased. The results suggest the trial based functional analysis was more effective in identifying behavior function to implement a functional communication response than descriptive assessments in the home setting.
 
202. The Comparison of a Descriptive Assessment and a Trial Based Functional Analyses on Interfering Behavior as the Basis of Treatment in the Home Setting With Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
THOMAS MARSH (Beacon ABA Services), Lisa Tereshko (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Discussant: Jessica Ann Korneder (Oakland University)
Abstract:

In functional behavior assessment research, there is a deficit of research conducted in the home setting that compares the descriptive methods of behavioral assessments and experimental functional analyses. The effects of the intervention implemented based on results of the Antecedent-Behavior-Consequence (ABC) narrative recording method were compared to the effects of the intervention implemented based on results of the trial-based functional analysis (TBFA) in a multiple baseline across subjects design. Three children, ages 2-4, with a diagnosis of Autism Spectrum Disorder that displayed a high rate of interfering behaviors (protesting or aggression) that reduced the participants’ abilities to engage in sessions participated in the study. Sessions were conducted in the participants’ home where home therapy typically occurred. The ABC narrative data collection consisted of three 30-minute observations which were varied to include start, middle, and end of sessions which was implemented followed by the TBFA. Baseline conditions and treatment conditions were implemented for each assessment’s results. Results showed that the treatments implemented did reduce target behaviors across assessment types but the TBFA results showed greater reductions in target behaviors and faster acquisition of communication response. This suggests the TBFA accurately identified the function of the target behaviors more effectively than the ABC data collection method.

 
203. The Use of Autism Curriculum Encyclopedia in Program Development and Service Delivery for Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
KAORI G. NEPO (NeurAbilities), Kathleen Bailey Stengel (NeurAbilities)
Discussant: Jessica Ann Korneder (Oakland University)
Abstract:

Program development based on on-going assessment is critical for service delivery for individuals with ASD. The Autism Curriculum Encyclopedia (ACE) is a comprehensive educational package for ABA program. The Core Skill Assessment in ACE covers 52 foundational skills and helps clinicians to identify target skills. Additionally, ACE lesson programs guide clinicians to develop targeted programs for children with ASD. This poster presentation will share preliminary data supporting the use of curriculum-based assessment in program development. The Core Skill Assessment was administered for two children with ASD, and their skill acquisition programs were developed with the results of the assessment and curriculum recommended by ACE. Data indicate that both children with ASD have made significant gains after the implementation of assessment-based programs. The poster will also include the most recent core skill assessment results to demonstrate the effective use of the assessment and assessment-based curriculum.

 
204. Evaluating the Relationships Between Derived Relational Responding, Intelligence, and the Function of Challenging Behavior in Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHANTAL RAINFORD (Autism Care West), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Hannah Wallace (Missouri State University), Kaitlin Beason (Missouri State University), Celeste Unnerstall (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Jessica Ann Korneder (Oakland University)
Abstract:

Several studies have evaluated the relationship between derived relational responding and intelligence (Belisle, Dixon, & Stanley, 2018) and how both relate to the functions of challenging behavior (Belisle, Stanley, & Dixon, 2017). In these studies, scores were obtained using the Equivalence and Transformation Pre-Assessments contained within the PEAK Relational Training System (Dixon, 2015, 2016). We developed a measure (Relational Acquisition Scale - Children) that may be more sensitive to detecting early acquisition of derived relational responding from basic experimental research with infants. In the present study, we administered the RASC along the PEAK Equivalence and Transformation Pre-Assessments across participants to provide an overall estimate of derived relational responding. These scores were then correlated with intelligence test scores (WPPSI-IV and WISC-V) as well as measures of the function of challenging behavior (Questions About Behavior Function, Challenging Behavior Inventory). Results examine the positive relationship between both measures of derived relational responding and intelligence. Additionally, results examined endorsement of items on measure of challenging behavior for participants who demonstrated derived relational responding on the RASC assessment.

 
205. Decreasing Pica in a Child With Autism Spectrum Disorder Using a Differential of Low Rates of Reinforcement Procedure
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AMY VICTORIA RICH (Beacon ABA Services), Lisa Tereshko (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Discussant: Jessica Ann Korneder (Oakland University)
Abstract:

Pica is a dangerous interfering behavior in which an individual ingests inedible items. This behavior can cause serious health issues such as choking, oral problems, serious illness, or death (Rettig et al., 2019). The current study examined the effects of a differential reinforcement of low rates procedure used to establish control of pica in the child’s home. During the first hour of the child’s home Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) session a timer was set initially for five minutes, which was determined by the interresponse time. Upon the timer going off, the child would request for attention using his Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) book, physical play choice board, or one word vocal mands. The parent would deliver 1 minute of verbal and physical attention contingent on the child’s request. After three consecutive rings with no occurrences of pica at the current interval, the time interval would increase by 20 seconds. If the child engaged in pica during the interval, the time interval would decrease by 40 seconds. The data indicates that this procedure was effective in decreasing the number of occurrences of pica during the training sessions, but this behavior was not eliminated. The results of this study are discussed in terms of the function of pica, establishment of stimulus control, future directions, and limitations.

 
206. Teaching Cooking Skills to Individuals Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder Via Video Modeling and Self-Monitoring
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ELIZABETH FONTAINE (The Chicago School/ KGH Autism Services), Ariana Ronis Boutain Hopstock Hopstock (KGH Autism Services)
Discussant: Jessica Ann Korneder (Oakland University)
Abstract:

Many persons diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder have difficulty completing functional daily living tasks and often rely on caregivers to assist with tasks such as dressing, cooking, cleaning, and basic hygiene. Previous research has shown that the use of video modeling can be an effective way to teach daily living skills to individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder and developmental disabilities. An area in which research is lacking, however, is whether video modeling can also be used as a tool to facilitate self-monitoring and, in turn, help maintain functional living skills and decrease the reliance on caregiver assistance in completing these tasks. This study examined the effectiveness of a video modeling protocol to teach four teens diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder to complete basic cooking skills using a microwave, stove-top, and counter-top. Furthermore, this study examined the effectiveness of using the videos as a self-monitoring system to increase and maintain higher levels of independence in the kitchen. Preliminary results show that the video modeling protocol increased cooking skills for each participant, the skills maintained over time, and the video models helped increase independence in the kitchen.

 
207. Evaluating Global Changes in Verbal Relational Performance Following Three Months of PEAK Instruction in a Special Education Setting
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KAYLA WELCH (Pender Public School), Lindsey Audrey Marie Dennis (Missouri State University), Leah E Clark (Pender Public Schools), Nicole Choate (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Jessica Ann Korneder (Oakland University)
Abstract:

Current research on the PEAK Relational Training System (Dixon, 2014-2016) has largely been conducted in controlled arrangements and has lacked measures of socially valid changes in language and cognitive skills (e.g., reasoning, problem solving). We embedded PEAK relational training within the regular school day of 6 children with autism in a special education setting over the course of 3 months. All programming was individualized to meet the needs of the students and skills were introduced in a multiple probe across skills experimental design as developed by Belisle, Clark, Welch, and McDonald (under review), replicated across each of the participants. Results supported systematic mastery in target skills across all participants despite considerable differences in the programming for each. The PEAK Comprehensive Assessment (Dixon, 2019) is a standardized test of verbal relational performance that is directly implemented with participants, and all participants showed an increasing score of this assessment at the end of the intervention relative to initial performance. Social validity questionnaires were administered, and both parents and school staff identified an increase in the use of language and problem solving strategies relative to prior academic semester, suggesting performance generalized beyond the discrete trial training arrangement used in the present study.

 
208. Exploring the Relationship Between Derived Relational Responding and Autism Symptom Severity
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KWADWO BRITWUM (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Zhihui Yi (Southern Illinois University), Anne Sheerin (Southern Illinois University), Caleb Stanley (Utah Valley University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: Jessica Ann Korneder (Oakland University)
Abstract:

Despite the lifelong implications of an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) diagnosis, very few empirically validated treatments currently exist to address the symptoms associated with these conditions. Currently, Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) holds the most empirical evidence when it comes to ameliorating the symptoms associated with ASD. The current investigation explores the relationship between participants’ abilities to engage in derived relational responding and ASD symptom severity as indicated by the Gilliam Autism Rating Scale-Third Edition (GARS-3). The GARS-3 instrument consists of 56 clearly stated items describing characteristic behavior of persons with ASD. Derived relational responding skills were assessed using the Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Comprehensive Assessment (PCA), which measures the following repertoires: ability to engage in basic verbal operants, generalization of basic verbal operants across activities and items, ability to display equivalence relations, and ability to display other relational operants consistent with Relational Frame Theory (Dixon, 2019). Assessments will be conducted across 45 individuals with ASD. Preliminary results of a bivariate correlational analysis indicated a strong negative correlation between participants’ PCA Total scores and GARS-3 total raw scores (r = -.716, p < .05). These findings provide some preliminary implications for behavior analytic treatments for individuals with ASD.

 
209. Evaluating the Efficacy of PEAK in Children With Autism and Corresponding Increases in Derived Relational Responding
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TAYLOR MARIE LAUER (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Megan Kimzey (Missouri State University), Lindsey Schneider (Missouri State University ), Celeste Unnerstall (Missouri State University )
Discussant: Nidal Daou (McNeese State University)
Abstract:

A prior randomized control trial evaluation (Dixon, Paliliunas, et al., 2019) suggested that low-dosage (4-hours / week) behavioral language and cognitive training guided by all four PEAK modules leads to greater gains in derived relational responding and intelligence test scores relative to more traditional training strategies or a control condition. We attempted to replicate these findings in a single-case experimental design for tighter experimental control and allowing for greater individualization of programming across participants. The study involved 5 children with autism. Two children demonstrated symmetry but not transitivity prior to the study. We conducted Equivalence and Transformation training from PEAK in a multiple probe across skills design (Belisle, Clark, Brewer, & McDonald, under review) with intermittent probes of derived relational responding (PEAK-CA; RASC). Results evaluated improvements in symmetrical and transitive relational responding throughout intervention for both participants. Two other children demonstrated basic reflexivity but not symmetry prior to the study. We conducted training using all four PEAK modules with intermittent probes of derived relational responding. Results evaluated improvements in symmetrical relating for both participants. A final participant did not receive PEAK training during this time and scores were evaluated at the beginning and end of the study for comparison.

 
210. Using Point of View Video Modeling to Teach Math to Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder in Saudi Arabia
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
HAMAD HAMDI (Duquesne University), Temple S Lovelace (Duquesne University)
Discussant: Nidal Daou (McNeese State University)
Abstract:

It is important to encourage individuals with autism spectrum disorder to have access to appropriate grade-level and advanced mathematics instruction (Browder et al. 2012). The purpose of this study was to determine the effectiveness of a point-of-view video modeling intervention to teach academic mathematics skills (e.g. addition with regrouping) of elementary students with autism in Saudi Arabia. A multiple baseline across four male students design was used to examine the effectiveness of the intervention on students’ performance. During the intervention, students watched point-of-view video modeling, practiced adding with regrouping, and then solved addition with regrouping problems. Maintenance of solving addition with regrouping performance was measured after the conclusion of the intervention phase. Generalization of solving addition with regrouping performance into untrained addition with regrouping skills was examined. Results demonstrated the effectiveness of the intervention on improving all students’ solving addition problems performance. Effect size measures indicated a strong effect for each student between baseline and intervention. The statistical analysis resulted in a significant difference between baseline and intervention for each student. Generalization of solving addition problems performance to a second untrained setting was evident for each student and resulted in a strong effect size measure. All students maintained solving addition problems performance. Overall, evidence supported that students with autism can independently engage in solving addition with regrouping problems following the intervention. The study suggested that it is important to use single-subject design methods to implement evidence-based practices to teach students with autism in Saudi Arabia. This study was unique in that it added to the research base of implementing video modeling through research in the Middle East.

 
211. Analogical Reasoning of Opposition-Opposition Relations Within a Matrix Reasoning Task in Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LINDSEY AUDREY MARIE DENNIS (Missouri State University), Leah E Clark (Pender Public Schools), Rebecca Jepsen (Tower School), Nicole Choate (Missouri State University), Kayla Welch (Pender Public Schools), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Nidal Daou (McNeese State University)
Abstract:

Analogical reasoning can be defined in Relational Frame Theory as relating of relations, and is often presented in the form: “if A is X to B, then C is X to what?” Where the correct response is controlled by not only the comparison stimulus C, but also the relational cue X that is derived from the already established relationship between A and B (Belisle, Paliliunas, et al., in press). Matrix reasoning tasks allow for a demonstration of analogical reasoning by presenting two stimuli along the top of a 2x2 grid that are related across X dimensions (e.g., coordination, opposition), a third stimulus in the bottom left, and an array of stimuli that the participant matches based on the shared relation X. In the present study, we evaluated a procedure for promoting analogical reasoning across three children with autism. In baseline, participants were unable to match stimuli in terms of coordination and opposition and did not successfully complete the matrix reasoning task. Following mixed coordination and opposition relational training, one participant completed the matrix task. For the remaining participants, we reinforced one exemplar class during the matrix task, which was effective in promoting the untrained emergence of the remaining matrix relations.

 
212. Shout it Out: The Effects of an Unconventional Treatment Package on Screaming
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ELIZABETH ROUNTREE (The Learning Consultants), Jennifer A. Bonow (The Learning Consultants)
Discussant: Nidal Daou (McNeese State University)
Abstract: It is common for children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) to acquire idiosyncratic, and often inappropriate, means of communication. Caleb, a four-year-old boy with ASD, regularly communicates through a series of shrieks, screams, and admonishing babbles frequently accompanied by finger-wagging or “super-hero” posturing. While these bids for interaction can be endearing, they are only variably effective at bringing Caleb into contact with reinforcement. They are difficult to understand and undifferentiated across the stimuli for which he mands. Further, they are very disruptive to across his environments and is a major barrier to meeting the goals in his treatment plan. And, while he is learning new words through traditional echoic and mand training, there has been little impact on the frequency and intensity of shrieks and screams. This poster examines the effect of two additional procedures: contingent vocal imitation (Hart, & Risley, 1995; Killmeyer, Kaczmarek, Kostewicz, & Yelich, 2019) and non-contingent reinforcement(Ingvarsson, Kahng, & Hausman, 2008). These procedures are to be applied within Caleb’s regular treatment setting as part of his treatment plan. An alternating treatments design will be utilized to determine the efficacy of the procedures independently and in combination. Results will inform Caleb’s ongoing intervention in order to support more efficient progress toward his treatment plan goals.
 
213. The Effects of Video Modeling on Staff Training: Beyond Discrete Skills
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ELAINE ESPANOLA (University of Miami), Anibal Gutierrez Jr. (University of Miami), Melissa N. Hale (University of Miami)
Discussant: Nidal Daou (McNeese State University)
Abstract: Remote training and supervision have increasingly become a topic of interest. Some of the general methods of remote supervision include video modeling and self-evaluation. The purpose of the present study was twofold: a) to replicate a previous study by Catania et al. (2009) which demonstrates the effectiveness of video modeling as a staff training technique; b) and to further explore whether video modeling is effective for skills that are not as discrete, such as pairing. Results will discuss differences in staff performance and generalization of skills.
 
214. Imitation Type as a Predictor of Skill Mastery During Intervention
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
ELAINE ESPANOLA (University of Miami), Melissa N. Hale (University of Miami), Anibal Gutierrez Jr. (University of Miami), Andre V. Maharaj (University of Massachusetts Boston)
Discussant: Nidal Daou (McNeese State University)
Abstract: In typical development, research demonstrates that imitation is essential across a variety of skill domains. However, for children with ASD, who often demonstrate deficits in imitation, there is limited information regarding the impact that choosing imitation as a target for skill acquisition may have on general skill acquisition. The present study sough to evaluate how gains in imitation skills impacts general skill acquisition and directly evaluated whether the type of imitation (e.g., oral vs. object imitation) affects the relationship between imitation and total skill mastery.
 
216. The Intricacies of Dating on the Autism Spectrum
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ALEXANDRA ARENA (California State University Los Angeles)
Discussant: Nidal Daou (McNeese State University)
Abstract:

There is a general agreement that individuals with high-functioning autism (HFA) struggle with social skills, but the extent to which this affects their dating lives needs further exploration. This research study sought to answer two research questions: (a) What are the perspectives of individuals with HFA as they navigate both the formation of and commitment to romantic relationships? (b) How do my experiences as a speech language pathologist (SLP) and behavior analyst working with individuals with Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) influence my perception of the difficulties individuals with HFA face while navigating and forming romantic relationships? The literature review revealed that individuals with HFA are highly interested in romantic relationships but do not feel they have the skills to initiate and maintain romantic relationships. This study presents a qualitative case study that also employs autoethnographic methods via focus groups, field notes, and a journal reflection. The analysis examined what individuals with HFA believe their challenges with dating are and identified ways to incorporate client-centered practice to address these difficulties. I maintained a journal throughout the research process to identify any biases. This study is rooted in a deep understanding of the socio-political model of disability. Data analysis revealed the following themes: self-management campaigns, “I’m different than you are,” and anxiety which are explained in detail throughout the study. Through this study, it is suggested that future research and practice includes the creation of therapeutic interventions and social supports aimed at decreasing the mental health risk in the lives of those with HFA.

 
217. An Evaluation of Two Methods of Functional Analysis to Assess Maintaining Consequences of Inappropriate Mealtime Behavior and Implications for Treatment
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
BEN SARCIA (Verbal Beginnings)
Discussant: Nidal Daou (McNeese State University)
Abstract:

inappropriate mealtime behavior (IMB). The authors of the present study conducted a functional analysis of IMB according to Piazza et al. (2003) with a six-year-old boy with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder who engaged in high rates of IMB. The protocol included a demand to take a bite of a non-preferred food within the control condition, with no consequences provided contingent upon the occurrence of IMB. Differentiation in responding throughout the conditions tested was not observed. A second functional analysis was conducted, which consisted of discontinuation of the demand to take a bite of non-preferred food within the control condition. Instead, the non-preferred food was positioned next to the child and all other procedures were consistent with the original protocol. With modifications to the control condition in the second functional analysis, responding was differentiated across conditions and access to preferred edible items was identified as a maintaining consequence of IMB. Thus, a treatment protocol, which included delivery of a preferred bite of food contingent upon acceptance and swallowing of a bite of non-preferred food, was developed from the results of the modified control functional analysis and compliance with taking bites of non-preferred foods increased.

 
218. A Comparison of Mixed and Blocked-Trial Formats for Teaching Conditional Discriminations to an Individual With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JAMES SHERMAN (Evergreen Center), Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center), Kimberly Beckman (Evergreen Center), Kayla Christenson (Evergreen Center)
Discussant: Nidal Daou (McNeese State University)
Abstract:

Mixed-trial instruction is often used to teach auditory-visual conditional discriminations (AVCD) to individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD). During mixed-trial instruction, different sample stimuli are presented in a random but balanced manner across an instructional session. Blocked-trial instruction has also been used by researchers to teach AVCD to individuals struggling to learn these discriminations (Perez-Gonzalez & Williams, 2002). In blocked-trial sessions, the same sample stimulus is presented for a fixed number of consecutive trials before presenting a different sample stimulus for an equal number of consecutive trials. A recent comparison by Bentham, Walker, Pluym, and Tejeda (2019) evaluated blocked vs. mixed-trials used to teach AVCDs to three adults with IDD. Their results suggested the blocked trial format was more efficient, however the differences for the two of the participants was nominal (i.e., 1 and 2 sessions) and there were no within-subject replications. The purpose of the current study was to compare blocked vs. mixed-trials used to teach AVCDs to a teenager with autism. The preliminary results of the first comparison indicated the blocked-trial procedure was slightly more effective. The implications of different trial presentations are discussed.

 
 
 
Noteworthy Activity #543
Presenter Meet and Greet
Monday, May 25, 2020
1:30 PM–2:00 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D

Meet presenters to discuss their research, ask questions, or just say "hi." Check back to see who will be participating.

 
 
Noteworthy Activity #544
Presenter Meet and Greet
Monday, May 25, 2020
2:00 PM–2:30 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D

Meet presenters to discuss their research, ask questions, or just say "hi." Check back to see who will be participating.

 
 
Noteworthy Activity #545
Author Signing
Monday, May 25, 2020
2:00 PM–3:00 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D

Purchase one of the many titlesavailable at the bookstore and stop by to have it signed by the author! Check back to see who will be participating.

 
 
Noteworthy Activity #546
Presenter Meet and Greet
Monday, May 25, 2020
2:30 PM–3:00 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D

Meet presenters to discuss their research, ask questions, or just say "hi." Check back to see who will be participating.

 
 
Panel #547
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Starting an Applied Behavior Analysis Practice
Monday, May 25, 2020
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 202A
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Theodore A. Hoch, Ed.D.
Chair: Theodore A. Hoch (George Mason University)
REBECCA GONZALES (ABC Behavior; Hi-5 ABA, Inc.)
DAVID MADDOX (ABC Behavior; Hi-5 ABA, Inc.)
STEPHANIE MADDOX (ABC Behavior; Hi-5 ABA)
Abstract:

Preface. A Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) holds the minimum credential necessary to offer Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) services within the certificant’s scope of experience/expertise. A BCBA wishing to offer services in their own name, by starting a private practice, faces substantial considerations beyond basic clinical competence. Ethical Considerations. Section 1.02 of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) Ethics Code provides that BCBAs only offer services within the boundaries of available competence. In addition to basic clinical competence, operating a private ABA practice requires expertise in various administrative areas including: insurance contracts and procedure, personnel management, billing and collections, business law, accounting and payroll, cashflow management, and general business administration. Personal/Market Surveys. To evaluate the practicality of establishing a practice, the prospective entrepreneur should survey: (1) personal resources and existing responsibilities, and (2) the ABA business conditions existing in the prospective geographic market (demand for services, competition, funding sources, population density, traffic, technician availability, pay rates, etc.). Business Plan. A business plan typically reflects: specific goals/expectations, timelines, key personnel, defined target market(s), pro-forma budgets, cost-analyses, detailed consideration of in-house vs. outsourcing of administrative functions, personnel recruitment and training plans, definition and assignment of specific management team functions, policy/procedural documentation, and clinical/administrative quality control.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BCBAs interested in starting or participating in the opening and/or operations of an ABA practice constitute the target audience.

Learning Objectives: 1. How BACB Ethics Rules impact clinical considerations in the operation and oversight of an ABA practice. 2. How BACB Ethics Rules impact administrative considerations in the operation and oversight of an ABA practice. 3. Supervisory considerations relating to both clinical and administrative concerns in the planning and structure of an ABA practice.
Keyword(s): Entrepreneurship, Franchise, Ownership, Start-up
 
 
Panel #548
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Effective, Streamlined, and Low Supervisor Response Cost Mentor Programs for Companies With BACB Students
Monday, May 25, 2020
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 207B
Area: AUT/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Hana Jurgens, M.A.
Chair: Hana Jurgens (Positive Behavior Supports)
PATRICK O'LEARY (Positive Behavior Supports Corp.)
SHANNON O'LEARY (Positive Behavior Supports, Corp.)
BEVERLY WATSON POLINTAN (Positive Behavior Supports, Corp.)
Abstract:

First impressions and experiences are everything to BCBAs, and their experience starts when they sign that first contract at a fieldwork or practicum site. When BACB students look for places of both current and future employment, it begins with their practicums and independent fieldwork experience outcomes, which ultimately shape them as an analyst. The response cost (both physical and financial) on a company of taking a student in and training them is high. When those students leave for employment elsewhere once they reach that pivotal point of credentialing, the reinforcement of taking in students is diminished across the company and the supervising BCBA. So, how do we get them to stay? If students feel supported, engaged, challenged academically and practically, and that they have the opportunity to flourish during their student experiences, they are more likely to stay and begin their analytic career at the sites that they do their fieldwork hours. We seek to discuss our current mentor program, both content and structure, and to assess its ability to produce competent, critical thinking, driven, and ethical future BCBAs, and the rate at which those BCBAs ultimately remain to begin employment with our company.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

This event targets BCBAs who supervise or are interested in becoming supervisors.

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will learn easy and effective systems for quantifying and tracking for quality supervision. 2. Participants will learn how to reduce response cost and increase quality of their BCBA's who provide supervision to students. 3. Participants will learn how to identify immediate structural components to enhance supervisory experiences at their worksites.
Keyword(s): OBM, Students, Supervision, Sustainability
 
 
Symposium #549
CE Offered: BACB
System-Wide Data Analysis as a Measure of Efficiency of Developmental Treatments
Monday, May 25, 2020
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 201
Area: AUT/DEV; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Lin Du, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Much attention in our field has been focused on examining the effectiveness of possible interventions in facilitating students' learning or improving their performance. In this symposium, we'd like to discuss the importance of evaluating the efficiency of behavioral interventions. We will present weekly system-wide data from three different centers in three different countries (Italy, Korea and US). Our goals is to identify the key elements in efficient learning and teaching for young children with developmental delays. We hope our studies could shed some light on cost-effective interventions for program supervisors and school directors.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): behavioral interventions, cost-effective, efficient
Target Audience:

Audience with basic understanding of ABA intervention, trials, and short term objectives.

 

CABAS Based Model of Interventions in Italy and How We Measure Effectiveness Versus Efficiency

ELISA GALANTI (University of Parma), Fabiola Casarini (Scuola delle Stelle), Sandra Sesenna (Cortile Cooperative; Kirikù Project), Gianluca Amato (VitaLab Educational Centre)
Abstract:

In many European Countries, including Italy, governments are struggling to provide children with ASD with early and intensive behavioral interventions within the free Public Health and Education System. While access to early diagnosis is improving, the lack of criteria in ABA effectiveness is hindering the direct application of the science. With the aim to measure treatment effectiveness and efficiency and share the results with national parents’ Associations and the Health Department, we tested the effects of implementing a CABAS® based educational model for 18 young kids, all enrolled in a learning and research centre in Italy. We collected monthly data on total number of Learn Units and learning objectives achieved by each Participant. Centre-wide data on rate of response opportunities to criterion were also analyzed and compared with those registered for a control group of 24 children with ASD of the same age, who were receiving free behavioral interventions for four hours a week only. Data suggest that the CABAS® model can be successfully adapted for different welfare systems and can provide Public Services’ leaders with easy-to-read data on how intensivity of early intervention could be individualized. Further research should compare different treatment’s intensivity packages and add norm-based data.

 

Education for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder in South Korea: A Case Study

HYE-SUK LEE PARK (KAVBA ABA Research Center), Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jinhyeok Choi (Pusan National University)
Abstract:

In South Korea, the number of the prevalence of children with ASD is comparable to that of the USA, now climbed up to 1 in 38. Our presentation will report data collected from KAVBA center in Seoul, South Korea, as a direct replication of the CABAS model. Pre and post data of 11 students aged 3 to 5 years olds who enrolled in the year of 03/2017-02/2018 were reported. PEP-R were used for pre and post assessments. With the intervention, the mean developmental gain across 11 children was 27.6 months with an average from 16 months to 50 months. More than half of them showed more than a whole year’s developmental gain. A comprehensive curriculum, and staff training and daily based supervision utilizing TPRA and Decision Analysis Protocol were critical elements for bringing above mentioned outcomes. Data from the one- year intensive behavior intervention in this one year time provided for discussion on effective and cost-efficient service for children with ASD in South Korea.

 

Do You Get What You Pay For? An Evaluation of Efficiency of Behavioral Intervention in a Center-Based Model

LIN DU (Teachers College, Columbia University), JeanneMarie Speckman (Fred S. Keller School Teachers College Columbia University)
Abstract:

Fred S. Keller School is a behavior analytic early intervention and preschool program for children with and without developmental disabilities from 18 mon to 5 years old. Keller school is the oldest Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS) accredited programs. At Keller school, we strive to increase daily instruction students receive (measured by number of learn units) and decrease the number of instructional trials required to meet an objective (measured by the learn units to criterion). At a micro level, the learn units to criterion show how fast a student learns and how efficient a teacher teaches. At the macro level, it shows how efficient and cost-effective an educational model is. We are going to present the center-wide data on the number of learn units to criterion, cost per learn unit and cost per short term objective over the past 3 years. We propose the relatively low and stable level of all three measures was a function of an evidence-based decision algorithm, system-wide teacher training, verbal behavior development protocol interventions, among others.

 
 
Panel #550
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Expanding Our Competence and Collaborations: Behavior Analysis in Mental and Medical Health
Monday, May 25, 2020
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon A
Area: CBM; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Teresa Camille Kolu, Ph.D.
Chair: Evelyn Gould (McLean Hospital, Harvard Medical School; FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.)
TERESA CAMILLE KOLU (Cusp Emergence)
JEFF KUPFER (University of Colorado Denver)
KEN WINN (Firefly Autism)
Abstract:

Behavior analysis can bring together multidisciplinary teams responsible for effective programming for diverse clients with concurrent mental health and medical diagnoses. Even so, the early experiences of many ABA program participants and supervisees are characterized by exposure to only a small slice of the many client populations who could benefit from ABA. This panel assembles professionals, professors, and practitioners spanning community practice, medical and university environments to address audience questions on the intersection between behavior analysis and treatment of behavior related to mental health. Discussion points will include answers to recent questions posed by community members and students to university professors and those disseminating behavior analysis on social media, including: What ethical considerations are involved as I treat behavior in a person with concurrent mental health diagnoses? How do we form effective collaborations in mental health and medical hospital settings? How does behavior analysis look in an interdisciplinary environment, and how can I expand my boundaries of competence related to more diverse settings?

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Intermediate skill behavior analysis level

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will state actions that behavior analysts can take to collaborate more effectively in multidisciplinary contexts 2. Audience members will give examples of ways behavior analysis applies to supervision settings where mental health diagnoses interact with behavioral health 3. Participants will state ways to expand boundaries of competence in practicing in mental and medical health settings
Keyword(s): competence boundaries, medical health, mental health
 
 
Symposium #551
An Examination of Corruption as a Behavioral and Cultural Phenomenon
Monday, May 25, 2020
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty M
Area: CSS/OBM; Domain: Theory
Chair: Fabio Bento (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Discussant: Marco Tagliabue (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Abstract:

Corruption is a critical social problem of the 21st century, and it features almost every day in the headlines of the media in most developing countries. However, few behavior analysts study of corruption. This symposium intends to draw the attention of behavior analysts to this critical social problem. We demonstrate how corruption can be analyzed with behavior analytic conceptual tools. The first study highlights how different units of analysis (operant behavior, culturobehavioral lineage, culturant, and macrobehavior) account for different facets of this social phenomenon and presents some examples of how the theme has been experimentally studied in recent years. The second presentation draws on the results from a survey of 518 persons on why intermediaries are used, for example to procure a driving license or a building permit. ‘Goro boys’ in Ghana or “coyotes” or “tramitadores” in Latin America are to intermediate bribe-taking. Intermediaries are used in corruption transactions to eliminate uncertainty and reduce the risk of detection and we examined the use of intermediaries as avoidance behavior. How to combat corruption associated with the use of intermediaries is discussed. The dynamics of operant and cultural sides of corruption explored in this symposium indicates a fertile field for research.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Corruption, ethical self-control, macrocontingency, metacontingency
 
Units of Analysis for Corruption Experiments: Operant, Culturobehavioral Lineage, Culturant, and Macrobehavior
KAROLINY LOPES DA HORA (Federal University of the Saint Francis Valley (Univasf)), Angelo A. S. Sampaio (Universidade Federal do Vale do São Francisco (Univasf))
Abstract: To comprehensively understand the processes involved in social issues such as corruption, a behavior science has to rely on rigorous experimentation, interdisciplinary dialogue, and the use of diverse units of analysis. We propose a behavioral analysis of corruption, highlighting how different units of analysis (operant behavior, culturobehavioral lineage, culturant, and macrobehavior) account for different facets of this social phenomenon. Corrupt behavior involves relations in which there is a conflict between consequences for the individual and effects for the group—a concept similar to that of an ethical self-controlled response. This response can occur independently or in coordination with responses by other individuals. Further, verbal control, as well as social reinforcement and punishment, plays an important role in the maintenance and transmission of this behavioral pattern. After presenting examples of how the theme has been experimentally studied in recent years, we conclude by suggesting that experimental studies on ethical self-control may fruitfully contribute to the behavioral analysis of corruption in its multiple dimensions.
 
Behavioral and Cultural Analysis of the Use of Intermediaries in Corruption Transactions
TETE KOBLA AGBOTA (Oslo Metropolitan Unoversity)
Abstract: Even though use of intermediaries in corruption transactions is, this theme has not been examined by behavior analysts. It is common to find persons who act as intermediaries (known as “goro boys” in Ghana or “coyotes” or “tramitadores” in Latin America) in the vicinity of government offices. They assist individuals in applying for driving license, building permits or roadworthy certificates. A questionnaire was used to explore the experiences of 518 persons on the use of intermediaries when dealing with public officials to acquire different mandatory permits or certificates to operate businesses. Avoiding uncertainty, lowering risk of detection, avoiding wasting time in case processing queues and non-conversant with rules are some reasons given for the use of intermediaries. The phenomenon is examined as avoidance behavior. Further, the briber, the intermediary, and the public officer constitute a closed corrupt behavioral system, where cooperation itself may be the object of selection as well as the aggregate product. This system may institutionalize corruption. Combating this form of corruption should focus more on methods to destabilize corrupt collusions, for instance, introducing online (paperless) application systems that make public officer and client physical interface redundant.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #552
CE Offered: BACB/PSY/QABA
There’s a Time and a Place for Everything
Monday, May 25, 2020
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 6
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption College)
CE Instructor: Sarah Cowie, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: SARAH COWIE (University of Auckland, New Zealand)
Abstract: When the environment around us changes with regularity, certain events come to predict others; the sign at the café tells me coffee will be forthcoming, whereas the line of people outside the café suggests coffee will not occur in the immediate future. These signpost events come to exert control over behavior, at least when they point to currently important events: In the morning, we follow signposts to coffee, but at dinnertime, we follow signposts to food. In a complex world, signposts are crucial for adaptation to our environment, and for choice of a future that might contain maximal pleasure and minimal pain—that is, signposts help us to behave appropriately. Yet some signposts fail to control our behavior, even when they predict favorable future conditions more reliably than do other signposts. Why do some events come to exert stimulus control over behavior, while others do not? This talk explores basic research that highlights the importance of experience, affordances—the ability to discriminate order, time, and location—and dispositions—the wants and needs of the organism that may be satisfied by the environment—in the development of effective signposts. We discuss how imperfect discrimination causes signposts lose predictive power, and exert weaker control over behavior. Finally, we turn to misbehavior and bad habits, and consider how these basic research findings might help us to understand—and perhaps even change—apparently surprising, sometimes maladaptive control by signposts in the natural world.
Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Basic and applied behavior analysts with an interest in stimulus control.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the impact of discrimination and generalization processes and the degree to which current environmental events exert stimulus control over behavior; (2) discuss hypotheses about how phylogenetic and personal history determine the degree to which stimuli exert control over behavior; (3) understand how the likely future, as extrapolated from the past, determines the division of control among signposts.
 
SARAH COWIE (University of Auckland, New Zealand)
Sarah Cowie obtained her Ph.D. in 2014 at the University of Auckland, under the supervision of Professor Michael Davison and Professor Doug Elliffe. Sarah’s research explores how our behavior depends on past, present, and potential events.
 
 
Symposium #553
CE Offered: BACB
Gilbert Goes to School: Applying a Systems Analysis to Education
Monday, May 25, 2020
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence E
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Ronnie Detrich (Utah State University)
Discussant: Cloyd Hyten (ADI)
CE Instructor: Sarah E. Pinkelman, Ph.D.
Abstract:

For years there have been many efforts to reform the American educational system. These efforts have not been successful. The reform efforts have generally focused on specific educational innovations to the neglect of a systems analysis necessary to achieve the benefits of the innovation. Tom Gilbert’s seminal book, Human Competence: Engineering Worthy Performance (1978) provides a comprehensive systems analysis. In this session, we will present Gilbert’s Behavior Engineering Model and consider how it can be productively applied to the education system to improve student outcomes. Teachers are the focus in this session because they are primarily responsible for influencing student outcomes; however, for them to succeed, the educational system must create the necessary conditions for them to be effective. The Behavioral Engineering Model offers six conditions for competent performance. The first three describe environmental supports necessary. The second three conditions describe what is necessary to assure that the individual performer has the necessary repertoires to effectively educate students. In this session one of the presenters will describe the environmental conditions necessary and the other presenter will describe the personal repertoires and the responsibility of the system to assure they are present

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Behavioral Engineering,, Education Reform, Gilbert, Human Competence
Target Audience:

The target audience for this symposium are BCBAs that work in public schools, individuals that are engaged in systems change, and anyone interested in educational reform.

Learning Objectives: 1) Participants will be able to describe the six boxes of Gilbert's Behavioral Engineering Model. 2) Participants will be able to provide examples of system supports for each of the six boxes in the Behavioral Engineering Model 3) Participants will be able to describe the logic of the progression across the six boxes of the Behavioral Engineering Model in the process of systems change.
 
Gilbert’s Environmental Supports and Education: Creating Optimal Conditions for Student Achievement
SARAH E. PINKELMAN (Utah State University)
Abstract: In his book, Human Competence: Engineering Worthy Performance, Tom Gilbert (1978) outlines his Behavior Engineering Model, and this model provides a powerful framework for analyzing the educational system in the United States. Gilbert’s model includes aspects of behavior engineering related to a performer’s repertoire and the environment in which the individual is expected to perform. In this session, the environmental supports of Gilbert’s Behavior Engineering Model will be examined as they relate to the educational system in the United States. The environmental supports in Gilbert’s model include information (data), instrumentation (instruments), and motivation (incentives). Each of these supports will be described and mapped on to the U.S. educational system. From this analysis, it becomes clear that necessary environmental supports are absent or inadequate, and it is no surprise that the educational system continues to struggle in producing socially significant student outcomes. Following a discussion of this analysis, future directions for a comprehensive approach to educational reform that is informed by Gilbert’s Behavior Engineering Model will be explored.
 
Gilbert’s Behavioral Repertoire and Education: Maximizing the Repertoire
RONNIE DETRICH (Utah State University)
Abstract: This talk focuses on the second component, the individual’s repertoire, of the Behavioral Engineering Model. The individual repertoire is divided into three categories, knowledge, capacity, and motivation. Rather than focus on what the individual brings to the task, the focus is on developing the necessary repertoire so the individual can competently perform the tasks related to worthy accomplishments. In this conceptualization, there is an emphasis on scientifically based training to assure the individual knows what to do (knowledge). Developing job aides, adapting the work so the individual can perform the task, and a well-developed selection process to assure as close of a match as possible between the requirements of the task and the skills of the individual are subsumed under the category capacity. The motives of the individual are considered but only after all other components of the Behavior Engineering Model have been addressed. In this talk, examples of how these categories can be applied to the education system to improve outcomes for students. These recommended practices will be compared to the common current practices in education. By comparing current practices to practices recommended by Gilbert, it should provide a roadmap for increasing competent by those working in education.
 
 
Symposium #554
CE Offered: BACB
Running Low on Time? Practical Strategies for Training School Staff
Monday, May 25, 2020
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence F-H
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Translational
Discussant: Morten Haugland (Haugland Learning Center)
CE Instructor: Morten Haugland, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Novice teachers and unlicensed classroom staff (aides or paraprofessionals) may not have sufficient training in evidence based practices to instruct, assess, and engage diverse learners. High teacher and staff turn-over negatively effects students and is costly to schools across the country. There is a high cost associated with finding, hiring, and training a new staff (Milanowski & Odden, 2007). School districts need to identify evidence-based strategies and provide effective training to keep novice teachers in the classroom. Teacher preparation programs provide limited instruction on classroom management strategies and school districts are left with the challenge of providing thorough and on-going professional development. Additionally, there is often limited time or opportunity for paraprofessionals to receive training in evidence based teaching and behavior reduction strategies, which puts time at a premium for any training which paraprofessionals do receive (Giangrecco, Suter, & Doyle, 2010). Schools need efficient and effective means to train classroom staff in evidence based practices. This presentation provides 3 examples of effective and efficient procedures for training school staff novel skills. First, we will review data from a study that used Behavior Skills Training (BST) and alternating methods of objective and evaluative feedback to increase the rate of behavior specific praise with novice teachers. The next presenter will examine the effects of BST for paraprofessionals on prompting and contriving communication exchanges with students who use augmentative and alternative communication devices. Finally, we will share the results of a workshop that included lecture, a card game, and video modeling to teach paraprofessionals how to conduct three conditions of a functional analysis.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): BST, novice teacher, paraprofessional, staff training
Target Audience:

Practitioners, graduate students, and teachers

 
Comparative Effects of Feedback Before and After Instruction to Increase Novice Teacher’s Specific Praise and Student Behavior
(Applied Research)
CAITLIN CRISS (Ohio State University), Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University), Moira Konrad (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Classroom management is a significant challenge for teachers, especially novice teachers who report classroom management as their greatest need for professional development. This challenge may lead to high teacher turn-over which negatively impacts student achievement and school culture. Teacher preparation programs provide limited instruction on classroom management strategies and school districts are left with the challenge of providing thorough and on-going professional development. Behavior skills training (BST) is an empirically based method for training new skills that uses the principles of applied behavior analysis. Additionally, researchers have well documented that behavior specific praise is an effective classroom management strategy. The present study used BST to increase the rate of behavior specific praise with novice teachers. Once trained, teachers received objective and evaluative feedback on their rate of specific praise in the classroom setting. Additionally, students’ on-task behavior was measured to determine if a functional relationship exists between an increase in behavior specific praise by the teacher and student on-task behavior. An alternating treatments design measured the effectiveness of the feedback when it was provided prior to a teaching performance or immediately after a lesson.
 
Behavior Skills Training for Paraprofessionals Prompting Students with Complex Communication Needs to use Augmentative and Alternative Communication Devices
(Applied Research)
ERIC ANDERSON (Ohio State University)
Abstract: Communication is a fundamental right and is crucial to full participation in daily life. For students with developmental and intellectual disabilities with complex communication needs (CCN), communication opportunities can be hindered by skill deficits and competing challenging behaviors. These same students are often further isolated from communication opportunities with placement in restrictive 1:1 settings. These 1:1 settings do; however, provide an opportunity to practice communication skills, which can serve to decrease deficits, and simultaneously decrease challenging behavior. In this study, we used a multiple probe design to test the effects of Behavior Skills Training (BST) for paraprofessionals increasing the opportunities to initiate and respond to communication for their students with CCN who used augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) devices. Further, we trained paraprofessionals to use least-to-most prompting strategies to increase students’ fluency with AAC devices and measured the effects of increased student communication on challenging behavior. Results and recommendations for staff training, are discussed.
 
Teaching Paraprofessionals to Conduct Functional Analysis Conditions
(Service Delivery)
RON DEMUESY (Dublin City Schools), Kimberly Jones (Dublin City Schools)
Abstract: The present project examined methods for training five paraprofessionals to conduct functional analysis conditions. First, the participants were given written instructions on how to complete the conditions. Second, they participated in a ninety-minute workshop that included a brief lecture, a functional analysis card game and a video of simulated conditions. Results indicated that all participants met the established treatment criterion. In addition, two participants meet the treatment criterion based on data probes while they conducted the conditions with actual students. Implications for training paraprofessionals in an applied setting in high level skills are discussed.
 
 
Symposium #555
CE Offered: BACB
Expanding the Use of Assessment Tools: Clinical Applications to OBM and OBM to Health Behaviors
Monday, May 25, 2020
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Capitol/Congress
Area: OBM/CSS; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jonpaul D. Moschella (California State University, Fresno)
Discussant: Denys Brand (California State University, Sacramento)
CE Instructor: Marianne L. Jackson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Many assessment tools have been developed to assess a specific range of behaviors with specific populations. In addition, they often have a substantial body of research supporting their effectiveness to do so. Two examples of this are Functional Analysis (FA) methodology and the Performance Diagnostic Checklist (PDC), with the former most commonly used with individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities to assess significant behavioral excesses, and the latter most commonly used with adults in organizations to assess barriers to effective work performance. Such tools may have greater utility outside of these immediate areas and this symposium will present two examples of such expansion. The first presentation will discuss the use of FA procedures with 10 individuals on a simple data-entry task. Results suggest that the various antecedent and consequence variables presented were not differentially effective and that goal setting and rule-governed behavior may be responsible for the maintenance of behavior. The second presentation will discuss the use of the PDC to improve the health behaviors of four athletes. The resulting interventions produced some mixed results and the implications and future directions will be discussed. The symposium will conclude with some comments and thoughts from our esteemed discussant.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Assessment, Feedback, Functional analysis, Health behaviors
Target Audience:

Practicing BCBAs, BCBAs who are administrators or supervise others, BCBAs practicing in areas of health behaviors or in the areas of sports performance

Learning Objectives: 1) Attendees will be able to describe the uses and variations of feedback 2) Attendees will be able to describe the use of a functional analysis to examine behaviors other than problem behavior 3) Attendees will be able to describe how the PDC can be used to assess the function of performance problems in athlete executive health behaviors
 
WTF(F): What’s the Function of Feedback?
(Applied Research)
MARIANNE L. JACKSON (California State University, Fresno), Jonpaul D. Moschella (California State University, Fresno), Vanessa Gowett (California State University, Fresno), Alexis Barajas (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract: Feedback is a widely used, but poorly understood, intervention in behavior analysis. Current research has noted a lack of clarity in how feedback is defined in terms of basic principles and a need to examine it in terms of the functions it serves. The current study utilized a functional analysis methodology to examine the effects of feedback on a simple data-entry task. This occurred as positive reinforcement, in the form of brief praise and/or money on gift cards, negative reinforcement in the form of escape from mild reprimands, and nonsocial forms of reinforcement. Participants were 10 undergraduate students, aged 20-33, and the effects were examined using a multielement design. Data suggest that the various forms of feedback did not have differential effects on performance, with all participants performing similarly across all conditions. This suggests that possible rule governance, specifically goal setting, alone may have been responsible for performance, regardless of the direct contingencies arranged by the experimenters.
 
Extending the Performance Diagnostic Checklist to Assessing Health Behaviors in Athletes
(Applied Research)
ISABELLA MARIA CAMELLO TAN (University of Southern California FirstSteps for Kids), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis methods have often been used in the field of sports. Intervention packages have been created to facilitate acquisition of new skills, improve techniques for existing skills, and promote better practice and competition behaviors. Though the efficacy of ABA techniques has been demonstrated multiple times, there is a paucity of research regarding assessment in sports. The Performance Diagnostic Checklist (PDC) is an assessment tool often used in organizational settings to identify barriers to efficient performance. This study aims to determine the utility of the PDC for improving health behaviors among athletes. Using a multiple baseline design, interventions based on the PDC are being evaluated with individuals who play sports. The interventions are expected to increase engagement in the target behavior chosen by the participants. Four people are participating in the study – two currently in the intervention phase, and two in the baseline phase. The intervention has produced mixed results thus far. Implications and future directions will be discussed.
 
 
Panel #556
CE Offered: BACB
Using Virtual Reality for Hiring and Training RBTs
Monday, May 25, 2020
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty I-L
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Annie Elisa Escalante, M.S.
Chair: Annie Elisa Escalante (BehaviorMe)
ANDRES CHAVEZ (BehaviorMe)
KIMBERLEY ANDREA ENLOE (Easterseals Southern California)
ALYSSA KAVNER (Easterseals Southern California)
Abstract:

Behavior Analytic therapy centers use the assistance of hiring directors and recruiters more and more to find Registered Behavior Technicians to provide medically necessary treatment to individuals with Autism. The use of these positions are becoming more ubiquitous as our field continues to scale. Although helpful, recruiters and hiring directors have little to no experience with the day to day tasks of an RBT. This session will discuss the use of Virtual Reality exposure simulations in the use of disseminating what ABA treatment is, who this therapy can assist (e.g., individuals with target behaviors for reduction) and what are some of the expected soft and technical skills needed for this position. Also, this technology can be used as a training tool for new RBT recruits. Virtual reality allows for training directors to test and train new RBT recruits on the technical and soft skills used within a therapy setting, prior to placing said RBT on a case. The panel will also discuss the ethical ramifications when using this technology during the training and recruitment process and provide suggestions for future simulation creation and future case uses of this emerging technology within a clinical setting.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

BCBAs, BCaBAs

Learning Objectives: After this session, Learners will be able to 1) describe the use of emerging technology in the dissemination of Behavior Analysis, 2) describe the multidisciplinary approach used when Behavior Analysts work within a growing company and 3) describe the strategies used when assessing and training new RBT recruits within a Virtual Reality environment.
Keyword(s): Dissemination, Service Delivery, Training, Virtual Reality
 
 
Panel #557
CE Offered: BACB
Complex Invariance: Translation, Paraphrase, and the Precision of Technical Language
Monday, May 25, 2020
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M1, University of D.C. / Catholic University
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Christina M. Peters, M.Ed.
Chair: Christina M. Peters (University of Nevada, Reno)
PHILIP N. HINELINE (Temple University - Emeritus)
MARTHA COSTA HÜBNER (University of São Paulo)
PER HOLTH (OsloMet -- Oslo Metropolitan University)
Abstract:

International dissemination of behavior science is important for the continued growth of our field. The spread of behavior analysis potentiates the amelioration of much suffering around the world through enhanced educational practices, environmental conservation efforts and enhanced treatment for those with special needs. However, issues related to technical language have thwarted dissemination of behavior science. Matters such as agency and the tri-polar nature of behavior analytic accounts have made dissemination difficult even amongst native English speakers. This panel will explore the challenges of translating technical language from English into different languages, the impact that various approaches to translation have had on dissemination efforts and advice for best practices going forward.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts interested in international dissemination.

Learning Objectives: 1. By the end of this discussion, participants will be able to identify the importance of using precise technical language when disseminating behavior analysis. 2. By the end of this discussion, participants will be able to identify barriers to successful translation of behavior analytic texts across languages. 3. By the end of this discussion, participants will be able to understand what role careful translation of technical terms plays in successful dissemination of behavior analysis.
Keyword(s): dissemination, international dissemination, technical language
 
 
Invited Tutorial #558
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Training and Treating Wholeheartedly: Identifying a Role for Compassion Practices in the Profession of Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 25, 2020
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 207A
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Bridget Taylor, Psy.D.
Chair: David Bicard (Great Leaps Learning Center)
Presenting Authors: : BRIDGET TAYLOR (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

Within certain areas of healthcare, it has been documented that treating patients with compassion and empathy can have important benefits, such as increasing patient satisfaction, enhancing adherence to treatment, and improving clinical outcomes (e.g., Beach, et al., 2006; Hojat et al., 2011; Weiss et al., 2017). Treating oneself and others with compassion is also believed to promote individual wellbeing and improve mental health (e.g. McClelland, et al., 2018; Neff, 2011; Scarlet et al., 2017). While current empirical support for these outcomes is mixed (Kirby, Tellegen & Steindl, 2017), there is increasing scientific interest in the benefits of compassion. That broad-based interest notwithstanding, the data-driven field of behavior analysis has only recently begun to advocate for the importance of relationship variables that could positively impact our work (e.g., Taylor, LeBlanc & Nosik, 2018; Leblanc, Taylor & Marchese, 2019). This presentation reviews survey data documenting parent perception of compassionate care by behavior analysts, as well as behavior analysts’ impressions of training in this area. Behavioral responses that may comprise compassionate care will be presented, along with considerations for how compassionate care of our clients and ourselves can enhance our work as behavior analysts and potentially improve clinical outcomes.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BCBAs, BCBA-Ds, BCaBAs, supervisors and trainers of behavior analysts, autism specialists.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify the empirical research documenting the effects of compassionate care responses in other health disciplines; (2) identify relationship variables relevant to our work with family members; (3) identify current behavioral conceptualization of empathy and perspective taking; (4) identify components of the BACB ethical code related to relationship variables.
 
BRIDGET TAYLOR (Alpine Learning Group)

Dr. Bridget A. Taylor is co-founder and CEO of Alpine Learning Group and is Senior Clinical Advisor for Rethink. She holds a Doctorate of Psychology from Rutgers University, and received her Master’s degree in Early Childhood Special Education from Columbia University. She is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst and a Licensed Psychologist. Dr. Taylor is President of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board and serves on the Autism Advisory Group for the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies. She is past Associate Editor for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. She also serves on the editorial board of Behavioral Interventions. Active in the autism research community, Dr. Taylor has published numerous peer-reviewed articles and book chapters on effective interventions for autism. She is a national and international presenter and serves in an advisory capacity for autism education and treatment programs both locally and abroad. Dr. Taylor was recently recognized by the Association for Applied Behavior Analysis International for her outstanding contributions to behavior analysis and was given ABAI’s Fellow designation.

 
 
Panel #559
CE Offered: BACB/QABA — 
Supervision
How Do We Ensure Treatment Integrity in International Markets With Less Than 4,000 BCBAs Attempting to Serve the Needs of Nearly 20 Million People With Autism Spectrum Disorder?
Monday, May 25, 2020
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Archives
Area: TBA/CSS; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Jennifer M. Gillis, M.A.
Chair: Karen Chung (Special Learning, Inc. )
KIM MADAR KLEMEK (Global Autism Project)
JENNIFER M. GILLIS (Binghamton University)
SVETLANA IYER (Stepping Stones Center, Bangalore, India)
Abstract:

According to the World Health Organization (WHO), approximately 1 in 160 (0.6%) children around the world has Autism. Based upon prevalence rates published by a small number of countries around the world, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) estimates that the autism prevalence rate for international markets may range from 1% to 2%. Applying the conservative WHO estimate of 1 in 160 to the 2.2 Billion children in the world (per Unicef), there are nearly 14 million children in the world with autism. Adding adolescents and adults to that figure may be as high as 20 to 30 million people in the world living with autism. Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is the globally agreed-upon gold standard for autism intervention. There are less than 40,000 Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA), who are experts in implementing behavior analysis in applied settings in the world. According to the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB), the international credentialing body that governs practitioners of Applied Behavior Analysis -- BCBAs (including BCBA-D and BCaBA) and RBTs -- less than 10% of BCBAs (et al.) practice outside the U.S. The current reality is that there are less than 4,000 BCBAs available to serve the needs of nearly 18 to 19 million people with autism living outside the United States. Faced with these seemingly insurmountable numbers, it would be very easy for international BCBAs to throw treatment integrity out the window. However, a great majority of international BCBAs are committed to preserving the integrity and efficacy of ABA services. International BCBAs with a dual objective of maintaining treatment integrity while helping the masses are faced with a herculean task, some of which can be tackled with a scalable Global Supervision Framework. During this panel discussion, we will introduce the Global Supervision Framework, the foundation of which relies on a group supervision model designed to maximize existing resources to scale while maintaining treatment integrity. The panel, comprised of BCBAs whose primary practice is located in India; a BCBA who builds sustainable clinical capacity with fifteen pre-existing centres in thirteen different countries as well as two international verified course sequences;; and a faculty member whose primary body of work includes providing support to BCBA practitioners who support individuals with autism across the lifespan. As part of the discussion, we will present results of a research study conducted in partnership with Stepping Stones Center and Bingham University on the positive impacts of systematically incorporating structured journal assignments (i.e. Journal Club) in group supervision settings with behavior technicians / RBTs as a means to increase clinical competency. We will close the discussion by presenting examples of group supervision models with demonstrated efficacy in center-based (in-person) and remote (telehealth) settings. Upon the conclusion of this panel discussion, learners will be able to: (1) Explain the demand for ABA services in international markets; (2) Discuss 3 to 5 key challenges to maintaining treatment integrity when providing ABA services in international markets; (3) Discuss 3 to 5 key barriers to providing effective supervision in international markets; (4) Explain the Global Supervision Framework; (5) Discuss the benefits of incorporating a Journal Club to group supervision; (6) Become familiar with effective group supervision models used in international markets for both in-person supervision and telehealth supervision.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BCaBA, BCBA, BCBA-D

Learning Objectives: (1) Explain the demand for ABA services in international markets; (2) Discuss 3 to 5 key challenges to maintaining treatment integrity when providing ABA services in international markets; (3) Discuss 3 to 5 key barriers to providing effective supervision in international markets; (4) Explain the Global Supervision Framework; (5) Discuss the benefits of incorporating a Journal Club to group supervision; (6) Become familiar with effective group supervision models used in international markets for both in-person supervision and telehealth supervision.
 
 
Symposium #560
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analysis Around the World: Examples of Poland, Ecuador and Armenia
Monday, May 25, 2020
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence A-C
Area: TBA/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: M. Fernanda Welsh (InTouch Behavioral Services)
CE Instructor: Lusineh Gharapetian, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior Analysis is a fast growing field, not only in the US, where it originated, but also around the world. The Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) has become a widely accepted certification body both within the US and in many other countries. This not only creates opportunities for Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) to find employment in various parts of the world, but also for professional organizations from around the world to standardize basic requirements for individuals who practice behavior analysis. The increasing acceptance of the BCBA certification abroad is reflected in the growing number of BCBAs practicing outside of the US as well as in the fact that the BCBA exam is now offered in an increasing number of languages. In addition to the BCBA certification, there are many other professional organizations who regulate the practice of behavior analysts in countries other than the United States. The profession of Behavior Analysts in various countries is shaped by variables such as local laws, licensure or certification processes, and funding sources. This panel will provide an overview of the field in Poland, Ecuador and Armenia.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): behavior analysis, certification, international dissemination, staff training
Target Audience:

BCBAs, BCaBAs, and other certified or licensed professionals

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will describe three differences in acquiring, maintaining and providing supervision for the Board Certified Behavior Analyst certification and the Polish Behavioral Therapist Certification. 2. Participants will describe three strategies to increase effectiveness when implementing a behavioral skills training approach in a different country. 3. Participants will describe three factors for consideration regarding the barriers to dissemination of applied behavior analysis in developing countries. 4. Participants will describe three strategies for raising awareness about developmental disabilities. 5. Participants will describe three strategies for dissemination of ABA-based practices in a different country. 6. Participants will describe three ethical and practical considerations in the dissemination of ABA-based practices in different countries.
 
Behavior Analysis in Poland
(Service Delivery)
KINGA WOLOS-ZACHMEIER (The ABRITE Organization), Przemyslaw Babel (Jagiellonian University)
Abstract: The history of Behavior Analysis in Poland reaches as far back as the early 1930s, when studies on operant and respondent conditioning were being conducted at Polish Universities. With the exception of World War Two, the science of behavior continued to advance in Poland throughout the decades. However, many early studies are not available to the broader behavioral analytic community due to lack of translations. In recent years, the field has experienced rapid growth, just as in the United States. While very few individuals hold certification granted by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board, hundreds practice Behavior Analysis and hold the Polish Behavioral Therapist Certification. The presentation will summarize the development of Behavior Analysis in Poland, highlighting the most significant events, and will draw a picture the current state of the field. Additionally, a comparison between the credentials of Board Certified Behavior Analyst and Polish Behavioral Therapist Certification, including differences in requirements and maintenance, will be presented. Areas of practice and demographics of customers served by Behavior Analysts in Poland will be discussed and compared to certificant data published by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board.
 
Ecuador and Autism: An Overview of Current Services and Next Steps
(Service Delivery)
M. FERNANDA WELSH (InTouch Behavioral Services), Maria Chang (Centro Enigma)
Abstract: The diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder in Ecuador is increasing; however, services and resources available for those in need are far and few in between. The field of behavior analysis has grown at a rapid rate in the United States in recent decades. Unfortunately, its growth has not yet reached many countries in South America, such as Ecuador. Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is accepted as a research-based treatment across many different fields, more saliently in treating individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). While there are over 60 years of research to support the efficacy of ABA treatment, Ecuador still relies in non-evidence based methods to treat individuals with ASD. Furthermore, the acceptance of an autism diagnosis or identification of early signs of autism is very limited. This presentation will discuss a consultation model in behavioral skills training with a local ABA agency in Ecuador, Centro Enigma. Effective strategies, areas of need, ethical guidelines and addressing cultural differences will be at the core of this presentation that seeks to bring awareness and acceptance to an underrepresented population in Ecuador.
 
Applied Behavior Analysis, Autism, and Armenia: Issues in Dissemination in a Developing County
(Service Delivery)
LUSINEH GHARAPETIAN (Pepperdine University)
Abstract: The tactics derived from Applied Behavior Analysis have widely been used to improve behavioral health outcomes of individuals with autism and developmental disabilities in the United States and Europe. As the field grows, it is necessary to expand our reach to disseminate the science of behavior to developing countries. One such country is Armenia, who gained its independence in 1991. Armenia does not currently have an affiliated ABAI chapter, and it does not have any graduate behavior analytic training programs. Resources for those with autism and behavioral disorders are minimal, with disorders often going undiagnosed due to stigmatization and lack of information. This presentation will describe the state of mental and behavioral health practices in the country, issues related to the accessibility of appropriate evidence-based services, and factors that have impacted their development, including the lack of education and financial resources. Current pathways for dissemination of ABA in Armenia, including practical and ethical factors, will be described. Recommendations will be made for wide-spread dissemination, including considerations for ensuring quality training and ethical application of ABA-based procedures in Armenia. The presentation will conclude with considerations for wide-scale application for other countries facing similar challenges with dissemination.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #561
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Bidirectional Naming and Problem Solving
Monday, May 25, 2020
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 3, Ballroom AB
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
CE Instructor: Caio F. Miguel, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: CAIO F. MIGUEL (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract: We often solve problems by engaging in mediating strategies such as talking to ourselves. In order to accurately use and respond to these strategies, we must understand what we are saying. The term bidirectional naming (BiN) has been used to describe the integration of both listener and speaker behaviors that leads to speaking with understanding. In this talk, I will describe a series of studies showing that in the absence of either speaker or listener behaviors, participants often fail to solve problems in the form of matching-to-sample and categorization tasks. These results suggest that to solve complex tasks participants must be verbal. Thus, I will propose that the BiN repertoire is one of the most important skills learned during language development and must be prioritized in early intensive behavioral intervention.
Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Basic and applied researchers, clinicians.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) distinguish between tasting and naming; (2) explain how bidirectional naming is developed through typical child-caregiver interaction; (3) discuss how derived stimulus relations research conducted with adults may be influenced by BiN.
 
CAIO F. MIGUEL (California State University, Sacramento)
 
 
Symposium #562
CE Offered: BACB
Verbal Behavior: From Private to Public
Monday, May 25, 2020
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon I
Area: VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Sandhya Rajagopal (Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: Sandhya Rajagopal, M.S.
Abstract:

In this symposium, the authors will discuss topics related to both private and public verbal behavior. The first presenter compared skill acquisition rates across two different conditions: similar versus different response topographies across operants. Results showed that the participants acquired skills in fewer trials during the similar-responses teaching condition when compared to the different-responses teaching condition. The second presenter will discuss a literature review examining three types of private events--emotions, non-pain sensations, and pain--studied in six behavior analytic journals. Studies were coded according to the publishing journal, a decade of publication, population, dependent and independent variables, nature of privacy, and data collection methods used. The final presenter will discuss mnemonic recognition from a behavior analytic perspective. He will argue that the relevant response is covert, more specifically a discriminated sensory/perceptual response, and that such responses can acquire divergent stimulus functions, both 1) functioning as a reinforcer and 2) changing the probability of emission of subsequent responses.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Clinicians interested in Verbal Behavior

Learning Objectives: 1. Audience members will be able to describe multiple operant training. 2. Audience members will be able to describe the three types of private events studies in behavior analytic journals. 3. Audience members will be to describe the behavior analytic perspective of mnemonic recognition.
 
Effects of Multiple Operant Training Across Similar and Different Response Topographies
(Applied Research)
ASHLEY FELDE (Florida Tech), Katie Nicholson (Florida Institute of Technology), Michael Passage (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: This study compared skill acquisition rates across two different conditions in children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). The first condition presented similar response topographies across different operants, including tacts, intraverbals, and listener selection responses (e.g., “chocolate” taught as a tact, intraverbal, and listener selection response). The second condition presented different response topographies across the operants (e.g., “tea” taught as a tact, “milk” taught as an intraverbal and “sugar” taught as a listener selection response). Secondary measures included functional independence of the operant classes and children’s teaching condition preference. We used an adapted alternating treatment design embedded in a nonconcurrent multiple baseline across participants to examine rates of skill acquisition. Results showed that the participants acquired skills in fewer trials during the similar-responses teaching condition when compared to the different-responses teaching condition. The participants did not show generalization across the operants, supporting prior research on the functional independence of the operants. The participants showed idiosyncratic preferences for the two teaching conditions.
 
Private Events in Behavior Analysis: A Review
(Theory)
KATIE NICHOLSON (Florida Institute of Technology), Sandhya Rajagopal (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Private events have been defined as verbal responses involving private stimuli, covert responses, or both. Although there has been debate over whether private events belong in a science of behavior due to fundamental inaccessibility, behavior analysts have conducted experimental studies involving private events and their public correlates. Understanding variables influencing emission of language related to private events becomes especially important when considering special populations, such as individuals with autism spectrum disorder. The present literature review examined three types of private events--emotions, non-pain sensations, and pain--studied in six behavior analytic journals. Studies were coded according to the publishing journal, decade of publication, population, dependent and independent variables, nature of privacy, and data collection methods used. Additionally, studies were grouped by contribution to components culminating in teaching tacts of private events, including definition, measurement, discrimination, emitting collateral responses, and tacting private events. Areas of need as well as future directions are discussed.
 
Mnemonic Recognition and the Defective Contingency
(Theory)
DANIELE ORTU (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Mnemonic recognition can be puzzling from a behavior analytic perspective. What appears to be a simple exposure to a visual stimulus now, may allow a person to differentially respond to that same stimulus a week later, compared to a set of newly presented stimuli. The repertoire appears to be very sensitive to changes in stimulus control, in the absence of the emission of an overt response. More specifically, in the example described above, the antecedent part of the three-term contingency is clearly identifiable, while the response and the consequence are not. We argue here that the response is covert, more specifically a discriminated sensory/perceptual response, and that such response can acquire divergent stimulus functions: e.g., both 1) functioning as a reinforcer and 2) changing the probability of the emission of subsequent responses. The provided behavioral interpretation is discussed in light of neuroanatomical considerations and Palmer's concept of the repertoire (2009).
 
 
Paper Session #563
International Applications of ABA for Autism Spectrum Disorder
Monday, May 25, 2020
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 202B
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Valeria Parejo (Changing Behavior LLC/Florida Institute of Technology online courses)
 

Blending Principles of Applied Behavior Analysis and Developmentally Appropriate Practice in a Preschool Program for Children With Autism in China

Domain: Service Delivery
Peishi Wang (Queens College, CUNY), MENGLIN SUN (Beijing Wucailu Center for Children with Autism), Mei Liu (Beijing Wucailu Center for Children with Autism), Lihua Han (Beijing Wucailu Center for Children with Autism), Hyun Min Lee (K-1st Grade Special Education Teacher, New York City Public Schools 212 Queens School of CyberScience and Literacy)
 
Abstract:

The field of applied behavior analysis (ABA) is still in its infancy in China. Scientifically sound curricula for preschoolers with autism is severely lacking. The purpose of this presentation is to highlight key outcomes of an ongoing collaboration project between a private preschool, Wucailu Center for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) in Beijing and the early childhood special education teacher training program at Queens College, City University of New York. The collaboration began in 2011. The lead author, who is a faculty member in the teacher preparation program, took a small group of graduate students in the early childhood special education program and completed a six-week internship at Wucailu. Since then, the teachers from Beijing and the graduate students from New York jointly created a culturally responsive and developmentally appropriate curriculum that blends the principles of ABA and developmentally appropriate practice for the preschool for the entire school year. Thematic units were developed and delivered via multi-sensory based instructional activities, with opportunities for choice making, peer socialization, and independent living skills development. To meet the diverse needs of children with ASD, instructional and assistive technology were integrated throughout the routines. To date, 20 graduate students from four different cohorts (2011, 2013, 2015, and 2017) and 28 Chinese teachers have participated in this 6-week internship experience. Other outcomes included 1) establishment of formal structures for curriculum planning and differentiation by the Chinese teachers, 2) implementation of routines-based interventions and ongoing progress monitoring, and 3) a mechanism created for ongoing professional development for the teachers.

 

Experiences of Families of Children with Autism Spectrum Disorderin Africa: Implications for Research and Practice

Domain: Service Delivery
JANE PAUL (Excella Developmental Services, California Pan African Congress on Autism)
 
Abstract:

Autism is a neurodevelopmental disability that is characterized by difficulties in social communication, restrictive and repetitive behaviors and interests. Signs of ASD appears early in the child’s early development. While autism is said to occur uniformly across cultures, little is known regarding the experiences of caregivers in the African region who generally lack proper assessment, diagnosis and intervention. This study sought to explore experiences of caregivers of ASD parents and their help-seeking behaviors. An online survey was launched and distributed to African parents who were part of Pan African Congress on Autism. The survey was shared on 3 FB pages that are made up of parents of children with ASD. Participants came from 18 different African countries. The survey contained 21 questions and 155 parents/caregivers from 18 African countries. The purpose of the study was to understand the experiences of African caregivers of children with autism from the point they notice the first signs to diagnosis, intervention and education. The study also sought to understand help-seeking behaviors and struggles faced by caregivers. The participants included 125 boys and 31 girls. Age range of ASD individuals ranged from 18 months to 30 years of age. Out of 155 caregivers, 96% of caregivers noticed the early signs when their children were between ages 18 months-23 months; 24% noticed first signs between 24 months-35 months, 28% noticed between 0 and 35 months. In this pilot study, it is obvious that African parents are recognizing the early signs quite early. The question however, remains, why does the prognosis remain poor? Results, implications and direction for practice and future research will be discussed.

 
Replicability of Principles of Applied Behaviour Analysis in Kenya: A Long-Term Study
Domain: Service Delivery
POOJA PANESAR (Kaizora Centre for Neurodevelopmental Therapies), Korey Taylor (Global Autism Project)
 
Abstract: Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is recognized by the World Health Organization as a growing global concern affecting 1 in 160 children worldwide; yet the majority of our understanding comes from North America and Western Europe. Given the prevalence of research coming out of these regions, there is an inherent Westernized model of understanding Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and the corresponding health care (Fong et al., 2016). However, the methodologies and principles of the science have proven to be successful when applied in culturally relevant ways. This presentation will cover how ABA can be culturally relevant in Africa by demonstrating the success Kaizora has shown with staff, students, and parent trainings. We have compiled VB-MAPP scores across milestones, barriers, echoics and barriers for over 10 students (ages 4 to 14) over the course of 5 years (2014-2019) all diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. All sessions took place in a one-on-one setting at Kaizora in Karen, Kenya. Therapists implemented evidence-based interventions including, but not limited to, token economies, behavioral momentum, error correction, fluency training, Direct Instruction, discrete trial teaching, incidental teaching and schedules of reinforcement. With the implementation of evidence-based interventions all students showed an improvement in all areas of the VB-MAPP scores over a period of time (multiple assessments conducted). Cultural factors will be discussed along with training efficacy.
 

Case Study in International Dissemination and Interdisciplinary Collaboration: Partnering With Brazilian Not-for-Profit Clinic

Domain: Service Delivery
VALERIA PAREJO (Changing Behavior LLC/Florida Institute of Technology online courses), Celisabel Caldevilla (Changing Behavior LLC)
 
Abstract:

The purpose of this presentation is to illustrate a way to disseminate ABA internationally with limited resources, by building working relationships with local partners to foster good service provision to the local population. A ABA Miami-based company partnered up with a not-for-profit organization in São Paulo, Brazil, whose mission is to serve children and adults with Autism, providing educational, speech, physical, and occupational therapy. Staff at the non-for-profit came from a variety of fields (psychology, education, speech pathology, etc.) and had minimal understanding of behavior principles. Through the partnership with the US-based company, basic training in ABA was provided to all staff working in the organization, ongoing clinical consultation was secured for the most challenging cases, and management is receiving OBM consultation to improve work practices and increase the quality of work life for the staff. This consultation model empowers the local partners to provide free quality services to the population and disseminate best ABA practices in their region by training their staff and being a practicum site for various local universities. A replication of this model is planned for 2020 in a nearby town, with support from local municipalities.

 
 
 
Paper Session #564
Verbal Behavior and Autism Spectrum Disorder
Monday, May 25, 2020
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 206
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Thea H. Davis (Autism Bridges)
 

Teaching Conversational Skills to Adolescents and Young Adults With Autism: A Script-Fading Procedure

Domain: Applied Research
MICHAEL NICOLOSI (Queen's University Belfast; Voce nel Silenzio Onlus), Karola Dillenburger (Queen's University Belfast)
 
Abstract:

The number of children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is growing and related communication problems affect all spheres of their lives. There is evidence that script fading procedures are effective in teaching conversational skills to children with autism aged 2 to 15 years, but there is little evidence of its effectiveness for adolescents and young adults (aged 15 to 23 years of age). The first aim of the present study is to demonstrate that script fading can be applied with success to adolescents and young adults with autism. The second aim of the study is to establish internal validity for a new data collection procedure that can be easily and practically implemented in applied setting, particularly for intensive interventions. Findings showed that adolescents and young adult with autism can benefit from script fading procedure as do younger participants and that the new data collection method is useful to evidence this process.

 

Teaching Pronouns: Who's on First?

Domain: Applied Research
THEA H. DAVIS (Autism Bridges; Simmons University)
 
Abstract:

Individuals diagnosed with autism inherently demonstrate deficits in language acquisition, including errors in the use of personal pronouns such as you and me. Pronouns are particularly difficult for individuals with autism to learn because pronouns require a deictic shift, or the ability to detect a context change even when parts of the discriminative stimulus remain static. Acquiring pronouns also requires perspective taking skills. This presents unique challenges to teaching this skill to individuals with autism as deictic relations are determined by the perspective of the individual. This research was conducted to study the effectiveness of adapted methods outlined by Lund and Schnee (2014) for teaching pronouns you and me to individuals with autism who were participating in applied behavior analysis (ABA) programs. Generalization to novel stimuli and instructors were also assessed. This research attempts to demonstrate that using the adapted teaching procedures was effective for certain learners to accurately use the personal pronouns you and me.

 

Robot-Mediated Intraverbal Training for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

Domain: Applied Research
JESSICA ANN KORNEDER (Oakland University), Wing-Yue Louie (Oakland University), Ibrahim Abbas (Oakland University)
 
Abstract:

The Center for Disease Control estimates that 1 in 59 children are diagnosed autism spectrum disorder (ASD) in the United States. The field of Applied Behavioral Analysis (ABA) has scientifically proven treatments to help address the deficits and excesses associated with ASD. Discrete Trial Training (DTT) and Natural Environment Teaching (NET) are applications of the principles of ABA in structured teaching environments. However, such methods require significant time from healthcare professionals, which can limit the number of individuals that professionals can positively impact. Socially assistive robots could be a supportive technology to professionals as they provide care to individuals with ASD. Numerous socially assistive robots have already been developed and utilized for interventions for individuals with ASD. Some applications of these robots have included: 1) imitation therapy 2) improving social skills 3) encouraging self-initiated social interactions 4) reducing challenging behaviors and 5) improving emotion recognition. In general, these robot-based interventions have had positive outcomes with children and adolescents with ASD, which has been the main demographic for such interventions. To date, socially assistive robots have not been utilized for intraverbal training with children with ASD. The purpose of this study is to assess if socially assistive robots can teach individuals with ASD to answer general information “WH-questions". Additionally, the study aimed to assess if the outcomes could generalize to human teachers. Through this study, a multiple-baseline design using a socially assistive robot was effective in teaching three preschoolers with ASD to answer three “WH-questions” within 5-7 teaching sessions and did generalize to the human teachers.

 
Treatment Outcome Research to Evaluate Verbal Behavior Intervention for Autism: Buying In or Selling Out?
Domain: Applied Research
MICHELLE ENNIS SORETH (Rowan University), Mary Louise Louise E. Kerwin (Rowan University)
 
Abstract: The remarkable success of behavior analytic interventions for individuals with autism has in part been a result of adherence to single-subject methodology. Recently, autism intervention investigators from other disciplines have conducted federally-funded, large-scale treatment outcome studies, and some have reported impressive early successes. Behavior analysts studying autism intervention have largely been excluded from federal research funding in recent years, as funding agencies tend to favor group design studies, particularly randomized clinical trials (RCT). In this presentation, risks and benefits of RCTs in the evaluation behavior analytic treatment models for autism will be discussed. Data from a series of RCTs conducted by the authors evaluating a model of early behavioral intervention for autism based on Skinner’s analysis of verbal behavior (i.e., the Verbal Behavior Approach) will be presented, including data from a Sequential Multiple Assignment Randomized Trial (SMART), a dynamic RCT variant that may be more acceptable to behavior analysts compared traditional RCTs. Finally, a research agenda framework for behavior analysts will be presented as a call to action to engage in treatment outcome research in ways that remain consistent with behavior analytic principles and values as autism intervention research continues to expand beyond our discipline.
 
 
 
Paper Session #565
Diversity submission ABA in Community and Public Health Settings
Monday, May 25, 2020
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon B
Area: CBM
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Gerald McKeegan (Friends Hospital)
 
Diversity submission ABA Practice in a Medically Oriented Rehabilitation Setting
Domain: Service Delivery
GERALD MCKEEGAN (Friends Hospital)
 
Abstract: Interventions based on the principles of Applied behavior analysis are used to treat a variety of disabilities and deficits in independent living and functioning stemming from many etiologies. Applied behavior analysts apply basic behavioral practices that improve language and social interaction. Practitioners of ABA support rehabilitation and independent living among age groups from childhood to older adults. The purpose of the present paper is to outline the behaviors and interventions that an analyst encounters in a rehabilitation setting that is medical in orientation and services. ABA can be utilized in such a setting regardless of the diagnoses of the individuals. Working with other disciplines such as physical, occupational, and speech therapies, neuropsychology, as well as nursing can advance the implementation of ABA in rehabilitative settings to achieve beneficial outcomes for the individuals receiving services. Finally, the challenges and opportunities to extend an ABA focused practice will be described. Recommendations for future practice in the field of rehabilitation will be given.
 
Diversity submission Green Spaces and Healthy Aging
Domain: Theory
PARSLA VINTERE (CHE Senior Psycholgical Services; Elaine Kaufman Cultural Center)
 
Abstract: In the past few decades there is an increased attention being paid to the effect of green spaces. Studies examining the relationship between time spent outdoors and seniors’ health status show a positive relationship. In terms of physical health, there is evidence that being outdoors is associated with an increase in Vitamin D levels, improved functioning of the immune system, better recovery from injury and illness and increased energy levels. Similarly, there is evidence of mental health benefits associated with time spent outdoors, such as decreased levels of stress, depression and anxiety and improved attention and well-being. Several studies suggest that health care providers need to pay more attention to how often their senior clients are outdoors. Many traditional nursing homes are attempting to improve care and quality of life for their residents by creating more home-like atmosphere. The purpose of this paper is to (a) examine the typical scheduling of the daily activities in the long-term care settings; (b) discuss the Green House nursing home model; and (c) present some anecdotal evidence of the effectiveness of the time spent outdoors using clinical behavior analytic approach to psychotherapy with aging population.
 
Diversity submission 

An Approach to Addiction Recovery and Reanimation Emphasizing Robust Antecedent State Development Through Neuroscience and Public Health Principles

Domain: Service Delivery
MATTHEW GROSS (Shippensburg University), Richard T Cook (Applied Behavioral Medicine Associates of Hershey, PA)
 
Abstract:

Patients undergoing recovery from addiction, especially following an acute inpatient rehabilitation experience, often experience a period of time during which they are "spared" from typical daily activities, responsibilities, and reinforcers. During this time, particularly if living "back at home," demands on them are initially reduced, or non existent, but ideally should gradually increase, commensurate with ongoing successful habit development, but too often, they don't do so. Unfortunately, for some patients, their families, their rehabilitation clinicians, their healthcare payers/insurers, the legal system, their friends, and other key stakeholders in their recovery, either in being well intentioned..or simply by not paying attention.., set up an environment sheltering them not only from responsibilities "too much for them to handle" at this time, but unfortunately also from the many natural consequences that would bring life back to them, shaping their behaviors, overt and private, to assist to return them to (ideally, improved versions of) their "normal" lives. While they might participate in some sort of outpatient "program," sadly the absence of a systematically implemented, reevaluated, revised, and increased set of responsibilities and actions expected of them within their family or other living situation, outside of their formal outpatient drug rehab program activities, can allow them, or arguably, cause them, to become "permanent teenagers," returning from their outpatient program activities to their home, where they can isolate themselves into their rooms, pajamas, snack foods, phone, computer, and up all night schedules of internet or video or game controller or tv reruns, often absent even much interaction with other family members in the house. Instead of focusing on "esteem building," behavioral activation robustly employed, with a goal of developing patterns of behavior useful to returning to a (more desirable) day to day life going forward, can get them showered dressed, out of their rooms, out of their houses, and into volunteer or part time job activities which will, if guided well, expose them to natural reinforces that will train them, rehabilitate them, reanimate them, redefine them, and reintegrate them into the (hopefully well chosen) worlds around them, and increase the likelihood they will be fortified against the stimuli, internal and external, that might lead them to emit behaviors of relapse.

 
Diversity submission Cultural Awareness and the Behavior Analyst: The Supervision Process
Domain: Service Delivery
BOBBY NEWMAN (Proud Moments ABA), Damali Alexander (Proud Moments ABA), Chanie Rubin (Proud Moments ABA)
 
Abstract: The basic ethics guidelines for the field of Applied Behavior Analysis require that behavior analysts be culturally competent in terms of service delivery. The same cultural competency concerns are no less important in the supervision of future BCBAs, but this has not received the same attention as client-based concerns. In this talk, we will explore issues related to cultural competence and the BCBA supervision process.
 
 
 
Symposium #566
CE Offered: BACB
Application of Behavior Analytic Approaches to Increase Sport Skills
Monday, May 25, 2020
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 5
Area: CSS/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Robin Arnall, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analytic procedures have been effective at improving various sport skill topographies across many sports (e.g., golf, yoga, football). This symposium will examine four studies which utilize different procedures across sports involving TAGteach and vocal contingencies (dance), a treatment package combining TAGteach with precision teaching and vocal contingencies (dance), a component analysis of behavioral coaching utilizing video modeling with feedback (hockey), and a treatment package including public posting, goal setting with feedback, and text messaging to decrease head injuries (football). Implications for practice will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): public posting, sports, TAGteach, video modeling
Target Audience:

Individuals who are wanting to use behavior analytic strategies in the area of health, sports, or fitness.

 
Comparing randomized vocal consequences to TAGteach™ to teach novel dance movements to adults
ROBIN ARNALL (The Sage Colleges, The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Kathryn L. Kalafut (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jack Spear (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Laurie Bonavita (Bay Path University)
Abstract: In the Behavior Analytic literature, TAGteach™ methods of instruction have been applied to various sports-related topographies (e.g., football pass blocking, golf swing). For this study, TAGteach was used for two participants to teach inexperienced (i.e., no dance training prior), neurotypical adults aged 28-43 novel dance movements. Results indicated that for both participants TAGteach was more effective than randomized vocal contingencies (e.g., “great,” “not quite”) for increasing skill acquisition of the targeted movements across a multiple baseline of behaviors (movements). At two week and four week maintenance follow ups, both participants maintained higher percentages of correct dance movement step demonstration than were displayed during baseline or the vocal contingency phase.
 
Comparing TAGteach™ and precision teaching to vocal contingencies to teach novel dance movements to adults
Robin Arnall (The Sage Colleges, The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), MARIAH MUSSETTER (University of Kansas), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Kathryn L. Kalafut (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jack Spear (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Laurie Bonavita (Bay Path University)
Abstract: In the Behavior Analytic literature, TAGteach™ methods of instruction have been used in many sports (e.g., yoga, martial arts, football, etc.), while precision teaching has been mostly overlooked. For this study, a treatment package combining TAGteach and precision teaching was used for two participants (neurotypical adults aged 31-42) to teach novel dance movements. Results indicated that for both participants the treatment package was more effective than randomized vocal contingencies (e.g., “great,” “not quite”) for increasing skill acquisition of the targeted movements across a multiple baseline of behaviors (movements). At two week and four week maintenance probes, both participants maintained higher percentages of correct dance movement step demonstration than were displayed during baseline or the vocal contingency phase.
 
Component Analysis of a Behavioral Coaching Package on Hockey Skating Skills
LAURIE BONAVITA (TCSPP), Kathryn L. Kalafut (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Nicole Barton (AZABA)
Abstract: Using a multiple treatment design, this study evaluated the components of video modeling, praise specific feedback, and video modeling and praise specific feedback on the performance of 3 experienced hockey skaters. Also assessed was whether the behavioral changes in practice sessions generalized to game play. The dependent variables were skater performance on three components considered necessary in technically correct hockey skating form. The components of technically correct skating form included, the push angle of the legs, the position of the arms, and the angle at which the skate blade contacted the ice. The results show that interventions including video modeling were effective in improving player performance; however, those improvements did not consistently maintain in practice sessions. These changes did however generalize to game play. Social validity indicated that each participant identified the dependent variable that produced the most effective results as preferred.
 

Decreasing Severe Head Collisions in American Football With a Behavioral Coaching Treatment Package

BRANDON LOGAN (Bay Path University), Laurie Bonavita (Bay Path University, The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Melissa Hunsinger Harris (Bay Path University), Susan Ainsleigh (Bay Path University)
Abstract:

This study employs tactics proven effective with multiple sports, derived from the science of applied behavior analysis, to decrease severe head collision in American Football. The study included members of a high school football team that play specifically on the defensive side of the ball. Defenders are specifically targeted as they are 4 times more likely to endure a head injury, compared to their offensive counterparts (Sobue et al., 2018), as tackling results in 67% of the concussion in football (Gessel et al., 2007). Data collection occurred on the team’s designated practice field. The dependent variable in the current study is the percentage of correct tackles exhibited, measured from a predetermined performance criterion. A combination of a multiple baseline and changing criterion design, following a baseline condition visually demonstrate the results of the study. The independent variable was a treatment package consisting of public posting, goal setting and feedback and text messaging to provide additional feedback to participants.

 
 
Symposium #567
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advancements in Training Procedures to Teach Safety Skills
Monday, May 25, 2020
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty N-P
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Alexandra Marie Campanaro (Caldwell University )
Discussant: Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University)
CE Instructor: Timothy D. Ludwig, M.A.
Abstract:

The current symposium includes four papers broadly focused on teaching safety skills. The first paper will present on the use of interactive computerized training to teach educators how to respond during an active shooter event. They found that after the interactive computerized training, all participants met treatment fidelity criterion, which maintained after a 2-week follow up. The second paper will present comparing in-person behavior skills training, computer-based training, and video modeling to teach safety skills to sidewalkers at equine-assisted therapies. They found participants in the in-vivo BST and interactive computer training conditions completed more steps correctly in a post-training role-play than the participants in the video model condition. The third paper will present using behavior skills training to teach generalized responding of safe sleeping positions of infants to adults. They found behavior skills training significantly improved appropriate arrangement of a safe sleep environment for infants. The final paper will present using behavior skills training to teach swim skills to children with autism. They found behavior skills training showed some improvements in learning swim skills.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): BST, safety skills, staff training
Target Audience:

BCBA's, BCBA-D's

Learning Objectives: Attendees will be able to describe how to implement behavior skills training to produce emergent responding. Attendees will be able to describe the use of interactive computerized training to produce emergent responding. Attendees will be able to describe how to teach safety skills to individuals with developmental disabilities to produce emergent responding.
 
An Interactive Computerized Training to Teach Educators How to Respond During an Active Shooter Situation
LORRAINE A BECERRA (University of Missouri), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Annie Galizio (Utah State University), Stephanie Mattson (Utah State University), Juliana Aguilar (Utah State University), Kassidy Reinert (Utah State University)
Abstract: Educators are in a unique position during active shooter events as they must decide to prioritize actions that will protect their students. Depending on the situation, the educator should engage in a Run, Hide, or Fight response. Issues related to a student’s disability may create barriers to these already challenging emergency situations. Interactive computerized training is a successful training method to teach educators to implement instruction to individuals with autism spectrum disorder. The purpose of this study was to extend the literature on interactive computerized training by investigating its effects on teaching educators how to respond during an active shooter event. After completing the interactive computerized training, all participants met criterion of 90% fidelity within the Run and Hide checklists. Participants met criterion at a 2-week follow up. Furthermore, all participants indicated that they enjoyed the interactive computerized training materials. Potential limitations and future directions related to interactive computerized training and safety skills training are discussed.
 
Comparing Behavioral Skills Training, Video Modeling, and Interactive Computer Training to Teach Sidewalker Safety Skills
SARAH BRADTKE (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University), Emily K. Hull (West Virginia University), Natalie Ruth Shuler (West Virginia University), Stephanie Jones (West Virginia University), Sijin Wen (West Virginia University), Bethany Smiley (On Eagles' Wings), Carol Petitto (On Eagles' Wings)
Abstract: Few studies have investigated effective and efficient volunteer training methods, despite the importance of volunteers in many human-service organizations. Effective training procedures are particularly critical for organizations whose volunteers are responsible for safety. For example, sidewalker volunteers at equine-assisted activities and therapies facilities help to maintain the safety of mounted riders with disabilities. It is thus imperative that sidewalkers acquire safety skills and perform them proficiently. The current practice of using in-person behavioral skills training, although effective, limits the number of sidewalkers who can be trained because of constraints on trainer time and resources. Therefore, we compared two efficient training methods, a standard video model (in which participants watched a video without responding to questions) and interactive computer training (in which participants watched the same videos in modules, with embedded active responding questions), to in-person training (behavioral skills training) in the context of training new volunteers at an equine-assisted activities and therapies facility.
 
Sleeping Beauties: Teaching Adults to Arrange Safe Infant Sleep Environments
JACQUELINE CARROW (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Hunter College)
Abstract: The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention state that there are approximately 3,607 sleep related infant deaths each year in the United States. Attempts to teach medical personnel and parents safe infant sleep practices in the infant sleep training literature have demonstrated mixed results. Thus, strategies to teach arrangements of safe infant sleep environments warrants further investigation. Behavioral skills training is an evidenced-based teaching strategy shown to successfully teach various safety skills to children and adults. Additionally, the use of behavioral skills training in training practices have also shown more robust outcomes compared to traditional educational approaches. The current study evaluated the effectiveness of behavioral skills training to teach safe infant sleep practices to adults of typical development. Specifically, differential responding was assessed across multiple environmental arrangements typical to contexts parents may be exposed to when putting an infant to sleep. Results demonstrated behavioral skills training to significantly improve appropriate arrangement of a safe sleep environment for infants for all eight participants.
 

Teaching Water Safety Skills to Children With Autism Using a Train-the-Trainer Model

ROSE NEVILL (University of Virginia), Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism), Amber Hardin (University of Virginia), Emily Meltzer (University of Virginia), Wendy Byun (University of Virginia), Lauren Haskins (Virginia Institute of Autism)
Abstract:

Drowning is a leading cause of death in individuals with autism (Guan & Li, 2017a, Guan & Li, 2017b). In this study, swim instructors were instructed in behavioral skills training as a method for teaching water safety to children with autism. Targeted skills were a) safely exiting a body of water; b) rolling from front to back while in water; and c) floating while yelling for help. This study is an extension of Tucker & Ingvarsson (2017), in which three children with autism were taught the same skills by a swim instructor who also had background in behavior analysis. We aimed to evaluate whether swim instructors with no background in behavior analysis could be trained to effectively teach water safety to children to a larger sample. Data from our first three participants (males, ages 6, 8, 10) showed variable improvement in skills in the behavioral skills training phase for all skills. We will present the model of training, outcome data across participants, and data from generalization and maintenance probes. Conclusions regarding the utility of this training protocol, the social acceptability to parents, and recommendations for future water safety training programs will be shared.

 
 
Symposium #568
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Positive Punishment of Severe Problem Behaviors
Monday, May 25, 2020
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Room 103
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Discussant: W. Joseph Wyatt (Marshall University)
CE Instructor: Nathan Blenkush, Ph.D.
Abstract: We conducted an empirical analysis of contingent skin-shock in the treatment of severe problem behaviors in 191 individual cases between 2002 and 2018. Overall, a 95% reduction was observed in the frequency of severe aggression and health dangerous (e.g., self-injurious) behaviors across a wide variety of psychological diagnoses. Findings provide support for the supplemental use of contingent skin-shock in conjunction with differential reinforcement of alternative and other appropriate behaviors. We present novel findings from (a) the largest clinical sample in the skin-shock literature, (b) planned versus unplanned fading of treatment, (c) reversal of treatment effects, and (d) follow-up data spanning 16 years. The evidence provides support for the assertion that contingent skin-shock is the least intrusive, most effective, efficient, and ethical treatment available for the severe problem behavior of some individuals.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): aversive, punishment, severe behavior, skin-shock
Target Audience:

Graduate students and practicing professionals interested in punishment procedures (e.g., BCaBA, BCBA, BCBA-D).

 
Positive Punishment of Severe Problem Behaviors: A Review of 191 Clinical Cases
JOHN O'NEILL (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract: We conducted an empirical analysis of contingent skin-shock in the treatment of severe problem behaviors in 191 individual cases between 2002 and 2018. Overall, a 95% reduction was observed in the frequency of severe aggression and health dangerous (e.g., self-injurious) behaviors across a wide variety of psychological diagnoses. Findings provide support for the supplemental use of contingent skin-shock in conjunction with differential reinforcement of alternative and other appropriate behaviors. We present novel findings from (a) the largest clinical sample in the skin-shock literature, (b) planned versus unplanned fading of treatment, and (c) follow-up data spanning 16 years. The evidence provides support for the assertion that contingent skin-shock is the least intrusive, most effective, efficient, and ethical treatment available for the severe problem behavior of some individuals.
 

Positive Punishment to Treat Self-Injurious Behaviors of an Individual With Arnold Chiari Malformation

ELIZABETH A. FITTER (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), John O'Neill (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract:

In this study, the use of positive punishment was examined with an individual diagnosed with Arnold Chiari Malformation (Type I), autism spectrum disorder, intellectual disability, and personality change due to Viral Meningitis who displayed severe forms of self-injurious, destructive, and aggressive behaviors. Reports indicated the participant had a history of unsuccessful behavioral and psychiatric treatments of their problem behavior. The use of a positive punishment procedure involved a court-approved contingent skin shock in combination with differential reinforcement of alternative, incompatible, and other replacements behaviors. Treatment as usual was compared to treatment plus positive punishment. Results demonstrated clinically significant improvements in quality of life through substantial decreases in the monthly frequency of problem behaviors when positive punishment was in place. The evidence provides support for contingent skin-shock as the least intrusive, most effective, efficient, and ethical treatment available for the severe problem behavior of this individual.

 

Positive Punishment of Severe Problem Behaviors Associated With Anti-Social Personality Disorder

DYLAN PALMER (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center and Simmons University), John O'Neill (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract:

In an effort to decrease severe and persistent problem behaviors that substantially impeded the quality of life in an eighteen year old male, diagnosed with mood disorder not otherwise specified and anti-social personality disorder. The participant had a documented history of unsuccessful treatments (i.e., multiple psychotropic medications, changes of treatment locations, programs utilizing differential reinforcement, and antecedent manipulations) of their problem behaviors (i.e., aggression and self-injury that put their quality of life in jeopardy). A positive punishment treatment plan involved court-approved contingent skin shock in conjunction with differential reinforcement of alternative, incompatible, and other replacement behaviors. Through the course of treatment, a reversal design was implemented over a duration of 11 months and demonstrated the effect of the same treatment plan with and without the positive punishment component. Overall, the treatment demonstrated a substantial reduction of all targeted problem behaviors. When punishment was removed, the monthly frequency increased to pre-treatment equivalent levels. The evidence provides support for contingent skin-shock as the least intrusive, most effective, efficient, and ethical treatment available for the severe problem behavior of this individual.

 

Evaluating Risks and Benefits for Patients With Severe Behavior Disorders in the Present Day

NATHAN BLENKUSH (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract:

A severe behavior disorder is an umbrella term used to describe constellations of problem behaviors that are characterized by several factors such as the frequency, intensity, form, and treatment refractory nature. The effects of a severe behavior disorder are absolutely devastating. Severe self-injury can cause blindness (because of repeated head hitting, head banging, or eye gouging), deformation (because of biting, abrasions), bone fractures, hematomas, head injuries, infection (because of chronic open wounds), and death. Aggressive behaviors result in harm to caregivers, law enforcement involvement, emergency hospitalization, and can be a primary factor in placing a child outside of their natural home. The continued occurrence of such behaviors have devastating effects on quality of life. Thus, professional to consumer, professional to professional, and other statements about treatment efficacy are of tremendous importance. Here, the presentation of such information in science, government, and media are described. In addition, systematic methods to evaluate various statements about risk and benefit are reviewed.

 
 
Symposium #569
CE Offered: BACB
An Examination of Technology-Based Interventions Designed to Help Adolescents and Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorders and Severe Developmental Disabilities
Monday, May 25, 2020
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Room 102
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University)
Discussant: Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College)
CE Instructor: Sheila R. Alber-Morgan, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Adolescents with autism and severe developmental disabilities may encounter a wide range of challenges that affect their quality of life and safety as they transition to adulthood. Interventionists and behavior change agents are responsible for helping individuals with disabilities enhance their quality of life by increasing their daily living, functional, and vocational skills as well as helping them remain safe. The four data-based presentations in this symposium examine the use of various technology-based interventions for improving outcomes of adolescents and adults with significant disabilities. Two of the research studies examine the comparative effects of picture and video prompting to teach vocational skills to young adults with ASD in the first presentation and to adolescents with severe intellectual and developmental disabilities in the second presentation. The third presentation examines the effectiveness of a computer-based transition skills program, Teachtown®, on functional and daily living skills for adolescents with severe intellectual disability. The fourth presentation examines the effectiveness of using virtual reality technology to train law enforcement to recognize and effectively deescalate challenging behavior of individuals with autism.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): functional skills, technology-based interventions, transition skills, vocational skills
 

Evaluating the Effects of a Picture Activity Schedule to Video Prompting on Vocational Skills to Young Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder

ANA C. ALBAN (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Meghan Deshais (Caldwell University), Dawn B. Townsend (Institute for Educational Achievement)
Abstract:

Teaching a wide range of skills to individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) during the early years is critical as those skills will promote a successful transition to adult life. Instructional strategies including video prompting and activity schedules have been shown to be effective in teaching various skills to individuals with developmental disabilities. However, the comparative effectiveness of these interventions on teaching vocational skills remains unknown. Therefore, the purpose of the study was to assess the comparative effects of a picture activity schedule and video prompting when teaching vocational skills to young adults diagnosed with ASD. Additionally, efficiency of these interventions across number of sessions to mastery and the number of prompts provided was investigated. Generalized responding across a novel task was also assessed. Video prompting was found to be slightly more effective than picture activity schedule for three participants in completing a task independently. Meanwhile, picture activity schedule was effective for one participant.

 

Comparison of Picture and Video Prompting to Teach Vocational Skills to Students With Severe Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities

MARY BARCZAK (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

Students with severe disabilities deserve evidence-based instruction in marketable job skills that prepare them for employment. Current literature supports the use of both video prompts and picture prompts to teach job skills to this population. Questions remain, however, about which prompt type is more effective for teaching job skills. This study compares the effects of video prompts and picture prompts on the performance of vocational tasks by students with severe disabilities to determine which prompt type is more effective and efficient. Additionally, students’ preference for picture or video prompts are assessed to determine whether their preference corresponds to the most effective prompt type.

 

Effects of TeachTown on Functional Skills of Students With Disabilities

MEGHAN MAIRE O'NEAL (The Ohio State University), Lindsey Miller (The Ohio State University), Christina Rouse-Billman (The Ohio State University), Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University), Moira Konrad (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

The Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) mandates that students with an individualized education program (IEP) have transition services in effect by the time the student turns 16 years old. The computer-based program, TeachTown Transition to Adulthood, uses evidence-based practices to teach a wide range of skills, including daily living and functional skills, to students with disabilities. The program combines video modeling, computer-based lessons, visual task analyses, prompting, data collection, and a variety of visual supports. This study examines the effectiveness of TeachTown Transition to Adulthood on transition skills for six high school students with severe developmental disabilities. A multiple baseline across skills design demonstrated the TeachTown curriculum was functionally related to participants’ improvement and mastery of individualized functional skills.

 
Examining the Efficacy of Using Virtual Reality as a Stimulus Prompt to Aid Law Enforcement
CHATURI EDRISINHA (Oakland University), Zexin Ma (Oakland University), Karoline Kenville (Oakland University), Madeline Morgan (Oakland University)
Abstract: Recent development in immersive media technologies allow stories to be produced with sensory-rich digital details, such as virtual reality (VR) and Oculus 360. These technologies have the potential of affecting story and character involvement through its immersive features. In particular, an immersive story can create the illusion of being there, which allows the viewer to experience the events and situations as if they were in the midst of the events. This study focuses on the influence of two features of VR videos: VR and interactivity, in increasing the efficacy of a police training video vignette specifically aimed at training police officers to make a correct response in quickly identifying and de-escalating a scenario with mock civilians who exhibits characteristics of Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD). The VR intervention was implemented in a multiple probe across participants design. Preliminary data collected on the percentage of correct responses made by officers show that the training program was more effective among participants who engaged with the vignette in VR headsets (vs. laptops). This study will have important practical implications for developing effective law enforcement training programs to promote safe interactions with individuals with ASD.
 
 
Symposium #570
CE Offered: BACB
Using Behavior Analysis to Promote Early Social Repertoires in Infants and Children With Developmental Disabilities
Monday, May 25, 2020
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon H
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Martha Pelaez (Florida International University)
Discussant: Javier Virues Ortega (The University of Auckland)
CE Instructor: Javier Virues Ortega, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Early reciprocal interactions with caregivers seem to be critical for later development. Identification of milestones missed during the first year of life and early intervention can mitigate developmental delays. The authors of Study 1 evaluated the effect of a computer-based training program to teach first-time mothers to play a vocal imitation learning game with their 8- and 9-month-old infants. The authors will discuss the role of contingency-learning in early caregiver training. Study 2 will review existing procedures for training joint attention and social referencing. The authors will propose an acquisition model for early social repertoires among children at-risk of autism spectrum disorder and Fragile X syndrome. The authors of Study 3 evaluated the efficacy of an intervention to establish social referencing in young children with autism using multiple exemplar training, prompting and contingent reinforcement. The authors will discuss the interaction between the joint attention and social referencing repertoires in their participants. Study 4 will evaluate the use of social stories to teach social skills in the classroom. The authors will also review evidence-based treatments to teach classroom competence to children. Finally, Javier Virues-Ortega will discuss these studies in relation to the interaction between early social skills.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): contingent reinforcement, joint attention, social referencing, social stories
Target Audience:

Practicing behavior analysts

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will operationally define a minimum of three early social behaviors that develop towards the end of the first year of life. 2. Participants will describe teaching strategies to address these social communication skills in children with a developmental disability 3. Participants will learn about the next steps for research on these early skills.
 

Teaching First-Time Mothers to Play a Vocal Imitation Game With Their Infant Using an Interactive Computer Training That Included Embedded Observer Effect Activities

KERRY ABIGAIL SHEA (Utah State University), Tyra Paige Sellers (Behavior Analyst Certification Board), Sandra Smith (Utah State University), Andrea Bullock (Box Elder School District)
Abstract:

Infants begin to learn important skills, such as contingency learning, social referencing, and joint attention through the everyday interactions with their environment. Contingency awareness is a pivotal behavior in infant development, associated with benefits across developmental domains. When infants learn that their behavior produces a change in the behavior, concomitant changes in infant behavior manifest, including increased smiling and sustained engagement. Maternal contingent responses to infant behavior support infant contingency learning by their infant with experiences of cause and effect. The current investigation evaluated the effect of a computer-based training that aimed at teaching three first-time mothers to play a vocal imitation contingency learning game with their infant (8- & 9-months old) during a face-to-face interaction. The training included observer effect methodology, meaning the mothers engaged in observation and evaluation of other mothers engaging in vocal imitation, but did not include any direct coaching or feedback. All mothers completed the training during one session in less than one hour. Results indicated that all mothers increased their use of vocal imitation and maintained their performance at a 2-week follow-up. We will present training components including embedded observer effect methodology. Considerations for incorporating contingency-learning into early caregiver training will also be discussed.

 

Training Parents to Establish Joint Attention and Social Referencing Repertoires in Toddlers With Developmental Disorders

KATERINA MONLUX (Stanford University/Oslo Met), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract:

Deficits in social engagement are among the main developmental problems observed among children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). In particular, joint attention and social referencing skills are critical for the development of more complex social interactions. The use of behavioral techniques and brief parent-infant engagement training has shown to be successful in promoting these social skills. We present new data that built on our programmatic agenda that by targeting joint attention and social referencing skills in the natural environment and by using caregivers as therapists we can potentially mitigate and prevent the development of later onset behavior language problems commonly associated with ASD. The current presentation reviews and extends previously published procedures for the training of joint attention and social referencing modeled after Pelaez and colleagues’ (2012) operant learning paradigm with data from toddlers with or at risk of a developmental disorder. Further, a model for expanding previous findings to the natural environment with a population at-risk of developing ASD and Fragile X syndrome is proposed where joint attending skills can be taught first to aid in the acquisition of social referencing. While very similar social behavior chains, joint attention and social referencing have functional differences, which will be explained.

 

Using Multiple Exemplar Training to Establish Social Referencing in Young Children With Autism

MAITHRI SIVARAMAN (Ghent University), Javier Virues Ortega (The University of Auckland), Herbert Roeyers (Ghent University)
Abstract:

Social referencing is characterized as a chain of behaviors which starts when an infant is confronted with an ambiguous object or event. Although demonstrated by typically developing infants as young as 10 months of age, social referencing is absent or impaired in children with autism. The purpose of the present study is to evaluate the efficacy of an intervention to establish a social referencing repertoire in three young children with autism using multiple exemplar training, prompting and contingent reinforcement. The intervention was comprised of teaching trials involving multiple exemplars of standard and ambiguous task materials drawn from experimenter-defined categories of stimuli (e.g., food, art material, toys). Results were evaluated using a multiple baseline across participants design and show a systematic increase in referencing responses with the introduction of treatment for all three participants. We will also present preliminary findings of a randomized control trial with 30 participants evaluating a brief version of the intervention protocol. Pre- and post-training measures of joint attention obtained from all participants will be discussed in the context of the social referencing data obtained herein. The empirical evidence in support of strategies for teaching early social repertoires will be discussed.

 

An Evaluation of Social Stories to Teach Classroom Social Skills to Children With Various Disabilities

ANJELICE PIPER (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Meghan Deshais (Caldwell University), Eileen Mary Milata (Caldwell University), Anjalee Nirgudkar (Behavior Analysts of NJ, LLC)
Abstract:

Children diagnosed with various developmental and learning disabilities have persistent social deficits in communication and social interactions. These social deficits interfere with classroom social skills and may result in difficulty forming positive relationships with peers and adults. Therefore, it is important to identify evidence-based treatments to teach classroom competence to children diagnosed with various disabilities. The study used Social Stories™ to teach classroom social skills to children in a self-contained setting. A multiple baseline across participants was used to assess changes in classroom social skills. A total of four response categories were taught including please, thank you, pushing in chair, and offering assistance. Generalization probes were conducted using a novel competence scenario for each category. Follow-up data were collected 1-week, 2-weeks, and 4-weeks following the completion of the study to evaluate participants’ maintenance of classroom competence skills.

 
 
Symposium #571
Considerations for Enhancing Treatment Efficacy: Overcoming Barriers in the Implementation of Extinction and Treatment-Resistant Behavior
Monday, May 25, 2020
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon G
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sarah Elizabeth Martinez Rowe (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (i.e., DRA) combines the reinforcement of prosocial behaviors and extinction of destructive behaviors. While highly effective, DRA alone may be insufficient for producing clinically significant reductions in destructive behavior (i.e., behavior is treatment resistant, extinction cannot be implemented). Thus, clinicians must address these barriers by incorporating additional treatment components to enhance efficacy. This symposium will consist of four presentations followed by comments from Dr. Joanna Lomas Mevers. First, Kimberly Ford will present on a comparison of the efficiency and preference for interventions with and without physical guidance for treating escape-maintained problem behavior. Next, Katherine Brown will present on the development and validation of a reinforcer dimension sensitivity assessment to inform DRA without extinction procedures. Third, Andrew Sodawasser will present data from a clinical review of clients who displayed treatment resistant problem behavior and participated in a stimulus avoidance assessment. Last, Alexandra Hardee will discuss the utility of the stimulus avoidance assessment and implications for future practice.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): extinction barriers, stimulus avoidance, treatment resistance
 

Comparison of Instructional Methods With and Without Physical Guidance When Teaching Chained Tasks

KIMBERLY FORD (Rowan University), Christina Simmons (Rowan University)
Abstract:

Physical guidance is a common intervention component; however, in some situations, physical guidance may be contraindicated (e.g., client of larger stature, hands-off school policy, caregiver physical limitations, history of physical abuse). In this study, we evaluated the effectiveness of a multiple opportunity probe (MOP) as an alternative to physical guidance (PG) to teach chained tasks to 4 school-aged participants (range, 5-18) with autism spectrum disorder who engaged in escape-maintained destructive behavior. An adapted-alternating design was used to teach three equally matched arbitrary tasks to evaluate the effectiveness of the MOP as an alternative instructional method. Data were collected on the percentage of steps completed independently, rate of destructive behavior, and the social validity (i.e., participant and therapist preference of the two instructional methods). All participants mastered tasks more efficiently with the MOP and displayed lower rates of problem behavior with the MOP. The majority of participants demonstrated preference for the MOP. Factors influencing participant preference will be discussed. Social validity of incorporating participant and therapist instructional preferences will also be discussed. This study provides evidence of an effective alternative when physical guidance is contraindicated that may provide a safer and socially valid way to teach chained tasks.

 
Development and Validation of a Systematic Approach to Identifying Reinforcer Dimension Sensitivity
KATHERINE BROWN (Utah State University), Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Brian D. Greer (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School)
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA), which often arranges extinction (EXT) for destructive behavior, is an effective treatment for destructive behavior. However, the use of EXT has several limitations resulting in practitioners implementing DRA without EXT. During these treatments, practitioners often manipulate reinforcer dimensions to favor appropriate behavior. The pre-identification of reinforcer dimensions to which an individual’s behavior is sensitive may be important to inform efficacious DRA without EXT treatments. In Study 1, we extended previous research by developing a systematic methodology to assess identify individual sensitivity to parametric values of reinforcer dimensions. In Study 2, we conducted a validation analysis during which we implemented two DRA without EXT procedures to assess if participants allocated responding towards the response that produced the optimal reinforcer relative to the response that produced the suboptimal reinforcer identified in Study 1.
 
A Consecutive-Case Review of the Clinical Use of the Stimulus Avoidance Assessment
ANDREW SODAWASSER (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Katherine Brown (Utah State University), Alexandra Hardee (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Billie Retzlaff (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Behavior analysts may conduct a stimulus avoidance assessment (Fisher et al., 1994) to identify a behavior reduction procedure when reinforcement-based procedures alone are ineffective in producing clinically significant reductions in destructive behavior or when an individual's destructive behavior causes significant injury and warrants the quickest possible reduction. Although stimulus avoidance assessments are used clinically, there is a scarcity of published data regarding the use of this assessment. The purpose of this review was to examine the clinical use of stimulus avoidance assessment in a university-based severe behavior program. We examined the prevalence of the assessment over a ten-year period and considered demographic information for individuals for whom a stimulus avoidance assessment was conducted including (a) the individual’s age, gender, diagnoses, and use of medication, (b) the topography and function of the individual’s destructive behavior, and (c) the length of time in treatment prior to conducting the stimulus avoidance assessment. We compared the obtained demographic information to a randomly selected sample of individuals who received services in the same program without experiencing a stimulus avoidance assessment. Overall, 12% of clients over the ten-year period experienced a stimulus avoidance assessment, and no major demographic differences existed between the stimulus avoidance group and the comparison group.
 
Clinical Concerns Regarding the Utility of the Stimulus Avoidance Assessment
ALEXANDRA HARDEE (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Katherine Brown (Utah State University), Andrew Sodawasser (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Billie Retzlaff (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: The stimulus avoidance assessment is the only empirical method to identify stimuli that may serve as punishers for destructive behavior. However, only a small number of studies have reported on the stimulus avoidance assessment, and therefore the clinical utility remains unknown. To evaluate the clinical utility of the assessment, we reviewed all clinical cases from a university-based severe behavior program that included a stimulus avoidance assessment in the last ten years. We examined 254 patient records, and included in our analysis 30 cases for which a stimulus avoidance assessment was conducted. Findings indicated that although over half (66.7%) of the cases for which a stimulus avoidance assessment was conducted included a punisher in the final treatment recommendations, the punisher was the procedure with the highest avoidance index from the assessment in only 13.3% of cases. Additionally, for a subset of cases, the patient experienced more than one series of the stimulus avoidance assessment, allowing us to examine the reliability of the assessment within the same participant. In the majority of the cases, the reliability of outcomes across series was low (exact agreement averaged 21.3%). We discuss concerns regarding the clinical utility of the stimulus avoidance assessment raised by these findings.
 
 
Symposium #572
Verbal Correspondence: From the Laboratory to Applied Research
Monday, May 25, 2020
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 1/2
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Concepcion Serrador Diez (Universidad de Guadalajara, CEIC)
Discussant: Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Abstract:

The phenomenon of behavioral correspondence has been studied in different areas of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, and has been defined by Lattal & Doepke as a generic label describing a relation between actions of the same individual occurring at different times. In studies with humans, one of these behaviors is verbal and another is non-verbal, and the investigations typically focus on how the verbal behavior influences subsequent non-verbal behavior (say-do correspondence) or is influenced by the previous non-verbal behavior (do-say correspondence). Combinations of these sequences, such as say-do-report have also been investigated. The phenomenon has been also studied in non-humans, where a modified conditional discrimination simulates "say-do" correspondence in rats. This symposium covers different ways to study correspondence, from basic animal research to the clinical area, including also studies of both do-say and say-do correspondence with children. This view of different procedures, populations and tasks in the investigation of correspondence aims to show the extension of the phenomenon, from basic animal research through translational human research and extending to applied clinical research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Say-Do-Report, Translational Research, Verbal Behavior, Verbal correspondence
 
Delay Between Moments and Magnitude of the Reinforcer in Say-Do Correspondence in Rats
(Basic Research)
CONCEPCION SERRADOR DIEZ (Universidad de Guadalajara, CEIC), Carlos Javier Flores Aguirre (Universidad de Guadalajara)
Abstract: Correspondence is a relation between actions occurring at two different times. In the present study, a replica of the studies made in animal correspondence was carried out through an adaptation of a conditional discrimination task, modifying the magnitude of the consequence delivered (0.01 cc of water with 2.5% or 5% sugar) at the end of each trial, and the delay between moments of discrimination (0 and 3 seconds). 8 rats were assigned to one of two groups (Constant, Ascendant) and went through two phases, the first without delay between moments and with a consequence of water with 2.5% sugar; Phase 2 implied delay between moments for both groups although they diverged due to the consequences -2.5% for Constant Group and 5% for Ascendant Group-. Results show that there was no difference between phases and groups in terms of the correspondence index of total trials. On the other hand, the correspondence index of complete trials showed lower correspondence throughout the trials in the phases. It is discussed in terms of the effects that the values ??used for the delay and the magnitude of the reinforcer have on the adjustment of this procedure for the study of correspondence in animals.
 
Say-Do Correspondence Decreases Ingestion of Unhealthy Foods in Children
(Basic Research)
JOSIANE MARIA DONADELI (Federal University of São Carlos), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Abstract: It is still controversial whether consequences contingent on promises is sufficient to change the frequency of a target behavior or if consequences contingent on say-do correspondence are necessary. We investigated if promises decreased intake of unhealthy foods by children, and if this was maintained with gradual withdrawal of consequences. Six children aged 8-9 years participated. In each session, nine pieces of healthy foods were displayed together with nine pieces of attractive unhealthy foods. In the training phase, before foods were displayed, children promised to eat no more than one piece of unhealthy food and as many pieces of healthy foods they wanted, with contingent reinforcement for the promise. Reinforcement was gradually withdrawn for children that showed say-do correspondence. Correspondence training under continuous reinforcement was conducted for the other children, followed by gradual withdrawal of reinforcement. Only two children needed correspondence training, and this training was effective to decrease ingestion of unhealthy foods. For the other four children, promises were effective from the outset. Therefore, all children attained criterion of ingesting one piece of unhealthy food at the most. Four of these children maintained this performance after withdrawal of consequences. Interestingly, some children also increased ingestion of healthy foods.
 
Effects of Monitoring on Children’s s Self-Report Accuracy in a Computerized Game
(Basic Research)
MARIÉLE CORTEZ (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Rafael Mazzoca (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Douglas Donaris (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Ricardo Oliveira (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Abstract: Studies on do-say correspondence have investigated the effects of several controlling variables on children’s self-report accuracy. This study verified the role of monitoring (presence versus absence of an adult) on children’s do-say correspondence in a computerized game. Four children aged seven to nine years participated. “Doing” consisted of shooting at a target (ducks or space monsters) presented on the computer screen. “Saying” consisted of reporting on the accuracy of performance following the automated computer feedback (by clicking on a green square following a hit or on a red square following a miss).Baseline assessed report correspondence in the absence of the experimenter. During Monitoring condition, correspondence was assessed in the presence of the experimenter. A reversal design was used. Results indicated that in the absence of the experimenter, all participants presented high levels of non-corresponding reports of errors. The presence of the experimenter (monitoring condition) consistently increased corresponding reports. These findings indicated monitoring as a relevant controlling variable on children’s self-report accuracy.
 

Say-Do-Report Correspondence in Semi-Natural Contexts: A Methodological Proposal

(Applied Research)
Isabel Avila-Herrero (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid), Carolina Trujilo-Sánchez (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid), Natalia Andrés- López (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid), JESÚS ALONSO-VEGA (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid), María Xesús Froxán-Parga (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid), Ricardo de Pascual Verdu (European University of Madrid)
Abstract:

Historically, the main purposeof the different lines of research that deal with the phenomenon of Say - Do - Report correspondence had consisted on studying the different processes of behavior modification in educational environments with children. Taking into account the importance of opening this line to other types of populations, it was considered relevant to extend the studies to the adult population. In order to do this, a pilot study was carried out with a double objective: to make a first approximation to the phenomenon of correspondence in the adult population and to design a new methodology suitable for this purpose. Based on the methodological difficulties and mistakes that became evident during the study and once the results were obtained (see examples: figure 1 and figure 2), we set ourselves the aim of correcting these mistakes by developing a more accurate methodology.This study is the result of the redesign of this methodology applied in a seminatural context with non-experimental tasks: new results will be shown and also the conclusionsextracted from them.

 
 
Symposium #573
It Takes Two to Tango: Analyses of Social Behavior
Monday, May 25, 2020
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 3/4
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Brian R. Katz (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Rogelio Escobar (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract:

As a social species, interactions between individuals are a fundamental aspect of human life. In fact, given how ubiquitous group contingencies are in social settings, they may be greater determinants of behavior in such contexts than contingencies for individual subjects. Thus, an understanding of the antecedents and consequences that govern social interaction is necessary for a comprehensive experimental analysis of human behavior. However, in comparison to the large body of research assessing behavior of individual subjects, relatively less attention has been directed to the experimental analysis of interactions between two or more organisms. For instance, little is known about how selectively reinforcing either coordinated responses (cooperation) or only the first response to meet a given criterion (competition) influences patterns of responding. Furthermore, it is unknown if social stimuli themselves may function as reinforcers. Thus, the four talks in this symposium will explore ways in which social stimuli influence behavior. These will include an assessment of coordinated responding in rats under both fixed-interval (FI) and variable-interval (VI) schedules, an investigation of human coordinated responding under concurrent VI schedules, an analysis of competition under concurrent fixed-ratio (FR) schedules, and an exploration of whether visual-social stimuli can function as reinforcers.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): competition, coordinated responding, social behavior, social reinforcement
 

Coordinated Responding in Pairs of Rats Under Individual and Simultaneous Reinforcement Schedules

LUCAS COUTO DE DE CARVALHO (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Deisy De Souza (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), João Claudio Todorov (Universidade de Brasilia), Leticia Santos (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Alceu Regaço (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Abstract:

Coordinated responding of two or more organisms can be considered a unit when its consequences change the frequency of its occurrences. Two experiments evaluated coordination under reinforcement schedules. Coordinated responding was defined as lever presses by each rat that occurred within short time interval of one another. Seven dyads of rats served in two experiments. Experiment 1 investigated the effects of Fixed Ratio (FR) schedules on coordinated responding in two groups with increasing FR requirements. In Group 1, dyads of rats worked on adjoining chambers; in Group2, dyads worked on separated chambers. Coordinated responses produced reinforcers to both rats simultaneously (simultaneous reinforcement) in Group 1. In Group 2, each rat had access to reinforcers independently (individual reinforcement) depending on their individual responding. In Experiment 2, dyads worked on adjoining chambers under Fixed and Variable Interval schedules of individual and simultaneous reinforcement. Requirement for defining coordinated responding that produced simultaneous reinforcement were also changed (200, 500, 800milliseconds). Both experiments showed that "pseudo" coordinated responding of the pairs in the individual reinforcement schedules depended on the individual rats’ overall rates, while coordinated responding changed as a unit in the simultaneous reinforcement schedules, assessed by systematic increase in the proportion of coordinated responding.

 

Coordinated Responding and Social Control Under Concurrent Schedules of Reinforcement

KALLIU CARVALHO COUTO (Oslo Metropolitan University), Fredrik Dale (Oslo Metropolitan University), Lucas Couto de de Carvalho (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Ingunn Sandaker (Oslo Metropolitan University/ OsloMet)
Abstract:

For over 40 years, concurrent schedules of reinforcement have been used as a procedure to study choice. However, only a few studies have investigated choice when the response unit is the coordinated responses of two or more organisms. In this presentation, we will describe the results of two experiments where pairs of human participants coordinated their responses on concurrent variable-interval (conc VI VI) schedules. In the experiments, each member moved a playing piece, meeting on two corners of the computer screen. Meetings were defined as a coordinated response. In Experiment 1, coordinated responses of three pairs were sensitive to changes in rates of reinforcements and social control. The fourth pair showed control of each other responses, but coordinated responses were insensitive to changes in reinforcement rates. In a follow-up study (Experiment 2), we are further examining the role of social control and leader-follower interactions on the distribution of coordinated responses. We are investigating whether the response of a member is biased by the response distribution of his/her partner. In experiment 2, participants are allowed to choose different corners at a time. We then discuss which variables to consider when describing choices where social control and coordination are required.

 

Slow and Steady Wins the Race: How Competition Contingencies Influence Behavior

BRIAN R. KATZ (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Competition describes the behavior of organisms working in opposition for access to reinforcers. Laboratory assessments of competition generally have delivered reinforcers to organisms that respond faster than their opponents. Little attention has been directed to how the competition contingency influences behavior. Thus, the purpose of the present experiment was to compare behavior resulting from selectively reinforcing a sequence of responses that was either faster or slower than that of an opponent. Eight male White Carneau pigeons were subjected to a fixed-ratio (FR) 30 schedule of reinforcement. After stable baselines were established, pairs of subjects were exposed to competitive FR 30 schedules with 30 trials per session. Only the subject that first completed the FR earned reinforcement. Once stability was attained, or earlier following a decline in performance, an adjusting handicap was added. Faster or slower completion of the FR respectively increased or decreased the ratio requirement on the next trial. Subsequently the contingency was reversed so that slower completion of the FR was reinforced while faster completion was not. Preliminary results suggest that response rates increased upon introduction of the rapid competition contingency, and further increased with the FR handicap. No systematic changes in post-reinforcement pause durations have been observed.

 

Assessing Reinforcer Efficacy of Access to Visual-Social Stimuli: Will Pigeons Peck to See a Simulated Conspecific?

MICHAEL STEELE YENCHA (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Visual-social stimuli were presented contingent on key-pecking responses to determine the conditions under which access to social stimuli may function as a reinforcer. A two-compartment operant chamber was used to house a pigeon in the right compartment and a standard 60-watt lightbulb in the left compartment. Compartments were separated by a two-way mirror. When the lightbulb was illuminated the mirror became transparent and the interior of the left compartment could be seen from the right. When the light was darkened the mirror became reflective and the left compartment could not be seen. Two keys were in the right compartment. Completion of a fixed-ratio (FR) schedule on the left key darkened the lightbulb for 10 s, producing a reflection of the pigeon in the right compartment and, thus, simulating the presence of conspecific. Responses on the right key produced 3-s access to food according to a variable-interval (VI) schedule. Primary dependent measures were response rates on the left and right keys. Various experimental conditions, including systematic manipulations of the schedules on each key, were conducted to investigate contexts in which visual-social stimuli acted as reinforcers when an alternate source of food reinforcement was concurrently available.

 
 
Symposium #574
CE Offered: BACB
Reasoning Skills: In the Clinic, Lab, Classroom, and Business Venture With Talk Aloud Problem Solving
Monday, May 25, 2020
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence D
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Joanne K. Robbins (Morningside Academy)
Discussant: Paul Thomas Andronis (Northern Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Paul Thomas Andronis, Ph.D.
Abstract:

TAPS (Talk Aloud Problem Solving) has evolved from Bloom’s critical observations of student thinking and reasoning skills at a top American university (1950) to Whimbey’s Cognitive Therapy (1970) that provided exercises to address the wide-ranging needs of students from elementary age to college preparation. Whimbey and Lochhead (1979) observed how great thinkers reasoned through their professional world and published a wide-range of exercises leading to graduate school success and notable medical school admission rates. Whether the “problem solver” is a scholar, a scientist, an artist, a writer, a child, a parent, or an entrepreneur, certain qualities are required to successfully tackle the problem solving environment. The repertoires have been named Problem Solver, Active Listener, and Observer (Robbins, 2011) and require talking aloud to reason through problems that otherwise may not have been solved. This process is akin to what Skinner (1969) described as an “inspection of reinforcement contingencies” such that behavior can be described that meets contingency requirements without direct contingency shaping or rules. This symposium shares recent modifications and new applications of TAPS instruction in a clinical setting, a behavior analysis research lab, teacher training sessions, and a business venture.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): entrepreneur, Observational Learning, scientist-practitioner, TAPS autism
Target Audience:

Educators, entrepreneurs, those working with children with autism

 
From Pilot to Takeoff: Exploring a Talk Aloud Problem Solving Approach
LILLY ALEJANDRA FLORES-FIUMARA (Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Eric Carlson (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Joanne K. Robbins (Morningside Academy)
Abstract: Many lessons are learned while navigating from behavior analyst to scientist-practitioner. The presenter will discuss the purpose, process, and utility of a conducting a pilot in the context of performing an empirical study on Learn to Reason with TAPS: A Talk Aloud Problem Solving Approach (Robbins, 2015) The program was run with two typically developing 3rd-grade students in an after school extracurricular program. The two repertoires, Problem Solver and Active Listener were taught using a scripted teacher program with student workbook and initially lead to children able to solve content-free logic problems. Analyzing and determining accuracy criteria as these repertoires developed was of particular value. The design of a pilot study will be reviewed and outline actionable steps for takeoff for future studies. In addition to those interested in TAPS, this talk hopes to inspire, and provide a framework for students and practicing behavior analysts to take flight and develop scientist-practitioner skills.
 

Teaching Problem Solving Skills to Children With Autism through Talk Aloud Problem Solving in One-On-One Settings

EMILY NORDLUND (South Sound Behavior Therapy), Naomie Branson (South Sound Behavior Therapy)
Abstract:

Individuals require problem solving skills to navigate their environments. Academics, daily living skills, and social skills are just a few areas that require constant problem solving. Children with autism are taught verbal behavior skills specific to their deficits. The VBMAPP (Sundberg, 2014) and the ABLLS-R (Partington, 2010) are tools for assessing language skills in early learners and serve as curriculum guides for practitioners. Once learners progress beyond these assessments, complex language skills such as problem solving need to be assessed then systematically taught. The Early Behavioral Intervention curriculum (EBIC) (Degli Espinosa, 2011) measures the presence or absence of a variety of skills for advanced learners, such as problem solving, and may demonstrate if a learner needs explicit instruction in various content areas. Developed from problem solving pioneers, Talk Aloud Problem Solving (TAPS), is a program that promotes problem solving, analytical thinking, and reasoning skills. TAPS has been effective in teaching students in classroom settings (Robbins, 2011). Therefore, this presentation will discuss the procedures involved in assessing and systematically teaching problem solving to learners with autism diagnoses. Due to the nature of autism service delivery, some adaptations to the TAPS program were made to be applied in one-on-one settings.

 
Observe: The Training of TAPS Teachers
SEAN MICHAEL WILL (Florida Institute of Technology), Joanne K. Robbins (Morningside Academy)
Abstract: Before we can teach our learners how to reason, we need to become strong analytical thinkers ourselves. We need to be able to identify the qualities present and absent from a learner’s repertoire. This presentation will describe the role of the Observer required when teaching the TAPS (Talk Aloud Problem Solving) strategy. Various distinctions of observational learning as (Deguchi,1984; Greer, Dudek-Singer, Gautreaux, 2006) were analyzed to improve the instruction for teacher trainers. Observational skills that tact the qualities of the Problem Solver (PS) and Active Listener (AL) can be shaped with explicit instruction. One procedure employed is the use of Active Response Cards (Heward, 1994). A group response of an observation can demonstrate that participants can match the criteria set by the instructor. However, we know that group responses sometimes have “skaters” (Sudak et al, 2016), that is, a brief pause or hesitation occurs and a student imitates other members of the group. Whereas initially, imitation leads to correct responding, TAPS instruction, which occurs in phases, requires more complex observational learning. As TAPS phases change, the conditions are presented that expand the observational repertoire and require more complex forms of observational learning that lead to self-observation.
 

Case Study: Applying Talk Aloud Problem Solving With the Business Canvas Model

ELIZABETH A. LANG (Smart Spot Educational Services)
Abstract:

Are you thinking about starting a business in the field of ABA? The journey breathes excitement into your every cell and exhales all of your overwhelming thoughts for each moment you are planning this vision. Behavior Analysis has a tool for these novel situations and complex problems you will face, Talk Aloud Problem Solving (TAPS). Robbins’ (1996) instruction is based upon Bloom’s (1950) and Whimbey’s (1975) analyses of the covert behavior of problem solving. The component skills that expert problem solvers engage in to develop this systematic technology are made explicit. Learn about the steps to designing a business plan while integrating and leveraging TAPS. Specifically, the Business Canvas Model by Strategyzer serves as an excellent tool to break business planning into functional yet cohesive and comprehensive elements. At the same time, the steps of TAPS will be overlaid at each element of the Business Canvas Model to illustrate its power. My personal entrepreneurial experience will be used as your model while sharing tips of successful actions and lessons learned.

 
 
Panel #575
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Cover Your Bases: A Compliance Framework to Help ABA Providers Ethically Navigate the Requirements of the Healthcare System
Monday, May 25, 2020
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 202A
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Kristine Rodriguez, M.A.
Chair: Kristine Rodriguez (Autism Learning Partners)
DAN MATAS (Autism Learning Partners)
JENNIFER J JOHNSTON (Easter Seals of Southern California)
TYRA PAIGE SELLERS (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Abstract:

Compliance programs were formally introduced into the healthcare space only 30 years ago. Historically, the focus of these programs has been mainly on hospitals, insurance providers, and nursing facilities; however, attention is rapidly turning to Applied Behavioral Analysis providers. As the incidence rate of Autism Spectrum Disorder rises, the cost of treatment by insurance companies, state programs, and federal funding sources increases exponentially. The government has several programs in place to monitor fraud, waste, and abuse, and maintains acute interest in those who are misusing funds. Applied Behavioral Analysis providers have recently come under scrutiny in matters of fraud, waste, and abuse; these allegations bring stigma for the industry and necessitate a call to action. Further, as funders become increasingly concerned with assessing value against costs, providers will need to develop increasingly robust systems in order to ensure proper documentation and outcomes-driven processes, in order to avoid devastating payment recoveries. This panel presents a full range perspective, bringing together both providers and funders to discuss healthcare compliance from multiple vantages, in order to provide participants with a path forward to ensuring quality care and upholding ethical standards.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

The target audience are providers, funders, and industries associated with the delivery of Applied Behavioral Analysis treatment.

Learning Objectives: 1) Participants will gain general knowledge of what Fraud, Waste and Abuse looks like in the Applied Behavioral Analysis industry 2) Participants will define 5 steps that attendees can use to initiate/improve upon a compliance program designed to protect clients, drive quality outcomes, and meet funder regulations 3) Participants will identify relevant items of the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts, as it pertains to personal responsibility for delivering care that is effective, efficient, and well-documented
Keyword(s): Ethics, Healthcare Compliance
 
 
Paper Session #576
Training Issues in Autism Spectrum Disorder
Monday, May 25, 2020
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 207B
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Preetinder Narang (University of Toronto)
 
Increasing the Rate of Instructional Opportunities Using Behavior Skills Training in a Clinical ABA Setting
Domain: Applied Research
EMILY DAVIS (The BISTÅ Center), Daniel Howell (The BISTÅ Center)
 
Abstract: Current research indicates that behavior skills training (BST) is the most effective instructional method when teaching registered behavior technicians® (RBTs®) how to appropriately implement discrete trial training (DTT) and natural environment teaching (NET). These two treatments are empirically based interventions shown to significantly improve developmental outcomes of individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). This study contributes to current research by expanding the BST intervention package to include how to more effectively identify potential learning opportunities and increase the rate of instruction across both DTT and NET settings. Baseline data indicates variability and an overall low frequency of instructional rates presented across RBTs® per day. A multiple baseline across subjects design will be introduced to evaluate the effects of the BST intervention package for the RBTs’® implementation execution of DTT and NET. Baseline, pre-treatment, and treatment will be systematically introduced to the RBTs®, and a 3-month follow-up will be conducted to test for generalization of skills.
 

Effect of Behaviour Technician Training for Paraprofessionals in Canadian Public Schools

Domain: Applied Research
PREETINDER NARANG (University of Toronto)
 
Abstract: Across Canada and the United States, interventions and supports for students with autism are often implemented by paraprofessionals in general education classrooms. Despite the abundance of research on the efficacy of behaviour analytic methods, paraprofessionals in inclusive settings struggle to utilize proactive and planned support strategies with students exhibiting complex behaviour. This paper will discuss the process and impact of a five-year training initiative aligned with the Registered Behaviour Technician (RBT) credential in Surrey School District, British Columbia. After establishing the training program between 2013 and 2017, research was conducted on training effectiveness and 30 paraprofessionals were randomly assigned to either treatment or service-as-usual groups. While both groups received 40 hours of technician training and on-site support, the service-as-usual group received training later in the school year and served as control for the treatment group. All paraprofessionals were individually assigned to students with autism, Grades K-3, with significant skill deficits in the areas of language, socialization, and behaviour. Analysis using a mixed ANOVA revealed statistically significant interaction effects between training group and time for paraprofessional use of proactive and reactive strategies; student maladaptive behaviour; student cooperation with academic tasks; frequency of problematic routines; and paraprofessional ratings of student success.
 
 
 
Symposium #577
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral Medicine SIG of ABAI Presents: Pain and Wellness Research in Behavioral Medicine
Monday, May 25, 2020
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon A
Area: CBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons University)
Discussant: Kylan S. Turner (Simmons University)
CE Instructor: Kylan S. Turner, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavioral medicine is an area of research that integrates behavior analysis and biomedical sciences to change behaviors associated with health and disease states. Behavioral medicine targets may focus on disease prevention, treatment to improve health and disease states, programming to facilitate maintenance of health behavior change, and treatments targeting adherence to medical regimes. As experts in functional analysis and behavior change, behavior analysts are well-equipped to work in the area of behavioral medicine. However, only a small percentage of articles published in behavior analytic journals focus on behavioral medicine research. There is a need for behavior analysts to produce more research in the area of behavioral medicine. One of the goals of the Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group of ABAI is to provide opportunities for students to disseminate research. The purpose of the current symposium is twofold. First, research in two different areas of behavioral medicine (i.e., increasing physical activity in sedentary adults and improving sitting posture in adults with reported low back pain) will be presented to demonstrate how doctoral students and other researchers may effectively contribute innovative applications of behavior analysis to the field to address behaviors related to pain and wellness. Secondly, a discussion will follow, which will specifically address how to begin doctoral work in behavioral medicine, and provide suggestions and guidelines for future or current students who are interested in working in the area of behavioral medicine.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Behavioral Medicine, Pain, Physical Activity, Posture
Target Audience:

BCBA BCBA-D licensed behavior analysts

Learning Objectives: 1. describe the effects of feedback schedules on health behavior 2. identify variables that affect treatment adherence in physical activity research 3. describe the effects of vibrotactile feedback on sitting posture
 

Effects of Behavioral Coaching on Exercise Behavior and Adherence

(Applied Research)
JESSICA R. MIAS (Simmons University), Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons University), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons University)
Abstract:

b. Optimal health outcomes are positively correlated with regular exercise, yet nearly one-quarter of adults in the United States reportedly do not participate in physical activity during their free time. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effects of gradually faded behavioral coaching for increasing physical activity frequency and duration during the study and once the intervention ended. Participants were divided into two groups and matched according to age and body mass index. The Faded Coaching group received behavioral coaching sessions once per week for the duration of the intervention, and the other group participated in gradual fading of behavioral coaching over the course of the intervention. Results for Continuous Coaching group showed increased duration and frequency of physical activity from baseline to end of intervention. During maintenance for the Continuous Coaching group, frequency and duration of exercise decreased. Results from the Faded Coaching group showed participants increased duration and frequency of exercise while they experienced weekly coaching calls, with less of a decrease in duration and frequency of exercise when coaching sessions were faded. Interobserver agreement data were collected on weekly duration goals set during coaching sessions.

 
The Effects of Vibrotactile Feedback Schedules on the Acquisition and Maintenance of Proper Sitting Posture
(Applied Research)
BRIAN JADRO (Simmons University), Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons University), Ronald F. Allen (Simmons University)
Abstract: According to a National Centers for Health Statistics (2016) report, the most commonly reported pain is low back pain (LBP), with over 29% of Americans having reported experiencing this type of pain within the past three months. Despite such a large number of Americans reporting this type of pain, there are few behavior analytic studies aimed at decreasing potential pain causing variables such as poor posture. In the first experiment, aimed at measuring reliability, posture devices using accelerometers were shown to have an average reliability of 91.66%. The purpose of the current study is to examine the effectiveness of vibrotactile feedback fading procedure on the acquisition and maintenance of correct sitting posture. Initial and ongoing data for two participants, collected using the Upright Go 2 device, has shown an increase in correct sitting posture for two participants. Participant 1 showed an increase of 87.7% from baseline at the end of the 3s delay condition, and Participant 2 showed an increase of 39.1% from baseline to a 30s terminal delay probe. Additional data summarizing both a sequential and non-sequential feedback fading procedure is forthcoming.
 
 
Panel #578
CE Offered: BACB
Put Your Own Oxygen Mask On First: Incorporating Self-Care into Applied Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 25, 2020
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty M
Area: CSS/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Joe Kendorski, M.Ed.
Chair: Kate Harrison (Brett DiNovi & Associates)
JOE KENDORSKI (Brett DiNovi and Associates, LLC)
JANET VASQUEZ (Precision Chi)
KELLEY ROSE HOAG (Root to Rise Health)
Abstract:

You matter, too. It is far too easy to put yourself last, especially when your career is spent putting the needs of others first. Letting this become a pattern can lead to stress, anxiety, depression, or an overall lack of fulfillment in life. Behavior analysts have a unique set of tools to help identify behavioral patterns, hypothesize the function of such behaviors, and determine replacements that produce meaningful change. The purpose of this panel is to foster a discussion surrounding the rationale for self-care, how to engage colleagues and organizations in a self-care practice, and the role behavior analysts can play in this process. By learning essential self-care strategies, not only will you find greater satisfaction in your own life, you will be a greater asset to your field, your organization, and the communities you serve. As the author Dodinsky says, “be there for others, but never leave yourself behind.”

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

BCBAs, BCaBAs, BCBA-Ds, RBTs

Learning Objectives: Participants will: 1) Identify at least one personal and/or organizational barrier to self-care and/or employee wellness 3) Generate at least three actions that can be taken to prioritize self-care 3) List different contributions behavior analysts have made to their communities
Keyword(s): Health, Organizational Wellness, Self-Care, Wellness
 
 
Panel #579
BCBAs Working in Public School Settings: Training, Retaining, and Recharging Behavior Change Agents
Monday, May 25, 2020
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence E
Area: EDC/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kristy Park (George Mason University)
JANEEN WADDELL (Fairfax County Public Schools)
AMBER SHRIVER (Pathways Behavioral Health)
JOY ENGSTROM (Loudoun County Public Schools)
Abstract:

The methods of ABA have served the field of education to produce socially significant improvements in behavior in public school settings. Despite the fact that providing free and appropriate education to children with disabilities has been a public responsibility since 1975 (PL 94-142, IDEA, 2004), multiple barriers interfere with the adoption of evidence-based practices in public school systems. Reluctance by public school personnel to adopt ABA-based practices, create opportunities for current and future behavior analysts to function as behavior change agents. This panel discussion will focus on some of the current challenges behavior analysts face in two large public school districts and importantly, provide potential solutions focused on the training and retention of school-based behavior analysts. The targeted audience for this panel discussion are those currently working in public school settings or those teaching future behavior analysts who may work in the public school setting. Identifying and discussing barriers to implement behavior change as well as possible solutions provides the field a basis to address wellness strategies and ensure behavior analysts are effective in supporting public schools.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
 
 
Paper Session #580
Training Teachers and Peers to Improve Social-Emotional Learning and Play
Monday, May 25, 2020
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence F-H
Area: EDC
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Charis Wahman (The Ohio State University)
 

Project HEAR+T: Implementation of a Social-emotional Intervention Package to Teach Behavior Expectations in Early Childhood

Domain: Applied Research
CHARIS WAHMAN (Michigan State University), Eric Anderson (The Ohio State University)
 
Abstract:

With the rising incidence in young children being suspended and expelled from pre-school settings, on-going examination of evidence-based social/emotional/behavioral interventions is essential. This paper explored the feasibility of a social/emotional/behavioral intervention on teacher and student behavior. Children and teachers were recruited from an inclusive early childhood center in a Midwestern city to participate in this study focused on explicitly teaching behavioral expectations. Using a multiple probe design, the impact of scripted stories, role plays, prompts, and social praise was examined for six children. Teachers were trained on how to implement the intervention through simple technical assistance meetings, including on-going feedback on their performance. Although teachers did not implement all intervention components with high fidelity, a modest change in behavior was observed for all six child participants which resulted in an established functional relation between the intervention package and child adherence to behavioral expectations. Discussion and future research will address increasing the intensity of training for teachers, including use of Behavior Skills Training (BST), matching the functional equivalence of the target behavior to the intervention, and teacher buy-in for the use of positive reinforcement.

 
Using Behavioral Skills Training to Teach Peer Models: Effects on Interactive Play for Students With Moderate to Severe Disabilities
Domain: Applied Research
ALYSSA MARIE COVEY (Worthington City Schools), Tangchen Li (The Ohio State University), Sheila Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University)
 
Abstract: This study examined the effects of using Behavioral Skills Training (BST) to train peer models to engage in interactive play with elementary students with moderate to severe disabilities in a special education classroom. Two separate multiple-baseline across participants designs were used to evaluate the effectiveness of BST on the peer models’ implementation of the procedural steps and the target students’ percent of intervals engaged in interactive play. Findings indicated that BST was functionally related to peer models’ accurate implementation of procedures and the target students’ percentage of intervals engaged in interactive play. Additionally, three out of the four target students maintained increased engagement in interactive play for up to 13 weeks. Both the target students and the peer models were able to generalize their skills to novel activities and play partners.
 
 
 
Symposium #581
CE Offered: BACB
Advancements in Staff Training Practices via Progressive Behavior-Analytic Approaches
Monday, May 25, 2020
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty I-L
Area: OBM/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Arianna Charos (Arizona State University Department of Psychology)
Discussant: Adam DeLine Hahs (Arizona State University)
CE Instructor: Adam DeLine Hahs, Ph.D.
Abstract:

A long-standing focus has been afforded to improving staff performance given the fiscal implications to organizations. To date, however, ABA-based approaches have remained relatively static in the use and conceptualization of behavioral skills training (BST) across myriad performance-based areas. Efforts to improve and increase the efficiency of training is and will remain a significant focus of organizations. To that end, the current symposium seeks to advance staff training practices by including modern behavior-analytic approaches to catalyze increased performance of services providers. The results and implications for said approaches are discussed.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): ACT, BST, Staff Training
Target Audience:

beginning-intermediate

Learning Objectives: Attendees will be able to describe how to use ACT to support staff trainers in using BST more frequently Identify effectiveness of feedback on ACT implementation accuracy. Attendees will be better able to understand various models of staff training and increasing performance feedback
 

Using Acceptance and Commitment Training To Enhance the Effectiveness of Behavioral Skills Training

Alexandra Little (University of Southern California), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids), ERIN SILVERMAN (FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study is to investigate the use of acceptance and commitment training (ACT) to increase the percent per opportunity of behavioral skills training (BST) use in a train the trainer model within an ABA clinic. Acceptance and commitment training exercises are modeled off of the six processes for change consisting of values, present moment attention, acceptance, defusion, self as context, and committed action. This study included three participants, all of whom were RBT trained and had been working in the field for at least 6 months. This study utilized an ABC design embedded within a multiple baseline across participants. Each participant engaged in an initial BST instruction in which behavior skills training was used to teach senior staff how to train using BST. Data were then taken on the percent per opportunity of BST used with new staff in session. ACT training was conducted for all of the participants after BST alone did not produce sufficient results. The addition of ACT was found to be effective in increasing the percent per opportunity of BST used by senior therapists to train new staff, the results generalized to trainees who were not present during ACT training, and maintained after ACT training was terminated.

 

Feedback Makes Everyone Better: Effects of Feedback on Acceptance and Commitment Therapy Implementation and Client Outcomes

SHANNON ROSE HUNYADI (Saint Louis University), Victoria Diane Hutchinson (Saint Louis University), Joshua Jimison (Saint Louis University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University)
Abstract:

Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) has been demonstrated as an effective strategy for improving pro-social behaviors including on-task behaviors, social skills, and value-directed behaviors. However, barriers to implementation is access to training in ACT strategies, specifically for behavior analysts. One strategy used by the Learning ACT book (Luoma, Hayes, & Walser, 2007) is the use of videos, which include commentary on therapist actions during role-played sessions. Long and Hayes (2018) utilized these videos to evaluate participant’s application of knowledge gained following training. The purpose of this research was to extend that study to explore the effects of feedback on the quality of ACT sessions, measuring therapist implementation scores and client-specific outcomes. Researchers watched videos of ACT sessions and scored therapist ACT-consistency on a Likert scale. Client-specific outcomes were determined based on their current curriculum (e.g. mindfulness; compliance within the session; challenging behavior), and researchers scored client outcomes accordingly. During baseline, no feedback was provided to the therapist, and ACT sessions were completed as usual. During training, feedback was provided to the therapist specific to the therapist score only, to explore effects of feedback on client measures. Implications for the use of feedback for implementer and client outcomes will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #582
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Using Organizational Behavior Management in ABA-Based Service Delivery Agencies
Monday, May 25, 2020
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Capitol/Congress
Area: OBM/DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Lauri Simchoni (Halo Behavioral Health)
CE Instructor: Lauri Simchoni, M.S.
Abstract:

Organizational behavior management research has collectively documented that feedback is critical to creating behavior change in staff performance that drives organizational effectiveness (Daniels & Daniels, 2017). Moreover, self-management strategies help structure the work environment, increase self-motivation, and facilitate behaviors that contribute to the achievement of performance standards (Breevaart, Bakker, & Damerouti 2014). Furthermore, an emphasis on improving staff performance may contribute to their overall satisfaction, which is critical, as the effects of staff turnover include variability and decreased consistency for the consumers, perceived threats to company culture, and the financial costs inherent in recruiting and replacing lost staff. Fortunately, previous research has reported that satisfaction with training, supervision, and pay predicted the employees’ intent to turnover (Kazemi & colleagues, 2015). This symposium presents recent research related to the use of organizational behavior management within ABA-based agencies in an effort to improve their performance and satisfaction. The first paper analyzes the effects of a performance development system on the acquisition of direct intervention staff goals using a multiple baseline across behaviors design. The second paper analyzes the effects of a self-management intervention utilizing rules and self-monitoring on work-related organizational and planning skills using a multiple baseline across behaviors design. The third paper analyzes the effects of an intervention on self-reported staff satisfaction, relative to baseline reports, using a multiple baseline across service locations, within the same organization, design that additionally differentiates mediating variables (e.g., employee position and rank, weekly supervision, goal setting).

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): OBM, Self-Management, Staff Performance, Staff Satisfaction
Target Audience:

Individuals working in community-based ABA-agencies who provide supervision to direct intervention service delivery staff, as well as all direct service delivery staff themselves.

Learning Objectives: Learning Objective One: Participants will be able to identify and describe a performance development plan that states staff performance strengths, improvement goals, and current progress directly related to BACB® “BCBA / BCaBA Task List (5th ed.)” items and / or the “Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts,” across supervisory sessions wherein feedback is delivered in a collaborative fashion. Learning Objective Two: Participants will be able to identify and describe how to integrate the benefits of self-management procedures in individualized staff improvement goals related to pre-planning and organization (e.g., latency in minutes for getting on task, desk organization, arriving to work on time). Learning Objective Three: Participants will be able to describe how to measure employee satisfaction and state the specific variables that may affect reported satisfaction.
 

Collaborative Staff Performance Improvement

LAURI SIMCHONI (Halo Behavioral Health), Megan Michelle St. Clair (Halo Behavioral Health), Adel C. Najdowski (Pepperdine University; Halo Behavioral Health), Victoria Daniela Castillo (Endicott College; Halo Behavioral Health), Peter Farag (Halo Behavioral Health), Bryan Acuña (Halo Behavioral Health; Pepperdine University)
Abstract:

Organizational behavior management research has collectively documented that feedback is critical for creating behavior change in staff performance that drives organizational effectiveness (Daniels & Daniels, 2017). However, often feedback is dictated, rather than collaboratively determined. Additionally, direct intervention staff performance is critical to maximizing the quality of services provided. Typically, the more the intervention implementation integrity, the more effective and efficient overall outcomes are likely to be. As such, exceptional supervision entails the application of performance development plans (PDPs) strategically designed to collaboratively (i.e., supervising BCBA and RBT together) identify performance strengths, improvement goals, and current progress, across each supervisory session. A concurrent multiple baseline across behaviors design is being utilized to evaluate the effects of individualized PDPs on the acquisition of direct intervention staff goals. Current data represent baseline performance across six goals, with the initiation of intervention for the first four. Given the significant change in level across goals, data thus far indicates that the PDP effectively increased staff acquisition of performance improvement comparative to baseline. Future data will be collected to determine if intervention continues to yield such promising acquisition via stability across active goals and consistent change in level, increasing trend, and limited variability across novel goals to be introduced. Moreover, two additional goals have been generated, are currently in the baseline phase, may soon be introduced. Finally, any mastered goals are to be monitored in a maintenance phase to follow the PDP intervention.

 
Using Self-Management Procedures to Improve Staff Performance in an ABA-Based Service Agency
BRYAN ACUÑA (Halo Behavioral Health; Pepperdine University), Victoria Daniela Castillo (Endicott College; Halo Behavioral Health), Adel C. Najdowski (Pepperdine University; Halo Behavioral Health), Lauri Simchoni (Halo Behavioral Health)
Abstract: Self-management strategies help structure the work environment, increase self-motivation, and facilitate behaviors that contribute to the achievement of appropriate performance standards (Breevaart, Bakker, & Damerouti 2014). Moreover, it is an empirically-based intervention that has widely been shown to be effective in remediating a variety of skill deficits. Specifically, this study uses a multiple baseline across behaviors design to evaluate the effects of a self-management treatment package using rules, self-monitoring, self-recording, and contingent performance-based feedback on work-related organizational and planning skills of staff in a community-based service delivery agency. Current data represent baseline performance for one participant across three behaviors: (1) latency in minutes to getting on task, (2) percentage of desk cluttered, and (3) minutes late arriving to work. Intervention has been initiated on the first goal of latency in minutes to getting on task and initial data demonstrate an immediate decrease in level, with limited variability, relative to baseline performance. Future data will be collected in order to determine if the intervention continues to yield a decreasing trend. Finally, future data will display the effects of intervention on the desk clutter and punctuality to work.
 

A Closer Look at Employee Satisfaction Within a Behavior Analytic Service Organization

GINGER R. RAABE (The ABRITE Organization), Janice Frederick (The ABRITE Organization), Valerie R. Rogers (The ABRITE Organization)
Abstract:

Employee turnover has many side effects within a service organization. Some likely effects of turnover include variability and decreased consistency for the consumers, perceived threats to company culture and the financial costs inherent in recruiting and training replacements. In the presence of such effects, examination of the factors that decrease employee turnover is an important investigation. It is a logical extension that highly satisfied employees remain and thus organizations with high levels of reported satisfaction are likely organizations with decreased levels of employee turnover. Previous research has reported that satisfaction with training, supervision and pay predicted the employees’ intent to turnover (Kazemi & colleagues, 2015). This presentation will discuss the results of employee reported satisfaction on the aforementioned variables, measured throughout implementation of specific interventions aimed to increase satisfaction. Data were collected on satisfaction throughout baseline and intervention phases and intervention was evaluated with the use of a multiple baseline across service locations within the same organization. Our data will be discussed in the presence of observed trends and position specific variables. For example, this investigation highlighted the need to separate out the data based on clinical position as the highest dissatisfaction was reported by those in the behavior interventionist (BI) position and the highest satisfaction was reported by more senior team members. These results will be discussed in detail while discussing other data that were collected on other measures of interest, such as weekly supervision and goal setting. Future directions for those examining employee satisfaction will also be detailed.

 
 
Panel #583
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Breaking bad in behaviour analysis: The value of rebels to our field
Monday, May 25, 2020
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M1, Georgetown
Area: PCH/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Myra-Jade Lui, Ph.D.
Chair: Myra-Jade Lui (QcABA)
CHERICE R. CARDWELL (ACCELERATE BEHAVIOR INTERNATIONAL)
MERRILL WINSTON (Professional Crisis Management, Inc.)
RYAN LEE O'DONNELL (RYANO, LLC)
Abstract:

The term ‘rebel talent’ was coined by behavioral scientist and author Francesca Gino in 2018. Rebel talents are those who walk the line between expertise and experimentation and who, in the right conditions, can lead the way to innovation and creativity in any given field. Applied behavior analysis is a field that has produced powerful technologies, capable of significantly improving the lives of even the most vulnerable in our society. Yet, the field still lacks mainstream relevance. It may be, therefore, time for behavior analysts to consider novel strategies such as those employed by rebel talent in order to further the field towards innovation and achieving recognition in the mainstream. This panel discussion will bring together three behaviour analysts who are familiar with non-conformity and who will discuss walking that line between thinking-outside-the-box, abiding by the guidelines for ethical practice, and why B.F. Skinner might have been the original rebel talent of the field.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Primarily BCBAs

Learning Objectives: Following this panel discussion, the participants will be able to: 1) Describe an event from Skinner’s career that revolutionized the way people thought about human behaviour and how this challenged the traditional perspectives of the time. 2) Identify the productive aspects of thinking-outside-the-box and contrast this to potential destructive aspects in the dissemination of applied behaviour analysis. 3) Outline how they might teach supervisees to practice in ways that can be considered both ethical and innovative. 4) Provide a framework for approaching rules and the various types of rule-governed behavior in ethical practice, including tracking contingency relations and dogmatic rule-following.
Keyword(s): dissemination, Ethics, rule-governed behaviour
 
 
Panel #584
CE Offered: BACB
Training Moral Reasoning: A Behavior Analytic Approach
Monday, May 25, 2020
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M1, University of D.C. / Catholic University
Area: PCH/DEV; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Luisa F. Canon, Psy.D.
Chair: MaKensey Sanders (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
LUISA F. CANON (Institute for Effective Behavioral Interventions (IEBI))
MEGAN MICHELLE ST. CLAIR (Halo Behavioral Health)
MATT WILLIAMS (Autism Center of North Mississippi)
Abstract:

Most people encounter moral dilemmas, or situations in which multiple courses of action seem to be indicated as “moral,” throughout their lives beginning in early childhood. Moral reasoning involves consideration of consequences of possible responses to a moral dilemmas. Without training in moral reasoning, many faced with moral dilemmas fall victim to applying a solution based on generalized, universal principles called moral heuristics to a difficult and unique problem. In this way, moral heuristics often involve faulty judgement and action due to insensitivity to direct contingencies. Considering moral heuristics from a behavioral perspective (e.g., in terms of maladaptive, rule-governed behavior) may foster improved understanding of the manipulable conditions under which maladaptive choices are made. This panel will discuss what specific behaviors are involved in moral reasoning independent of moral heuristics, how ABA currently addresses moral reasoning, and the barriers we face in doing so.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Service providers, behavior analysts, clinicians, higher education instructors, school professionals, teachers, people interested in philosophical issues

Learning Objectives: 1. Define moral reasoning in terms of behavior analysis 2. Identify behaviors relevant to training moral reasoning 2. Identify barriers practitioners face in training moral reasoning and how to approach them
Keyword(s): derived insensitivity, maladaptive behavior, moral reasoning, rule-governed behavior
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #585
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Climate Change Demands Behavioral Change: Giving the Future a Chance
Monday, May 25, 2020
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 6
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory
Chair: Cynthia J. Pietras (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Cynthia J. Pietras, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: ELKE WEBER (Princeton University)
Abstract:

Bounded rationality and finite processing capacity result in homo sapiens focusing attention first on the here and now. But many individual and social problems require attention to future costs and benefits, with climate change the most urgent challenge for decisions that fully and justly weigh immediate and certain costs and benefits of business-as-usual or greenhouse gas mitigation efforts against delayed, risky, and often disputed costs and benefits. Psychological theories from prospect theory to hyperbolic discounting and query theory predict that future costs of business-as-usual and future benefits of GHG mitigation efforts will typically get short thrift in such decisions. I present data for three interventions that focus greater attention on future consequences and thus provide entry points for choices that better balance short- and long-term goals and objectives. (1) In trade-offs between immediate and delayed consumption, discounting of future consequences is reduced when choice options with future benefits are made the default and when decision makers are prompted to consider arguments for such choices first (Weber et al., 2007). (2) Individual and country-level data show that citizens may use perceptions of their country’s age to predict its future continuation, with longer pasts predicting longer futures, and longer futures justifying greater investments into sustainability. Thus, framing a country as a long-standing entity can promote pro-environmental behavior (Hershfield, Bang, & Weber, 2014). (3) Finally, individuals’ motivation to leave a positive legacy can be leveraged to increase engagement with climate change and other environmental problems (Zaval, Markowitz & Weber, 2015).

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Anyone interested in behavior and behavior change.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define the concept of status-quo bias and provide examples of it; (2) identify at least one cognitive and one motivational reason for status-quo bias; (3) create ways of helping decision makers overcome their status-quo bias in a specific situation.
 
ELKE WEBER (Princeton University)

Elke Weber is the Gerhard R. Andlinger Professor in Energy and the Environment and Professor of Psychology and Public Affairs at Princeton University. Her research models decision-making under uncertainty and time delay in financial and environmental contexts from a psychological and neuroscience perspective. Her expertise in the behavioral decision sciences has been sought out by advisory committees of the National Academy of Sciences on Human Dimensions in Global Change, an American Psychological Association Task Force that issued a report on the Interface between Psychology and Global Climate Change, and Working Group III for the 5th and 6th Assessment Report of the U.N. Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC). She is past president of the Society for Neuroeconomics, the Society for Judgment and Decision Making, and the Society for Mathematical Psychology. She is a fellow of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, the American Association for the Advancement of Science, the American Psychological Association, the Association for Psychological Science, the Society for Risk Analysis, the Society for Experimental Psychology. She received the Distinguished Scientific Contribution Award from the Society for Risk Analysis and was also elected to the German National Academy of Sciences.

 
 
Panel #586
CE Offered: BACB
PDS: Peer Review is Still Better Than Facebook: An Introduction to Peer Review and Some Cautions, Concerns, and Recommendations for the Consumer of Behavior Science and Behavior Analysis Information
Monday, May 25, 2020
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence A-C
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Mitch Fryling, Ph.D.
Chair: Donald A. Hantula (Temple University)
MARK R. DIXON (Southern Illinois University)
MITCH FRYLING (California State University, Los Angeles)
JONATHAN J. TARBOX (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract:

This PDS features the editors of ABAI journals discussing the peer review process, its importance in science in general, and for consumers of scientific information. Panelists will describe the peer review process from article submission to addressing reviewer comments and understanding editorial decisions. The protections against misinformation that peer review offers are emphasized in this PDS.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

All individuals interested in the publication process.

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will describe the peer review process 2. Participants will identify reasons why peer review is more reliable than testimonials and social media endorsements 3. Participants will describe the roles of authors, reviewers and editors in the peer review process
Keyword(s): Peer review, Publication process, Publicaton
 
 
Panel #587
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
PDS: The Supervision Experience: Utilizing Acceptance and Commitment Therapy and Relational Frame Theory Approaches to Create Effective Dialogue Within the Supervisor-Supervisee Relationship
Monday, May 25, 2020
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Archives
Area: TBA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Jessica M Hinman, M.S.
Chair: Jessica M Hinman (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale)
DANA PALILIUNAS (Missouri State University)
BECKY BARRON (Southern Illinois University)
ZHIHUI YI (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

The relationship between a supervisor and supervisee is complex and dynamic and plays an important role in the training of behavior analysts. Supervision provides students with the opportunity to develop their skills as a behavior analyst with the support of someone with experience and expertise. While the supervision relationship is intended to be one of support and guidance, the imbalance in knowledge and experience can create a power differential between the supervisor and supervisee. This power imbalance can lead to an inauthentic relationship and the supervisee disregarding supervisor feedback. In an attempt to address these potential issues within the supervision relationship, supervisors can create a flexible context for supervision by making space for effective dialogue using Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) and Relational Frame Theory (RFT) approaches. By noticing and allowing space for the differences, biases, and experiences that exist between the supervisor and supervisee, the supervisor can foster a bidirectional learning experience which allows the supervisor and supervisee to learn from one another. The panelists in this talk will speak to their supervision experiences and discuss how they have been able to integrate ACT and RFT approaches within supervision. Speakers will also answer questions about how supervisors can begin integrating these approaches in their own supervision.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Graduate students, BCBAs, BCaBAs

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) have a better understanding of how to create an effective supervision dialogue; (2) be able to create meaningful supervision relationships; (3) apply ACT and RFT approaches within supervision.
Keyword(s): ACT, RFT, Supervision
 
 
Invited Paper Session #588
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Small Steps Toward a Complex and Integrated Reading and Writing Repertoire
Monday, May 25, 2020
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 207A
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism)
CE Instructor: Einar T. Ingvarsson, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: DEISY DE SOUZA (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Abstract:

Reading and writing skills refer to a network of equivalence relations between stimuli (e.g., printed words, dictated words, and pictures) and between stimuli and responses (e.g., picture naming, textual responding, writing, etc.). This conceptual framework has served as a foundation to the development of assessment tools and teaching procedures. Concerning the assessment of repertoires, this presentation will describe empirical data on the network of S-S and R-S relations, as measured by an online instrument, comprised of 15 tasks assessing auditory-visual and visual-visual matching-to-sample, picture naming, reading and writing skills. The goal was to characterize the performance of beginning readers. The instrument was administered to approximately 2300 students (6- to 12-year-olds), and results suggest that the matching skills were significantly correlated with textual behavior and dictation-taking. An "integration" index showed, as predicted by the stimulus equivalence paradigm, that accuracy increased as the entire repertoire developed. The integration index may be a useful tool for the prediction and evaluation of the effects of teaching programs for establishing this repertoire in non-readers. The presentation will also summarize the main results of two procedures designed to teach arbitrary relations between dictated words and printed words, namely, the exclusion procedure and the stimulus-pairing with orientation response procedure. Both procedures can be easily implemented via computers, and the results have shown that they can be effectively used for the systematic teaching of a large set of the target relations.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: PENDING
 
DEISY DE SOUZA (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)

Deisy de Souza is Full Professor at the Psychology Department, Universidade Federal de São Carlos (UFSCar), Brazil, where she teaches behavior analysis in graduate and undergraduate courses in Psychology, and in Special Education. She obtained her Ph.D. in experimental psychology at Universidade de São Paulo (USP), under the direction of Carolina Bori, and held a post-doctoral position at the University of Maryland Baltimore County, working with Charlie Catania. She has published articles and book chapters on non-human and human relational learning, including studies applying the stimulus equivalence paradigm to investigate the acquisition of symbolic relations involved in reading and writing, and in developing curricula to teach those skills. She is past-Editor of the Brazilian Journal of Behavior Analysis (BJBA), past-Associate Editor of Acta Comportamentalia, and she is currently a member of the Board of Editors of JEAB. She was designated as ABAI Fellow (2018) and is the recipient of the 2015 Award for Distinguished Contributions to the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior by the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group.

 
 
Paper Session #589
Exercise and Music Research
Monday, May 25, 2020
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 201
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Stephanie Chan (PlaySmart Child Development Society)
 

Just Keep Swimming: Collaborating With Others to Teach Lifesaving Swim Skills to Children With Autism

Domain: Service Delivery
VINCENT LAMARCA (Applied Behavior Center for Autism)
 
Abstract:

When you discover a problem worth addressing, how do you professionally become part of the solution? Drowning is the primary cause of accidental death in children with autism (Alaniz, Rosenberg, Beard, & Rosario, 2017). Drowning incidents in such children most commonly occur in ponds, close to home, and include running away (Guan & Li, 2017). Yet, a systematic review of behavioral interventions for swimming found that only one study focused on water safety (Martin & Dillenburger, 2019). This paper focuses on next steps. The efforts of a large Midwest organization will be used as a case study. The paper is a practical example of how to create additional research data while working within a practice organization (LeBlanc, Nosik, & Petursdottir, 2018), partner with others both in and outside the field (LaFrance, Weiss, Kazemi, Gerenser, & Dobres, 2019), and practice within one’s scope of competence (Brodhead, Quigley, & Wilczynski, 2018), all in an effort to strengthen the role of behavior analysis in a needed area, in this case to teach swimming. The paper strives to become a resource for others who wish to pursue similar endeavors but need additional help to start their own journey.

 

Exercise Intensity and Its Importance in Promoting Physical Activity for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder

Domain: Applied Research
SHANNON MARIE DIERINGER (Ball State University), Constance McIntosh (Ball State University), David E. McIntoch (Ball State University)
 
Abstract:

It is recommended that children ages 6-17 engage in 60 minutes or more of moderate to vigorous physical activity (PA) daily. However, many children do not meet these guidelines, especially those with disabilities. Furthermore, individuals on the autism spectrum often lack the social and communicative skills necessary to participate in PA with others. In order to promote positive PA behaviors, it is essential to include interventions that teach the importance of PA and how to engage in it appropriately. The purpose of this study was to 1. Examine intensity of the PA during sessions; 2. Examine use of a social story to teach exercise intensity; and 3. Examine use of social stories in addition to heart rate monitors to teach PA intensity. Nine male participants ages 8-11 with ASD were recruited. Data were collected during 30-minute sessions three days/week for 5 weeks. All participants wore a heart rate (HR) monitor and a perceived exertion scale was completed twice each session. An A/B/B+C design was used. Phase A, participants wore HR monitor and engaged in the required PA. In Phase B, participants read or were read a social story which explained the importance of and what to expect when engaging in PA. Phase B+C, participants continued to use the social stories, but also self-monitored their HR using an iPad). Results indicated that most participants engaged in moderate levels of PA during sessions however, there was no clear indication that participants were able to self-monitoring of HR intensity increased PA.

 
Teaching Early Piano Skills to Children with Autism with Equivalence-Based Instruction
Domain: Service Delivery
STEPHANIE CHAN (PlaySmart Child Development Society; Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Shannon Ormandy (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
 
Abstract: Studies have shown the benefits of music to individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) in different areas, however, teaching children with ASD to play a music instrument can be challenging. The current study focused on teaching piano skills to children with ASD, and tried to seek an effective and efficient method. Equivalence-based instruction (EBI) has been applied in teaching various skills among different populations. The study examined the effectiveness of EBI in teaching early piano skills to 6 children with ASD. Future research direction was discussed.
 
 
 
Invited Tutorial #590
CE Offered: BACB/PSY/QABA — 
Ethics
Introduction to a Behavioral Analysis of Cognitive Loss and Functional Decline
Monday, May 25, 2020
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 3, Ballroom AB
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
BACB/PSY/QABA CE Offered. CE Instructor: Claudia Drossel, Ph.D.
Chair: Cynthia M. Anderson (May Institute)
Presenting Authors: : CLAUDIA DROSSEL (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract:

Cognitive loss and associated functional decline can reflect many different physiological processes, some of which are progressive and neurodegenerative, others stable or even reversible. Behavior analysts, through their measurement-based practice, are uniquely positioned to detect fluctuations in proficiencies and skill levels that are potentially indicative of decline, and to implement assessment and intervention. The goals of this tutorial are twofold: (1) to provide an overview of neurocognitive disorders, such as those from Alzheimer’s, Lewy body disease, or stroke, and prominent risk factors, such as age and an already compromised nervous system due to prior traumatic brain injury, chronic disease, lifestyle factors, or particular preexisting neurodevelopmental disorders; and (2) to offer a practical step-by-step guide to ruling out reversible conditions, ascertain the appropriate level of social and physical support, and address potential behavioral and emotional changes. Video and audio examples will be provided for training purposes, to illustrate the heterogeneity of individuals’ reactions to functional decline, the difficulties of family members to follow behavioral plans or adapt to their loved one’s loss of skills or repertoires, and the need for medical care navigation. The tutorial will introduce cognitive loss and functional decline as a high-need specialty practice area, amenable to workforce development in behavior analysis.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Students; behavior analysts interested in an introduction to the specialty area or in expanding their practice; behavior analysts encountering individuals with neurodevelopmental disorders and decline; and family care partners.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) differentiate major neurocognitive disorders and their characteristics; (2) list two risk factors for the development of neurocognitive disorders; (3) broadly conceptualize behavioral changes in the context of cognitive decline from a behavior analytic perspective; (4) name one document that describes training benchmarks; (5) list three general steps involved in best practices for the assessment and management of behavioral changes and preventing/reducing excess disability.
 
CLAUDIA DROSSEL (Eastern Michigan University)
 
 
Panel #591
CE Offered: BACB
Training the Trainers: Success and Challenges of Different Parent Training Modes
Monday, May 25, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 207B
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Fan Yu Lin, Ph.D.
Chair: Fan Yu Lin (ALSOLIFE)
FAN YU LIN (ALSOLIFE)
DOROTHY XUAN ZHANG (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; George Mason University; ABA Professional Committee of China Association of Rehabilitation of Disabled Persons (ABA-CARDP))
XIAOHAN CHEN (Duquesne University)
Abstract:

Research has shown that parent-mediated treatment results in consistent enhancement of parent-child interaction. It also has great potential to improve child communication and behaviors. However, given a wide range of sources, treatment options, and technical procedures, parents may find the decision making and execution rather challenging. Parent training sessions, conducted by professionals in Applied Behavior Analysis, can lead to efficient use of resources and an increase of parental knowledge and practice in evidence based intervention. Participants on the panel include ABA professionals working closely with parents/families of children with ASD in various formats. Included in this panel discussion are three distinct parent-training styles: (1) one-on-one home based consultation in which the professional has designed individualized instruction for the target parent and the child, (2) large group face-to-face training which adapted workshop style, addressing general topics in behavioral treatments, and (3) web-based self-paced classes, supplementary with parental support groups. Success will be shared while challenges unique to training content, parental knowledge, family characteristics, and cross-cultural preferences will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Professionals who are currently or consider providing parent training services, particularly those who work with diverse population.

Learning Objectives: 1. Articulating the positive outcomes and potential challenges of parent-mediated treatments for children with autism. 2. Identifying the scientific responsibilities and ethical practices of professionals in parent training services. 3. Describing effective strategies and tools for providing parent training.
Keyword(s): Asia, China, Cross-Culture, Parent training
 
 
Panel #592
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Non-Compete Agreements in Applied Behavior Analysis: Prevalence, Impact, and Ethical Considerations
Monday, May 25, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 202A
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Stephen Ray Flora, Ph.D.
Chair: Stephen Ray Flora (Youngstown State University; Progressive ABA Therapy Group)
KRIS BROWN (Youngstown State University)
MARY BROWN (Youngstown State University)
STEPHEN RAY FLORA (Youngstown State University; Progressive ABA Therapy Group)
Abstract:

With its growth, the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA) is encountering practice issues ranging from negotiating insurance reimbursement, developing formal treatment guidelines, and gaining the trust of consumers. One controversial practice issue is the use of non-compete clauses (NCC’s) in employment contracts. NCC’s have the potential impact how, when, and who practitioners can serve. NCC's are used in some fields and banned in others (i.e., law practice, some human services/medical fields in some states). Although widely used in ABA businesses, to our knowledge no discussion of NCC's has occurred in our own field. Results of a recent survey and personal experiences of the panelists and audience will be used to engage the attendees in discussing practical and ethical issues related to the use of NCC's in ABA.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

All BACB certificants (RBT's, BCaBA's, BCBA's, BCBA-D's), individuals who work in agencies services individuals with autism or other developmental disabilities, and owners of businesses providing services to individuals with disabilities.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) state what a non-compete clause is; 2) state potential ethical implications involved with the use of non-compete clauses in ABA; 3) state potential practical/business implications of the use of non-compete clauses in ABA.
Keyword(s): employment practices, ethics, non-compete clause, professional practice
 
 
Paper Session #593
Problem Behavior and Abuse in Autism Spectrum Disoder
Monday, May 25, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 207A
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Theoni Mantzoros (The Pennsylvania State University)
 

Implementing a Differential Reinforcement of Low Rates Schedule to Alter Vocal Stereotypy and Task Engagement in Two Adolescents With Autism Spectrum Disorder

Domain: Applied Research
THEONI MANTZOROS (Penn State University), David L. Lee (Penn State)
 
Abstract:

Behaviors maintained through automatic reinforcement make it difficult to treat as the source of the maintaining variable may not be readily available for manipulation. One such behavior is automatically-reinforced vocal stereotypy (VS) which is defined as idiosyncratic, non-functional vocalizations. Vocal stereotypy occurs in various populations however, it is most often observed in individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) where it becomes problematic if it occurs at high rates and interferes with socialization or functioning in structured settings. There are multiple effective interventions available in the literature, however, many procedures require high rates of interventionist time and target complete omission of the behavior which may be problematic in applied settings. One intervention which has not been assessed as an individual intervention in the automatically-reinforced VS literature is differential reinforcement of low rates (DRL). In the present study, a functional analysis was used to determine that the VS of two female adolescents with ASD was maintained by automatic reinforcement. A DRL procedure was implemented which incorporated: (a) a specified interval for reinforcement, (b) the permissible number of VS acceptable within the interval, (c) a behavior checklist, and (d) learner feedback. As the targeted behavior decreased across sessions, the DRL interval was systematically increased in order to thin out the schedule of reinforcement. The intervention reduced VS and increased untargeted task engagement in both participants. Applied and theoretical implications of the study, as well as ethical considerations, social validity, limitations, and future research are discussed.

 

What Behavior Analysts Know About Abuse and Autism

Domain: Applied Research
BRANDON NICHOLAS MILLER (Ball State University), Maria Martino (University of Alabama)
 
Abstract:

The vast majority of maltreatment cases in the US occur at the hands of mothers, acting alone or in concert with others. Individuals with ASD are seven times more likely to experience abuse than the general population. Adults with ASD report they have been physically (57.8%) or sexually (55.6%) abused. Given behavior analysts are likely to have clients on their current caseload who are being abused, it is surprising articles describing training on abuse is absent from our literature. The majority of 579 respondents to a survey sent via the BACB reported low rates of substantiated abuse (83% indicated less than 10% of their clients have been physically abused and 96% reported their clients have not been sexually abused). Slightly more respondents suspect physical abuse is occurring. More than a third (37%) report that their agency does not have a protocol, they are unfamiliar with their agency’s protocol, or that the agency protocol for reporting abuse is insufficient. Perhaps even more worrying is that only 36% report their agency has a protocol on addressing clients as abusers. This paper discusses additional survey results and recommends individual and systemic changes needed to address this substantial quality of life concern.

 
 
 
Invited Paper Session #594
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Operant Conditioning to Address Poverty and Substance Use Disorders
Monday, May 25, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 6
Area: BPN; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sally L. Huskinson (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
CE Instructor: August Holtyn, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: AUGUST HOLTYN (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Substance use disorders, like many health problems, are concentrated in people who live in poverty. This presentation will review research on the application of operant conditioning to address the interrelated problems of poverty and substance use disorders. Our research has clearly shown that operant reinforcement using financial incentives can promote abstinence from heroin and cocaine in low-income adults with substance use disorders. The use of operant conditioning to reduce poverty is less well-established. However, our research on an employment-based intervention called the therapeutic workplace suggests that operant conditioning could promote behaviors that may facilitate the transition out of poverty. In the therapeutic workplace, unemployed adults with substance use disorders are paid to work but must provide drug-negative urine samples or take prescribed medication to maximize pay. The therapeutic workplace offers a job-skills training phase and an employment phase through which participants progress sequentially. Our research has shown that employment-based reinforcement within the therapeutic workplace can promote drug abstinence, medication adherence, job seeking, and employment. The therapeutic workplace could provide an effective framework for broader anti-poverty programs, but more research is needed to determine whether such interventions consistently reduce poverty, and how best to implement these at scale.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how operant conditioning can be used to promote drug abstinence and adherence to medications; (2) describe the main features of the therapeutic workplace; (3) describe how the therapeutic workplace uses contingent access to employment (i.e., employment-based reinforcement) to promote drug abstinence, medication adherence, job seeking, and work.
 
AUGUST HOLTYN (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
August Holtyn is an Assistant Professor in the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences and Associate Director of the Center for Learning and Health at the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine. Dr. Holtyn earned her master’s and doctoral degrees in psychology at West Virginia University under the mentorship of Dr. Michael Perone. In 2015, she joined the faculty in the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine after completing a post-doctoral fellowship there in behavioral pharmacology under the mentorship of Dr. Kenneth Silverman. Dr. Holtyn’s work is focused on the development of contingency management interventions for the treatment of opioid, cocaine, and alcohol use disorders. Her primary lines of research have focused on development and evaluation of remotely-delivered financial incentive interventions to promote drug abstinence and medication adherence in substance use disorder treatment, and the therapeutic workplace intervention to promote drug abstinence and employment in adults living in poverty. Her work has been funded by the National Institutes of Health, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and the Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute.
 
 
Panel #595
CE Offered: BACB
Public Health and Behavior Analysis: Careers and Applications
Monday, May 25, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon B
Area: CBM/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Catalina Rey, Ph.D.
Chair: Catalina Rey (University of Vermont; Vermont Center on Behavior and Health)
TYLER NIGHBOR (University of Vermont)
SHRINIDHI SUBRAMANIAM (California State University, Stanislaus)
ANTHONY OLIVER (University of Vermont; Vermont Center on Behavior and Health)
Abstract:

A disproportionate majority of behavior analysts work in the area of treatment of individuals with intellectual disabilities and autism. Though behavior analysis can be applied to many different domains, behavior analysts often struggle to find alternate career paths. A number of other career paths, particularly those targeting problems of social significance within the domain of public health, have proved fruitful for the field and are ripe for those with backgrounds in behavior analysis. This panel will serve as an introduction to several applications of behavior analysis to problems of public health interest. Each speaker will discuss their background and professional experiences in the field of behavior analysis, including the populations with which they work, the types of services they provide for their clients, how they found their current positions, and advice on dissemination of behavior analysis. After the panelists share their experiences, the remainder of the panel session will open to an audience-driven question and answer format regarding careers in behavior analysis.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Graduate students and practitioners

Learning Objectives: 1) The audience will be able to describe different career paths and applications of ABA in the area of public health 2) The audience will be able to describe a contingency management treatment procedure 3) The audience will be able to define measures of abuse liability
Keyword(s): ABA applications, Alternate careers, Public health
 
 
Symposium #596
CE Offered: BACB
Addressing the Needs of Neighborhoods of Concentrated Disadvantage: A Research and Policy Agenda
Monday, May 25, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty N-P
Area: CSS/CBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Anthony Biglan (Oregon Research Institute)
CE Instructor: Anthony Biglan, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The 2019 report of the National Academy of Medicine, Fostering Healthy Mental, Emotional, and Behavioral Development in Children and Youth: A National Agenda, calls for a mobilization of the research and practice communities to address the problems of neighborhoods of concentrated disadvantage. The report documents the fact that urban and rural neighborhoods of concentrated poverty have multiple problems that contribute to high levels of inter-generational poverty. The report recognizes that efforts to promote healthy development of children and youth in the U.S. will be limited if we do not address the multitude of problems in these neighborhoods. This symposium is intended to advance efforts to study how conditions in these neighborhoods can be addressed both through more interdisciplinary research and through the adoption of policies that foster more nurturing conditions in these neighborhoods. We will describe the nature of these neighborhoods, he state of research on these neighborhoods, and the public policy needed to advance research and practice on this problem.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Community Interventions, Disadvantaged Communities, Disadvantaged Neighborhoods, Intergenerational Poverty
Target Audience:

Researchers

Learning Objectives: 1. Audience members will understand the nature of neighborhoods and communities of concentrated disadvantage and why it is important to assist them in reducing poverty and social stress and promoting healthy development. 2. Audience members will be able to describe evidence-based interventions that are appropriate for neighborhoods and communities of concentrated disadvantage. 3. Audience members will understand the recommendations that the National Academy of Sciences Engineering and Medicine has made for assisting neighborhoods and communities of concentrated disadvantage and the work that the Coalition of Behavioral Science Organizations is doing to advance those recommendations.
 
The Nature and Needs of Neighborhoods of Concentrated Disadvantage
(Theory)
KELLY KELLEHER (Nationwide Children's Hospital )
Abstract: This paper will summarize the evidence on the proximal and distal influences that undermine successful development in neighborhoods and communities of concentrated disadvantage. These neighborhoods are characterized by high levels of poverty and single parenting and low levels of cohesion. Inter-generational poverty is common. The presentation will discuss criteria for designating a neighborhood as having concentrated disadvantage and propose a census to identify all such neighborhoods in the U.S. It will then describe the proximal and distal conditions in these neighborhoods that undermine well being. distal influences include poverty, discrimination, neighborhood disorder. The conditions increase the likelihood of stressful social interactions in families, schools, and the neighborhood. Such interactions, in turn, contribute to higher rates of psychological and behavioral problems and ultimately higher rates of premature death. The presentation will also provide a brief history of the policies and practices that led to the creation of these neighborhoods. In particular, these neighborhoods exist because of discriminatory practices such as red lining to prevent minority group members from moving into better neighborhoods.
 
The State of Research in Neighborhoods of Concentrated Disadvantage
(Theory)
TAMAR MENDELSON (Department of Mental Health / Department of Population, Family and Reproductive Health Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health )
Abstract: This paper will summarize the state of research on the amelioration of stressful conditions in neighborhoods and communities of concentrated disadvantage. Research to improve conditions in these areas has generally involved one of two strategies. The first strategy focuses on economic development in an effort to reduce poverty and increase employment. This might include tax incentives for investing in the neighborhood, job training, refurbishing the housing stock. The other focuses on providing programs to strengthen child and family supports for successful development. There are some efforts that combine these approaches, but they are more rare. Strategies also vary in the degree to which they help the neighborhood to develop cohesion and leadership. The presentation will highlight examples of progress being made. It will describe the potential of existing prevention and treatment programs to improve well being in these neighborhoods. It will also describe methodological and other challenges in measuring community conditions and evaluating the impact of developmental strategies.
 
Public Policy Needed to Advance Research and Practice in Neighborhoods and Communities of Concentrated Disadvantage
(Theory)
ANTHONY BIGLAN (Oregon Research Institute)
Abstract: This paper will present the recommendations of the National Academy of Science, Engineering and Medicine committee regarding the research that is needed to ameliorate problems in neighborhoods of concentrated disadvantage. In its recent report, Fostering Healthy Mental, Emotional, and Behavioral Development in Children and Youth, it called attention to the fact that mental, emotional, and behavioral disorders are concentrated in neighborhoods and communities of concentrated disadvantage. Efforts to reduce the high levels of child poverty and the academic and social failure that are associated with it will fail if we do not increase our efforts to ameliorate the conditions that undermine child and adolescent development in these urban and rural areas of disadvantage. The Coalition of Behavioral Science Organizations had decided to see if it can contribute to the aims of the NASEM report. The coalition consists of the Association for Behavior Analysis International, the Association for Contextual Behavioral Science, the Association for Positive Behavior Support, the Evolution Institute, the National Prevention Science Coalition, and the Society for Behavioral Medicine. This presentation will report on the steps being taken and planned to get policies adopted which increase support for research and evidence-based efforts to assist these neighborhoods and communities of concentrated disadvantage improving the wellbeing of all members of the community.
 
 
Panel #597
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Isms: Why We Hate and What To Do About It
Monday, May 25, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty M
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Natalie A. Parks, Ph.D.
Chair: Beverly Kirby (Team ABA LLC)
NATALIE A. PARKS (Behavior Leader)
MARK WILKERSON (Team ABA, LLC)
Abstract:

Webster’s Dictionary states the suffix “-ism” is a neutral term used to describe philosophies, theories, religions, social movements, and behaviors; however, it is used to identify that one is in opposition of such practices in the United States since the mid-nineteenth century. Currently words such as racism, sexism, classism, and heterosexism are used to describe the perceived negative ideologies and behaviors of one person(s) towards another. Hate crimes are crimes motivated by a negative bias towards another person(s) based on a general characteristic. Although hate crimes reached an all time low in 2014, they have been on a sharp rise, reaching a high in over 10 years in 2017 (FBI, 2018). Usually “-isms” are discussed individually; however, the behavioral underpinnings of how “-isms” develop and are maintained over time are similar. As behavior analysts, we have solutions to move this world towards a more accepting and inviting place for all. This panel will explore the theory behind and behavioral mechanism in place for “-isms” to develop and what we, as individuals and as behavior analysts, can do to change it.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BCBAs, BCaBAs, BCBA-Ds

Learning Objectives: 1. State the behavioral mechanisms responsible for the development of -isms 2. Identify what behavior mechanisms are in place for at least two different -isms 3. Identify at least 2 environmental variables can be manipulated to change the development and maintenance of -isms
Keyword(s): diversity, inclusion, racism, sexism
 
 
Paper Session #598
Toward Culturally Sustainable Sources of Control in Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 25, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty I-L
Area: CSS
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Carol E Williams (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
 
Use of Behavior Analysis to Reduce the Sharing of False Information on Social Media
Domain: Theory
CAROL E WILLIAMS (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
 
Abstract: Since at least 2017, Americans have turned to online sources for news and related information. Information propagated as false news stories has political, social, economic, and health implications which has potential collateral consequences of altering resource allocations, changing the status quo, and polarizing populations against one another based on interpretations of virally produced false information or identification with certain groups disseminating false narratives. To stem the flow of false information, online sharing platforms such as twitter, could utilize behavior analytic strategies, including rule-governed behavior, behavioral momentum, and reinforcement. This study examines variables that govern the persistence and disruption of behavior regarding sharing information. The research will determine if the availability of convenient fact-checking services change the rates of sharing information. Additionally, the study examines factors relative to sharing patterns through the implementation of a disruptor, wherein participant’s shared information is rated according to percentage of factually checked information verified as accurate and resulting in a publicized percentage on each participant’s public profile. Knowledge regarding what factors motivate readers to determine the validity of shared information and what may deter the spread of false news may provide strategies to improve social outcomes and reduce the negative impact of false information.
 

Examining Countercontrol: Toward an EcoBehavioral Analytic Approach That is Culturally Sustaining and Emancipatory

Domain: Theory
Temple S Lovelace (Duquesne University), OLAJUMOKE OSHOKOYA (Duquesne University), Mary Comis (Duquesne University)
 
Abstract:

Countercontrol occurs when individuals generate aversive conditions and the behaver escapes or avoids the contingency (Delprato, 2002). Since the 1950s, Skinner has pushed the field to consider the impact of countercontrol in the systemic analyses of the institutions of education, government, incarceration, and religion (1953). Today, we are bombarded with trying to plug the leaks across all systems, but especially in education and the support of culturally and linguistically diverse students with and without disabilities. In this presentation, we will present an updated analysis of this response to social aversive control and how it can be seen in many of the interventions that are rooted in behavior analysis at the classroom and district levels. Situating our analysis in more modern critical pedagogies, such as critical theory, culturally sustaining pedagogy, and culturally relevant teaching, we will present why the current performances of resistance seen in students are simply their way of regaining freedom in the face of socially aversive, controlling attempts at coercion and behavior management and why ecobehavioral analysis is critical (Delgado, 2002; Kinloch, 2017; Sidman, 2001). Lastly, we will link across a 60 year span of research to bring emancipatory education and control under the same roof.

 
 
 
Symposium #599
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Research in Skill Acquisition
Monday, May 25, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Room 102
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Allison Rose Bickelman (Autism Behavior Intervention; Pepperdine University; Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Allison Bickelman, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Three data-based papers will be presented on recent research on skill acquisition for children diagnosed with autism and other developmental disabilities. Paper one discusses a treatment package consisting of rules, feedback and multiple exemplar training to teach the emission of disguised mands. Paper two discusses a treatment package to teach children on the autism spectrum to tact past items and events. Paper three discusses percentile schedules of reinforcement to teach children with developmental disabilities to be on task. Applications of the research and recommendations for future research in these areas will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): autism, developmental disabilities, disguised mands, on task
Target Audience:

BCBAs, clinicians

Learning Objectives: NA for BACB
 

The Use of Multiple Exemplar Training and Rules to Teach Disguised Mands to Kids Diagnosed With Autism

Allison Bickelman (Autism Behavior Intervention; Pepperdine University; Endicott College), Marla Saltzman (Autism Behavior Intervention, Inc.), AZIZULL KAUR DHADWAL (Pepperdine University)
Abstract:

This study employed a nonconcurrent multiple baseline across participants design to teach three children diagnosed with autism to emit disguised mands. The intervention utilized was a combination of rules and multiple exemplar training, with direct in-vivo feedback. Results indicate the success of the intervention for all participants in emitting and reinforcing disguised mands, though generalization and maintenance results varied. Social validity data taken with participants’ parents and service providers demonstrate favorability of the intervention and its results. Suggestions for future research on complex verbal behavior and social skills are discussed.

 

Evaluation of a Treatment Package to Teach Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder to Tact Past Events

CARRIE ZUCKERMAN (Auburn University), Sacha T. Pence (Auburn University; Drake University)
Abstract:

Speaking about past events is an important part of a functional verbal repertoire. Social interactions, personal safety, and academic success may be enhanced by learning to speak about past events. Unfortunately, children with language delays may demonstrate deficiencies in speaking about past events. Despite the importance of this skill, few studies have evaluated how to teach children to speak about past events. Experiment 1 evaluated the effectiveness of a treatment package to teach tacts of previously seen items with three children with autism spectrum disorder. The treatment package consisted of differential reinforcement, intraverbal and stimulus prompt fading, and an increasing delay between seeing an item and being asked “What was in the box?" All three participants reached mastery at a delay of 64 min. Two participants demonstrated generalization to novel items and locations. Experiment 2 evaluated components of the treatment package. The add-in component analysis found that differential reinforcement was not sufficient to teach delayed tacts. Two of the three participants in Experiment 2 met mastery criterion and demonstrated generalization after all of the components of the treatment package were implemented. The treatment package in this study provides a potential model for clinicians interested in teaching tacts of past events.

 
Using Percentile Schedules of Reinforcement to Increase On-Task Behavior
DANIEL KWAK (Pepperdine University, Center for Applied Behavior Analysis)
Abstract: Percentile schedules of reinforcement provide a systematic way of specifying successive criteria, tailoring the criteria based on an individual’s current levels of responding (Galbicka, 1994). This paper examined the effectiveness of percentile schedules of reinforcement, with feedback and application of lower limits to change in criteria, in increasing on-task behavior in children with developmental disabilities. Data using a nonconcurrent multiple baseline across participants design revealed that the intervention increased on-task behaviors of participants with tasks involving writing and coloring. In conclusion, this study provides initial evidence that percentile schedules can be used to effectively increase on-task behaviors of individuals with developmental disabilities. General findings, limitations, and directions for future research are discussed.
 
 
Panel #600
CE Offered: BACB
Permission to Communicate: Skill Acquisition Errors and Prompt Maintained Behavior
Monday, May 25, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon H
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Ken Winn, M.S.
Chair: Ken Winn (Firefly Autism)
KAYLA ANN MOORE (Firefly Autism)
SAMANTHA SHEEHAN (Firefly Autism)
ELBERT BLAKELY (Quest)
Abstract:

t has long been hypothesized that some individuals with developmental delays exhibit signs of prompt dependency. That is, they will engage in behaviors to be prompted or are reluctant to move on in skill training when prompts are faded. One hypothesis is that prompts, which are often described as antecedent stimuli, are , in fact, consequent stimuli in that they are contingent on errors or behaviors that are maintained by prompts. However, there little research has been done exploring prompts acting as reinforcers. By assessing for prompt-maintained behavior, our research has shown that prompts act as positive reinforcers for errors in skill acquisition programing. This research project replicated a previous study done by the authors and expanded the research to include more participants than in the original study. This study also expanded on the previous one by including different skill acquisition programs, rather than simple functional communication training.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

This panel discussion is for practicing behavior analysts who wish to enhace the effectiveness of their services by understanding the role of prompts in maintaining errors and other similar response classes of behavior

Learning Objectives: 1) Participants will demonstrate an understanding that prompts have the potential to act as reinforcers for errors in skill acquisition. 2) Participants will demonstrate an understanding of the use of different types of experimental designs to determine if prompts act as reinforcers. 3) Participants will be able to demonstrate understanding of the relationship between prompts and their reinforcing qualities.
 
 
Symposium #601
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advances in Research With Adults With Acquired and Developmental Disabilities
Monday, May 25, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon G
Area: DDA/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Nicole Pantano (Caldwell University)
CE Instructor: Michael P. Mozzoni, M.A.
Abstract:

This symposium will cover two data-based presentations teaching to adults with acquired and developmental disabilities. The first study evaluated the effects of a video prompting strategy to teach adult women to shave their legs. All participants acquired and maintained the skill. The second study replicated and extended Gross, Fuqua, and Merritt's Verbal Behavior Assessment Battery (2013). They piloted this function-based assessment to guide language programming for adults with acquired brain injury (ABI). This population differs from the original population of adults with dementia as adults with ABI may experience complex changes in their verbal behavior. Following revisions to the assessment, the authors completed the study with five participants with ABI and five matched control participants.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): adults, brain injury, language assessment, self-help skills
Target Audience:

BCBAs, practitioners, graduate students, and researchers interested in or working with individuals with Acquired Brain Injury or other

Learning Objectives: 1. Audience members will be able to identify a tool and teaching strategy to teach leg shaving. 2. Audience members will become familiar with the Verbal Behavior Assessment Battery and how it can be used with individuals with acquired brain injury. 3. Audience members will identify additional considerations and refinement for future clinical use of the Verbal Behavior Assessment Battery.
 
Teaching Leg Shaving with Finishing Touch Flawless Legs™ to Women with Disabilities
(Applied Research)
Natalie Folgia (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), PRIYA P PATIL (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Teaching independence with shaving can provide individuals with privacy and comfort, increase quality of life, and reduce effort of caregivers. Unfortunately, no previous studies have provided clinicians with procedures for teaching leg shaving. The current study evaluated the effects of a video prompting teaching package on leg shaving skills using a concurrent multiple baseline design across participants. Participants included three women ages 22 to 56, each with a different diagnosis (i.e., paraplegia, Down Syndrome, and cognitive impairment with Schizoaffective Disorder). The Finishing Touch Flawless Legs™ shaver was selected because a) it can be used without water or shaving cream, b) individuals with fine motor deficits can handle the device, c) the device will not cut or nick the user, and d) it is rechargeable and does not require batteries. All participants learned to shave their legs at the mastery criterion of 100% independent, correct steps within a mean of 7.33 teaching sessions. These levels were maintained at 2-week probes and during generalization probes. On the Treatment Acceptability Rating Form - Revised, scores indicated high social validity of the procedures of this treatment package.
 
Piloting a Function-Based Language Assessment for Adults with Neurocognitive Disorder
(Applied Research)
Dani Leigh Buckley (California State University, Sacramento), Megan R. Heinicke (California State University, Sacramento), Jonathan C. Baker (Western Michigan University), AMANDA N JONES (California State University, Sacramento), Shelby Marie Bryeans (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract: Language deficits are common following neurocognitive disorder (NCD), yet behavior analysts serving this growing population do not have a validated, function-based assessment to guide language programming. Gross, Fuqua, and Merritt (2013) developed and piloted the Verbal Behavior Assessment Battery (VBAB) to evaluate language deficits for older adults with dementia, but researchers have yet to replicate this study or evaluate this tool for adults following acquired brain injury (ABI). We expanded the VBAB to better capture the complex changes that may occur following ABI. We conducted the revised assessment with five adults with severe ABI and matched control participants and found 1) varying deficits across ABI participants, 2) significant differences between the performance of ABI and control participants, 3) acceptable test-retest reliability, and 4) evidence for both functional independence and interdependence of verbal operants. Our discussion will focus on methodological considerations and potential refinement of the assessment for future clinical use.
 
 
Paper Session #602
Innovative Methods for Developing Communicative and Coping Skills Within an ABA Framework
Monday, May 25, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Room 103
Area: DDA
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Ericka Mullinix (Lexington Behavioral Health Services)
 
A Behavior Analytic Approach to Analyzing the Phenomenon of Emulation
Domain: Applied Research
TRICIA CLEMENT (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Amanda C. Philp (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University)
 
Abstract: Emulation is not a common topic within behavior analysis; however, it has been presented in several ways within animal cognition and developmental psychology literature. Primarily, emulation is used to explain a range of social learning processes or within a larger taxonomy of imitation. However, a clear, concise behavioral definition of emulation is still lacking. Building upon the unpublished dissertations of Rothstein (2009) and Philp (2016), this study analyzed the role of emulation with possible co-requisite verbal development cusps and determined if an emulative repertoire can be established in children diagnosed with developmental disabilities. Results of the initial tests were analyzed using a correlational analysis of imitation and emulation tasks and demonstrated a statistical significance to the listener literacy cusp. Results of this further analyses demonstrated that trial-and-error teaching was successful to establish an emulative repertoire. Additional theoretical and socially significant findings related to the induction of emulation in children with ASD or developmental delays are highlighted.
 
Efficacy of the Zones of Regulation when Applied within an ABA Framework for Individuals with Severe Epilepsy and Brain Injury
Domain: Theory
ERICKA MULLINIX (Lexington Behavioral Health Services), Adam DeLine Hahs (Arizona State University)
 
Abstract: Teaching emotional self-regulation is challenging for care providers. The Zones of Regulation is a curriculum used widely by occupational therapists to teach emotional regulation. There is no evidence yet to support its efficacy. While the Zones curriculum provides guidance on progression of teaching skills and a plethora of teaching materials, there is no standard method of teaching within the curriculum. For instance, there is no guidance correcting errors, prompting hierarchy, or standardized instructions. Additionally, challenges in teaching emotional regulation are more pronounced given significant communication barriers. Many individuals with developmental disabilities have comorbid medical issues, including neurological and gastrointestinal complications such as epilepsy and fecal impaction, which can be painful and lead to negative emotional responding. Difficulty communicating pain has been reported to lead to lack of medical care, attribution of symptoms to behavioral issues, unnecessary or incorrect medical care, and invasive medical procedures. This paper explores a way to apply the curriculum with an applied behavior analytic framework, and examines if using stimulus equivalence and automaticity of reinforcement by pairing overt indicators of pain (e.g., precursors to problem behaviors, overt symptoms of illness) with colors that correspond to the Zones might increase the ability to identify and communicate distressing emotions in order to receive appropriate intervention from caregivers.
 
 
 
Symposium #603
CE Offered: BACB
Ready, Set, GOAL! Applications of Goal Setting and Performance Feedback Across Populations, Behaviors, and Settings
Monday, May 25, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence E
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Janice Frederick (The ABRITE Organization)
CE Instructor: Janice Frederick, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Goal setting has utilized across populations and settings to promote behavior change. An extensive literature documents the effectiveness of goal setting to increase a myriad of desirable behaviors including physical activity, academic responding, vocational task completion and beyond. Relatively fewer studies have involved the use of goal setting to decrease or eliminate responding. Performance feedback has been demonstrated to enhance the effects of goal setting. The current symposium examines utilization of goal setting and performance feedback with varied populations and target behaviors. First, a study examining the impact of goal setting and text message feedback on daily step counts of participants employed by a behavioral health organization will be presented. Next, the outcomes obtained for general education students exposed to a treatment package involving goal setting and daily feedback will be discussed. Finally, an analysis of the effectiveness of goal-setting combined with performance feedback and differential reinforcement of diminishing rates of behavior for decreasing challenging behavior exhibited by students with autism in a school setting will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): DRD, Goal Setting, Performance Feedback
Target Audience:

Behavior Analysts and students

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will be able to describe components of behavioral intervention package designed to improve students’ academic performance. 2. Attendees will be able to describe the effects of vocal, written, and/or visual performance feedback methods methods on student goal performance. 3. Attendees will be able to list key elements of intervention based on Differential Reinforcement of Diminishing Rates.
 
Decreasing Challenging Behavior in School Setting with a Combination of Goal-Setting, Performance Feedback, and Differential Reinforcement of Diminishing Rates of Behavior Without Extinction
(Applied Research)
Kinga Wolos-Zachmeier (The ABRITE Organization), SAM GARCIA (The ABRITE Organization)
Abstract: A growing body of research has demonstrated the effectiveness of goal-setting and performance feedback for increasing various desirable behaviors. The purpose of the current study is to determine the effectiveness of goal-setting combined with performance feedback and differential reinforcement of diminishing rates of behavior for decreasing challenging behavior in a school setting. A nonconcurrent multiple baseline across participants design was employed. Participants 1 and 2, both 11 years old and diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder, were both fully included in general education classrooms in two public schools. Participant 3, 17 years old, was attending a non-public school. All participants had engaged in disruptive behaviors throughout the school day. The intervention was effective in significantly decreasing the rate of challenging behavior for all three participants. Challenges specific to delivering ABA services in a school setting will be discussed along with limitations of this study and possible future directions.
 

The Present, Positive, Participant Project: Outcomes for General Education Students Exposed to a Behavior Analytic Intervention Package

(Applied Research)
Janice Frederick (The ABRITE Organization), CAITLIN ELIZABETH MANNING (The ABRITE Organization), Marlena Jacobson (The ABRITE Organization)
Abstract:

This study examined the effectiveness of goals setting, behavioral contracting, performance feedback, and a reinforcement contingency on goal mastery for general education students ranging from the elementary to high school levels. Each of the 13 participants had ended the preceding school year with a failing grade in one more core academic subjects. In addition to a failing grade, participants were identified by school site team administrators as students of ‘concern’ due to poor attendance, limited classroom engagement, and/or failure to complete homework. During the initial intervention phase, participants worked with a ‘coach’ to set a goal related to performance in a specific core academic subject. Participants received daily feedback related to their goal via paper, email, or text message depending on grade level and each attended a brief weekly meeting with a ‘coach’ during which they received feedback via a graph of their performance relate to their goals. Goal specific measures included percentage of weekly assignments submitted, percentage scores on homework submitted, and overall grade percentages. A component analysis was initiated with 3 of the final participants to examine the effects of each component of the intervention package. Overall results indicate that this relatively low-cost and minimally invasive intervention was effective in increasing student performance on goal related tasks.

 
The Effects of Goal Setting and Daily Feedback from a Coach on Number of Steps Taken by Users of Activity Trackers
(Applied Research)
Kinga Wolos-Zachmeier (The ABRITE Organization), SEAN GALE KOTZMAN (The ABRITE Organization), Caitlin Elizabeth Manning (The ABRITE Organization), Kellie Bohlke (The ABRITE Organization), Agueda Maria Flores Silva (The ABRITE Organization)
Abstract: Sedentary lifestyle has been linked to multiple health problems. Use of activity trackers is increasing, however research has shown that wearing an activity tracker alone is not always effective in increasing physical activity. The current study employed a concurrent multiple baseline across participants design to determine whether daily goal setting and feedback delivered via text message from an anonymous coach would increase participants’ daily step counts. The three participants, who had already used an activity tracker, were recruited from employees of The ABRITE Organization. The results suggest that the intervention was effective in increasing average daily steps for all three participants. However, the increase in steps from baseline to intervention varied between participants and between days of the week. Possible explanation of the results, the limitations of the current study, and implications for future research will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #604
CE Offered: BACB
Enhancing Behavior Science in K-12 Schools
Monday, May 25, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence F-H
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Kaci Fleetwood (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Kathryn M. Roose (University of Nevada, Reno)
CE Instructor: Kathryn M. Roose, M.Ed.
Abstract:

This symposium will feature two presentations; Evaluating Access and Outcomes of Advanced Tier Supports in Schools and Using OBM to Maximize Effectiveness of Educational Coaches & Consultants. Behavior analysts have a significant role to assist schools with the implementation of the Multi-Tiered Systems of Support (MTSS) framework for both academic and behavioral interventions. However, behavior analysts often lack the training and experience in systems development to be as effective as possible. This symposium will address how to utilize school-level data sources to evaluate dis/proportionality across the tiers, with specific emphasis on a) access and outcomes, b) overlooked subgroups, and b) advanced tier interventions. Additionally, for individuals who oversee educational trainers/coaches/consultants who facilitate interventions within and across school settings, a Total Performance System (Abernathy, 2000) that has been implemented state-wide for over 5 years will be presented, highlighting how OBM can be successfully implemented with public education employees. The success of this TPS system in conjunction with training educational professionals who have diverse professional backgrounds and varying licenses/endorsements to work efficaciously to achieve common goals will be shared.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): MTSS, PBIS, PBS, TPS
Target Audience:

Behavior Analysts, School Psychologists, Licensed Education Professionals who work, consult, or provide services in K-12 school settings

 
Evaluating Access and Outcomes of Advanced Tier Supports in Schools
(Service Delivery)
JODIE SORACCO (UNR)
Abstract: To comply with the most recent federal legislation on public education, Every Student Succeeds Act (ESSA) encourages K-12 schools to use Multi-Tiered Systems of Support (MTSS) to increase student achievement and provide interventions to youth in need. Behavior Analysts have a significant role to assist and support with this framework but often lack the training and experience in systems development to be as effective and efficient as possible. This presentation will focus on how to utilize systems-level data sources to evaluate dis/proportionality across the tiers, with specific emphasis on a) access and outcomes, b) overlooked subgroups, and b) advanced tier interventions.
 

Using OBM to Maximize Effectiveness of Educational Coaches and Consultants

(Service Delivery)
SHARI DAISY (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

As accountability of school policies and practices rise, schools in the United States are focusing on educational reform. However, there is little research focusing on coaches who engage in implementation strategies geared towards school reform (Mayer et al., 2015). This presentation will showcase the technology and outcomes utilized over the past 5 years in schools to help district-level consultants/coaches supports school sites in training, intervention implementation, and evaluation. The coaching system is a method of employee management based on Abernathy’s (2000) Total Performance System (TPS). The highlighted TPS structure includes (1) observable, measurable strategic objectives are cascaded throughout the organization, (2) personal scorecards with specific measures and goals drive the organizational strategy, (3) assistance in pinpointing improvement opportunities and designing improvement plans, (4) employees share in the organization’s success. The success of this TPS system in conjunction with training educational professionals who have diverse professional backgrounds and varying licenses/endorsements to work efficaciously to achieve common goals will be shared.

 
 
Symposium #605
CE Offered: BACB
Further Examination of Training and Supervision Strategies to Promote Staff Performance in Applied Settings
Monday, May 25, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Capitol/Congress
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jill Harper (Melmark New England)
Discussant: Helena L. Maguire (Melmark New England)
CE Instructor: Helena L. Maguire, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The identification and implementation of best, evidence-based practices around staff training and performance management is a priority for human service settings. Staff performance directly impacts client outcomes. Thus, organizations must ensure that the highest standards of staff performance are initially achieved and maintained throughout employment. This symposium will provide an overview of two applied studies conducted to inform organizational practices around staff training and performance management. The first presentation will review the outcomes of a comparative study on different training modalities during the onboarding process. Results will be discussed across both knowledge and performance competencies. The second presentation will focus on performance management and monitoring to maintain integrity of an organizational system. Results as a staff performance protocol to increase educational program compliance will be outlined. The symposium will close with a general discussion on staff training and performance management practices as they relate to organizational and the specific studies presented.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): Performance Management, Supervision, Training
Target Audience:

Masters students studying BCBA, BCBA and BCBA-D responsible for staff training and/or ongoing supervision

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to define and compare/contrast three types of staff training modalities 2. Participants will be able to outline measures of knowledge and performance competencies 3. Participants will be able to provide two examples of organizational systems to promote integrity of staff performance
 
Comparing the Effects of Three Training Modalities on Staff Performance across Increasingly Complex Skills
JULIYA KRASNOPOLSKY (Melmark New England), Jill Harper (Melmark New England)
Abstract: Effective staff training modalities have been investigated across a variety of skills and settings in previous studies (Dempsey, Iwata, Fritz, & Rolider, 2012; Macurik, O’Kane, Malanga, & Reid, 2008; Pollard, Higbee, Akers, & Brodhead, 2014; Schnell, Sidener, DeBar, Vladescu, & Kahng, 2018), yet minimal information exists on comparing the effects of training modalities on staff performance to determine efficiency of training, specific components that lead to best outcomes, and effects on skills of increasing difficulty. The purpose of this study was to compare of the effects of three modalities – in-vivo, video, and computer training – on staff performance across nine skills that increase in complexity. In addition to measuring performance- and knowledge-based competencies, effects of various formats of behavioral skills training and active responding were measured, and a comprehensive analysis of cost and time, similar to the analysis conducted by Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, and Hanratty, 2014, of the training was incorporated in this study.
 
Effective management of staff performance: Self-monitoring Coupled with Supervisory Checks
KINSLEY E WILLIS (Melmark New England), Julia Hrdina (Melmark New England)
Abstract: Within the human services field, staff are required to do a variety of tasks while still caring for children. High levels of fidelity across tasks is essential to student outcomes. Self-monitoring coupled with supervision has been effective in managing staff performance (Richmond, Riordan, Reiss, Pyles, and Baily, 1988). The current study examined the impact of self-monitoring and supervisory checks on the completion of IEP objectives across two classrooms. During baseline, focus sheets were provided to staff in the absence of self-monitoring or supervisory checks. Moderate levels of completion were observed across both classrooms. During intervention, staff were required to record completed IEP objectives on a focus sheet across each student. Staff then computed the percentage of completed programs over the week period and turned in focus sheets to the supervisor. Results of the intervention indicated that self-monitoring and supervisory checks are adequate to improve and maintain high rates of IEP completion. Levels of completion again dropped during a reversal phase. Interobserver agreement was conducted across 71% of sessions and averaged 100%. Future investigations might include a component analysis to see if self-monitoring alone or systematic fading of supervisory checks would maintain high levels of completion.
 
 
Symposium #606
Shaping a Behavior Analyst: How Dance, Video Games, and Religion Can Create a Behavior Analytic World View
Monday, May 25, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M1, Georgetown
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: Jessica Smith (Rutgers; Bedrock)
Abstract:

Practitioners learning history prior to behavior analysis can create a behavior analytic worldview or be a barrier to understanding the underlying assumptions of behavior analysis. These talks will highlight three behavioral histories of practitioners. The first speaker will discuss the similarities between dance instruction and behavior analysis, with an emphasis on shaping. This technique is used across practices, and a learning history in applying this technique aids in therapist’s instructional behavior. The second speaker will also focus on practicing the skill of analyzing your own instructional history to better understand and apply concepts. An example will be given through computer science and design principles. The second speaker will also highlight how their instructional history allowed them to understand the underlying concepts of behavior analysis. Finally, a comparison of religion and behavior analysis will be examined. The third speaker will focus on underlying assumptions that are similar across behavior analysis and religion and how those similarities may aid in shaping out behavior analytic worldview.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Dance, Determinism, Shaping
 

Successive Approximations to Applying Behavior Analysis

MELISSA ENGASSER (The Bedrock Clinic & Research Center, Inc.)
Abstract:

Each practitioner has an instructional history prior to discovering behavior analysis; this history shapes their learning trajectory and how they implement the science. The learning history can be a barrier to implementing the science, as seen when teaching novel instructors to ignore attention seeking target behavior for decrease. However, many behavior analysts have a compatible learning history, one that eases the implementation of the science. This talk will highlight the transition from dance coaching to behavior analyst, and the techniques utilized by dance coaches will be discussed and compared to those of behavior analysts. One such technique, shaping, is critical in the acquisition of novel movements and used by both dance instructors and behavior analysts. A history of learning through and applying shaping with dancers lends itself well to shaping with clients when teaching functional life skills or verbal behavior, and often we see professionals in other fields using technologies that are similar to our own. The established learning history with these technologies make us better behavior analysts.

 
Examining your behavioral history with your newfound behavior analytic worldview: computer science, video games, and more
CAMERON GREEN (Bx+)
Abstract: Exploring your own history after developing the skillset to analyze events with a behavior analytic worldview can be a fun and informative way to practice utilizing that skill. Since you’re analyzing your own unique history that you lived and breathed, it can also help bring clarity and understanding to concepts and principles that may still seem academic and inaccessible. This is a skill that, through practice, shapes our behavior analytic worldview. This talk will focus on the importance of this analysis and how it can be done in a supervision setting as well as provide examples from the speaker’s life involving computer science and design principles, video games and how they relate to token economies and schedules of reinforcement, and more. This talk will highlight how relating the concepts and principles from our daily life aids in our verbal behavior of the science and daily interactions and decision making with out clients.
 

Determinism is Everywhere, From Rats to Enlightenment

ABBY LEWIS (Bx+), Tom Buqo (Hofstra University)
Abstract:

The theory and philosophy of behavior analysis is often complicated and left out of masters level course work. Masters level behavior analysts may learn to predict and influence human behavior without fully understanding the underlying theory of human behavior. The basic assumptions of human behavior are sometimes viewed as pragmatic tenants to help practitioners talk about human behavior, but they may not believe it themselves. This is especially true for assumptions that directly contradict religious or personal beliefs. However, some religious beliefs, practices, and personal values directly support behavior analysis. These beliefs will be compared and contrasted to assumptions that behavior analysts hold about human behavior and points of agreement will be highlighted. Particular attention will be applied to subsets of Christianity and Buddhism and how individual beliefs support or contradict the lawfulness of human behavior. Audience members will be encouraged to examine their own behavior analytic world view and the contributing events in their lives that have shaped them.

 
 
Panel #607
CE Offered: BACB
Recruiting the Next Generation: Teaching Behavior Analysis to Undergraduate and High School Students
Monday, May 25, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence D
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Rocio Rosales, Ph.D.
Chair: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
TRACI M. CIHON (University of North Texas)
BENJAMIN N. WITTS (St. Cloud State University)
KEVIN P. KLATT (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
Abstract:

If a student decides to pursue graduate education in Behavior Analysis, they have a wide range of options. According to the Association for Behavior Analysis International Verified Course Sequence Directory, there are over 200 graduate programs across 45 states in the US, and an additional 77 programs worldwide that offer coursework to prepare students for the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) exam. By comparison, 56 programs offer preparation for the BCaBA credential in the US, while 45 programs offer coursework at the bachelor’s level across the globe. Beyond the BACB credentials, university programs across the country have developed undergraduate degree programs, tracks, and concentrations in Behavior Analysis. The purpose of this panel is to discuss and highlight the importance of an undergraduate education in Behavior Analysis; and we will review emerging efforts to extend recruitment of behavior analysts to high school students. Panelists will provide a brief overview of their university’s program(s), share strategies for the development of similar programs, and offer insights on how best to maximize time with students early in their formal education.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

behavior analysts working in academic settings that do not currently offer undergraduate training in behavior analysis; graduate students or post-docs preparing for a career in academia

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Describe both common and unique elements of undergraduate programs that have a focus in behavior analysis; 2. Identify possible barriers to implementing programs at the undergraduate level and ways to address these barriers; and 3. Discuss the many advantages of offering coursework in behavior analysis to undergraduate and high school students.
Keyword(s): behavior analysis, high school, teaching, undergraduate students
 
 
Panel #608
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Don’t Pigeonhole Me Inside a Hexagon! Acceptance and Commitment Training is Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 25, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Archives
Area: TBA; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Michael DeLaet, Ph.D.
Chair: Michael DeLaet (PENDING)
ADAM DELINE HAHS (Arizona State University)
EMILY SANDOZ (University of Louisiana Lafayette)
ALYSSA N. WILSON (Saint Louis University)
Abstract:

The ways in which Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) is made accessible for individuals within mainstream ABA are predominantly couched in the ACT "hexaflex". The current panel discussion will highlight other, potentially viable conceptualizations of facilitating competence regarding ACT's core processes for practicing behavior analysts. Further, we aim to tether objective process and outcome measures to the core processes such that practitioners may be better equipped to confidently use ACT within their efforts to promote habilitation in the individuals with whom they work. Finally, we seek to demystify stigma around ACT as being unethical in behavior analysis.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Beginning-Advanced BACBs/behavior analysts; graduate students of behavior-analytic programs

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will be able to describe the ethical importance of remaining conceptually systematic in ABA, even when working with typically developing adult verbal behavior 2. Attendees will be able to describe how practical procedures from the ACT literature work in terms of behavioral principles 3. Attendees will be able to give practical examples of how intervening upon typically developing adults’ verbal behavior in the moment can affect that person’s socially meaningful overt behaviors outside of that session
 
 
Symposium #609
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Train-the-Trainer: Achieve Best Training Outcomes Using Evidence-Based Procedures for Staff Training and Supervision
Monday, May 25, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence A-C
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Maria Brown (Skillometry Inc.)
CE Instructor: Yendri Diaz, M.A.
Abstract:

Building and maintaining an ethical training company or training department is paramount to the effectiveness and success of any Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) practice. Trainers are responsible for training staff to fluency and mastery and ensuring readiness to work in the field. Supervisors are responsible for ensuring generalization of such skills in the natural environment and maintaining skills repertoires. In this talk, we will discuss the development and growth of a train the trainer program, best training practices such as Behavioral Skills Training (BST), Precision Teaching, acoustical guidance (clicker training), and digital technologies to train and supervise, trainers and Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) staff.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Clicker Training, Digital Technology, Staff Training, Supervision
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts conducting supervision of applied behavior analysis services and staff training.

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify and define evidence-based training and supervision strategies. 2. Identify technologies to reinforce appropriate responses during session without interrupting learner outcomes. 3. Identify how to measure quality and effectiveness of training and supervision. 4. Identify the importance of staff training and increase effectiveness of train-the-trainer programs.
 
Implementation of Behavioral Skills Training in Train-the-Trainer Programs
ZUHE C ARNESEN (Skillometry Inc.)
Abstract: In this talk, we will discuss the development and growth of a train the trainer program, starting from recruitment of trainers, to edit the development of trainer skills, behavioral skills training, ongoing supervision, adherence to BACB standards. Also, implementation of evidence-based training methodologies, providing continuous training for all trainers across different levels or credentials, utilizing technology to achieve training goals, and implementing the train-the trainer- program across different agencies.
 
Evaluating the Use of Acoustical Guidance as an Immediate Method of Reinforcement for Staff Training
MARIA BROWN (Skillometry Inc.)
Abstract: Behavioral Skills Training (BST) is a treatment package used to teach a variety of skills to different populations. Feedback is an essential component of BST. When conducting a training, during the rehearsal component of BST, delivery of feedback can interrupt sessions or cause confusion. During in vivo training of staff, acoustical guidance can be used to provide reinforcement for correct responses without interrupting session or confusing the learner. We will discuss the results of using acoustical guidance on staff training in a classroom setting with 'Lead Trainers' training 'Assistant Trainers', and 'assistant trainers' training 'trainees', and its effect on 'assistant trainer' procedural fidelity.
 

Utilizing Digital Technology to Train and Supervise Staff

YENDRI DIAZ (Skillometry Inc.)
Abstract:

The talk will cover training and supervision in an online platform and in-person environments. It will include instructional design segment where attendees will learn how to create an evidenced-based training program and supervise staff utilizing a unique blend of Behavioral Skills Training, Precision Teaching, and digital technology.

 
 
Special Event #610
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Diversity submission Presidential Address: Compassionate Behaviorism
Monday, May 25, 2020
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 3, Ballroom AB
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Peter R. Killeen (Arizona State University)
CE Instructor: Peter R. Killeen, Ph.D.
 
Diversity submission 

Presidential Address: Compassionate Behaviorism

Abstract:

Many are concerned about the state of the world. The effects of climate change, political polarization, and backlash to social movements that cultivate equality threaten our future. Even outside and within our own discipline, conflict continues. Many of us joined ABAI because we support the vision that the problems of the world can be solved through the principles of behavior analysis. Can they?

Perhaps. Many of the answers to the world’s problems still reside within the discipline; indeed, our own community of behavior scientists and behavior analysts have continued to generate some of the solutions. However, seeking perspective outside of the discipline to understand the complex contingencies of social groups, networks, and organizations is also critical. An integration of these viewpoints is the foundation for a compassionate behaviorism—a philosophy that includes the action and verbal behavior of humility, behavioral flexibility, self-control, perspective taking, and empathy. These terms will be carefully defined and their functions discussed. Compassionate behavioral action can be and should be practiced at multiple levels: toward our earth, towards outsiders of our verbal communities, to those within our verbal communities, and even towards ourselves.

 
ERIN RASMUSSEN (Idaho State University)
 
Dr. Erin B. Rasmussen received her Ph.D. in the Experimental Analysis of Behavior with a minor in behavioral pharmacology and toxicology from Auburn University under the direction of Dr. Christopher Newland. She is currently a professor of psychology at Idaho State University. The work from her animal and human laboratories has generated over 50 peer-reviewed publications. Most recently, she conducts research on the behavioral economics of food reinforcement in the context of obesity. Her latest series of studies, funded by the NIH, examines delay discounting in food insecure populations. She has served on the Science Board of the ABAI and is a past Associate Editor of Perspectives on Behavior Science (formerly The Behavior Analyst).
 
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. 

 
 
 
Business Meeting #611
Positive Behavior Support Special Interest Group
Monday, May 25, 2020
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence F-H
Chair: Jodie Soracco (UNR, Nevada PBIS TA Center)
Presenting Authors:
The Positive Behavior Support Special Interest Group (PBS-SIG) is dedicated to promoting research-based strategies that combine applied behavior analysis and biomedical science with person-centered values and systems change to increase the quality of life and decrease problem behaviors. The PBS-SIG’s goal is to create awareness of how behavior analytic principles are applied in PBS activities and promote the use of PBS interventions in schools, communities, agencies and in homes and support practitioners in its use. The mission of this SIG is to: promote and disseminate positive behavior support within ABAI (Association for Behavior Analysis International), ensure PBS is aligned with the science of behavior, increase the number and visibility of PBS presentations at the ABAI conference, disseminate accurate information about PBS to ABAI’s membership, promote methodologically sound, data-based PBS research and to encourage open dialogue among behavior analysts and proponents of PBS. The PBS-SIG members are those engaged in experimental and applied analyses of behavior who are interested in positive behavior support.
Keyword(s): MTSS, PBIS, PBS
 
 
Business Meeting #612
Education and Treatment of Children Editorial Board Meeting
Monday, May 25, 2020
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence A-C
Chair: Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
Presenting Authors:
This is an open meeting for anyone interested in the journal, Education and Treatment of Children. Editorial board members, as well as potential authors and potential board members, are encouraged to attend. We will deliver the editorial report for the journal. Please come and join the discussion!
Keyword(s): board meeting, editorial board, ETC
 
 
Business Meeting #613
Behavior Analysis in Military and Veteran Affairs
Monday, May 25, 2020
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M1, University of D.C. / Catholic University
Chair: Abigail B. Calkin (Calkin Consulting Center)
Presenting Authors:
The Military and Veterans SIG is devoted to the application of behavior analysis to military service members' and veterans’ issues. This is a group whose emphasis concerns veterans of all wars. Governments have been concerned about the number of veterans suffering from brain or spinal injuries, post-traumatic stress, suicidal issues, lack of access to social services, and addiction problems related to their active duty service. The SIG approaches these issues from the perspective of public events, inner (or private) events, and verbal behavior while looking at each of these areas in which behavior analysis has developed effective treatments. This SIG promotes awareness of these issues and facilitates the research and practice of applied behavior analysis with this population.
Keyword(s): military, veterans
 
 
Business Meeting #614
History of Behavior Analysis SIG
Monday, May 25, 2020
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence E
Chair: Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas)
Presenting Authors:

The purpose of this meeting is to address the SIG's aim, mission, objectives, and purview by proposing and voting on by-laws. The by-laws will establish positions, policies, and procedures for the SIG's governance and its succession (e.g., an Executive Council, Treasurer, Secretary) and committees with chairs for the SIG's activities (e.g., an awards program, bibliographies, communications, syllabus bank; identifying and creating archives; membership and website committees). ABAI and SIG members interested in election to the SIG's governance and service on its committees should attend (or inform the SIG president prior to the meeting of their interests). Our aim is to advance behavior analysis nationally and internationally through its history and historiography. Our mission is to cultivate and nurture, enrich and improve, and disseminate the field’s history and historiography. Our objectives are to enhance teaching -- course content and pedagogy; research—presentations, publications, and workshops; and service -- leadership, governance, and communications. Our purview is the field’s long past, short history, and recent origins. Our audience includes behavior analysts, other scientists and humanists, and the public at large.

 
 
Business Meeting #615
Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group Business Meeting
Monday, May 25, 2020
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M1, Georgetown
Chair: Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons University)
Presenting Authors:
The Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group (SIG) focuses on the application of behavior analytic methodology to the prevention and treatment of behaviors associated with chronic illness and disease, and the promotion of behaviors associated with improved health and treatment adherence. The role of behavior analysis is important in the field of behavioral medicine. It is the mission of the SIG to encourage interdisciplinary research in the areas of behavioral health promotion, emphasizing the need for function-based and empirically validated treatments for chronic health disorders. The Behavioral Medicine SIG offers students, researchers, practitioners, and consumers opportunities to discuss issues related to public health promotion and disease prevention. All are welcome to join the Behavioral Medicine SIG. We hope that the SIG will help consumers and practitioners better understand the role of behavior analysis in the field of behavioral medicine, and provide an outlet for discussions of current and developing research within the field. The annual business meeting is open to all conference attendees interested in behavioral health and medicine. The meeting will be conducted to discuss various administrative matters relevant to the Behavioral Medicine SIG. In addition, during the business meeting, the Behavioral Medicine Student Research Award winner will be announced and receive their award.
Keyword(s): Behavioral Health, Behavioral Medicine, Health Psychology
 
 
Business Meeting #616
Ethics SIG: Special Interest Group for Behavior Analysts Interested in Ethics
Monday, May 25, 2020
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence D
Chair: Ann B Beirne (Proud Moments)
Presenting Authors:
In this meeting we will address progress on this year's goals as well as goals fro the coming year.
Keyword(s): ethics
 
 
Business Meeting #617
Diversity submission Culture and Diversity SIG Meeting
Monday, May 25, 2020
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty I-L
Chair: Elizabeth Hughes Fong (Saint Joseph's University)
Presenting Authors:

Annual meeting of the Culture and Diversity SIG.

Keyword(s): culture, diversity, multicultural
 
 
Special Event #618
ABAI Social
Monday, May 25, 2020
8:00 PM–11:55 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 1-10

Join your friends and colleagues for one last night of music, dancing, and celebration!

 

BACK TO THE TOP

 

Back to Top
ValidatorError
  
Modifed by Eddie Soh
DONATE
{"isActive":false}